|
|
ABAI Annual Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (President) |
Presenting Authors: MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), MICHAEL F. DORSEY (VCS Board Coordinator), DONALD HANTULA (Publication Board Coordinator), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board Senior Co-Coordinator), SUZANNE MITCHELL (Science Board Coordinator), MICHAEL PERONE (Accreditation Board Coordinator), WENDY WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator), SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University) |
The purpose of the annual meeting of members is for ABAI leadership to provide an update on the ongoing activities of and major developments in the association. |
|
|
|
|
|
Speaker Ready Room |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 AM–7:00 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 150 |
If you would like to test your presentation on the same setup you will have in your presentation room, stop by the speaker ready room. The room is first-come-first-served. Please be respectful of your fellow attendees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Guest Services and Spaces |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 AM–8:00 PM |
Boston Convention and Exhibition Center |
Nursing Room - Southeast Level 1; Mamava Pod
A private space for nursing. Please download the free Mamava app on your mobile device to unlock and use the pod. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Dimensions of the Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–8:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D. |
|
The Dimensions of the Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Deborah E. Altus (Washburn University), Matthew Novak (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
Abstract: In 1968, Baer, Wolf, and Risley described “some current dimensions of applied behavior analysis” (ABA). Since then, their article and the dimensions have been fundamental to defining ABA research: “Obviously, the study must be applied, behavioral, and analytic; in addition, it should be technological, conceptually systematic, and effective, and it should display some generality” (p. 92). Occasionally, the dimensions have been used to describe and critique applied research in behavior analysis (e.g., crime and delinquency, gerontology). More recently, they have been used to rate the quality of ABA research articles and research programs. For these, rubrics have been developed. This presentation brings one to bear on the issue of whether articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) should require all seven of the dimensions for publication. The advisability of the requirement notwithstanding, it may prove onerous because each of the dimensions varies in the criteria that define it. That is, the dimensions of ABA have dimensions. The presentation then describes the dimensions of the dimensions through, in part, the rubric for scoring them and discusses their relevance for defining ABA and what research JABA should publish. |
|
Target Audience: Applied researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the current tensions in defining applied behavior analysis in terms of its seven dimensions (e.g., how many, which ones); (2) distinguish between the dimensions of the applied behavior analysis and the dimensions of their dimensions; and (3) describe the latter for each of the dimensions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Not Just a Buzzword: Conceptual Analyses and Practical Applications of Compassion in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Jacob Sadavoy, M.S. |
Chair: Hannah Kaplan-Reimer (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
JACOB A SADAVOY (Committed Behavior) |
LAUREN ALICIA GOODWYN (Seton Hall University) |
MEGAN DUFFY CASSELLA (Private Practice) |
Abstract: Compassion is generally defined as a desire and willingness to alleviate the suffering of others. Though there is no doubt that applied and clinical behavior analysis were founded with such intentions, compassionate behavior has not historically been explicitly analyzed or taught in behavior analytic practice. Though the word “compassion” does not often appear in traditional behavior analytic literature, it is now being employed more regularly in formal contexts and has even found its way into the most recent BACB code of ethics. As scientific practitioners, it is important that behavior analysts establish an agreed upon functional and actionable definition of compassion so that they can effectively plan for, engage in, and train others to engage in, compassionate practices. Behavior analysts have both the technology and the heart to spread compassion far and wide. This panel will discuss the functional conceptual definitions of compassionate behavior so that we can learn to identify it and understand that the topography will vary across individuals, groups, cultures, and contexts. The panel will also address how to plan for and respond with compassion to harmful behaviors. Perhaps most crucially, the panel will discuss compassion’s close relationship with self-compassion, ways to practice self-compassion and strategies aimed at avoiding compassion fatigue. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Beginner |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define compassionate behavior from a functional contextual perspective; (2) Provide proactive and reactive strategies for promoting compassionate behavior in behavior analytic settings; (3) Describe how cultural and contextual differences influence the topography of compassionate behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Outside the Box: Expanding our Scope of Practice to All Those in Need |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Brian Keith Mason (Endicott College; Hamilton-Wentworth District School Board) |
Abstract: The ongoing world-wide pandemic has significantly impacted populations that behavior analysts serve with co-occurring diagnoses and mental health issues. This symposium discusses the expansion of ABA to populations and contexts beyond developmental and intellectual disabilities. The content presented discusses three areas that include 1) application of behavior analytic procedures to non-traditional populations such as psychiatric inpatients; 2) non-traditional assessments using functional analysis for the covert behavior of language able individuals; and 3) a recent survey on behavior analysts’ understanding of mental health is presented with compelling statistics suggesting the need for deeper attention and focus in this area. This symposium is a call to expand our training and practice of ABA to transdisciplinary work and important societal issues that are very likely to be encountered by practicing behavior analysts. Behavior analysts at all levels should be concerned about the diverse needs of their client population and how best to address them. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysts, Functional Analysis, Inpatient Psychiatric, Mental Health |
|
Behavior Analysts' Understanding of Mental Health |
JENNIFER POSEY (Holdsambeck Behavioral Health; Endicott College), Valbona Demiri (Hopewell Valley Regional School District; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Mental illness is a significant issue world-wide. Mental health impacts individuals and their families as it relates to not only pain and suffering but daily functioning, physical well- being and is financially costly to society (Kazdin, 2018). Behavior analysts do not receive direct training on mental health issues as part of their degree requirements, despite the high likelihood that they will encounter various forms of mental illness in their settings. This limits the population that behavior analysts are able to work with to that of developmental and intellectual disabilities. A survey titled, “Behavior Analysts’ Understanding of Mental Illness” was sent to behavior analysts in 2021with 282 respondents completing it via the online Qualtrics platform. The results indicate that 80 percent of respondents would like to incorporate mental illness study within their behavior analytic coursework. In addition, 82 percent of respondents reported encountering issues of mental illness within their work settings. Discussion of the historical roots of ABA and mental illness are offered as well as a call to expand our scope of practice to this societal issue. |
|
Using Discrete Trial Training to Assist Competency to Stand Trial Restoration |
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (Hoosier ABA) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assist the defendants in learning courtroom terms, to ultimately restore competency using discrete trial training (DTT). Incompetence to stand trial is a legal requirement where a person who is charged with crimes is determined to be unable to defend him or herself because of the lack of “sufficient present ability to consult with his attorney with a reasonable degree of rational understanding and a rational as well as factual understanding of proceedings against him” (Dusky v United States, 1960). A multiple-baseline, across behaviors design was used in a hospital setting with adult psychiatric inpatient participants to restore competency to stand trial using DTT. Two verbal operants and a matching task exercise were implemented to teach courtroom terms. It is anticipated that data will indicate low levels of acquisition of courtroom terms in baseline when compared to DTT instruction. The utility and limitations of DTT applied to psychiatric populations and competency to stand trial are discussed with suggestions of future research. |
|
Brief Acceptance and Commitment Training Functional Analysis and Treatment of Neurotypical Adults and Individuals With Autism |
LARISA SHEPERD (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Function-based direct contingency management strategies are typically developed after conducting a functional analysis (FA). However, there are times when behavior is either resistant or slow to respond to environmental manipulations. Identifying covert behavioral contingencies that interfere with direct contingency management may help in the design of strategies that bring behavior under the control of optimal direct contingencies. In the current study, we used the Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTr) matrix as a descriptive procedure for uncovering covert behavioral contingencies governing unwanted behavior in children with ASD and neurotypical adults. Subsequently, we contrived analogue situations to evoke verbal protest that verified hypotheses generated during the descriptive assessment. The analogue ACT-FA procedure involved a within-subject alternating treatment design where the establishing and abolishing operations (EO and AO, respectively) were randomly interspersed. EOs were designed to evoke verbal protest when participants’ cognitions were challenged and AOs to validate participants’ cognitions about their experiences. We subsequently evaluated changes in overt behavior using a multiple baseline across participants design. The analogue ACT-FA suggests strong utility as a tool to uncover the indirect contingencies influencing behavior. Procedures, results, and suggestions for further research are offered. |
|
|
|
|
|
Performing on Par: Designing Instruction to Facilitate Performance Across Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Christen Russell (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In behavior analysis, there is an understanding of the importance of both knowledge- and performance- based competencies in learning. Therefore, it is pivotal to evaluate the utility of teaching procedures and continue to analyze best-practices in teaching and learning for students and trainees to prepare them for work as behavior change agents.The studies in this symposium compare knowledge- and performance-based competencies for master’s students and new hires regarding verbal behavior and research design concepts and relevant workplace skills. Active Student Responding, Interteach, and the performance-based instruction model are used to assess and/or compare instruction and learning. The results of these studies have extensive implications regarding instructor and supervisor implementation of knowledge- and competency-based learning procedures to affect change in student and trainee behavior regarding scholarly and workplace knowledge and behaviors. The generalization of skills from the classroom or training session to clinical application are essential for promoting thoroughgoing behavior change agents. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): instructional design, Knowledge-based competencies, performance-based instruction, training |
|
Comparing the Effects of Interteach and Discussion Forum Activities on Student Performance in an Asynchronous Course: Pilot and Research |
SACHA KG SHAW (Endicott College) |
Abstract: According to the U.S. Department of Education's National Center for Educational Statistics [NCES], 37.2% (7,313,623) of college students accessed distance learning in 2019. Evidence exists that interteach (Boyce & Hineline, 2002) is more effective than lectures, but few studies have replicated this demonstration in asynchronous courses. It is necessary to expand upon the empirical basis for asynchronous teaching methods considering their prevalence and cost. Two subsequent studies compared the effects of discussion forum and interteach activities on quiz performance using an alternating treatments design. In both studies, participants included six students enrolled in an asynchronous master's level course. Each participant contacted interteach in half of the weeks. In the other weeks, they contacted the discussion forum instead of interteach. In the first study, all participants scored higher on quizzes in the interteach condition than the discussion forum condition. Social validity scores indicated that students favored interteach. Results from the first study indicated that interteach is feasible, favorable, and efficacious in asynchronous courses compared to discussion forums. The second study is in progress and results will be shared at the symposium. |
|
Comparing Active Student Responding With a Concept Lesson in an Asynchronous, Online Master's Level Course: (A Series of Two Studies) |
CHANTE GLICK (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Many studies have shown that Active Student Responding strategies improve learning when compared to a lecture. While many studies have looked at the topography of the responses (such as using response cards or guided notes), not many have looked at the content of the opportunities for active student responding. One possible framework for choosing the type of questions to ask is provided by Tiemann & Markle (1983), which lays out a method for teaching concepts through carefully chosen exemplars and non-exemplars. This adapted alternating treatment design compares two computer-based modules designed to teach concepts related to Skinner’s Verbal Behavior (1957) in an online, asynchronous Master’s course. In the ASR condition, the module contains a lecture on the concept with opportunities for active student responding built in. In the Concept Lesson condition, the same number of opportunities for active student responding are built in, but the type of questions are determined based on a concept analysis (Tiemann & Markle 1983). Data collection is ongoing, early results show higher quiz scores in the Concept Lesson condition as well as greater improvement from pre to post-test. The results and implications for instruction in higher education will be discussed. |
|
Application of Performance Based Instruction to Identify Trainee Needs During Orientation |
JENNIFER RUANE (Endicott College), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark) |
Abstract: New hire orientations are designed to equip new employees with a basic understanding of the organization and their role and responsibilities within (Rodriguez & Walters, 2017). Training models such as the education paradigm fails to help trainees apply the content outside the training room. The model tends to be content heavy with little focus on mastery of relevant workplace skills. To bridge the gap between the training room and the workplace, the performance-based instruction model can be applied. This model focuses on content that is relevant to trainee’s workplace, and development of skills through guided demonstrations, practice and feedback, and demonstration of mastery (Brethower & Smalley, 1998). Through a case review we will discuss how new hire orientation can be aligned with performance based instruction to allow for early trainee skill assessment and early trainee learning support. In addition, several assessment strategies and a level system for trainee support will be presented. We will conclude by discussing training impact on employee retention and the need for continued investment in training programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior and the Continuum From the Biological to the Social and Organizational Sciences |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Gunnar Ree (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has established its subject matter as operating on the individual, whole-organismal level and consisting of environment-behavior relations that form analytic units selected and shaped by contingencies. However, behavior is situated firmly in biological strata whose physiological processes constitute component parts that are active within the behavior of the whole organism. Conversely, contingencies that control behavior are often social in that the behavior of other organism(s) acts as the controlling environment, and the resulting social systems can serve to determine the very contingencies that then shape individual repertoires. Behavior analysis have often disagreed about how to approach role of physiological units in behavioral phenomena as well as the investigation into potential group-level analytic units arising from multi-player scenarios. Criticism about culture-behavioral concepts suggest that principles of cultural relations can be expressed via operant concepts, but that the opposite is not true. In this symposium, we will use conceptual tools and empirical data to explore potentially fruitful ways to investigate the connections between levels of analysis and the effort to determine when new analytical units might be in play. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): biology, culturo-behavioral science, neuroscience, systems |
|
Brain, Behavior, and Culture: Homologies, Analogies, and Bridging Concepts |
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis has rightfully resisted efforts to inappropriately reduce behavioral phenomena to physiological processes, though there can be no doubt that these processes are seamlessly integrated with (and sometimes constitute component parts of) behavior. It is also clear that manipulating them in some cases impacts behavior. At the same time, many Behavior Analysts argue that social, “cultural”, and human-systems analyses can best be entirely accounted for via component operant processes. In this talk, we will use the approach described by Bechtel and Hamilton (2007) to discuss how to disambiguate levels of analysis according to principles governing their respective functional relations. We will then talk about some ideas on how to bridge concepts between these three levels without inappropriate reduction. We will then discuss the difficulties inherent in postulating new levels of analysis (especially group-level units) as they have been suggested both in evolutionary biology and in culturo-behavioral science, and some empirical approaches to testing such ideas. Finally, we will present and reflect on potential homologies and analogies in principles across these levels that seem to permeate the natural sciences. |
|
From Operant to Cultures, Examining Contingencies at Different Levels of Analysis |
KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: The Darwinian perspective on natural selection place humans as part of a continuum in evolutionary history. Within species, the ability to learn from environmental changes during an individual life span has great adaptive value in the race for survival, thus learning is inseparable from natural selection. In addition to natural selection and the selection of behavior, cultures can also be studied from a selectionist perspective. To understand selection at the level of cultures, it is paramount to identify how environmental events are functionally related to i) social behavior, ii) cooperation and iii) the coordination of responses of two or more individuals in interlocking behavioral contingencies. This presentation discusses a conceptual framework to understand the evolutionary continuum from natural selection to the selection of cultures as a co-evolutionary process. The presentation expands on the differentiation between the selection of cultures, as settings of contingencies, and cultural selection as a within-group selection of individuals’ behavior (Couto and Sandaker, 2016) and discusses the role of behavior analysis from a broader evolutionary perspective. |
|
Operant and Social Behavior: Same or Different Units of Analysis? |
MARCELO FROTA LOBATO BENVENUTI (USP) |
Abstract: We discuss the need to distinguish units of analysis that describe individual behavior and units describing social behavior. We highlight two lines of evidence from our lab that suggest important differences from simple operant behavior to social behavior. The first line of evidence came from research about inequity aversion, the preference for no gain over an unfair distribution. Our data shows that previous interaction with cooperative or uncooperative can alter aversion to disadvantageous inequity in a within-subject and between-subject design. The same participant may be or may be not averse to disadvantageous inequity due to recent past cooperative history. Another source of evidence came from experimental study of coordination. Our strategy used rates of individual responding maintained by ratio or interval schedules of reinforcement as a baseline to evaluate the effect of consequences contingent on coordinated behavior of participants in groups of three. Results showed that contingency on coordinated behaviors resulted in an increased rate of coordination along with a decreased rate of responding to individual schedule. Both lines of investigation suggest that we need to distinguish units of analysis that describe individual behavior and units describing social behavior, although these units may occur simultaneously |
|
|
|
|
|
Component Analysis in Applied Behavior Analysis: Current Research and Future Directions |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Salvador Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Chair: JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh) |
SALVADOR RUIZ (University of West Florida) |
PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
JOHN CLAUDE WARD-HORNER (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Component Analysis is a systematic approach to identify the effects of individual elements of a treatment package. Component Analysis serves two important roles for practitioners. First, it verifies to what extent each component of the package impacts behavior. It is important to recognize the degree of effectiveness to provide best practice treatment options. Second, allows for experimenters to select the most effective components of a treatment package (Riden et al., 2020). Two previous literature reviews identified studies that implemented component analysis and examined the degree of individual components' effects on behavior across studies (Riden et al., 2020; Ward-Horner & Sturmey, 2010). While those seeking to implement a component analysis review the literature, it appears that in many scenarios they are underutilized in SCRD. While many consider the value in understanding the effects of individual components, practitioners and students should be able to seek resources that examine the effects of treatments on behavior. Future literature reviews should examine the use of component analysis across participants and specialties to determine its frequency of appearance and use cases. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should have knowledge of: What a component analysis is How to determine if a component was evaluated in a graph |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify a component analysis in the literature base 2. Establish visual inspection criteria for examining component effects 3. Locate research that utilizes component analysis in their study |
Keyword(s): Component Analysis, Experimental Design |
|
|
|
|
|
RBTs and BCBAs Changing Adult Services to Persons With IDD/ASD |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Terence G. Blackwell, M.S. |
Chair: Terence G. Blackwell (Chimes International Limited) |
VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Chimes Delaware) |
JAMES G. O'BRIEN (Manhattan Star Academy) |
CHERYL BLACKWELL (Verbal Behavior Inst.) |
Abstract: In a variety of settings, the requirements of funding sources (such as CMS and State Medicaid authorities) are increasingly enforcing the use of evidence-based practices where public funding is provided. The creation of the RBT credential accredited by the NCCA in 2016 created a great opportunity to improve the lives of persons receiving care in adult day settings, whether that be residential, vocational, or a day treatment model. The presenters are actively working in the I/DD and autism space of human services, implementing "evidence-based practices" in a variety of states and settings. During the past few years, the ability to train direct care staff in ABA reduced both staff turnover and injury on the job for the multiple agencies represented by the presenters. We will review how we began, with the assistance of Dr. Brian Iwata in Brooklyn, NY, and how we continue to train staff to competency in a field that previously had little evidence-based practice despite decades of funding. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: 1) identify where the use of an RBT assists in maintaining funding for existing programs 2) articulate the supervision requirements for RBTs to practice under the supervision of a BCBA 3) demonstrate knowledge of 3 key behaviors to shape on existing staff in order to implement an evidence-based practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tactics and Interventions for Treatment-Resistant Automatically Maintained Self-Injury: Preliminary Findings from a Clinical Trial |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Louis P. Hagopian, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research has identified subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior based on its level of differentiation across play and ignore conditions of functional analyses and the presence of self-restraint. Subtype 1 varies inversely with the level of stimulation across conditions; Subtype 2 is invariant; and Subtype 3 is characterized by self-restraint, a self-limiting behavior that impairs functioning. Treatments using noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) are effective for Subtype 1, but significantly less so for Subtypes 2 or 3. This symposium will discuss tactics and interventions for the treatment-resistant subtypes. The first presenter will discuss a principled approach to identifying protective procedures to prevent injury while assessing and evaluating treatments for severe SIB. The second presenter will describe a competing task assessment to identify and establish competing tasks associated with reductions in SIB. The third presenter will discuss findings from a self-control equipment assessment designed to identify equipment to promote self-control that competes with self-restraint. The fourth presenter will review initial findings from a randomized controlled trial comparing combination treatment, which employs methods to increase the amount and vary the sources of competing reinforcement for SIB and self-restraint to NCR with competing stimuli. The discussant will comment on the implications of these findings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should be familiar with function-based treatment, automatically-maintained self-injury, and assessment and treatment of severe self-injury. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. describe assessment findings that characterize treatment-resistant automatically-maintained self-injury
2. describe methods that can be used to minimize risks while assessing and treating severe self-injury
3. describe pre-treatment assessments to identify stimuli and tasks that can potentially be used to compete with reinforcement maintaining self-injury
4. describe the principle of reinforcer competition and its use in treatment for automatically-maintained problem behavior |
|
A Protective Procedures Assessment to Minimize Risks When Assessing, Treating, and Conducting Research on Self-Injury |
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Automatically maintained self-injurious behavior is associated with more severe injuries relative to socially maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB). Assessing, treating, and conducting research on severe SIB poses many practical and ethical challenges; chief among them is minimizing risk. Protective procedures often used include mechanical devices that limit the occurrence of the behavior, protective equipment that protect areas of the body from injury, response blocking to prevent the completion of the response, and abbreviated sessions to limit exposure to situations in which the behavior is occurring. We describe a principled approach to guide the application of these and other tactics that balance the need to allow the occurrence of SIB to the extent that it can be assessed and treatments can be evaluated, while also minimizing risks of injury. The general principles include 1) matching the protective procedures based on the form of and injuries produced by SIB, 2) selecting the optimal combination of procedures, starting with the combination most likely to prevent injury, then 3) carefully reducing the use of procedures so that the optimal level of protection that is minimally restrictive is identified. Outcomes of the application of this approach will be discussed. |
|
Initial Outcomes of a Competing Task Assessment for Automatically-Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior |
JASMEEN KAUR (Kennedy Krieger institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Veirs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments are used to identify stimuli (usually leisure items) to compete with reinforcement produced by automatically-maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB). Recent research has highlighted the utility of augmenting these procedures by employing tactics to actively promote engagement with stimuli while disrupting ASIB. There is also preliminary evidence that engagement with tasks may be effective at reducing rates of treatment-resistant ASIB. In the current study, we brought these findings together to develop and evaluate a competing task assessment (CTA) with six participants enrolled in a clinical trial for treatment-resistant ASIB. In contrast to competing stimuli, with which the individual can engage in many ways, competing tasks require a discrete response or chain of responses (i.e., sorting objects). If noncontingent access to tasks did not produce reductions in SIB, we systematically included response promotion (e.g., prompting task engagement and food reinforcement), reductive components (e.g., response blocking SIB), and combinations of these procedures to reduce ASIB. Using this approach, multiple competing tasks were identified to reduce ASIB for all participants, but only after the inclusion of response promotion and reductive components. |
|
Self-Control Equipment Assessment: Identification of Appropriate Forms of
Self-Control via the Use of Competing Equipment |
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Courtney Hanlin (UMBC) |
Abstract: Some individuals who engage in self-injurious behavior (SIB) also engage in self-restraint (SR), generally defined as behaviors that interfere with the occurrence of SIB (including holding onto objects or others, wrapping hands in clothing, sitting on hands). Although SR can reduce the occurrence of SIB, it can be maladaptive when it limits hand use or has other detrimental consequences (e.g., decreased circulation, skin breakdown). Self-restraint appears to be maintained by the avoidance of SIB, thereby suggesting it can be characterized as topographically maladaptive form of self-control. It is possible that alterations to the topography of SR can mitigate these detrimental consequences while maintaining low levels of SIB. As part of a clinical trial investigating an intervention for treatment-resistant subtypes of SIB, five participants completed a self-control equipment assessment (SCEA) in order to identify equipment that would compete with SR. The assessment examined the effects of the equipment when it was freely available, when its use was prompted, and when its use was prompted while SR was blocked. Preliminary results suggest that empirical identification of equipment that competes with SR is possible in the context of brief sessions. Implications for the extended use of these procedures are described. |
|
Targeting Treatment-Resistant Subtypes of Automatically Maintained Self-Injury With Combination Treatment |
JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger institute) |
Abstract: The identification of treatment-resistant subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB) created an imperative to develop more efficacious interventions. Increased understanding of the mechanisms involved in the maintenance of these behaviors, and the development of new technologies provide a conceptual and empirical basis for developing an intervention targeting these treatment-resistant subtypes. Combination treatment is based on the same principle of reinforcer competition as the current standard of care treatment, noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) with competing stimuli, but also employs novel methods to greatly increase the amount and vary the sources of competing reinforcement to target both self-injury and self-restraint. Combination treatment includes three phases: 1) Pre-Treatment Assessments to identify competing stimuli, competing tasks, and self-control equipment to reduce self-injury and self-restraint; 2) Intensive Training to strengthen skills needed to fully access available competing reinforcement, and replace debilitating self-restraint with self-control; and 3) Combination Treatment where competing stimuli, competing tasks, and alternative self-control equipment are combined to maximize their effects. The conceptual and empirical basis for this treatment are discussed, and preliminary findings from a randomized crossover design comparing the efficacy of Combination Treatment to NCR with competing stimuli are summarized. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Relational Frame Theory Account of Complex Human Behavior: Hierarchical Responding, Casual and Temporal Responding, Humor and Time Perception |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 152 |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain) |
Discussant: Francisco Jose Ruiz Jimenez (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a functional-analytic approach to human language and cognition that allows to addressing several complex behaviours such as humour, time perception, hierarchical categorization response, and causality responding. This symposium is composed of empirical studies concerning the conditions under which these four human behaviours might take place. The first paper aims to establish arbitrary applicable hierarchical responding in adult human. The second paper aims to establish arbitrarily applicable causal and temporal responses in adult humans. The third paper aims to isolate part of the processes that might hinder for the emergence of humor. Finally, the fourth paper aim to analyze the impact of motivational functions (pleasant, unpleasant and as well as higher-order or overarching functions) that might be involved in the passage of time through different time perception measures The four papers will be discussed according to what contextual conditions should be involved in deriving behaviour according to the four behaviors. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): "casual relations", "hierarchical responding", "humour", "time perception" |
|
Experimental Analysis of Hierarchical Transformation of Functions |
(Basic Research) |
JORGE VILLARROEL CARRASCO (University of Almeria), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain), L. Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez (University of Almería) |
Abstract: Hierarchical categorization is a response in which a class of stimuli is treated as a member of a wide class of stimuli (e.g., human is classified as a member of the category “animal”, while “animal” is classified as a type of “living being”). According to RFT, hierarchical categorization is a type of arbitrarily applicable relational responding, and this response is involved in complex behaviours such as the self. The main purpose of this study is to establish hierarchical responding in adult humans as relational operants with specific transformation of functions (TOF). In the Phase 1 of the experiment, 10 participants were trained to establish four stimuli as relational cues: Same, Difference, Same-Inclusion and Difference-Inclusion. In Phase 2, four networks were trained using these cues, two hierarchical ones (Same and Difference inclusion cues) and two non-hierarchical ones (Same and Difference cues). In phase 3, different functions were assigned to stimuli in the four networks. Finally, all stimuli of the two hierarchies were tested for derived relations and TOF and most of the participants responded correctly at the first attempt. |
|
Transformation of Functions Through Temporal and Causal Relations: A Preliminary Study |
(Basic Research) |
Jorge Carrasco (University of Almeria), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain), L. JORGE RUIZ-SANCHEZ (University of Almería), Beatriz Harana (University of Almeria) |
Abstract: The field of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) has not been focused on temporal and causal framing despite its relevance for understanding how human beings make predictions and explain their own behaviour. The current study aims to establish arbitrarily applicable causal and temporal responses in adult humans. For that, in the Phase 1 of the experiment, 10 participants were trained to establish four stimuli as relational cues: Before, After, Casual and Effect. In Phase 2, two networks were trained using these cues, one temporal network (Same and Difference inclusion cues) and one casual network (Casual and Effect cues). In phase 3, aversive and appetitive functions were assigned to stimuli in both networks and the transformation of functions were tested. The results show that most of the participants exhibited a relational responding pattern consistent with their relational training. This study represents a functional analysis of temporal and causal responding, adding evidence to understanding complex human behavior. |
|
Is This a Joke? Altering the Emergence of Humor Functions: A Relational Frame Analysis |
(Basic Research) |
MATHEUS BEBBER (University of Almeria), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain), L. Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez (University of Almería), Francisco Cabello (University of Murcia) |
Abstract: Humor is a complex behavior, and there is no consensus regarding under which conditions it emerges. The present study aims to isolate part of the processes that might hinder the emergence of humor, mostly focused on derived relational behavior according to RFT. Four protocols have been promoted: One condition was a mix of perspective-taking and discomfort functions applied to some of the characters in the typical joke. The second condition manipulated only the perspective-taking. A third condition involved applying only the discomfort function. Finally, a fourth condition involved the manipulation of the joke through a desliteralization protocol. Moreover, two control conditions were implemented without any manipulation in the jokes. Fifty-eight participants were distributed among five conditions (9 or 10 participants in each condition). In all conditions, the jokes were presented successively in the same order differing in the type of manipulation implemented. Results show the mix and the desliteralization protocols, resulting in the higher reduction of humor responses. These findings are discussed according to the contextual components defining each experimental protocol and highlight the functions that might be derived according to the interaction between the manipulation and the participants’ histories of relating events. |
|
Time Estimation and Passage of Time: Analyzing the Effects of Motivational Functions |
(Basic Research) |
BEATRIZ HARANA (University of Almeria), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain), L. Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez (University of Almería) |
Abstract: If we hear someone say "I was doing an exercise for an hour" instead of "I was doing it for an eternity", it seems that both phrases do not bring the same functions. There are different ways of measuring time perception. The way in which one estimates time might differ from one's sense of the passage of time. Addressing this phenomenon in the field of behavior analysis could provide insight into the transformation of functions that occurs as time passes. The main aim of this study is to analyze the impact of motivational functions (pleasant, unpleasant and as well as higher-order or overarching functions) that might be involved in the passage of time through different time perception measures. Throughout the experiment a single interval was used for each condition (10 intra – subject participants). Condition 1, participants went through the time interval task with the manipulation of immediate pleasant and unpleasant functions. In condition 2, higher-order motivational functions (e.g., something significant for the participant) were connected hierarchically to the immediate unpleasant function indicated in condition 1. An individual analysis of each subject was carried out. The results show differential impact in time estimation and in the passage of time according to the type of functions. The most remarkable results were that higher-order motivational functions seem to produce a transformation of functions in the way one feels the passage of time. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversity in Mentorship and Graduate Programs: Faculty and Student Outlooks |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Brinea Osborne (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Malika N. Pritchett (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Malika Pritchett, M.A. |
Abstract: Creating inclusive and equitable models of mentorship and training is instrumental for retention of individuals from historically marginalized backgrounds in behavior analysis. Although improvements have been made, a call to further develop culturally responsive mentorship practices, graduate programs, and course work still requires substantial attention to address existing disparities. The first talk will discuss data from faculty regarding their mentorship practices, training, and current strategies for mentoring diverse students. The second talk will highlight mentorship experiences from students of historically marginalized groups and discuss tactics for refining current practices. The third talk will discuss the prevalence of diversity and cultural awareness in behavior analytic graduate programs from survey results of faculty and students. The final talk will review the need for critical multicultural coursework in behavior analytic curricula in comparison to other disciplines. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Participants should be knowledgeable of basic applied behavior analysis principles. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify current challenges faculty encounter when providing mentorship to students of historically marginalized groups and future strategies to improve practices; (2) Identify barriers students and BACB certificates face during mentorship and recommendations for culturally responsive mentorship practices; (3) Discuss the relationship between diversity and cultural awareness in graduate programs; (4) Identify ways to include critical multicultural education in behavior analysis curricula. |
|
Survey on Culturally Responsive Mentorship Practices in Behavior Analysis |
DENICE RIOS MOJICA (Georgia Southern University), Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Haylee Tomberlin (Georgia Southern University), Catina Broaden (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: Recent publications have called on behavior analysts to adopt culturally responsive and humble skills in their clinical practice. Although it is important to focus on these skills when providing therapeutic services to clients, it is just as important to apply the same responsiveness when we train and mentor future behavior analysts. Culturally responsive mentorship refers to identifying the mentor and the mentee’s culturally shaped beliefs, perceptions, and judgments in a mentorship relationship, how those cultural aspects are similar and different, and adjusting your mentorship techniques to create a carefully constructed environment responsive to the mentee’s specific needs. Practicing culturally responsive mentorship when training and mentoring future behavior analysts aligns directly with practicing cultural humility. The presentation will describe a survey conducted on the status of culturally responsive mentorship practices used with future behavior analysts. We surveyed 502 faculty who teach in a verified course sequence and/or an ABAI accredited program. The survey was completed by a total of 44 respondents. Results showed faculty are dedicated to adopting culturally responsive mentorship practices but need training and resources to do so. We outline the specific results of the survey and the implications for training and mentoring future behavior analysts. |
|
Current State and Experiences of Racially and Ethnically Diverse Groups in Applied Behavior Analysis During Mentorship |
MARLESHA BELL (University of the Pacific), Denice Rios Mojica (Georgia Southern University), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Recent Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) data showed an underrepresentation of individuals from historically marginalized groups (HMGs) who have obtained BACB® certificates (BACB Certificant Data, 2021). Previous literature has described mentorship as a recommendation for retaining individuals from HMGs in various settings including higher education (Sorkness et al., 2015) and more recently in behavior analysis (Cirincione-Ulezi, 2020). Thus, the purpose of the survey was to gather information about the experiences and needs of HMGs during mentorship and provide suggestions for improving the experiences of future BACB® certificants. The survey gathered information on the importance of mentorship, whether they had mentors who matched their backgrounds (i.e., race and/or gender), factors (e.g., school’s location, racial climate) when choosing mentors, barriers (e.g., microaggressions, lack of safety/trust) experienced during mentorship, and actions the students would like from their mentors. Recommendations will be shared based on the data (i.e., voices of the BACB® certificants from HMGs) on culturally responsive mentorship practices |
|
Evaluating the Emphasis on Cultural Humility in Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Jacqueline Shinall (Rutgers University Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), SAMREEN RIZVI (Rutgers University New Brunswick NJ), Nishi Kadakia (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Peter Gencarelli (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Isabella Massaro (Rutgers University), Roberts Liriano Pena (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The 2022 Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts requires all behavior analysts to acquire knowledge and skills to provide culturally responsive services. However, the 5th Edition Task List on which ABA curricula are based has minimal focus on diversity and cultural awareness (D&CA). Recognizing the importance of such training, we conducted a survey for professors and students from graduate behavior analysis programs to assess the degree to which D&CA was discussed in their programs. Ninety-six students and 53 professors anonymously completed the Qualtrics survey. Less than 50% of professors were from historically marginalized groups (HMG) while almost 70% of the students represented HMG, and almost one-third of the students identified as Black, Indigenous, People of Color (BIPOC). Chi-square analyses revealed that non-BIPOC students were consistently more likely than BIPOC students to feel their courses included topics on D&CA such as considering ethnicity and race in their work and managing one’s own biases. Moreover, almost 80% of professors reported they consider the backgrounds of their students while presenting information and giving course examples, yet only 42% of students agreed. This research demonstrates the considerable gap in teaching competency in D&CA and speaks to the importance of multicultural perspectives in diversity training. |
|
Examining Critical Multicultural Pedagogy in Graduate-Level Coursework Across Related Disciplines Serving Minoritized and High-Needs Populations |
LAURATU BAH (University of Kansas), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Recent estimates from the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) indicate that 1 in 59 children are diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (Zeleke et al., 2019). Given the increased rate of autism diagnosis, behavior analysts are increasingly providing services to diverse populations. In 2021, the behavior analyst certification board (BACB) released demographic data on race/ethnicity and gender that showcased 71.8% of licensed behavior analysts are white and 86.1% are white females (BACB Certificant Data, 2021). This begs the question, why hasn’t the field of behavior analysis introduced Critical Multicultural Education (CME) within its curriculum? It is imperative that behavior analytic programs incorporate CME into their curricula as a prerequisite to becoming a behavior analyst. As such, the purpose of this article is to review literature on critical multicultural coursework across related disciplines (teacher education, social work, counseling, school psychology, psychology) in contrast to behavior analytic curricula. A total of 22 articles were identified, and methods were analyzed based on pedagogical approaches, including course work, applied projects, and field-based experiences. A discussion is provided regarding how behavior analysis can incorporate CME into its curricula, leaning on the previously established approaches from related disciplines. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Systems Approach to Acceptance and Commitment Training-Based Interventions: Children, Parents, and Staff |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brittany A Sellers (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Despite great technological advances in education and care for children, mental health disorders and challenges are on the rise, and these effects were exacerbated during the COVID-19 pandemic. Behavioral interventions that promote psychological flexibility, such as acceptance and commitment training, mindfulness, and self-compassion training could be applied throughout the educational, familial, and therapy systems with students and their caregivers. This symposium contains four presentations that demonstrate the use of such behavioral approaches applied at multiple system levels. The first discusses the convergent and divergent validity of the Child Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire [CPFQ], and the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire for Youth [AFQ-Y] as measures of psychological flexibility in children. The second discusses the efficacy of a remote ACT intervention embedded within special education programming in schools. The third evaluates a parent training program guided by the ACT matrix with parents of a diverse background on parental engagement in treatment, distress, and psychological flexibility. The final talk will overview a self-compassion and mindfulness training program to support staff working with individuals with disabilities to evaluate changes in burnout, self-compassion, and psychological flexibility. Taken together these talks emphasize the importance of interventions embedded within whole systems to influence meaningful change. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, ACT Matrix, Self Compassion, Systems |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, and faculty |
Learning Objectives: (1) describe the construct of psychological flexibility; (2) discuss applications of ACT with students and families; (3) describe an application of mindfulness and self-compassion training with staff |
|
Online Acceptance and Commitment Training Matrix for Japanese-Speaking Parents With Distress in the United States |
YUKIE KURUMIYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University) |
Abstract: Parental distress and coercive parent-child interactions are of major issues in our society. Cultural biases, stigma, and language barriers keep Asian-American parents and children away from mental and behavioral services. Behavior parent training (BPT) as part of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services are usually available to parents and children if their child has a diagnosis, but not for parents of children without diagnoses. Research in the area of parent-child interactions suggests a combination of BPT and acceptance and commitment training (ACT) as an effective preventative intervention alleviates parental distress and fosters positive parent-child interactions. However, limited research is available that examined the effectiveness of preventative ACT-based interventions for this population. Thus, the current study evaluated the effects of the individual ACT Matrix online training for Japanese-speaking distressed parents in the U.S., using a single-subject design. Specific dependent variables measured were value-driven behaviors, parental engagement in treatment, parental distress, and psychological flexibility. The results revealed that the ACT Matrix training was effective in improving all four dependent variables. Parents reported that the training was culturally sensitive, effective, and appropriate in the social validity questionnaire. Implications for incorporating ACT in ABA services as part of BPT will be discussed.?? |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Mindfulness and Self-Compassion Training With Staff Who Work with Individuals With Disabilities |
JESSICA M VENEGONI (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The effects of work-related issues are cited as a significant source of stress reported by most Americans. Disability support staff are exposed to stressful work environments which may put them at an increased risk of burnout and distress above and beyond many other workplace settings. The current study sought to evaluate the efficacy of a 6-week mindfulness and self-compassion training on reported levels of self-compassion, stress and burnout, psychological well-being, and workplace moral of the research participants. The efficacy of the intervention was evaluated using a cross-over design wherein a subset of participants received the active intervention while the other participants did not. After 6-weeks, the experimental conditions were flipped to ensure all participants access the mindfulness and self-compassion training. Results suggested that self-compassion and mindfulness training can influence measures of self-compassion, stress, and burnout in staff working with individuals with disabilities. These results also have implications for supporting flexibility and self-compassion within disability support staff and in workplace settings the frequently employ applied behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
|
When You Can't Do Business in Person: Conducting Organizational Behavior Management Research and Application Online |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current pandemic has created many roadblocks for practitioners and researchers in all areas of behavior analysis. Many of us have been forced to delay or transition our work to the virtual environment. However, this transition to online has also provided opportunities to evaluate how we conduct research and service delivery via virtual platforms. The current symposium includes a diverse sample of how interventions in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) can be adapted and evaluated in the online environment. The four presentations will highlight research in rule-governed behavior, positive and corrective feedback, behavioral skills training (BST), and text message prompting. These studies were conducted in a variety of online settings, from virtual workplace analogues to online educational/training programs for college students. Overall, these studies represent how the field of OBM can successfully capitalize on current circumstances to advance our research. Many organizations will maintain at least a partial, virtual workforce going forward and it is critical that the field of OBM adapt our research and application to address this shift in the business environment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Background and/or education in ABA, familiar with single-subject research methodology, understanding of rule-governed behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Provide examples of how OBM interventions, particularly BST and prompting, can be adapted to the online environment 2. Distinguish between positive and corrective feedback, their relative effects, and individual preferences 3. Identify how motivational statements that highlight different reinforcement contingencies affect performance |
|
Preference for Positive or Corrective Feedback on a Novel Task |
(Basic Research) |
ERIK SWANSON GODINEZ (California State University, Sacramento), Michael Simonian (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Feedback is one of the most utilized interventions in the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) literature and is effective in producing increases in performance across a variety of organizational settings. The research on feedback is often interested in the delivery of the feedback (e.g., accuracy, timing, and sequence) with fewer studies investigating preference for different types of feedback. Typically, preference for different types of feedback is measured using indirect methods and relatively few studies have provided participants a direct choice between positive and corrective feedback. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess the effects of and preference for positive and corrective feedback during the acquisition of novel tasks using an online format. In the first phase, participants (n =10; 8 female, 2 male) received either positive, corrective, or no feedback (control) across three novel tasks. Participants only mastered the task in which corrective feedback was provided. In the second phase, participants chose to receive either positive or corrective feedback after completing trials of the previous phase’s control task. All participants chose to receive corrective feedback more frequently than positive feedback. Overall, corrective feedback was more effective and more preferred compared to positive feedback. |
|
A Comparison of Motivative Statements Highlighting Positive Versus Negative Reinforcement Contingencies |
(Basic Research) |
ROCKY PEREZ (Western Michigan University), Sean Borboa (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Research on rule-governed behavior in the workplace is limited. In particular, more research is needed on how statements that manipulate reinforcer value (function as verbal motivating operations) affect performance. Such statements may highlight either positive or negative reinforcement contingencies, but it is unclear which would result in higher performance levels. The current study utilized a within-subject reversal design to investigate the effects of motivational statements on performance in a virtual, analogue work setting. Participants completed two concurrent work tasks that resembled duties of medical office staff. Motivational statements were introduced to see whether those that highlighted positive versus negative social reinforcers resulted in greater changes in response allocation. Results of the study showed no clear difference between the two types of statements on performance; however, there was some indication that highlighting positive reinforcement contingencies first resulted in better performance. A second study is currently underway to confirm these findings. This presentation will discuss how these motivational statements may function as verbal motivating operations (motivative augmentals) and the implications of highlighting positive versus negative reinforcement contingencies in the workplace. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Interview Skills in an Online Format: Replication and Extension of Stucco et. al. (2017) |
(Basic Research) |
DAVIS SIMMONS (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is an effective training process and has been used to teach a variety of skills, including interview skills. Multiple studies have also demonstrated that BST can be used in a web-based context, but no studies to our knowledge have extended the literature by using BST to teach Interview Skills online. Our study extends and replicates previous research by improving the interview skills of college students in a fully synchronous web-based video format, including a stricter mastery criterion, a stricter vocal criterion for certain responding measures, and additional environmental variables that may be relevant in a web-based format. We used a multiple baseline design across targets with follow up sessions testing for maintenance and generalization. All participant?performance improved from baseline?to post-training across all targeted dependent variables providing additional?evidence?that BST is an effective training?process?to?teach?interview skills to college?students,?and can extend to?a novel web-based?format. Implications, limitations and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Text Messaged Performance Management to Increase Assignment Completion in College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
JUAN ANTONIO LOPEZ (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In response to the COVID-19 crisis, organizations across the world were forced to shift from operating entirely in-person to entirely or partially remotely. Many organizations are now working to understand the ways in which they can support or facilitate meaningful behavior change from a distance. Inclusive postsecondary education programs (IPSEs), which offer specialized support to college students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or Intellectual/developmental disabilities (IDD), also had to adapt their service models to fit the demands of remote support. This study examined the effects of text message prompts and text messaging self-monitoring on the timeliness of submission of assignments of three college students receiving remote services from an IPSE at a large midwestern university. Two of three participants exhibited meaningful increases in timely assignment submission |
|
|
|
|
|
Constructional Approaches to Organizational Change |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C |
Area: OBM/AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction) |
Discussant: Barbara Heidenreich (Barbara's Force Free Animal Training) |
Abstract: The efficacy of personalized instruction in improving the quality of life for professional and natural caregivers has received little attention. The vast majority of literature seeks to improve areas often considered problematic, dysfunctional, deficient, or non-normative for learners with medical and academic diagnoses. This is representative of pathologically-oriented cultures within behavior analysis. Goldiamond's constructional approach and non-linear analysis allow the field to break from this trend and move toward naturally occurring contingency analysis to focus on the development of meaningful outcomes for all learners. This symposium will explore the use of the constructional approach and non-linear contingency analysis to foster ethical and less coercive interactions with team members during training, professional development, and organizational change procedures. The presenters will provide constructional exemplars of training and organizational systems of improvement across large and small organizations that provide caregiver training across numerous species. These will highlight the universal application of contingency of analysis to both human and non-human learners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Constructional Approach, Constructional Coaching, Nonlinear Contingency, Team Building |
|
Application of the Constructional Approach and Iterative Instructional Design to Caregiver Training |
IAN BURRUSS (Advanced Behavioral Care, LLC) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analytic staff training curricula routinely begin with the content to be taught. The Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) handbook, BCBA Eligibility Requirements, and the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) Eligibility Requirements help to outline the minimal training standards of certified professionals in our field. The handbook indicates “competence” as “one of the primary…requirements” for RBTs. There is no similar training standard for BCBAs. Trainers are left with task-list for BCBAs without any criteria for behavioral outcomes. Looking at the content and design of the training being provided to our current and future colleagues can provide a better path. Well designed curricula are essential to the development of high-quality professionals that strive to use science to improve their understanding and impact on the natural world.
The tools for the development of high-quality interventionists exist. These technologies allow the newly established behavior or transfer of stimulus control to rapidly come into contact with naturally occurring and program specific contingencies. Findings and examples from the application of Tienmann and Markle’s (1990) instructional design model and Goldiamond’s (1974, Layng et al. 2021) Constructional Approach and non-linear contingency analysis within a staff-training context will be discussed. |
|
Built to Last: The Constructional Approach to Organizational Values |
JOSEPH HACKER (Key Autism Services) |
Abstract: The focus of Israel Goldiamond’s Constructional Approach (1974) on building repertoires and expanding response alternatives gives individuals the freedom to achieve their goals in less costly ways. Oftentimes, this is conflated with the application of positive reinforcement, resulting in a linear approach that disregards existing contingencies. The expansion and maintenance of consistent staff performance must move beyond the simple application of a cursory positive reinforcer to staff behaviors to encompass naturally produced, or program intrinsic, contingencies. In 2021, a large-scale applied behavior analytic service provider took the constructional approach to staff performance, resulting in profitable and equitable gains on an organizational basis. This talk will focus on the gradual integration of the nonlinear contingency analysis inherent in the constructional approach to day-to-day operations of the organization. Through this, it will examine the subsequent increases in alignment between staff performance and values of the organization by providing real life examples of its successful application. |
|
Constructional Team Building: What We Can Learn From Four Institutions Over 14 Years and Hundreds of Human and Animal Competency Assessments |
LISA CLIFTON-BUMPASS (Behavior by Design) |
Abstract: The Constructional Approach to nonlinear contingency analysis was introduced into zoo animal training in 2006 at the Oakland Zoo in California. It was immediately apparent that animal training knowledge and training behavior repertoires did not match the required skill sets needed to build new and complex behavioral repertoires for a disabled giraffe. We needed to construct a team of trainers from the keeper staff and volunteers which leveraged their incongruous repertoires, levels of training skill, experience, and knowledge. This presentation will describe the evolving process of team building at four separate zoo facilities committed to both changing the animal training culture and methodology to meet the welfare and medical husbandry needs of the animals in care. The process also addressed the goals and needs of zoo keeping staff and zoo management executives in a change resistant culture. Key factors for building an Inclusive animal training culture are management buy in, the analysis of training experience, the training skill set mechanics, expanding skilled training repertoires, building cohesive team function, uncovering, and understanding the function of resistance, reinforcing the converging qualities for increasing competency, and problem solving. As a result of the Constructional approach, we experienced the building of team driven solutions, the increase in essential skill set competencies, priority consensus between employees and managers, and the creation of durable resilient behavioral repertoires. |
|
The Constructional Approach to Team Building and Organizational Culture Change: Case Studies From Two Zoological Institutions |
AMY ANDREA PHELPS (San Francisco Zoo) |
Abstract: The constructional approach to team building and animal training was used at the Oakland Zoo in 2006 to identify training solutions required to address the medical needs of several disabled giraffes. Diversely skilled teams were formed, bringing together constructional training protocols from both domestic and exotic animal training fields. In 2017, this constructional approach was developed within two animal training teams at the San Francisco Zoo with a diverse species group, and has met critical success, creating measurable advancements in the development of choice and control animal training protocols. This presentation will describe how we use the constructional approach to build highly effective and inclusive animal training teams to meet the medical husbandry needs of the animals in our care. Cultivating institutional support is key to the development of successful teams. Clearly defined desired behavior, coordinated with the institution’s core values, supports successful animal training on both the individual and institutional levels. This presentation will detail key components in successful institutional culture change, addressing both the human behavior aspect of change acceptance, and the tangible value of these animal programs to senior management across all roles. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Importance of Timing in Behavior: An Appreciation of the Legacy of Russell Church |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will discuss Russ Church’s research contributions and how the panelists have built on them in their own research to determine how to assess individual differences in timing abilities, the effects of environmental and pharmacological manipulations, and the neurobiology of timing. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic and translational investigators interested in applying MPR, board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe different procedures to measure accuracy of individuals’ ability to time events; (2) describe how timing research has been applied in several arenas; (3) describe potential areas where MPR might be applied; (4) describe oscillatory processes in timing research; (5) describe how judgments about the age of memories provide a non-episodic memory solution to putative episodic-memory studies; (6) describe fundamental principles of timing processes and their role in impulsive choices; (7) describe a new way of thinking about psychological models. |
|
Temporal Attention and Impulsive Choices |
KIMBERLY KIRKPATRICK (Kansas State University) |
Abstract: Russell (Russ) Church was a dominant figure in the study of timing processes and how those processes influenced other cognitive processes. During my time as a post-doctoral fellow in his laboratory, Russ and I studied the role of timing processes in classical (Pavlovian) conditioning which led to the development of the Packet theory of timing and conditioning. My laboratory subsequently migrated to studying timing and impulsive choices, but there are multiple areas of our current research program where Russ’ influence is still apparent. This presentation will discuss recent research from my laboratory on the role of temporal attention and other timing processes in impulsive choice procedures in rats. Impulsive choice tasks present choices between a smaller-sooner and a larger-later reward, where the smaller-sooner is the impulsive choice. When rats were required to engage in active (versus passive) timing, they were more self-controlled, showed greater delay sensitivity, and demonstrated stronger preferences for the larger reward (when the delays were the same). The results suggest that tasks that engage temporal attention may be beneficial to reducing impulsive choices. Time-based interventions that involve repeated exposure to delays promoted self-control regardless of temporal attention demands. The interface of timing processes and impulsive choices can provide key insights into understanding the fundamental facets of the timing and decision-making systems. |
Dr. Kimberly Kirkpatrick is a University Distinguished Professor of Psychological Sciences at Kansas State University. She directs the Reward, Timing, and Decision laboratory which is funded by a $1.9M grant from the National Institutes of Mental Health. She also directs the Cognitive and Neurobiological Approaches to Plasticity (CNAP) Center of Biomedical Research Excellence which was founded in 2017 through a $10.6M grant from the National Institutes of General Medical Sciences. Kirkpatrick received the Kansas State Distinguished Graduate Faculty Award in 2018 and became a University Distinguished Professor in 2019. She currently serves on the ABAI Science Board. Dr. Kirkpatrick studies everyday choices which can lead to long-term health problems such as obesity, substance abuse, and other impulse control disorders. She has found that diets high in processed sugar and saturated fats can undermine self-control and lead individuals to develop a pattern of problematic daily choices, known as impulsive choices. She has also developed interventions to promote self-control as a treatment for impulsive choices, which is the topic of her current R01 grant. Kirkpatrick graduated with a bachelor’s in Psychology from Iowa State University. She completed her PhD at the University of Iowa in Psychology with a focus on Behavioral Neuroscience and then subsequently completed her post-doctoral training at Brown University. She started her career as a faculty member at the University of York (UK) before joining the faculty at Kansas State in 2008. |
|
The Master Scientist of Timing Research: A Tribute to Russell Church |
ARMANDO MACHADO (University of Aveiro, Portugal) |
Abstract: Russell Church contributed immensely to our understanding of Timing, the ability of animals and humans to discriminate intervals and durations of events. In this talk, I will analyze some of Church’s empirical studies, including his seminal “Bisection of Temporal Intervals”, and his theoretical models, from the influential Scalar Expectancy Theory to the more recent Modular Theory of Timing. I will also explain how Russell Church’s ideas and findings shaped our work on how animals learn to time. |
 Armando Machado obtained his Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at Duke University. His research on the conditions in which pigeons generate highly variable, random-like behavior received the Annual Dissertation Award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. After his PhD, Armando joined Indiana University as an Assistant and then a tenured Associate professor. In 2000 he moved to the University of Minho where he became Full professor, and in 2019 he moved to the University of Aveiro. Armando’s research focuses on temporal learning, numerical discrimination, choice, and decision making in animals. In 2010 he received the Research Merit Award from the School of Psychology, and in 2014 he received the Scientific Merit Award from the University of Minho. He has served as Editor of the journal Behavior and Philosophy and Associate Editor of Psychonomic Bulletin & Review and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He was the President and Program Chair of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and the first president of the Portuguese Association of Experimental Psychology.
|
|
How Rats Learn: An Unfinished Book |
DAVID FREESTONE (William Paterson University) |
Abstract: By 2015, Russ Church decided to write a book that he never got a chance to finish. I was fortunate enough to be his coauthor. Its title—Temporal Conditioning: How Rats Learn—conveyed his view that timing and conditioning should be understood together. But the contents of the book conveyed a way of thinking about research that is so often left out of print. This talk will focus on Russ Church’s evolving views on animal behavior from 2005 to 2015, and where he hoped his ideas would lead. I’ll use this to describe how Russ thought about research—the flow from procedure to psychological model, and from model to evaluation. |
 David Freestone earned a Ph.D. in Russ Church’s lab in 2012. After a post-doc in neuroeconomics (NYU), he became a professor. His work focused on timing, conditioning, and value-based decision-making. These days, David works as a researcher and data scientist at a virtual eating disorder treatment center, and consults with animal facilities toward building robust data infrastructure to support the welfare of their animals. |
|
Time, Memory, and the Legacy of Russ Church |
JONATHAN CRYSTAL (University of Indiana) |
Abstract: In this presentation, I reflect on the impact Russ Church had on me and my research trajectory. I briefly describe my research on basic timing mechanisms. Next, I describe how timing research and immersion in the Church lab impacted my entry into research on memory. Finally, I describe the importance of time in the development of animal models of episodic memory. |
Jonathon D. Crystal is Provost Professor at Indiana University in the Department of Psychological & Brain Sciences. He was a grad student in Russ Church's lab at Brown University from 1992 to 1997. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative Measurement in Relational Frame Theory Research and Related Practice Issues |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will span multiple novel and innovative areas of investigation in relational frame theory (RFT) research. The presentations will include 1) translational research that incorporates neurological measures when engaging in derived relational responding (e.g., eye gaze patterns, electroencephalography, and blood-oxygen-level-dependent signals during functional magnetic resonance imaging); 2) an extension of Relational Density Theory research via an evaluation of differences between coherent and non-coherent relational classes when both classes are exposed to coherence training, using the Multidimensional Scaling Procedure to model results; 3) the effect of perspective taking and values consistency tasks on an implicit racial bias measure via the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure; and finally 4) survey results that sought to characterize the current state of knowledge of?perceptions?of RFT and equivalence-based instruction, educational experiences, and barriers that researchers and practitioners might encounter in interpreting and implementing derived stimulus relations research. In sum, presentations 1-3 seek to advance the state of knowledge of complex concepts and the measurement and application of those concepts, while presentation 4 seeks to shed light on potential gaps in knowledge in the field to make use of the above advances. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Neuroscience, Perspective taking, Relational density, Stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, and faculty |
Learning Objectives: (1) describe relational density theory and coherence; (2) discuss behavioral models of perspective taking; (3) describe neurological events in derived relational responding |
|
Relational Density Theory: Further Exploration of Coherence Between Relational Classes |
CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University) |
Abstract: Relational Density Theory (RDT) is an extension on Relational Frame Theory that attempts to provide a quantitative model to predict non-linearity and self-organization of relational classes. Recent research on RDT has evaluated the degree to which pre-experimental coherence among relational classes influences the development of merged classes. Specifically, research has shown successful mergers with coherent relational classes, whereas mergers were not demonstrated with non-coherent relational classes. The current study sought to extend previous research on RDT by evaluating whether differences exist between coherent and non-coherent relational classes when both classes are exposed to coherence training. Coherent and non-coherent relational classes were established with participants using a Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure. The Multidimensional Scaling Procedure was administered prior to and following coherence training to obtain a quantitative measure of distance between relational classes which were modeled geometrically. Overall, the results show that both the coherent and non-coherent relational classes showed changes in geometric space following coherence training, however, the coherent relational class showed less fractionation than the non-coherent relational class. This finding supports previous research which suggests coherence is likely a variable that influences the self-organization of relational class development. Implications and considerations of the findings are discussed. |
|
Effects of Perspective-Taking and Values Consistency in Reducing Implicit Racial Bias |
CARMEN BECK (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Luis Manuel Silva (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the effect of perspective taking and values consistency tasks on implicit racial bias. Using a?repeated measures design with control group, 39 participants who identified as White were administered the IRAP. All participants in both groups completed the Toronto Empathy Questionnaire (TEQ), the Modified Modern Racism Scales (MMRS), and Likert scale and the Valuing Questionnaire (VQ).?Experimental group participants completed brief values consistency and perspective taking tasks. The IRAP effect was demonstrated favoring pro-White bias. A statistically significant impact for interaction between condition and trial type was found for the Consistent-White trial type. A statistically significant difference was also found between the control and experimental group for the Inconsistent Black trial type. Recommendations for future research are presented.? |
|
Relational Frame Theory and Neurology: Eye Tracking, EEG and fMRI |
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Translational studies incorporating advanced physiological measures offer many unique benefits. Besides focusing on measurable activities occurring in the organism that are related to environmental change, development in neuroimaging and other techniques allow the observation and analysis of the behavior “within the skin.” Eventually, such advancements present a deeper understanding of their physiological processes. This type of study also has the potential of disseminating behavior analytic accounts of human behavior and intelligence to a broader scientific community. Here we present preliminary findings on Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and neurology, where we explore several interesting neurological phenomena, including differences in eye gaze patterns using eye-tracking, differences in event-related potentials (ERPs) using electroencephalography (EEG), and differences in activation levels of specific brain areas measured by the blood-oxygen-level-dependent (BOLD) signal during functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) when engaging in derived relational responding. Overall, our results show that relational framing may involve unique neurological activities. Implications for incorporating biomarkers in behavior analytic research, basic and applied, are discussed. |
|
Selecting the Walk and Talk of Behavior Analysts: An Analysis of the Field’s Preparation in Carrying Out Research and Practice in Derived Stimulus Relations |
ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University / Western University), Eric Jacobs (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: To broadly predict and influence human behavior, behavior analysts must have competence in ostensibly unique human behavior – verbal behavior. At this time, Relational Frame Theory (RFT), a contemporary theory of verbal behavior, is not an explicitly required area of instruction for board certified behavior analysts (BCBA). Consequently, practice in the field may not be fully informed by RFT and related content areas and, reciprocally, the field may not be capitalizing on opportunities for translational research that would extend the generality of RFT and conceptually related research areas. As an initial step in promoting the use of RFT and derived stimulus relations in practice, we sought to characterize the current state of knowledge of these content areas among BCBAs. Original data related to the acceptability and prevalence of training in RFT and complex discriminative control of behavior will be presented and discussed. Specifically, we conducted a survey of BCBAs (n=127) to determine their (1) perceptions of RFT and Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI), (2) educational experiences and knowledge of these content areas, and (3) barriers to carrying out derived stimulus relations research and practice. Results indicate that both RFT and EBI are mostly acceptable and perceived to be within the scope of behavior analysis. Results, however, also indicate a gap related to knowledge of and competence in carrying out EBI and RFT research and practice. Cultural variables within behavior analysis that may influence the preparedness of researchers and practitioners to influence large scale behavior change will be examined. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis as Primary in Mental Health Cases?! YES: An Exploration and Interactive Audience Discussion Regarding the Clinical Application of Applied Behavior Analysis With Pediatric Mental Health Presentation |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:30 AM–8:55 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Angelique M. Walsh (Behavior Basics, Incorporated) |
CE Instructor: Paula Antonelli, M.S. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis as Primary in Mental Health Cases?!: An Exploration and Interactive Audience Discussion Regarding the Clinical Application of Applied Behavior Analysis with pediatric Mental Health Presentation |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Karin Torsiello (Behavior Basics, Incorporated), PAULA Antonelli (Behavior Basics, Inc), ANGELIQUE M. WALSH (Behavior Basics, Incorporated) |
|
Abstract: An exploration of the applications of ABA treatment in the mental health field. This talk will discuss how to diversify the ABA field of practice to include the mental health population. 1 in 59 children are diagnosed with autism while 1 in 6 children have a mental health diagnosis, 17.1 million children are diagnosed with a mental health disorder and only 50% receive any treatment. This presentation will discuss the relevance of ABA in this sector and will teach participants how to apply the science of ABA in assessment and treatment of a variety of mental health diagnosis and symptoms. |
|
Target Audience: ABA practitioners with a BCBA or BCaBA certification, who are actively practicing in the applied setting. |
Learning Objectives: 1. How to word targets/goals to align with ABA science language; 2. Anxiety/ADHD symptomology; 3. Moderating YOUR own reaction and discomfort, get comfortable being uncomfortable- MOVE out of fear and into exploration; 4. Commonly observed operational definitions of “disorders” to work on the shift; 5. Correct and reframe the conversation; 6. Educating and training caregivers to navigate and treat a mental health diagnosis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mental Time Travel and Episodic Future Thinking: "Seeing" the Future from A Radical Behavioristic Approach |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:30 AM–8:55 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: PCH |
Chair: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (California State University, Chico) |
|
Mental Time Travel and Episodic Future Thinking: "Seeing" the Future from a Radical Behavioristic Approach |
Domain: Theory |
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (California State University, Chico) |
|
Abstract: Since Tulving's coining of the term "episodic memory" in the early 1990s, cognitivist psychologists and other researchers have been given increased attention to so-called mental time travel (MTT), defined as "the faculty that allows humans to mentally project themselves backwards in time to re-live, or forwards to pre-live, events" (Suddendorf & Corballis 1997). Regardless of the conceptual and epistemological problems involved in such definition, research on this area has accumulated, particularly in regard to the importance of future-oriented mental time travel for decision making. Not surprisingly, then, behavioral researchers interested in impulsive behavior have been giving increasing attention to the implications of this research in the understanding of impulsive choices and its treatment. Can the notion of future-oriented mental time travel be accommodated in a radical behaviorist account of decision-making? Is it necessary? This paper will review the conceptual development of the term and will advance the proposal that, with some caveats, future-oriented mental time travel can be understood as a temporally extended pattern of observable behavior, and hence that it's compatible, under some circumstances, with the tenets of radical behaviorism as a philosophy of psychology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Reinforcement and Extinction Processes on an Animal Model of ADHD |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: BPN |
Chair: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
|
Evaluation of Reinforcement and Extinction Processes on an Animal Model of ADHD |
Domain: Basic Research |
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (School of Sciences – São Paulo State University; Graduate Program on Neuroscience and Behavior - University of São Paulo) |
|
Abstract: Several studies with Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats (SHR) implicate reinforcement and extinction deficits as their main differences from other lineages. In this paper, data of six experiments were revised to address these main deficits. On experiment 1, SHR were compared to Wistar rats in a multiple FI-Ext schedule of reinforcement, results failed to replicate differences between lineages. This result could be related to inadequate behavior of control group, as well as absence of a feedback light that is commonly used. To investigate these two hypotheses, two experiments investigated both the feedback light (FBL)condition and the control group used. These experiments didn’t show an FBL effect, but replicated differences among lineages (SHR, Wistar and Wistar Kyoto). An interesting finding is that SHR received more reinforcers than other strains, on FI component. Two other experiments investigated conditioned reinforcement on SHR and controls but didn’t indicate a conditioned reinforcement (CR) deficit or a sensory reinforcement hypersensitivity, as is usually suggested by the literature. Experiment 4 raises the hypothesis of a deficit on the extinction of CR. Experiment 6 revealed consistent differences on extinction of a food-maintained response. Together, experiments point to a major deficit on extinction, but does not support alterations on reinforcement processes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derived Opposition Relations as a Byproduct of Equivalence Relations |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A |
Area: EAB |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Benigno Alonso-Alvarez (Long Island University) |
CE Instructor: Benigno Alonso-Alvarez, Ph.D. |
|
Derived Opposition Relations as a Byproduct of Equivalence Relations |
Domain: Theory |
BENIGNO ALONSO-ALVAREZ (Long Island University) |
|
Abstract: Derived stimulus relations have generated considerable theoretical debate, empirical research, and practical applications in recent decades. Research on this topic started with Sidman’s studies on equivalence relations (Sidman, 1994). Hayes et al. (2001) proposed the relational frame theory (RFT), according to which equivalence relations are just an instance of a wider process, arbitrary applicable relational responding. RFT proposes the existence of multiple relational frames like coordination (equivalence), opposition, distinction, etc. The present paper reviews a series of studies (Alonso-Alvarez & Perez-Gonzalez, 2017, 2018, 2021) that present an alternative account of RFT studies on the opposition frame, one of the most frequently investigated frames in RFT literature. It is argued that most studies on the opposition frame are explained by equivalence class formation, contextual control over equivalence, and responding by exclusion. Counterarguments to this hypothesis by RFT proponents are also reviewed (Stewart et al., 2019). It is concluded that the empirical evidence for the existence of opposition frames is still tentative. A closer examination of RFT studies on other frames may also be in order. |
|
Target Audience: Knowledge of derived stimulus relations, stimulus equivalence, and conditional discrimination procedures. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Learn about RFT studies on opposition relations; 2) Learn about contextual control over equivalence and exclusion responding; 3) Gain a critical understanding of current research on derived stimulus relations |
|
|
|
|
|
Measurement Issues in Psychology and Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Michael D. Hixson, Ph.D. |
|
Measurement Issues in Psychology and Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL D. HIXSON (Central Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Measurement is a critical but often overlooked issue in psychology, but understanding the dependent variables in any area of study is a basic requirement. Psychology has emphasized the use of self-report and introspection, perhaps limiting its scientific contributions and separating itself from the natural sciences. Although behavior analysts often advocate for direct measures of behavior, even in behavior analysis indirect measures are easy to find and often common. The logic for using indirect measures is often that, in certain circumstances, direct measures are impossible or too difficult to obtain. But what is the nature of what is obtained in place of direct measures? These issues also relate to psychology’s predilection for constructs, but what are constructs and can they be measured? How is what is measured related to quantification and what do those quantities mean? This presentation will explore these issues across measurement methods and areas of study, such as emotion, and conscious and unconscious behavior. |
|
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and others with some knowledge of measurement in behavior analysis and psychology |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe direct and indirect measurement (2) Discuss critical issues related to indirect measurement, especially self-report (3) Describe research on the relationship between indirect and direct measures |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical Decision-Making in Applied Behavior Analysis Practitioners: Models, Behavior, and Organizational Culture |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Videsha Marya (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Videsha Marya, M.S. |
Abstract: Ethical decision-making can be described as involving several components. First, a set of responses that can occur sequentially or non-sequentially and that culminate in a final decision. Second, comparison of that final decision with social standards of 'right' and 'wrong'. Finally, personal and professional contingencies that shape ethical decision-making over time. In this symposium, three presentations describe recent work surrounding ethical decision-making in clinical ABA practice settings. In one presentation, Kinsella and colleagues present the results of a literature review analyzing trends and similarities across 55 ethical decision-making models published across medical and clinical literatures. Next, Almeida and colleagues present the results of an experiment that evaluated the effectiveness and preference for ethical decision models by BCBAs responding to ethical dilemmas. Finally, Woolf and colleagues discuss how organizations can create ethical cultures that align and balance the competing contingencies associated with decision-making that impact care quality and an organization's financial health. Together, the presentations that comprise this symposium highlight the many systems that impact ethical decision-making in ABA practice settings and many avenues for fruitful future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): decision models, ethical decision-making, ethics, OBM |
Target Audience: General understanding ethical codes, organizational systems, and the basic literature on decision-making. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) Describe common components to ethical decision-making models in healthcare and education; (2) Describe how ethical decision-making models can influence the decisions BCBAs make. (3) How organizational leaders and administrative professionals can create systems that balance quality care and financial health. |
|
A Systematic Review of Ethical Decision-Making Models for Clinical and Educational Settings |
ALAN KINSELLA (Endicott College), Victoria Suarez (Endicott College), Videsha Marya (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Ethical decision-making models are sets of verbal stimuli designed to help the user emit behavior deemed “right” or avoid behavior deemed “wrong”. Over the past decade, ethical decision-making models have increasingly been published in behavior analysis journals and books. These models have ranged in focus from specific topics (e.g., responding to changes in medication) to generalized frameworks spanning many contexts. Outside behavior analysis, ethical decision-making models have been studied in related allied fields for decades (e.g., education, medicine). Despite this prominence, the consistency of steps across models and the empirical support for
model effectiveness are unknown. In this presentation, we discuss the results of a literature review wherein we analyzed 55 ethical decision-making models from 61 articles across education and healthcare. Through initial review, we identified nine prominent steps and coded articles for whether they included that step as well as the profession; whether it involved problem-solving; and whether it was linearly sequenced. This presentation discusses the resulting trends, the prevalence of each step, and the empirical support for each model. Behavior analysts interested in taking an objective, empirically supported approach to ethical decision-making will
benefit from this discussion of the current strengths and limitations of existing ethical decision-making models. |
|
An Empirical Study of Ethical Decision Making by BCBAs |
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon Services), Lauren Beaulieu (Newton Public Schools), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Clinical decision-making models have been proposed in the behavior analytic literature (Colombo et al., 2020; LeBlanc et al., 2016; Rosenberg & Schwartz, 2019; Virués-Ortega et al., 2014) and recently the BACB urged behavior analysts to use a decision model to guide ethical-decision making (BACB, 2020). However, little is known about how these models impact decision making and clinical outcomes. Therefore, evaluating the effectiveness and preference for ethical decision models is important for the field and was the purpose of this study. In baseline, eighty-four BCBAs were presented with scenarios that posed ethical dilemmas and were instructed to use their own method to identify solutions to the ethical dilemmas and factors that led to their decision. Of all participants, 42% of participants relied on the ethical code when making ethical decisions, 38% on professional experience, and 19% on personal experience. Next, participants received brief instructions, a sample of a completed decision model, and one practice opportunity. Lastly, participants were instructed to choose their way or the decision model via a concurrent chains arrangement. During the concurrent chains condition, when asked what method they preferred, 69% selected their own method, while 31% chose the decision model. Implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
Organizational Ethics: Establishing an Ethical Culture that Aligns With Business Practices |
STEVE WOOLF (Butterfly Effects), Joy Pollard (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark) |
Abstract: The business of providing ABA-based treatments to children has increased exponentially over the last ten years. The combination of ASDs’ high prevalence, shortage of providers, nationwide treatment mandates, and other factors set the occasion for robust business opportunities for autism treatment providers and investors. The ASD ABA treatment market was valued at $1.87 billion in 2017 with a projected market valuation of over $2.23 billion by 2022 (Research and Markets, 2017). Balancing competing contingencies of providing quality care, while also reporting to investors who may not have direct knowledge of best practice ABA treatment, can be not only challenging but also create ethical distress among the providers rendering care within the organization. As such, it is important for our field to engage in open dialogue about the ethical dilemmas that may arise and how to promote high-quality, ethically sound ABA treatment within the evolving landscape of applied behavior analysis treatment. To this end, the purpose of this presentation is to focus on organizational ethics as it refers to the ethical issues from an administrative or management perspective within a healthcare organization, rather than addressing ethical issues purely related to clinical practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Preference Research: Stability, Displacement, and Assessment of Vocational tasks |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Preference assessments are a defining feature of individualized behavior analytic therapy. Incorporation of client preferences, and maximization of choice making opportunities, have recently been suggested as strategies for trauma informed (Rajaraman et al., 2021) and culturally responsive care (Fong et al., 2016). This symposium includes three studies on preference assessments with individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. The first presenter evaluated video-based preference assessments for vocational tasks in transition-aged individuals. The second presenter evaluated the stability of edible and leisure assessments in preschool-aged children. The third presenter extended research on preference displacement by including edible, leisure, and social stimuli. Results of these studies highlight the flexibility of preference assessments and suggest best practices for their use. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): preference assessment, preference displacement, preference stability, vocational preference |
Target Audience: Students, researchers, and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe a metric for preference stability (2) Define displacement of stimuli within a combined multiple stimulus without replacement assessment (3) Identify a preference format that can be used to assess vocational preferences |
|
Evaluation of Vocational Video-Based Preference Assessments for Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
COURTNEY LYNN KANE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Marie Covington (Anderson Center for Autism), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Employment is a priority for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Vocational preference assessments (VPAs) have led to the identification of preferred vocational tasks. Benefits of providing access to highly preferred vocational tasks for individuals with ASD include enhancing productivity, task engagement, and reducing problem behavior. Using videos when evaluating vocational task preference has resulted in identifying preferred tasks and may better communicate task requirements than presenting objects or pictures. The role of skill acquisition on vocational preference has been explored in few studies. Further, discrimination skills that may be important for successful use of VPAs remain unclear. The purpose of our study was to extend past research by evaluating the utility of a video-based VPAs to identify preferred vocational tasks for transition-aged individuals with ASD, carefully assess participants’ discrimination skills (e.g., picture-to-object matching), and subsequently evaluate vocational preference pre- and post- acquisition of the vocational task. We anticipate video-based VPAs will show differentiated preference hierarchies across tasks per participant, that participants will acquire both low- and high-preferred vocational tasks, and that vocational preference may be impacted by acquisition of the task. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Preference Stability Within Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments in Children With Autism |
ISAAC JOSEPH MELANSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alexandria Thomas (Michigan State University), Emma Seliina Sipila-Thomas (Michigan State University), David Ray Gutierrez Miranda (Purdue University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Individuals who engage in patterns of preference stability during multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments may require less frequent preference assessments, which can save instructional time and resources. Yet, no study to date has assessed stability within rounds of the same preference assessment (rounds 1-5 in a MSWO preference assessment). The purpose of this study was to analyze the effects of presentations of assessment rounds on preference stability during subsequent rounds of a MSWO preference assessment in preschool aged children with autism. We conducted a secondary data analysis based on videos recorded during Sipila-Thomas et al. (2021) and calculated preference stability across consecutive rounds using Spearman rank-order correlation coefficients (Spearman’s ??) for 17 participants with autism and across 40 MSWO preference assessments. Additionally, we present a new definition for patterns of stability and variability across rounds of a MSWO preference assessment. We observed patterns of preference stability for 24 out of the 40 assessments (60%) indicating that pre-school aged children with autism in this study were slightly more likely to engage in patterns of preference stability than patterns of preference variability within the same preference assessment. The implications of these results will be discussed. |
|
Preference and Reinforcing Efficacy of Edible, Leisure, and Social Interaction Stimuli in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ANGELICA J SEDANO (Kaleidoscope ABA Therapy), Nicole Goldberg (New England Center for Children), Zoe Newman (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Preference assessments that include combined-category stimulus arrays of edible and leisure stimuli can result in displacement effects, in which a stimulus that is identified as less preferred in a preference assessment is found to function as a reinforcer in a reinforcer assessment. However, it is unclear whether the inclusion of social interaction in combined-category arrays would result in displacement effects. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate potential displacement effects in combined-category stimulus arrays of edible, leisure, and social stimuli for five individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). First, single category pictorially based paired-stimulus preference assessments were implemented to identify highly preferred edible, leisure, and social stimuli. The top two ranked items from each category were then included in a subsequent combined-category preference assessment to evaluate potential displacement effects across stimulus categories. A concurrent operant reinforcer assessment was subsequently conducted to determine the relative and absolute reinforcing efficacy of each highest ranked stimulus from each category. Interobserver agreement data were collected for over 33% of sessions during the preference and reinforcer assessments and averaged over 90%. Although displacement effects were observed, the type and extent of the effect differed across participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Leisure and Physical Activity Engagement |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The theme of the current symposium is research that addresses deficits in leisure and physical activity engagement. The first presenter will describe a study for increasing functional leisure item engagement across multiple activities for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who displayed restricted interests (i.e., they engaged primarily with an iPad). Response restriction preference assessments were conducted throughout training to assess the generality of the findings when several activities were concurrently available. In the second paper, the author will describe a study on a technology for increasing physical activity engagement for two individuals with ASD who showed low levels of physical activity engagement. This approach included a combination of a preference assessment and treatment analysis to identify the most preferred physical activity task and the most effective intervention. Additional assessments were subsequently conducted to increase the generality and acceptability of the outcomes. In the third paper, the presenter will describe an evaluation of a competition feature on an automated fitness tracker for increasing physical activity in six typically developing adults. If the competition alone was ineffective, an additional incentive for winning the competition was included. The findings obtained and directions for future research in this area will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): fitness tracker, leisure engagement, physical activity, preference assessment |
Target Audience: Individuals who have previous knowledge of behavior analytic principles. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe strategies for increasing leisure item engagement in individuals with restricted interests (2) Describe an assessment and treatment approach for increasing physical activity engagement in individuals with autism (3) Describe a procedure that includes an automated competition feature for increasing physical activity in typically developing adults |
|
Increasing Leisure Item Engagement in Individuals With Restricted Interests |
ROBERT BENJAMIN CORNAGLIA (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Valerie Hall (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Abigail McVarish (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display restricted interests. The current study assessed levels of engagement across multiple leisure items in five individuals with ASD, who repetitively engaged with an iPad to the exclusion of other activities. Response restriction (RR) preference assessments were conducted to assess whether simply restricting access to the iPad facilitated engagement across multiple items. If it did not, the experimenter conducted leisure-item-engagement training in the context of a modified single-item duration-based preference assessment. A multiple baseline design across leisure items was used to evaluate the effects of prompting and differential reinforcement on simple and functional engagement. Prompting alone was effective in increasing simple engagement for four participants and functional engagement for one participant. Prompting with differential reinforcement increased functional engagement for four participants. RR assessments were conducted throughout training to serve as an ongoing measure of the effects of training on restricted interest patterns. |
|
Assessment and Treatment for Increasing Physical Activity in Individuals With Autism |
CHELSEA HEDQUIST (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Hannah Krueger (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities and autism often have sedentary lifestyles and do not meet the recommendations for physical activity engagement outlined by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Previous research on increasing physical activity engagement has been primarily conducted with typically developing individuals, and the procedures used may not be amenable to individuals with intellectual disabilities or autism. The purpose of this study was to develop a systematic technology for increasing physical activity engagement for two individuals with autism. A physical activity analysis that included a progressive treatment approach was conducted and identified the most effective physical activity and treatment combination for increasing physical activity engagement. Data from the physical activity analysis and two subsequent analyses on the generality and acceptability of the intervention will be reviewed. |
|
Assessing Automated Self-Monitoring and Feedback for Increasing Physical Activity |
NABIL MEZHOUDI (New England Center for Children), Chelsea Hedquist (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Approximately three-quarters of Americans adults do not meet the national guidelines for physical activity – an average of 22 min of moderate physical activity per day (Blackwell & Clarke, 2018; Piercy et al., 2018). Lack of physical activity is associated with a variety of negative long-term health outcomes (McGuire, 2014); therefore, identifying effective interventions for increasing individuals’ physical activity is warranted. Physical activity can be measured with devices that use accelerometers and heart rate sensors. The Apple Watch, for example, utilizes these instruments to measure an individual’s movement and heart rate and subsequently calculates minutes spent exercising, calories burned, and hours spent standing. Additionally, the Apple Watch has a competition feature that allows users to challenge one another and compete for points awarded for engaging in physical activity. The present study evaluated the impact of this competition feature on levels of physical activity for six participants working at a school for children with autism and assessed an additional incentive component if the competition alone was ineffective. The competition effectively increased physical activity for some but not all participants and adding an incentive for winning the competition improved performance in some cases. Interobserver agreement was 100% across all measures for all participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Autism Spectrum Disorder and Sexuality: Evidence-Based Strategies for Teaching Healthy Relationships |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kate A Langston Rooney, M.Ed. |
Chair: Kara Constantine (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health) |
KATE A LANGSTON ROONEY (Delaware ABAI) |
KATHLEEN DOYLE (Geisinger Medical Center) |
CHERIE ANN FISHBAUGH (West Chester University) |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism often receive inadequate instruction surrounding sexuality and building healthy relationships. Many recognize the importance of sexuality education; however, feel unprepared to teach this subject to those with ASD. When sex education is provided, it is often implemented reactively, when a behavior is considered problematic rather than proactively. Instruction tends to lack essential information to support individuals in understanding their personal sexuality and how to develop romantic relationships. One way to make sexuality education more accessible is by providing parents, caregivers and professionals evidence-based resources and strategies to effectively teach these skills. In this panel, the following topics may be discussed: (a) the facts and myths surrounding teaching individuals with ASD about sexuality and relationships; (b) current literature on caregiver/teacher perceptions of sexuality and ASD; (c) the importance of incorporating critical relationship skills into education; and (d) evidence-based strategies that can be used to teach healthy relationship skills. Attendees will be provided with a list of resources that they can use to increase the quality of their own instruction surrounding sexuality and building healthy relationships. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate between facts and myths surrounding individuals with ASD and sexuality; (2) identify critical skills necessary to build healthy relationships; (3) describe how to use evidence-based strategies such as video modeling, self-monitoring, and behavior skills training to teach individuals with ASD how to engage in healthy relationships. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Healthy Relationships, Sexuality Education |
|
|
|
|
|
Mixed Behavioral and Pharmacological Interventions: Prevention, Policy, Ethics, and Practice. |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Problem behavior can be treated with applied behavior analysis (ABA) or psychotropic medication, and each carries its own advantages and disadvantages. ABA is resource intensive, requires technically trained personnel, and the benefits may develop slowly but it has none of the side effects associated with psychotropic medications, their benefits are cumulative and often outlive the treatment period. Psychotropic medication’s effects appear quickly, their benefits can be striking, and are thought to be less expensive than ABA interventions. Finally, the educational and practicum training required for the two domains are nearly non-overlapping, so often only one approach is used or both are used with varying degrees of cooperation among practitioners, with impacts on families and clients. The two papers in this symposium examine treatment in this context. Chris Newland compares the costs of ABA with and without psychotropic medications and examines when ABA reduces the future use of psychotropic medication. Jennifer Zarcone discusses communicating with medical providers and families, and the ethical dilemmas presented when balancing their approaches with the therapeutic goals. The discussant, Maria Valdovinos, will examine these topics in the context of recent studies of joint treatment by psychotropic and behavioral interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cost-Benefit, Medical Providers, Prevent Psychotropics, Psychotropic Medication |
Target Audience: The target audience includes behavior analysts interested in psychopharmacology in applied settings, the use of psychotropic medications, and ethical and practical issues that arise when working with medical personnel. School staff and families will also benefit. Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic principles, how to read and interpret complex graphs, an appreciation of interdisciplinary service delivery, and at least an elementary understanding of psychotropic medications that are used. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the relative costs associated with interventions that include ABA services and psychotropic medications 2) Describe how ABA interventions can prevent the future use of psychotropic medications 3) Measure medication effects with their clients. 4) Collaborate effectively with interdisciplinary teams, families, and community services. |
|
Prevention is Better, and Cheaper, than De-prescribing: How Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions Reduced Future Psychotropic Use Among Children in Foster Care |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: We evaluated whether applied behavior analysis (ABA) services for children and youth in foster care reduces the future use of psychotropic medication and yields cost savings. Foster children 2 to 18 years old and their caregivers received ABA services to target specific problem behaviors and to train caregivers in behavior management. Most children were on psychotropic medication but those in the “Prevention Group” had no such history. An “ABA-Matched” group was matched on demographic variables and the severity of problem behavior. The costs of delivering services and medication was compared using these groups. A third group, called the “Medicaid-Matched” group was matched against the ABA-Matched group from a database of children receiving psychotropics through Medicaid. This last matching was based on demographics, medications prescribed on entering Medicaid, and the number of months receiving Medicaid-supported psychotropics. Costs for the older ABA-Matched children (> 12YO) were more than 10X the costs of age-matched prevention children, but costs for younger children (< 5YO) were similar. About half of the Prevention-Group children received no psychotropics in a three-year follow-up and the others received fewer than the ABA-Matched children. Thus, ABA services before commencing psychotropics prevented or greatly reduced the use of psychotropics over a three-year follow-up. |
|
Ethical Issues Surrounding the Use of Psychotropic Medications With People With Intellectual Disabilities |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This presentation will focus on some of the ethical issues we face as behavior analysts when collaborating with families and medical providers to measure the effects of psychotropic medication. There are barriers to effective communication for many clinicians and some advice on how to negotiate those barriers will be discussed. In addition, a brief review of common measures (both indirect and based on direct observation) that can be used to assess the effects of medication on challenging behavior will be discussed. For example, we conducted an academic analog assessment with a 10-year-old with autism to assess the effect of an attention deficit disorder medication on off task and problem behavior on an impatient hospital unit. The figure shows that atomoxetine (Straterra) was highly effective in reducing problem and off task behavior. Additionally, we will discuss how we can help behavior analysts become more knowledgeable about behavioral pharmacology and medication effects during their graduate programs as well as via continuing education opportunities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Book Club: A Discussion of New Books on Functional Illness, Homelessness in America, and Xenophobia. |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Richard F. Rakos, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas) |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
KENNEE BETH SWITZER (Family Promise of Greater Cleveland) |
MARK ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working to address systemic social-cultural problems need a thorough understanding of the multi-level context in which the issue is embedded, knowledge that almost always is found in disciplines other than behavior analysis. This BFSR-sponsored Panel brings to the attention of behavior analysts three new books of social importance, with the goal to both inform and prompt further interest in the target social problems. Each panelist will offer commentary on one book. Rich Rakos will comment on “The Sleeping Beauties and Other Stories of Mystery Illness" by Suzanne O'Sullivan. Kennee Switzer will discuss "In the Midst of Plenty: Homelessness and What to Do About It" by Marybeth Shinn and Jill Khadduri. And Mark Alavosius will reflect on "Of Fear and Strangers: A History of Xenophobia" by George Makari. Each of the panelists will present a brief overview or summary of the book’s main thesis, identify its strengths, offer critiques, and suggest links with or relevance for behavior analysis and Culturo-Behavior Science. Panelists will limit their commentary to 10-12 minutes each, leaving time for panelist interaction and audience participation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in expanding the science to address social issues more effectively |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the scope and social impact of psychogenic illness, family homelessness in America, and xenophobia; (2) describe current systemic environmental conditions that maintain or strengthen these three social problems; (3) identify research questions behavior analysts can raise, interventions they can propose, and policy advocacy they can engage in as potential ways behavior analysts can contribute to remediating the three social problems. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis Service Deserts: Addressing the Gap in Underserved and Marginalized Communities |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
JESSIKA NICHOLE FEIL (Bella Vista Behavior Services) |
ISABEL LEON (ABATEC) |
RUTH TELLO (Familias First) |
Abstract: In recent years, the field has witnessed an increased interest and attention to the need for diversity, equity, and inclusion in all domains of behavior analysis (i.e., basic, and applied research, service delivery). One aspect of equity and inclusion that has received minimal attention is the disparity in access to high-quality ABA services for underrepresented and marginalized communities in the U.S. A recent publication by Drahota and colleagues (2020) describe the concept of 'service deserts' and presents information for ABA practitioners to consider how they can implement and promote dissemination of ABA services to disadvantaged neighborhoods in the U.S. The purpose of this panel discussion is to highlight the work of three Latina BCBA business owners who are paving the way for service delivery in racially and ethnically diverse communities in both rural and urban cities in California and Massachusetts. The panelists will describe the disparities in ABA services that inspired them to start their respective companies (e.g., their perspective on 'service deserts'), share stories of challenges and success in delivering services to these communities, provide recommendations for current and aspiring service providers, and discuss changes to public policy that will help to advance work in this area. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience includes current BCBA practitioners, aspiring BCBAs, academics involved in graduate and undergraduate training programs in applied behavior analysis, and the ABAI leadership team. To gain the maximum benefit from this panel discussion, audience members should have a basic understanding of the complexities of ABA service provision (e.g., how services are reimbursed, how staff are hired and trained, etc.); and basic knowledge of the health disparities that are prevalent in the U.S. outside of the context of behavior analytic service delivery. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define service deserts and describe the disparities that exist in accessing ABA services in marginalized communities in the U.S., (2) describe some of the challenges and successes experienced by the panelists in providing services to marginalized communities, and (3) identify recommendations for changes to service delivery and public policy that can help to address disparities in access to ABA services. |
Keyword(s): autism, marginalized communities, service delivery, service deserts |
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis: How Closely Aligned Are We? |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (CentralReach) |
CE Instructor: Timothy C. Fuller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis have a common intellectual through-line. The three papers presented herein explore this through-line and highlight areas of connection and divergence. Particular attention is paid to historical efforts to contribute to instructional design, current practices within behavior analysis to create instructional materials for clinicians working with children diagnosed with Autism and draw attention to possibilities to advance our disciplines' offerings. The first paper highlights efforts made by behavior analytic thinkers that have contributed considerably to behavior analytic efforts in instructional design. The second paper explores a common approach to instructional design with attention paid to the positive and concerning implications of staying the course. The final paper showcases a coherent way forward by behavior analysts to resourcefully embed instructional design into their efforts to make meaningful differences in the lives of the people they serve. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for practicing certified/licensed behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentations, participants will be able to: (1) articulate the basic tenets of instructional design; (2) describe the historical and contemporary efforts by behavior analysts to contribute to the discipline of instructional design and; (3) describe ways of incorporating measurement and training systems into ABA practices to better serve their clients. |
|
Designing Instructional Materials for Behavior Analysts: A Report on Progress Made and Opportunities Yet Fulfilled |
KERRI L. MILYKO (CentralReach), Kristin Smith Smith (CentralReach), Timothy C. Fuller (Central Reach) |
Abstract: When venturing out into the world, the words “instructional design” or “instructional designer” land differently to members within the verbal communities of business, industry, and education in comparison to those of behavior analysis. When seeking out advanced degrees in instructional design, works by known behavior analytic instructional design giants such as Susan Markel, T.V. Joe Layng, and Kent Johnson are unfortunately ignored. Works by Robert Gagne, Cathay Moore, and M. David Merrill, just to name a few, are much more prevalent. The current paper addresses how instructional design is used in different disciplines by these more cognitive authors and researchers. Models such as ADDIE, Agile, and Action Mapping are discussed with respect to their contributions and limitations to instructional design in multiple contexts and audiences. Further, implications are drawn on how these models can impact behavior analysts in the work they engage in, whether it be in academia, parent training, staff training, curriculum design, as well as providing a general framework for instruction with any learners. |
|
Iterative Processes and Instructional Programming Versus Instructional Design |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (Central Reach), Kerri L. Milyko (CentralReach), Kristin Smith Smith (CentralReach) |
Abstract: The history of instructional design is long with several disciplines contributing to the knowledge base. Though B.F. Skinner’s programmed instruction is credited as an important contribution to instructional design history; the broader role operant theory plays in contemporary instructional design is limited. Within behavior analysis, the design of instructional programming often can tell you more about the instructional preferences of the behavior analyst than the needs of the learner. This paper explores both the history of instructional design as well as what behavior analysts can consider when creating programming for their learners. Particular attention is paid to the notion of an iterative process and how best to consider incorporating it in a broader system of programming. Within an iterative framework the topics of teaching strategy and measurement practice will be addressed. |
|
Empowering Applied Behavior Analysis Providers With Validated Instructional Design |
KRISTIN SMITH SMITH (CentralReach), Kerri L. Milyko (CentralReach), Timothy C. Fuller (Central Reach) |
Abstract: It can be daunting for clinicians to design individualized programming for each learner on their caseload. Often, thorough instructional design practices are not consistently practiced by clinicians due to a lack of resources, the experience of the clinician, or the availability of instructional design training. Additionally, the validity of instruction designed for a learner is often not evaluated. When design fails or does not produce the magnitude of change expected, it often becomes a “learner problem” rather than a “teaching problem”. This paper presents a way to realign with instructional design best practices so that clinicians and organizations can resourcefully embed instructional design into their day-to-day clinician practice, ensuring that each skill in a client’s programing is individually designed and effective. Additionally, this paper proposes measurement systems, time saving design practices, and training strategies that will empower practitioners to maintain the integrity of instructional design and maximize their available resources. Further recommendations for establishing and maintaining an iterative design process will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management: Where Systems Meet Culture |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Ingunn Sandaker, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet) |
Abstract: Systems may be formal or a result of self-organized selection of behaviors. We often talk about for instance a school system referring to the formal, planned and intentionally organized teaching and support services. A system may, however, as well arise without any formal structure, planning or intentionality. OBM, or the science of how to facilitate optimal contingencies for behaviors that serves the goals of the company, have to deal with both formal and informal functions, structures, and processes. These structures, whether visualized by an organization chart or a snapshot of network interactions, must also take culture into consideration. This presentation will show how the transmission of cultural practices over time influence both formal and informal systems. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Everyone interested in how organizations work, whether businesses or public sector. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between a formal and an informal system; (2) to identify contingencies maintaining cultural practices in an organization; (3) analyze the functional relation between an organization, the processes maintaining the function, and the structure facilitating the processes. |
|
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet) |
Ingunn Sandaker, professor in the Department of Behavioral Science at Oslo Metropolitan University (OsloMet) in Norway, received her Ph.D. in organizational psychology from the University of Oslo in 1997. She has served in numerous roles, including as dean of studies for social work and special education at Oslo College, and as head of planning and development at Oslo HVPU (division of state services for those with developmental disabilities). She was project manager at OsloMet and instrumental in establishing its master’s and Ph.D. programs in behavior analysis; she has since been director of those programs.
Combining expertise in both behavior analysis and systems design/analysis (behavior systems), she served as a consultant and advisor to major corporations, including Norway’s huge oil sector and the Norwegian Olympic Committee, where, as leadership training project director, she played a significant role in enhancing participation and awards for women athletes. Her efforts have helped secure behavior analysis as an established discipline in Norway. In addition, Professor Sandaker has been a leader in international dissemination, serving as the international representative to ABAI’s Executive Council. She is also on the editorial board of the Norwegian Journal of Behavior Analysis and associate editor of Perspectives on Behavior Science. |
|
|
|
|
|
Illusions of Abnormality: A Behavioral Conceptualization of "Deviant" Behavior in Context |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Meta-contingencies are evident, in part, in what behaviors are treated as normal and acceptable. To reduce the probability of behavior that deviates from a group’s recognized social norm, unacceptable behaviors are consequated with socially mediated punishment or by restricting access to shared resources. In addition, the verbal behavior used to describe these “deviant” behaviors are often rooted in mentalistic origins. Early conceptualizations of substance use recovery, for example, accentuated the role “will-power” had in changing substance use behavior. Likewise, antisocial thoughts and attitudes are theorized to cause criminal behavior, and sexual sadism is considered in some literature as a pathological personality characteristic predictive of dysfunction or danger. The first paper in this symposium will present on historical conceptualizations of substance use followed by a clinical behavior analytic description of this functional class. In the second paper, the author will introduce the concept of criminal thinking in correctional populations and provide an alternative framework for understanding these behaviors. Finally, the third presenter will discuss sexual sadism in terms of how sexual and relational learning histories intersect with immediate contingencies to foster others’ pain having pleasurable functions. These papers are intended to facilitate open discussions about stigmatized behaviors that can be more readily understood and intervened upon from a contextual perspective. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behaviorism, Clinical, Conceptual, Stigmatized Behaviors |
|
Clinical Behavior Analysis and the Treatment of Substance Use Disorder |
MATTHEW ANDERSLAND (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette), David R R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: In 2018, there were approximately 19.3 million people in the United States who met the diagnostic criteria for a substance use disorder. Individuals experiencing difficulties with substance use are at risk for overdose, physical and mental health consequences, and reductions in quality of life. Given the negative consequences associated with substance use, interventions that effectively modify problematic substance use behavior are paramount to reducing this major public health concern. Behaviorally-oriented interventions such as contingency management approaches positively reinforce abstinence or treatment attendance with vouchers, tokens within a token economy or the opportunity to win prizes. Such interventions use the principles of operant conditioning to increase the availability of alternative reinforcers. Based on modern accounts of human language and cognition (i.e., Relational Frame Theory), Clinical Behavior Analysis emerged as a language-based therapeutic approach rooted in a functional contextual worldview. The present paper will discuss a clinical behavior analytic approach to substance use. We will argue that by targeting behaviors within the same response class as substance use behavior, which we conceptualize is primarily under aversive control, clinical behavior analysis may be effective in treating substance use disorders by expanding a client’s behavioral repertoire. |
|
An Alternative Model to Understanding Criminal Thinking (Behavior) in Correctional Contexts |
THOMAS B. SEASE (Texas Christian University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette), David R R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: National reports have estimated that approximately 9 million people cycle in and out of jail and more than 600,000 people are released from prison each year. As a result, a fundamental aim of the criminal justice system is to provide evidence-based services that mitigate clients’ risk for recidivism. Criminal thinking—maladaptive cognitive processes supportive of criminal involvement—is one such criminogenic risk factor consistently associated with recidivism. Historical conceptualizations of criminal thinking have naturally placed the mechanism of change inside the client, which in turn has informed how practitioners target these behaviors in practice. That is, extant models of criminal thinking assume that attenuating antisocial thoughts is a viable means of decreasing rates of reoffending. This approach contrasts laboratory research suggesting rule-governed behavior (i.e., “don’t experience this thought”) counterintuitively fosters behavioral insensitivity. In response, the purpose of this paper is to provide an alternative theoretical framework to understanding criminal thinking using the foundations of behavioral psychology. This will include a particular emphasis on the practical implications imparted to correctional staff and treatment providers from a behavioral conceptualization of criminogenic thought processes. |
|
Things We Do in the Dark: Reconceptualizing Sexual Sadism in a New Light |
MAKENSEY SANDERS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Janani Vaidya (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Sadism involves the experience of pleasure, typically sexual, through the infliction of pain on others. Sadism is generally discussed from a mentalistic perspective as a personality trait. For example, sadism has been related by some to the Dark Triad (i.e., narcissism, Machiavellianism, psychopathy), thought to be indicative of a fundamental malevolence in character. Sadism has also been approached as psychopathology, and is diagnosable as a paraphilia when it causes substantial harm and/or dysfunction to self or others.
Conceptualizing sadism as an evil or pathological trait disregards benefits of consensual sexual practices within BDSM (bondage, discipline, dominance, submission, sadism, and masochism) orientations and communities. For example, BDSM practitioners tend to have more secure relationships and lower anxiety than the general population. This talk will discuss sadism from a contextual behavioral perspective, including conditions under which sadism is under appetitive control (e.g., consensual BDSM practices) versus aversive control (e.g., harmful and/or dysfunctional behaviors). Further, it will highlight the impacts of stigma around BDSM on the repertoires of those for whom engagement in sadistic behaviors in a risk-aware, consensual, safe manner is reinforcing. Finally, this paper will discuss the intersections of sadism with other minoritized identities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Consent, Disability, and Applied Behavior Analysis: What We Can Learn from Fries, Tea, and Pizza |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Barbara Gross, M.A. |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
Presenting Authors: : BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed) |
Abstract: The word "consent" may mean different things, depending on context and audience. Conceptualizations of sexual consent are often delivered in metaphor or acronym by sexuality educators and abuse prevention specialists. It is possible to use these frameworks to explain other consent-based behaviors. Additionally, it is our responsibility to think critically about how some of our practices may violate consent/assent without due care. This conversation will explore consensual behavior as a consideration when supporting clients, as well as our role in teaching others how to engage in consent behaviors. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) extend popular models of affirmative sexual consent to non-sexual consent; (2) identify practices within the field of applied behavior analysis which impact development of consent repertoires; (3) develop steps to build capacity to consent to sexual and non-sexual activities for learners with intellectual and developmental disabilities. |
|
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed) |
Barbara Gross, MA, MEd, BCBA, LBA, CSE, (she/her/hers), is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and AASECT Certified Sexuality Educator. She specializes in staff and caregiver training and development of sexual behavior intervention plans for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (ID/DD). She also works to coordinate with special educators and sexuality educators to promote equity in access to comprehensive sexuality education for youth with disabilities. Other areas of practice and research interests include pornography literacy, abuse prevention for children and adults with disabilities, and dissemination of behavior analysis and the potential it offers to promote healthy sexuality for people of all abilities. Barb is the current president of the Sexual Behavior Research and Practice Special Interest Group (SBRPSIG) of ABAI. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Autism Spectrum Disorder Intervention: Assent and Social Validity |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School) |
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Meaningful skill development is one overarching purpose for applied work in behavior analysis. During this symposium, a literature review highlighting the tools for meaningful goal setting, a progressive approach to rapport building with clients, and a survey about safety experiences of professionals working directly with clients will be presented. The themes of assent, social validity, and meaningful curriculum are exemplified by the data reported in each project. A focus of this symposium is the guidance for future research in practice in these areas in addition to the findings in each area. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): assent, rapport, safety, Social validity |
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for behavior analysts with more than five years of experience working with individuals with different disability labels across a variety of environments and situations. The goal is to provide background training on three of the more complex issues facing practitioners today. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the difference between developmental and functional curricula, examples of each type, and how to objectively make decisions on which type to choose for a given client; (2) Identify the important need to use curricula and/or assessments as guides and not roadmaps to select meaningful goals; (3) Offer definitions of rapport, and identify why a need for a definition based on observable behavior is important, and how rapport is related to assent; (4) Describe a progressive approach to rapport building, and how this can be taught to staff working with clients with autism; (5) Discuss the importance of assessing social validity to indirect consumers; (6) Identify 2-3 key considerations for the balance of safety and habilitation in residential settings. |
|
Examining Ways to Improve Outcomes for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature and Available Assessments and Curricula |
SHANNA BAHRY (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In order to promote best outcomes across the lifespan and thereby improve overall quality of life for individuals on the autism spectrum, it is critical that goals written and interventions prescribed prior to the transition to adulthood are meaningful and highly socially valid. This presentation will provide an overview of available assessment and curriculum tools commonly used in the field of applied behavior analysis to guide goal development. An analysis of skills contained within each tool across various important skill domains will be reviewed. Implications and recommendations will be discussed. |
|
A Progressive Approach to Staff Training to Increase Rapport With Clients With Autism |
JESSICA J. CAUCHI (Endicott College; Atlas Behaviour Consultation) |
Abstract: Rapport is an important component of ABA programs, but has historically been defined with great subjectivity and variability. The presenter will discuss rapport as a measure of assent, why this is especially important for practitioners today, and present preliminary findings of a study training staff to build rapport with children with autism using a progressive approach to rapport-building. Future directions for studies of assent, rapport, and training will be discussed. |
|
Reports of Safety Experiences From Direct Support Comparison: A Social Validity Survey |
NATALIE M. DRISCOLL (Seven Hills Foundation & Endicott College) |
Abstract: The direct support professionals (DSP) working in group homes in adult services are important consumers of behavior analytic services. They often have the opportunity to express their acceptance and adherence to interventions during team meetings and their experience guides decision making for important support strategies around the balance of safety and dignity of the individuals they support. A survey was conducted across multiple group homes in adult services in Massachusetts to gain an understanding of the past experiences of safety concerns by DSPs. The data show varying levels of experience with concerns such as opinions around pedestrian safety, carrying cash, and wearing appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE). Analysis and discussion of these data will be presented. The findings of this survey are relevant to seeking information to better inform interventions and for ongoing consideration of the least restrictive environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Face Touching During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid) |
Discussant: Raymond Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While airborne respiratory aerosols are currently thought to be the main transmission pathway for the SARS-CoV-2, fomite-mediated transmission remains an important risk during the current pandemic. Fomites are inanimate object surfaces where viral particles can remain viable for hours or days. Community-based epidemiological studies cannot readily establish the relative contribution to infection risk of several transmission pathways when they operate simultaneously and most transmission models have focused on human-to-human transmission of the SARS-CoV-2. However, recent studies indicate that transmission due to contact with contaminated surfaces may play an important role, particularly in the early stages of an outbreak and in closed environments such as child daycare services, schools, nursing homes, and offices. Hand contact with contaminated surfaces poses a risk of infection when subsequently engaging in hand-to-face contact with the mouth, nasopharynx, or eyes. Therefore, face-touching is a risk behavior of significant public health interest. In the current series of studies we will explore various treatment approaches to reducing face touching in both typically developed adults and children with autism spectrum disorder. We will also present various strategies for detecting and recording face touching including automated systems. The studies will be discussed by Dr. Ray G. Miltenberger, a world-renowned expert in the assessment and treatment of habitual behaviors. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): COVID-19, face touching, habit reversal, video analysis |
Target Audience: Students, practitioners and applied researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the behavioral processes involved in face touching and its importance as a health risk behavior; (2) Understand various methodological approaches to monitor face touching in typically developed adults and people with autism spectrum disorder; (3) Understand various approaches to reducing face touching including awareness training, habit reversal, and differential reinforcement of other behavior. |
|
Decreasing Face Touching for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
MARY HALBUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Elizabeth J. Preas (UNMC), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Face touching is a prevalent behavior for individuals of all ages. However, frequent face touching has potential negative side effects such as the transmission of viruses, bacterial infections, and skin infections. The present investigation extended previous research by evaluating a reinforcement-based intervention package on the reduction of face touching for children with autism spectrum disorder who tolerated wearing face coverings (i.e., face masks, face shields). The treatment package included an unsignaled, momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure with prompts. Results indicated that rates of face touching decreased from baseline levels for children during 5-min treatment sessions. Furthermore, low levels of face touching were observed during follow-up sessions that were longer in duration (i.e., 15 min) across participants. Minor procedural modifications across participants will be described. Overall, results support the utility of behavioral interventions on the reduction of potentially unsafe behaviors related to medical routines for children with autism. |
|
A Habit Reversal Intervention for Face Touching |
EMMA AUTEN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reports that touching one’s own face with unwashed hands can transmit infections, and previous literature has reported the average rate of face touching for neurotypical adults to be 17.8-23 times per hour (Kwok et al., 2015; Morita et al., 2011). Habit reversal is a multicomponent intervention developed by Azrin and Nunn (1973) that has been successful for a variety of behaviors including hair pulling, nail biting, speech disfluencies, and motor or vocal tics (Azrin & Nunn, 1973; Nunn & Azrin, 1976; Pawlik and Perrin, 2019; Rapp et al., 1998; Twohig & Woods, 2001). The purpose of the current study was to apply a simplified habit reversal intervention to face touching behavior evaluated in a multiple baseline design. Participants were students at a university, and they were blind to the purpose of the study during baseline. Simplified habit reversal consisted of a sequential application of awareness training and competing response training. For some participants, debriefing on the purpose of the study reduced face touching. For other participants, at least one component of habit reversal (i.e., awareness training or competing response training) was necessary to significantly reduce face touching. |
|
Automated Detection of Face Touching as an Aid to Face Touching Reduction Studies |
AIDA TARIFA RODRIGUEZ (ABA España, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Peter A. Krause (University of California, Santa Cruz
California State University, Channel Islands
), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Agustin Gonzalo Perez-Bustamante Pereira (Hospital Universitario Ramón y Cajal) |
Abstract: In the current study we evaluated an automated face-touching detection system. Face touching was detected automatically for the two participants wearing head-mounted camera. Five hours of naturalistic footage was obtained from each participant. A custom Python script divided each video recording into 10 s segments and each of these segments was then processed by the OpenFace 2.0 face-tracking software. OpenFace detects the most prominent face within a digital video, compares it to a normalized facial model using 128 key parameters, and estimates the three-dimensional position of each parameter frame by frame. We identified modal parameter displacement patterns that were suggestive of face-touching events by using parallel behavioral observation data. We integrated the parameter displacement patterns into a face-touching detection algorithm. We then conducted signal detection analyses to evaluate the precision of the detection algorithm when applied to novel samples of video both within and across individuals. We will discuss the potential of using this system in applied research |
|
Reducing Face-Touching through Motion Sensing and Vibrotactile Cueing During the COVID-19 Pandemic: Treatment Effects and Disruptor Descriptive Analysis |
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Agustin Gonzalo Perez-Bustamante Pereira (Hospital Universitario Ramón y Cajal), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mariola Moeyaert (University at Albany, SUNY), Peter A. Krause (University of California, Santa Cruz
California State University, Channel Islands
), Aida Tarifa Rodriguez (ABA España, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Carolina Trujilo-Sánchez (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University, Belgium) |
Abstract: Fomite-mediated self-infection via face-touching is a potentially important and understudied transmission pathway for COVID-19. In the current study we evaluated the effect of a computer-mediated vibrotactile cues (presented through experimental bracelets located on one or both hands of the subject) on the frequency of face-touching among eight healthy adults living in the community. We conducted a treatment evaluation totaling over 25,000 minutes of observation. The treatment was evaluated through a multiple treatment design and a hierarchical linear model indicated that all participants engaged in significant levels of face-touching prior to the intervention. On average, the one-bracelet intervention did not produce significantly lower levels of face-touching, whereas the two-bracelet intervention did result in significantly lower levels. The effect increased over repeated presentations of the two-bracelet intervention with the second implementation producing 31 fewer face-touching events, on average, relative to baseline levels. The intervention effect was robust to potential face touching disruptors including wearing a mask, speech, moving around, or being outdoors. Dependent on the dynamics of fomite-mediated self-infection via face-touching, treatment effects could be of public health significance. The implications for research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Behaviorist's Integral Role in Drug Development for Neuropsychiatric Conditions: A Case Study |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:30 AM–9:55 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: BPN |
Chair: Oanh Luc (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School) |
|
The Behaviorist’s Integral Role in Drug Development for Neuropsychiatric Conditions: A Case Study |
Domain: Basic Research |
OANH LUC (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Brian D. Kangas (Harvard Medical School) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral pharmacology continues to make important contributions to the advancement of better therapeutics. Integral to this endeavor is the behaviorist’s role in the development and empirical validation of innovative assays for laboratory animals that drive translatability to the clinic, thereby accelerating medications development in areas of unmet need. This presentation will provide a case study in this approach focusing on a behavioral phenotype ubiquitous in neuropsychiatric conditions, anhedonia, i.e., the loss of sensitivity to reinforcement contingencies. Success in quantifying anhedonia across diverse affective disorders has been achieved using the Probabilistic Reward Task, which derives metrics of response bias (log b) from matching law and discriminability (log d) from signal detection theory. Reverse-translated task variants have allowed for examination of pharmacotherapeutics in rodents and nonhuman primates to help bridge the preclinical gap between therapeutic discovery and treatment. Studies have confirmed pharmacological sensitivity in both healthy and chronically stressed subjects by showing that drugs known to enhance hedonic tone dose-dependently increase responsiveness to reinforcement. Coordinated pursuits of this sort leverage animal behavior using quantitative metrics to advance medications development. More generally, interdisciplinary action addressing unmet medical needs can be achieved with behaviorists at the forefront via collaborative efforts from bench to bedside. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Equivalence With Mixed-Compound Consequences: A Translational Analysis With Theoretical and Applied Implications |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:30 AM–9:55 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A |
Area: EAB |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Richelle Elizabeth Hurtado (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Richelle Elizabeth Hurtado, Ph.D. |
|
Stimulus Equivalence With Mixed-Compound Consequences: A Translational Analysis With Theoretical and Applied Implications |
Domain: Basic Research |
RICHELLE ELIZABETH HURTADO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
|
Abstract: In this translational study, three integrated experiments analyzed the impact of mixed-compound-consequences on equivalence-class formation. Experiment 1 compared simple-discrimination training with class-specific-compound-consequences (CSCC; A/B1→R1r1, A/B2→R2r2, A/B3→R3r3) and with mixed-compound-consequences (MCC; one class-specific element and one common across discriminations; A/B4→R0r4, A/B5→R0r5, A/B6→R0r6) with nine 6-8-year-old children. Conditional discrimination probes assessed emergent relations between A/B/R/r stimuli. When CSCC training occurred first, equivalence-class formation was demonstrated in both conditions. However, when MCC training occurred first, participants either demonstrated chance responding or emergent stimulus-reinforcer relations, without AB/BA relations. Equivalence classes were evidenced in the subsequent CSCC condition, but not always when the MCC condition was repeated. In Experiment 2, six college participants demonstrated class formation after either CSCC or MCC training. In Experiment 3, nine college students received CSCC or MCC training, but only emergent AB/BA relations were tested. Half of the participants trained first with MCCs demonstrated no emergence for any condition. These results demonstrate that a common element within a compound stimulus can hinder emergence, perhaps paralleling some instructive feedback applications. Findings also suggest that specific training and testing arrangements facilitate independent control by the separate elements of compound consequences, promoting class formation and extending both theoretical analyses and applications of equivalence. |
|
Target Audience: Current graduate students, practitioners in applied settings, and those who have a basic understanding of the mathematical properties of stimulus equivalence. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify a mixed-compound consequence; (2) provide an example regarding how instructive feedback procedures are related to mixed-compound consequences; (3) explain how initial training with mixed-compound consequences impacts performance on emergent relations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Don't Dis Kids: Embracing Normal Variation in Educational Systems |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
9:30 AM–9:55 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Criss Wilhite, M.A. |
|
Abstract: Don’t Dis Kids: Embracing Normal Variation in Educational Systems Variation is a feature of all life forms and the source of change at the five levels of selection by consequences. Limiting or branding variation as abnormal leads to problems of adaptation. This paper will cover the inadequacies found in most educational systems in the United States relative to variations in what are called ‘learning styles’ of children. The rates of these variations are about the same across cultures, indicating they have been preciously selected at the genetic and epigenetic levels, but cultural environments can steer children’s lives in widely differing ways. Some variations may not work well for a child in any environment, but branding all variants as disorders (dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADD, sensory processing disorders, etc.) can result in focusing on medical conditions instead of behavior- environment interactions. This may lead to a lifetime of failure for some children, and many unnecessary costs to society. We are a social species and these variations allow for multiple skill sets within groups. Group survival can be enhanced by them. Mediation through teaching methodologies and changing the culture of colleges of education will be a main focus. |
|
Target Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of selection by consequences and the application of theoretical issues to societal problems. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Use principles of selection to analyze a cultural-level problem. 2. Understand the harm and costs due to making common and widespread variations in learning ("dyslexia", "dysgraphia", "ADD," etc.) disorders. 3. Solutions to the these educational approaches in terms of methodologies of teaching and of changing the cultures of some colleges of education. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Clinician’s Perspective on the Impact of Private Equity on Delivering Quality Applied Behavior Analysis Services |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:25 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Chanie Rubin (Proud Moments ABA) |
CE Instructor: Bobby Newman, Ph.D. |
|
A Clinician's Perspective on the Impact of Private Equity on Delivering Quality Applied Behavior Analysis Services |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CHANIE RUBIN (Proud Moments ABA), Bobby Newman (Proud Moments ABA) |
|
Abstract: Private equity firms have been making investments in ABA companies. This development has made many nervous that quality concerns will become secondary to quality treatment concerns. In this paper, we will address factors related to private equity and what one must do to ensure quality of services within the model. |
|
Target Audience: Individual who have worked in the field and have decision-making responsibilities within the organization as regards clinical and staffing decisions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define what Private Equity is. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define the areas one needs to address in order to ensure that a partnership with Private Equity does not lead to a decrease in program quality. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define the advantages and disadvantages to working with Private Equity within their organizations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Free-Operant Event-Related Potential Research: Reevaluating the P3a Effect |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: BPN |
Chair: Ryan Matthew Bugg (University of North Texas) |
|
Free-Operant Event-Related Potential Research: Reevaluating the P3a Effect |
Domain: Basic Research |
RYAN MATTHEW BUGG (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: A relevant development in the study of brain-behavior relations comes from experiments that measure neural activity using Electroencephalography (EEG). In a technique called Event Related Potentials (ERPs), EEG activity is time-locked to experimentally relevant events, such as stimuli presented to the subject, thereby isolating specific neural responses of interest. The P3A is a brain response distributed anteriorly on the human scalp. The label derives from the response consisting of a positive peak, occurring at approximately 300ms post stimulus presentation. The P3A response is typically obtained in a discrete trial three stimulus oddball paradigm in which a frequent stimulus occasioning a response (target) is alternated with an infrequent stimulus (nontarget). A third kind of stimulus - unrelated to the task (e.g. a dog barking) is presented, originating a P3A response. The P3A has been interpreted in the past as a response indicative of “novelty processing” or of an orienting response (e.g. Wetzel, N., Schröger, E., & Widmann, A. 2013). This study is an extension of a previous study in our lab by Ortu and Rosales-Ruiz (2015). Both studies used a free operant procedure of alternating FR5 and VR5 schedules of reinforcement. Our results are partially inconsistent with the traditional interpretation of the P3A, showing a larger P3A response following the stimulus preceding the consummatory response in the VR5 condition compared to the FR5 condition. In our experiment, the stimulus preceding the consummatory response does not differ in probability or physical stimulus properties across experimental conditions compared to traditional P3A experiments, pointing to the relevance of schedule effects in eliciting the P3A response and more generally to the importance of free operant procedures in characterizing neuroscientific events. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonlinear Contingency Analysis: On the Distinction Between Topical and Systemic Intervention |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC) |
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D. |
|
Nonlinear Contingency Analysis: On the Distinction Between Topical and Systemic Intervention |
Domain: Service Delivery |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC) |
|
Abstract: Typically, behavioral interventions have as their focus some form of presenting complaint. The pattern is in someway considered disturbing, either to the individual, the immediate community, or both. Where the disturbing behavior is the focus of the intervention we can refer to such interventions as topical. A variety of procedures may be employed which include DRA, DRO, or extinction, among others. Certain cognitive strategies considered topical include, thought stopping, reframing, diffusion, and acceptance. Nonlinear Contingency Analysis opens the door to interventions whereby the presenting complaint can be found to be a function of contingency relations other than those in which the presenting complaint participates. Targeting those relations, and not the disturbing pattern, often can resolve the issues and provide meaningful change for the client or community. This talk will briefly describe four cases in which the ultimate solution involved systemic intervention. Cases include individuals diagnosed with autism and a range of other so-called disorders, including depression, anxiety, and schizophrenia. They will also show that, in some cases, topical and systemic intervention may be used together and are not necessarily mutually exclusive. |
|
Target Audience: Those behavior analysts looking to advance their skills beyond a simple ABC analysis, and clinicians working with complex cases. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Distinguish between topical and systemic interventions; (2) Describe nonlinear analysis; (3) Recognize the implications of (1) and (2) for behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional Strategies for Teaching Mathematics to Students With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:25 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Jared R Morris (Brigham Young University) |
CE Instructor: Jared R Morris, Ph.D. |
|
Instructional Strategies for Teaching Mathematics to Students with Autism |
Domain: Theory |
JARED R MORRIS (Brigham Young University), Ryan Kellems (Brigham Young University), Cade T. Charlton (Brigham Young University), Patsy Gibbs (Brigham Young University) |
|
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities consistently perform below their neurotypical on national assessments of mathematics (NAEP, 2015, 2017). Further, it is estimated that around one fourth of students with autism have a mathematics learning disability (Williams et al. 2008) which directly impacts their academic performance. Effective and efficient methods and strategies for teaching mathematics to students with autism are critical for preparing them to increase their post-secondary educational and employment opportunities. Multiple reviews have evaluated interventions and instructional approaches for teaching mathematics to individuals with autism (Barnet & Cleary, 2015; Bouck et al., 2013; Gevarter et al., 2016). This review aims to evaluate the instructional components of interventions, technology, resources (i.e., number lines), virtual resources, and manipulatives researchers have used to improve the mathematical outcomes of students with autism. It is anticipated that the results of this review will be applicable to teachers of students with autism and will provide evidence-based strategies for teaching mathematics. It is also anticipated that this review will provide direction for future research. |
|
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: The participants will be able to: evaluate the instructional components of mathematics interventions; design and plan for instruction that uses evidence-based practices with intention; describe how to meaningfully incorporate effective mathematics interventions in their own schools and classrooms. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Outcomes of Systematic Literature Reviews to Guide Clinical Practice and Future Research |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Natalie Mandel (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Natalie Mandel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Systematic literature reviews aim to answer specific research questions by identifying and synthesizing the literature basis related to a particular topic using clearly defined search procedures and inclusion and exclusion criteria. This symposium includes three systematic reviews of the literature synthesizing research related to skill acquisition. The first paper focused on the acquisition of mands for information, particularly studies that manipulated motivating operations. This paper identified a shortage of research investigating the autoclitic frame “why.” The second paper includes empirical studies assessing the emergence of intraverbal repertoires. Across the studies reviewed by this paper, intraverbal responding was the most common specific operant directly trained. The final paper comprises of studies that evaluated the impact of differential reinforcement on acquisition of a variety of skills. The paper identified numerous procedurals variations related to the reinforcer parameters manipulated and the onset of differential reinforcement. These papers will discuss results of the studies included in their reviews, procedural variations, recommendations for clinical practice, and/or recommendations for future research. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Entry level/any |
Learning Objectives: 1) Understand procedures commonly used to teach mands for information 2) Understand procedures commonly used to teach intraverbal responding 3) Differentiate between various iterations of differential reinforcement |
|
A Systematic Review of the Mands for Information Literature |
MIRELA CENGHER (UMBC), Matthew David Bowman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Meghan Ceribo-Singh (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: This talk will describe a systematic review of studies that manipulated motivating operations to teach mands for information. We used a combination of keywords to search for articles through PsycINFO® and then conducted reference and citation searches for all articles that met our inclusion criteria. In total, we identified 27 studies. The most commonly investigated autoclitic frames when teaching mands for information were “where” and “who,” and the least investigated was “why.” Over half of the studies included an evocative scenario that served as a test condition, but did not include a control condition; however, there was an overall increasing trend toward including both conditions starting in 2007. In most studies, the experimenter taught the participants vocal responses, with a few recent examples targeting a combination of modalities (e.g., vocal and sign language) and communication devices. We discuss recommendations for clinical practice, limitations of existing research, and directions for future research. |
|
A Systematic Review of Empirical Research on Emergent Intraverbals |
DANIEL E CONINE (Georgia State University), Sarah Frampton (Simmons College/May Institute, Inc.), Kyrsten Buote (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: For decades, Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior has been applied in a variety of contexts. One critically important topic in this area is the extent to which some verbal operants may be learned indirectly, as a result of learning other verbal operants. This phenomenon is often referred to as emergent verbal behavior, and is critical to our understanding of how language is learned in a generative fashion across the lifespan. Emergence is especially important to understanding how intraverbal repertoires are established, as responses under intraverbal control may constitute a majority of responses in a fully-formed verbal repertoire. Recent literature reviews have highlighted that there are many published empirical studies on emergent intraverbals, but no systematic literature review has yet been conducted to unify this specific literature base. The current study is a systematic literature review, which identified 74 total experiments on emergent intraverbals contained in 57 total articles. Results will be presented in terms of populations and independent variables studied, procedural variations, and recommendations for future basic research, applied research, and practice in the area of emergent intraverbal behavior. |
|
Review of the Use of Differential Reinforcement in Skill Acquisition |
CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Hannah Efaw (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this paper was to review and summarize the literature investigating the impact of differential reinforcement on skill acquisition. Researchers synthesized data from 13 articles for the following categories: (a) participant characteristics (b) target behavior information, (c) pre-evaluation assessments (d) teaching procedures, (e) reinforcer parameters manipulated and class of reinforcers (f) reinforcement conditions, (g) outcomes, and (h) social validity and generalization measures. Results indicated the majority of the participants were male, had an ASD diagnosis, and communicated vocally. The differential reinforcement condition in which reinforcement favored independent responses resulted in the quickest acquisition for the majority of participants. When compared across reinforcer parameters, skill acquisition was quicker when the quality of the reinforcer was manipulated within the differential reinforcement procedure relative to other reinforcer parameters. Limitations of the previous research, recommendation for future research, and implications for clinical practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethnic and Racial Issues in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Táhcita Medrado Mizael (São Paulo University) |
Abstract: This symposium aims to present the audience with issues related to the topic of diversity. More specifically, these presentations are concerned with ethnic and racial diversity issues within behavior analysis. The first presentation is a behavioral-analytical interpretation of colorism. Colorism is defined as the relation between skin color and privileges of experiences of discrimination. Hence, this concept is connected to racism. The second presentation is a review of studies of Blackness that used behavior analysis to analyze the phenomena. An interesting aspect of this presentation is that it focuses on behavior-analytic papers that were published in non-behavioral-analytic journals. The last one is a presentation concerned with studies of xenophobia within behavior analysis, showing that most of these studies used Relational Frame Theory and aimed at changing pre-experimental relations of immigrants and negative attributes. The three presentations focus on the importance and possible implications of studying ethnic and racial issues for a better practice and a better life for minorities such as Black people, immigrants, and non-White people in general. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Blackness, Colorism, prejudice, xenophobia |
|
A Behavior-Analytic View of Colorism |
TÁHCITA MEDRADO MIZAEL (University of São Paulo), Marina de Castro (Núcleo de Atendimento e Formação em Psicologia Clínica e Jurídica), Alexandre Dittrich (Federal University of Paraná) |
Abstract: Colorism can be conceptualized as the relationship between a person’s skin tone and the attainment of privileges, experiences of discrimination, and en¬forcement of rights. This essay aims to present a behavior-analytical interpretation of the concept of col¬orism. Several studies show that the skin tone can serve as a predictor variable of social advantages and privileges, when the skin is lighter, and of disadvantages, losses, and rejection when the skin is darker. These differential consequences occur in several contexts (e.g., education, health, the legal system, the labor market). Therefore, we can say that colorism refers to social contingencies in which a person’s skin tone is an antecedent variable that signals the probability of occurrence or the degree of availability of certain consequences for that person, as well as the response cost required for access them. This interpretation seems to be consistent with the literature, that points to a relation¬ship between lighter skin and positive reinforcing consequences (e.g., higher wages, attending school for more years), as well as a relationship between darker skin and punitive and potentially aversive consequences (e.g., higher sentences for similar crimes, lower levels of self-esteem). Some implications for the clinical field are pointed, highlighting the importance of understanding color¬ism. |
|
Behavior Analytic Research on Xenophobia |
AECIO DE BORBA VASCONCELOS NETO (Universidade Federal do Para), Natalia Maria Aggio (University of Brasília), Conrado Ijanc Neto (Federal University of Brasília), Aline de Almeida (Federal University of Brasília), Tahcita Mizael (Federal University of Sao Carlos (UFSCar - Brazil)) |
Abstract: The United Nations High Commission for Refugees (UNHCR) ranks the refugee crisis as the biggest humanitarian crisis today. This scenario can be further aggravated by the climate crisis, which would force an even larger number of people to migrate to other territories. It is important to structure actions that inhibit rejection of these people and establish reception contingencies in their destination. Among the variables that can make this reception difficult is the prejudice against people from other cultures and religions. This work presents a bibliographical review of articles published in Portuguese and in English about xenophobia, based on the theoretical framework of Behavior Analysis. The search took place in April 2020, in the PsycInfo database and in behavior analysis’ journals. Only articles were included and publications in other languages and articles that did not specifically address issues related to prejudice against people from other cultures were excluded. The results pointed to seven articles, five empirical and two conceptual researchs. Most of them ivestigated prejudice against people of Middle Eastern origin or descent. All empirical articles were based on Relational Frame Theory. The results indicated that despite its importance, there are few behavioral analytical studies on the subject. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in the Cyber World |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A |
Area: DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jessica Naomi Cadette Dunn (Orlando Health) |
Discussant: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres (Florida Atlantic University) |
CE Instructor: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres, Ed.D. |
Abstract: As every behavior analyst in well aware, we as individuals exist in a world where our interaction with the environment shape who we are and how we behave. Professionals utilizing principles of behavior analysis exist in a wide array of fields outside of the traditional areas typically found at Behavior Analysis conferences, and typically call themselves something other than Behavior Analysts. The field of Cyber is one of those fields for which a large component revolves around analyzing human behavior with the goal of behavior change and education. This symposium is set out to lay the groundwork of educating attendees on what the Cyber world is, how we operate, and some areas for which Behavior Analysis is 100% in action. Furthermore, presenters will specifically discuss the use of manipulation for information gathering (Social Engineering), exploiting vulnerabilities in networks, web apps, and user security (Pentesting), and information gathering within digital media (Open Source Intelligence). |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Cyber, Social Engineering |
Target Audience: Target audience for this presentation are individuals who are curious about the application of behavior analysis in the cyber field. No prerequisite knowledge required. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the the field of cyber and how behavior analysis is utilized in various techniques; (2) Define Social Engineering, Open-Source Intelligence, and Pentesting; (3) Understand various vectors within Social Engineering are crafted |
|
Where Do We Exist in the Cyber World? |
(Service Delivery) |
ELISEO D. JIMENEZ (Scientific Research Corporation) |
Abstract: The field of Cyber or Cybersecurity began in 1972, long before the age of personal computers and smart phones. Since then, the field has grown significantly due to the increase in users, platforms, software, and hardware. More importantly, organizations heavily rely on digital resources and security in order to perform duties ranging from Human Resources to service delivery. To test the reliably of an internal network or security protocols, organizations hire outside companies to conduct a Penetration Test (Pentest) in order to assess the company systems with the goal of helping the hiring organization to fix internal issues. How the process of Pentesting works is highly dependent on tools, we as Behavior Analysts, utilize on a daily basis in our respective jobs. The goal of this presentation is to review the field of Cyber, and to build a parallel between Behavior Analysis and Cyber. Within the presentation, the presenter will also discuss ways to gather and use Intelligence gathered in digital media in order to assist Pentesters. |
|
Human Hacking and Behavior Analysis |
(Service Delivery) |
Eliseo D. Jimenez (Scientific Research Corporation), EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: Ever find yourself in a position saying “I should not have gave them my ___________ information,” or “Why did I click on that link?” If you can recall a time in your past when that has occurred, then you were social engineered. The art of Social Engineering (SE) focuses on the direct manipulation of humans in order to collect targeted information which can be used to access a digital network or physical structure. As Behavior Analysts develop function-based interventions and Individualized treatment plants, social engineers craft vectors specific to their target in order to accomplish their mission. Techniques utilized in SE are founded in principles of behavior analysis, and has been shown to be highly effective at gaining access to secured areas, physical and/or digital. During this presentation, we will provide an overview of Social Engineering, SE techniques, and the BA foundations which allow social engineers to be successful. Additionally, attendees will develop an understanding of how SE works and the signals to look out for if they feel they are being social engineered. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Making it Personal: Meaningful Mentorship, What it is, and Where to Find it |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Leannah Lynn Sheahan (California State University, Sacramento) |
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: No one person has achieved success on their own. Mentorship can be the cornerstone of success by enhancing professional development and ultimately career satisfaction. The role of mentorship for students has been instrumental in the growth of the field of behavior analysis. The field of behavior analysis has also grown exponentially in the past two decades (Carr & Nosik, 2017). Despite this rapid expansion, identification of a mentor can be a daunting and difficult task. This difficulty can be compounded by factors such as age, sex, gender identity, race, and ethnicity. Invited panelists include strong female mentors from three unique educational institutions. The panel will consider three key factors (1) what to account for when mentoring students, (2) how students can seek out quality mentorship, and (3) how gender may have an impact on an individual’s trajectory in the field. Panelists will discuss their own journey as a mentee and a mentor and will address questions from the audience. The panel is a must attend event for any level student, educational professional, or supervisor. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Feminism, Mentorship, Students |
|
|
|
|
|
A Social Justice Framework for Intervention |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati) |
CE Instructor: Tai Collins, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: TAI COLLINS (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: As the school-age population continues to diversify, it is now more important than ever that we provide services with a social justice focus that recognizes and values individuals’ unique identities and dismantles systems of oppression and marginalization. With a particular focus on school-based intervention, we will discuss a social justice approach to service delivery. Implications for integrating an ecological-behavioral framework with a social justice approach informed by critical race theory, intersectionality, and dis/ability critical race studies will be discussed. We will discuss the adaptation of evidence-based interventions to fit various contexts, as well as the development of novel interventions built specifically for minoritized populations. We will also examine peer-mediated interventions as a promising suite of culturally relevant strategies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students; faculty members |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) ? define social justice and articulate a social justice framework for intervention; (2) integrate the ecological-behavioral model with a social justice framework; (3) discuss the importance of theoretical foundations (e.g., critical race theory; intersectionality; dis/ability critical race studies) in the social justice framework; (4) identify methods of adapting evidence-based interventions to fit various populations; (5) identify interventions developed for specific populations. |
|
TAI COLLINS (University of Cincinnati) |
Tai A. Collins received his Ph.D. from Louisiana State University in 2013. Dr. Collins is primarily interested in the development of time- and resource-efficient behavioral interventions to support Black students in urban schools with limited resources. Dr. Collins has focused on developing peer-mediated interventions to improve the academic, behavioral, social, and emotional functioning of students within multi-tiered systems of support. Dr. Collins is also interested in applications of a social justice framework in school psychology research, practice, and training. He currently teaches graduate courses including the Applied Behavior Analysis sequence, Advanced Behavioral Research Methods, and Working with Cultural and Linguistic Diversity in Schools. |
|
|
|
|
|
Constructional Approaches to Emotions and Emotional Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ian Burruss (Advanced Behavioral Care) |
Abstract: Common interpretations of emotions include attributing causal relationships between the occurrence of emotions and behavior. Meaning that either behavior causes emotions or emotions cause behavior. This interpretation leaves out consideration of the impact of contingencies on behavior and emotions. A purely contingency analytic account of emotions and emotional behavior provides an alternative to previous accounts of emotions. This account, the Goldiamond-Layng Theory, rejects the notion that emotions are either causes of or caused by behavior. Rather, emotions are conceptualized as tacts that describe consequential contingency arrangements (Layng, 2017). This account is also consistent with recent neuroscience findings that suggest the absence of a neurological fingerprint for what is felt (Feldman-Barrett, 2017). These presentations will present a contingency analysis of emotions across human and animal examples. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Constructional Approach, Contingency Analysis, Emotional Behavior, Emotions |
|
Toward a Hierarchical Taxonomy for the Affective Domain |
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Instructional design and the learning sciences in general benefited greatly from the creation of a taxonomy of learning based on the initial work of Bloom, Gagne, and Markle and Tiemann. This taxonomy covered hierarchical classes of learning outcomes in the psychomotor, simple cognitive, and complex cognitive domains. Underlying these taxa was an implied similar hierarchy encompassing the so-called affective domain, or collateral emotional responses tied to the learned psychomotor/cognitive repertoires (including attitudes toward learning, values, and so on). Despite the intimation that the affective domain was influenced by the conditions arranged for the various classes of psychomotor and cognitive learning, there has yet to be formulated an explicit taxonomy for the affective domain that parallels the one for more traditional outcomes of learning. The present paper proposes a taxonomy for the affective domain that treats affect as verbal behavior, systematically differentiates simple emotional/affective responses, as components of more complex forms of affect, and relates these various components and composites to the emotional contingencies that occasion them in the first place, and to the verbal contingencies that control affect as the “public face” of emotions. |
|
Teaching Emotions: An Update on an Instruction Design Component Analysis Approach |
ANNA LINNEHAN (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The Goldiamond-Layng Theory conceptualizes emotions as a type of tact that describes different arrangements of consequential contingencies. The differences in emotions felt reflect differences in contingencies. Many programs for teaching children with autism to tact emotions train learners to recognize facial features (Baron-Cohen et. al, 2009). Learners may learn to label a picture of a face with a common expression, such as a smile as happy, representing simple paired associate learning and not an indication that learners understand the contingencies. A different approach utilizes an instructional design component analysis to identify attributes and rational sets of teaching examples and non-examples (Layng, 2019; Markle & Tiemann, 1969) of the contingencies described by certain emotions. Rational sets including matched example/non-examples pairs were presented to learners to develop a program to teach children emotion word tacts for fear and anger and the corresponding contingencies. Data will be presented utilizing a control analysis (test-revise-test) strategy (Sidman & Stoddard, 1966; Goldiamond & Thompson 1967, 2002) to assess variability of a programmed instruction approach. Implications for transference of stimulus control from the program to the learner via metaphorical extension “perspective taking” will also be discussed. |
|
Unlocking Happiness: A Contingency Analysis of Emotions From Dogs' Perspective |
SEAN MICHAEL WILL (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training), Maasa Nishimuta (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training) |
Abstract: The radical behavior-analytic interpretation of emotions as private events that describe contingencies can help us make sense of an entire class of behaviors untouchable by most other approaches. This presentation will explore a method to help dogs transition from fierce or fearful to friendly and how the dog's emotions track the changing contingencies presented during training. Furthermore, we will discuss the benefits of adopting this approach, including improved welfare, mutually enjoyable relationships, and more! |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis Skills to Staff and Graduate Students: Advances and Future Directions |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include three data-based presentations on teaching behavior analysis skills to staff and graduate students. All trainings were implemented remotely. The first study evaluated the effects of training teachers using video modeling with voiceover instruction to use a data collection procedure called PLACHECK in a simulated virtual classroom. Results demonstrated that the intervention was effective, efficient, and socially valid. The second study evaluated the effects of remote, asynchronous training of a clinical decision-making model on accurate visual analysis of graphs in special education staff who implement behavior change protocols. Participants were taught to continue intervention, discontinue intervention, modify intervention, and decide intervention was complete, and correct responding on training and generalization quizzes increased over pretest levels for all participants. The third study replicated and extended previous research by evaluating positive-corrective-positive (sandwich) and corrective-positive-positive feedback sequences on acquisition of data collection and reliability calculations of paraprofessionals and graduate students. Both feedback sequences increased performance across tasks for all participants; these levels continued during maintenance probes. Preference for sequences varied across participants. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): data collection, remote, staff training, visual analysis |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Describe how to train teachers remotely to use PLACHECK.
(2) Describe how to train special education staff to visually analyze graphs using asynchronous, remote procedures.
(3) Describe how different feedback sequences can be used to train behavior analysis skills. |
|
The Effects of Video Modeling With Voiceover Instruction Delivered Remotely on Teaching Educators to Use PLACHECK Data Collection Procedures |
BETH KLEMP POLLATZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group &The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda C. Philp (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Continuing education is an ongoing requirement for many professions, including teachers and educators. Remote trainings are a convenient avenue for filling this requirement. However, more research is needed to understand the effectiveness of remote training on skill acquisition of data collection procedures by educators working with children with special needs. Video modeling with voiceover instruction has been used successfully to train staff to deliver discrete trial instruction, most-to-least prompting, and perform stimulus preference assessments, and it may be cost-effective for schools to use. The present study evaluated the effects of training teachers by using video modeling with voiceover instruction delivered remotely to use a data collection procedure called PLACHECK in a simulated virtual classroom. Results demonstrated that the intervention was a training modality that allowed for efficient use of teacher’s time and suggested that video modeling with voiceover instruction through a remote learning platform is a modality teachers find enjoyable and applicable to their learning needs. |
|
Remote Teaching of School Staff to Conduct Visual Analysis of Graphs Using a Clinical Decision-Making Model: A Replication and Extension Study |
SANDRA ODOHERTY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group &The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kelly K McElrath (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Visual analysis of graphical data is the foundation of behavioral practice and the basis to making data-driven decisions. While education workers routinely implement behavioral interventions, they are not often trained to interpret data. The study used a delayed multiple-probe design across participants to evaluate the effects of remote, asynchronous training of a clinical decision-making model on accurate visual analysis of graphs in special education staff who implement
behavior change protocols. Participants were taught to make intervention decisions (i.e., continue intervention, discontinue intervention, modify intervention, and intervention is complete) by visual analysis of graphs. Percentage of correct responding on quizzes testing accurate decision making was measured. Correct responding on the training and generalization quizzes increased over pretest levels for all participants. The effectiveness of the clinical decision-making model and its implications are discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Feedback Sequences to Teach Behavior Analytic Skills Remotely |
Marissa Chizmadia (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Allison Parker (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), RACHEL THOMAS (Caldwell University), Toni Rose Agana (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: A common way to provide feedback is the feedback sandwich. While there are multiple studies that have investigated the effectiveness of the feedback sandwich there is still skepticism about the effects of feedback upon actual work performance. Previous research has sometimes found a corrective-positive-positive feedback sequence to be more effective (i.e., Henley & DiGennaro Reed, 2015) and more preferred by participants (e.g., Slowaski & Lakowake, 2017) than positive-corrective-positive sequence. The current study replicated and extended previous research by comparing the effects of these feedback sequences on teaching paraprofessionals and graduate students data collection and reliability calculation procedures. Both feedback sequences increased performance across tasks for all participants; these levels continued during maintenance probes. Preference for sequences varied across participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Convergent Multiple Control and the Role of Verbal Behavior in Recall |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Juliana Sequeira Cesar de Oliveira (Texas Christian University) |
CE Instructor: Juliana Sequeira Cesar de Oliveira, M.S. |
Abstract: The concept of multiple control plays a central role in Skinner’s (1957) Verbal Behavior. It is a powerful concept that can be used to account for complex linguistic and cognitive phenomena, such as novel utterances (as in the famous “no black scorpion” example), humor, problem-solving, and recall. This symposium reports the results of two laboratory studies on convergent multiple control, and a study on improving recall of past events for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Juliana Oliveira presents a demonstration of convergent multiple control following the establishment of divergent multiple control over tacting in a laboratory task with college students. Adrienne Jennings presents another study with college students that examined prerequisites for convergent multiple control over intraverbal responses. Finally, Stephanie Keesey-Phelan presents a study on the effects of reinforcing verbal behavior during an activity or event on later recall of the activity or event. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): multiple control, recall, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: BCBAs, graduate students, researchers. Need to have basic familiarity with Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) define divergent and convergent stimulus control (2) state the four prerequisite skills necessary for convergent intraverbals to emerge (3) describe the effects of verbal behavior emission on later recall |
|
Laboratory Demonstration of Convergent Control in Verbal Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
JULIANA SEQUEIRA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Texas Christian University), Reagan Elaine Cox (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Skinner‘s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior relied heavily on the concept of multiple control. Convergent multiple control (Michael et al., 2011) exists when two or more stimuli contribute strength to a particular response form. Although such summation of stimulus control is a well-established phenomenon, we are not aware of any demonstrations in the context of the complexities of human verbal behavior, where the two stimuli that contribute strength to the target response may also control numerous other responses (divergent control; Michael et al., 2011). The purpose of the present experiments was to demonstrate convergent stimulus control in a laboratory task with college students. First, divergent tact control was established by each of five elemental graphic stimuli over either two vocal responses or selection of two textual syllables in a match-to-sample task. Thus, each stimulus came to control two response forms or selections, and each response form or syllable selection was also controlled by two different stimuli. A subsequent test under extinction sought to demonstrate convergent control by combining stimulus elements into compounds. Pilot data indicated that in the selection-based version of the task trials with compound stimuli primarily occasioned selection of syllables related to both elements of each compound. |
|
An Evaluation of Prerequisite Skills to Establish Multiply Controlled Responses |
(Basic Research) |
ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Researchers studying acquisition of verbal behavior have begun to investigate skills that may serve as prerequisites for multiply controlled verbal behavior. These investigations often involve intraverbals. Recently, DeSouza et al. (2019) created a training sequence of potential prerequisite skills to facilitate emergent convergent intraverbals in 4 children with autism spectrum disorder. This sequence consisted of multiple tact, multiple listener, intraverbal categorization, and listener compound discrimination. Emergent convergent intraverbals were only observed after participants demonstrated mastery of listener compound discrimination. More research is needed to determine whether training of each skill is necessary. The purpose of Experiment 1 was to systematically replicate the procedures used by DeSouza et al. with adult participants using a multiple probe design. Results support the efficacy of the procedures, yet the amount of training required varied across participants. In Experiment 2, probes for all skills were conducted following convergent intraverbal probes to determine whether prerequisite skills were absent when convergent intraverbal failures occurred and present when they emerged. Preliminary results show convergent intraverbals only emerge when proficiency of each prerequisite skill is demonstrated. |
|
The Effects of Reinforcing Tacting on the Recall of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
(Applied Research) |
STEPHANIE KEESEY-PHELAN (The Dog Behavior Institute), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit deficits in social communication and conversation skills, including recalling past events. We evaluated the impact of reinforcing verbal behavior during a session on the recall of events from that session. In Experiment 1, in a multielement design, 5 participants with ASD viewed PowerPoint slides with black and white stick figures engaging in actions. While viewing the pictures, the three conditions were: (1) no requirements (i.e., looking quietly), (2) reinforcement of tacting each picture, and (3) reinforcement of repeating auditorily presented letters and numbers (i.e., a blocking procedure). When asked to recall the pictures 10 min later, 4 out of 5 participants emitted the most statements in the tacting condition; 2 of the participants needed added reinforcement of tacts for this outcome. In Experiment 2, in a multiple probe design across participants, tacts and intraverbals were reinforced with 3 participants with ASD during 5-min activities (e.g., board game). When asked to recall events from the activity 50 min later, 2 out of 3 participants emitted more statements compared to baseline. For the third participant, we identified reinforcement conditions affecting responding. These results suggest that reinforcing verbal behavior during an activity may facilitate recall. |
|
|
|
|
|
I See Therefore I Learn: Recent Advances in Observational Learning |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andrew Pierce Blowers (Kadiant) |
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Pierce Blowers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will focus on recent research and advances in observational learning in children with autism and related disabilities. The first paper evaluated the effects of teaching children with autism to leverage differential observing responses on observational learning across multiple types of contingencies. The second paper focused on observational learning through the selectionist perspective. In this study, the effects of establishing preverbal cusps in the form of observing responses on subsequent observational learning cusps and child-initiated social interactions was evaluated. The third paper evaluated the effects of three systematic variations of observational learning interventions on observational performance, acquiring novel behaviors, and establishing new reinforcers under denial conditions. The fourth paper evaluated the effects of the observational conditioning-by-denial intervention over changes in reinforcing value of previously neutral stimuli in children with and without developmental disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Conditioned Reinforcer, Observational Learning, Observing Response, Social Learning |
Target Audience: Audience members should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis and the behavior analytic interpretation of learning through observation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to: (1) describe how observational learning differs from imitation; (2) identify the experimentally and conceptually identified prerequisite skills considered essential to observational learning; (3) describe the procedures presented on for increasing observational learning. |
|
Effects of Differential Observing Responses on Observational Learning Across Multiple Contingencies |
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (Kadiant), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Whether a child with autism spectrum disorder will exhibit observational learning may depend on their attention to and the stimulus modalities of the observed contingency. We used multiple-probe and repeated-acquisition designs to test observational learning across a diverse set of contingencies, which included hidden edible, hidden toy, hidden video, tact, receptive identification, and intraverbal contingencies. During preteaching, 2 children with autism spectrum disorder showed observational learning with some contingencies. After learning to engage in differential observing responses for observed behaviors and consequences with the hidden-video contingency, 1 child showed generalization of observational learning with receptive identification and intraverbals. Neither child showed generalization with the tact contingency. Thus, teaching was initiated with the tact contingency, which led to generalization of observational learning with tacts. The efficacy of teaching differential observing responses over observational learning was demonstrated. Inconsistent observational learning across contingencies suggests scientist practitioners should assess observational learning across a variety of contingencies. |
|
Learning to Observe to Learn by Observation |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: From a behavioral selectionist perspective, it is stimuli that select out responding. In the case of Observational Learning, responding must come under the relevant stimulus control of stimuli associated with people in the observer’s environment. In many cases these stimuli develop as conditioned reinforcers naturally without the need for any intervention. In other cases, these stimuli need to be deliberately and specifically conditioned until they come to exert the necessary stimulus control. This paper will describe the foundational observing responses, or preverbal cusps, necessary for children to come under observational stimulus control in order to learn by observation. |
|
Interventions to Establish Observational Learning Cusps |
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Researchers have identified several behavioral developmental cusps associated with Observational Learning (OL). These cusps allow individuals to 1) demonstrate changes in responses that were previously in their repertoire, 2) acquire new operants, and 3) establish reinforcement properties across different stimuli by observing others receiving those items under denial conditions. Researchers have also developed different interventions to establish one or more of these OL cusps for students with and without disabilities. This paper will present three of those interventions, as well as systematic variations of each, demonstrating compelling evidence of the success of these procedures in furthering participants’ social learning. |
|
A Systematic Review of Observational Conditioning-by-Denial Interventions |
HUNG CHANG (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: A majority of studies have examined the effects of observational learning on various performance and learning behaviors; however, few studies have focused on how observational learning changes the reinforcement value of neutral stimuli for children when they were denied access to the stimuli. Researchers conceptualized this conditioning process as observational conditioning-by-denial intervention (OCDI). Researchers have tested the effects of OCDI on establishing reinforcing properties across various educationally significant stimuli (e.g., books, adults’ praise) over the past decade. This paper will present and analyze a number of different components of the OCDI that affect the effectiveness of the OCDI in establishing new conditioned reinforcers for children with and without disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Intelligent Digital Technology to Advance Treatment, Procedural Fidelity, and Employment for Neurodiverse Individuals and Caregivers |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Donald A. Hantula, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Rapid advances in intelligent agent technology and artificial intelligence technology present new challenges and new opportunities for neurodiverse individuals, their caregivers, and the professionals who work with them. The COVID-19 pandemic became a strong motivating operation for integrating these technologies into work with neurodiverse individuals and their caregivers. This symposium shares groundbreaking new work on applications of intelligent agent technology and artificial intelligence technology with neurodiverse individuals from pre-K to adulthood. Drawn from research conducted by a NIH and NSF funded network of academic and private sector researchers across several states, four illustrative examples show how these digital technologies have been incorporated into work with neurodiverse individuals. One presentation shows how an intelligent agent platform can enable families to access expert guidance in implementing home-based behavioral treatment for children with ASD. A second demonstrates how a similar platform can be used to instruct school age children with ASD. The third presentation evaluates how an intelligent agent based tool increases caregiver treatment fidelity when teaching children basic living skills. The final presentation discusses design considerations for developing a platform that will enable neurodiverse adults to work as data annotators in the IT industry. Although all presentations will review data, there is an equal focus on issues of usability, acceptability and reaction from caregivers and employees using the intelligent agent technology. The overarching theme for this symposium is that forward-thinking applied behavior analysts can help create and leverage innovative technologies to assist the neurodiverse individuals, their families, and the professionals who work with them succeed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Cargiver support, Intelligent agent, Neurodiverse emoployees, Treatment fidelity |
Target Audience: Advanced: prerequisite skill/competency would include experience in supervising work with children with ASD and/or the work of neurodiverse employees; some basic educated lay person familiarity with AI, experience with efforts to improve program fidelity |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how an intelligent agent can improve caregiver provided ABA therapy; (2) identify how an intelligent agent can be used to improve instruction with school age children and its supervision; (3) describe the concerns of neurodiverse employees working in data annotation jobs. |
|
Supporting Caregiver-Delivered Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism With an Intelligent Agent Platform |
ALIYA YAGAFAROVA (Auburn U), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Cecelia Drummond (Auburn U), Emily A Phaup (Auburn U), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies) |
Abstract: Caregiver involvement is an integral component of behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to ensure generalization and maintenance of skills. Coaching and supporting caregivers in the implementation of behavioral interventions often requires closely working with behavior analysts, which can be resource intensive and may not be feasible in some settings (e.g., rural communities). Further, ensuring sustained treatment fidelity may require additional monitoring and re-coaching. An intelligent agent platform that coaches and guides caregivers in the implementation of behavioral interventions may be useful for minimizing resources required to support caregivers and may aid in maintaining high, long-term treatment fidelity. Caregivers of children with ASD receiving services at a university-based clinic were recruited to deliver behavioral interventions in the home under the direction of written instructions or an intelligent agent platform. Treatment implementation fidelity, percentage of correct responses by the child, and acceptability of each support system served as the main dependent measures. Caregiver acceptability of the intelligent agent technology is discussed. |
|
Evaluating Intelligent Agent Technology for Acquisition and Instruction of Hand-Washing in Children With Autism |
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Brenna R Griffen (University of Arkansas), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies) |
Abstract: Intelligent agent technology can help improve procedural fidelity and maintain high levels of performance by ABA therapists and the clients that they serve. However, this nascent technology has only very recently been introduced to ABA therapy. Much remains to be learned about intelligent agent technology and its effects on ABA therapists, including social validity and acceptability This study evaluated the use of an intelligent agent and data collection system for ABA therapist use while teaching handwashing to three school aged children with a diagnosis of autism. Using a multiple baseline design data were collected on therapists’ fidelity of implementation, as well as child acquisition of handwashing. Data were collected until the child participants mastered the ability to independently demonstrate washing hands. Following this, therapists were given the option to either continue with the app or use a traditional paper based protocol and data collection method for the purposes of handwashing instruction as a test of acceptability. The results of therapist reactions, as well as implications for digital technology and intelligent agent use will be discussed. |
|
Intelligent Agent Technology for Caregiver Treatment Fidelity and Life Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis provides effective interventions for individuals with ASD and other developmental disabilities. However, the shortage of qualified and trained professionals to implement such interventions has been an ongoing problem nationally and internationally over the past decades. This study evaluated the effect of an innovative intelligent agent technology (GAINS) as a new tool for the caregivers of children with ASD to teach them important life skills such as dressing, feeding, hand washing, or packing a snack. Children with ASD (ages between 3-8) who receive services from a regional behavioral health organization and their caregivers participated. A single subjects design across participant dyads was used to evaluate independent completion of the task analyzed target life skill of the child and treatment fidelity data of caregivers following the cues from the intelligent agent technology. Both behavioral data and participant reaction and satisfaction with the intelligent agent technology were assessed. Recommendations for designing intelligent agent technology for use with this population are discussed. |
|
Design Considerations for Building a Platform to Enable Neurodiverse Employees to Work in Data Annotation |
ELIZABETH GARRISON (Temple University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University), Eduard Dragut (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Ray Hong (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Neurodiverse individuals often struggle to obtain employment. With the surge of large-scale data-driven innovation in Artificial Intelligence, data annotation tasks found in Amazon’s MTurk and similar platforms have presented significant employment opportunities for neurodiverse individuals. We recruited nine neurodiverse and ten neurotypical participants between the ages of 18-30 and built an interactive web-based training platform to determine when, how and why the annotation performance and their perception of images and text tasks vary between the two groups of participants. After we collected data using our platform, we conducted additional semi-structured interviews with neurodiverse participants to gain a deeper understanding of the reasoning for their particular responses. Our approach (1) highlights differences between neurodiverse and neurotypical workers in data annotation, (2) identifies which characteristics result in differences between neurodiverse and neurotypical data annotation responses, and (3) explains possible reasons for those responses. We suggest design considerations for building future neurodiverse-centered data annotation user interfaces. |
|
|
|
|
|
Token Economies: Recent Advances in Applied Research and Implications for Practice |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
Discussant: Nadrat Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Yanerys Leon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Tokens are among the most commonly used reinforcers for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD) across intervention contexts (Graff & Karsten, 2012). Despite the robust body of basic research on basic parameters of token reinforcement, and the ubiquitous use of tokens in practice, there is little applied research on best practice for conditioning and arranging tokens as reinforcers for individuals with ASD and IDD. This symposium will present a range of topics related to a) common practices in token economy implementation, b) conditioning procedures to establish tokens as reinforcers for individuals with limited language, and c) functional effects of structural differences in token economies (e.g., manipulable vs non-manipulable tokens; interest-based vs novel tokens). Practical considerations for clinicians utilizing token economies in practice will be highlighted and suggestions for future research on best practice in arranging token economies will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, school-based applications, token economy, tokens |
Target Audience: Participants should have basic background of reinforcement systems for learners with ASD or IDD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
a) Describe common practices in implementation of token economies for individuals with ASD / IDD.
b) Describe best practice for conditioning tokens as reinforcers for individuals with limited language
c) Describe the impact of token manipulation and use of interest-based tokens on token efficacy |
|
The Evolution of Token Economies From Research to Practice: A Survey of Common Strategies Used in Clinical and Educational Settings |
NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (Kenndey Krieger), Tracy Argueta (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Token economies are among the most widely used procedures in behavior analysis and research on token economies has spanned over 80 years. Some textbooks have outlined the essential components of token economies and suggested how they could be trained and implemented in practice (Cooper et al. 2020; Miltenberger, 2015). Hackenberg (2018) outlined a plethora of translational and applied research on token systems and suggested there is still much more work to be done. However, procedures evaluated in applied research can vary from how those procedures are implemented in clinical practice. It may be the case that the way in which token economies are implemented in clinical settings do not resemble the procedures described in research and behavior analytic textbooks. We surveyed certified clinicians about their commonly used practices when training and implementing token economies with individuals with autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Results suggest that token economies in practice often bear little resemblance to how they are described in the literature. Suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Descriptive Assessment of Token Economy Structure in School-Based Settings |
CHRISTINA RODRIGUEZ (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Alexandra Ramirez (University of Miami), Elisa Alonso Duque (University of Miami), Ashley Ramos (University of Miami) |
Abstract: We conducted a descriptive assessment of token economy structure and implementation in two ABA-based schools serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD). We collected data on several aspects of the token economy structure including: a) type of token, b) token characteristics, c) accumulation strategy, d) exchange strategy, e) type and cost of backup reinforcer, f) context of token use, and g) proportion of students using a token economy. We discuss the results in light of findings from the basic and applied research on token economies and provide practical considerations for clinicians arranging token economies for learners with ASD and IDD in school contexts. Finally, we provide suggestions for future researchers to examine common practice-based variations of token economies that have not yet been empirically examined in the applied or basic research base. |
|
A Comparison of Procedures to Establish Tokens as Conditioned Reinforcers |
TRACY ARGUETA (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger) |
Abstract: Tokens are among the most common consequences delivered by behavior analysts who work with individuals with developmental disabilities (Graff & Karsten, 2012). However, recommendations for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers vary and many questions remain about best practices. In this study, children with intellectual and developmental disabilities completed preference and reinforcer assessments, from which we identified two to three backup reinforcers. We then evaluated four procedures for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers, usually followed by extinction tests to determine if the token had assumed any independent value. We began with stimulus-stimulus (SS) pairing of tokens with the backup reinforcers. If SS pairing did not establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we evaluated response-stimulus (RS) pairing and/or noncontingent token-exchange training, in which participants exchanged noncontingently delivered tokens for backup reinforcers. If neither of these procedures established tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we assessed response-contingent token-exchange training. Results suggest that (1) exchange plays a critical role in supporting reinforcer effectiveness, and (2) the conditions under which we evaluate the effects of token training might influence our results and conclusions. |
|
Effects of Token Manipulation on Token Reinforcement Efficacy |
BREANNA R ROBERTS (University of Kansas), Kathryn A Gorycki (The University of Kansas), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Researchers have shown that numerous factors may influence the effectiveness of token reinforcement arrangements (Hackenberg, 2018). Sleiman et al. (2020) evaluated the effects of one potentially influential factor – token manipulation – for three young children with ASD. Results showed higher rates of target responding during no token-manipulation conditions for one participant and no difference for the other two participants. The current study replicates and extends Sleiman et al. (2020) by evaluating the relative effects of token manipulation for children with and without developmental disabilities and by examining the extent to which physically manipulating tokens is associated with handling costs (e.g., engagement in behavior incompatible with the target response, delays to task reorientation after receiving a token, etc.). Preliminary results for 1 child diagnosed with autism show higher levels of task completion in both token conditions as compared to baseline. Further, near-zero levels of inappropriate token manipulation occurred and delays to reorienting to the task were short. Results will be discussed in terms of relative efficacy and preference of token manipulation, implications of allowing token manipulation, and potential child demographics correlated with differential efficacy of allowing token manipulation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Modeling Severe Problem Behavior and Treatment Effects Using Artificial Organisms: A New Frontier |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Brianna Laureano (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Jack J McDowell (Emory University) |
Abstract: The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) is a computational model of operant behavior based on the Darwinian evolutionary processes of selection, reproduction, and mutation. There is an extensive body of empirical research demonstrating the ability of the ETBD model to animate artificial organisms that emit behavior that closely mirrors steady-state choice data produced by live organisms. Recently, ETBD has been extended to the analysis of clinically relevant behavior across a number of unique assessment and treatment applications. Ultimately, the application of ETBD to the study of aberrant behavior may yield insights into identifying potential behavioral treatments that are effective. In this symposium, four presenters will discuss emerging applications of ETBD to the study of problem behavior. The first presentation will provide an overview of the concepts and principles of ETBD. The second presentation will discuss the use of ETBD to model the functional assessment and treatment of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior. The third presentation will discuss the use of ETBD to model evidence-based behavioral assessment and treatment procedures for severe problem behavior. The final presentation will discuss the use of ETBD to model behavioral treatment durability and resurgence during schedule thinning |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): artificial organisms, computerized model, evolutionary theory, self-injurious behavior |
|
Performing Simulated Operant Experiments Using an Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics: A Tutorial |
(Theory) |
BRYAN KLAPES (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine - Georgia) |
Abstract: An Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics (ETBD; McDowell, 2004) is a selectionist theory of dynamic operant behavior. Through a series of computations, ETBD can simulate a wide range of live organism performance with excellent accuracy (McDowell, 2013, 2019). McDowell’s ETBD program is written in the primary object-oriented programming language for Windows OS-based machines (Visual Basic) and typically run using Microsoft’s integrated development environment (Visual Studio). Thus, researchers with limited experience coding in Visual Basic or using Visual Studio may find it difficult to perform their own ETBD experiments. In this presentation, I will first provide a brief review of the ETBD literature. Next, I will demonstrate how to acquire a version of the ETBD program that does not require Visual Studio to run (viz., an “executable” version of the program that can be run from any PC running a Windows OS and has Microsoft Excel installed). Finally, I will show how to use the graphical user interface to successfully and efficiently run ETBD experiments. |
|
Further Modeling of the Subtypes of Automatically-Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior Within the Framework of Precision Medicine |
(Applied Research) |
SAMUEL L MORRIS (Southeastern Louisiana University), Sarah Lucia (Southeastern Louisiana University) |
Abstract: Morris and McDowell (2021) used the evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) to model the subtypes of automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (ASIB) and identified two models for which behavior generated by the ETBD matched the functional analysis and treatment outcomes characteristic of Subtypes 1 and 2. In the current study, we conducted more stringent evaluation of these models within the framework of precision medicine and aimed to replicate the results of Hagopian et al., (2018). The models’ response to treatment were well predicted by the level of differentiation in the functional analysis, as in Hagopian et al. However, other characteristics of the data (e.g., the exact predictive behavioral marker) suggested that better models for the subtypes of ASIB could still be identified. Thus, we evaluated adjustments to model sensitivity and reinforcer magnitude and their effect on correspondence with human data to identify superior models of Subtypes 1 and 2. The superior models were then utilized to replicate the analyses of Morris and McDowell and to evaluate other candidate predictive behavioral markers. The implications for assessment and treatment of ASIB, research on mechanisms underlying subtype differences, and research on the application of the ETBD are discussed. |
|
Modeling Functional Assessment and Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior With the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
(Applied Research) |
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Although the evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) is not designed to model the behavior of any particular individual, it can model how organisms will generally behave as function of contingencies operating in the environment. By manipulating certain parameters such as those that affect sensitivity to reinforcement and response variability, it is possible to model specific functional classes of problem behavior – and how they are impacted by treatment. Morris and McDowell (2021) used ETBD to successfully model different subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior and their differential response to behavioral treatment. The purpose of the present study is to illustrate how ETBD can also be used to model: a) socially-maintained problem behavior, and b) the effects of commonly used clinical procedures. Parameters and schedule arrangements were manipulated to model functional analysis outcomes, effects of response blocking, outcomes of competing stimulus assessments, and effects of treatments involving differential reinforcement and noncontingent reinforcement. Beyond merely modeling functional classes of problem behavior and treatment effects, this approach has potential to support and guide research aimed at understanding problem behavior and elucidating the mechanisms by which treatments bring about behavior change. |
|
Modeling Effects of Downshifts in Reinforcement: A Demonstration of Resurgence as Choice Using Artificial Organisms |
(Applied Research) |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Bryan Klapes (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine - Georgia), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Artificial organisms animated by the rules of the evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) were exposed to schedule arrangements comparable to reinforcement schedule thinning during functional communication training (FCT). Responding corresponded to that seen in clinical populations during FCT and schedule thinning, and mirrored findings in animal laboratory studies involving downshifts in reinforcement. That is, FCT produced a shift in allocation of responding from problem behavior to the alternative response, and schedule thinning resulted in resurgence of problem behavior. The Resurgence as Choice (RaC; Shahan & Craig, 2017) model was applied to data generated by the artificial organisms. Findings indicated that resurgence increased as a function the relative downshift in reinforcement rate and magnitude, replicating findings from previous studies with live animals. These results further demonstrate the conceptual and quantitative utility of RaC, and illustrate the use of ETBD for generating data like that produced by live humans and animals. |
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalence Class Formation: Variables, Measurements, and Supplemental Analyses |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 152 |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
CE Instructor: Deisy De Souza, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The first paper by Arntzen includes an experiment with college students focusing on yields (number of participants who form equivalence classes) as function of training trials. The main finding was that yields increase as function of number training trials in a linear series training structure combined with a simultaneous training and testing protocol. The second paper by Fields, Wakim, and Foxe studied event-related potential (ERP) in college students who formed 2-node 4-member classes. Some of findings were that the baseline in contrast derived relations generated activation 400 ms after target onset. The third paper by dos Santos, Carvalho, and de Rose includes an experiment in which they have used a game, labyrinth, to investigate equivalence class formation and also with the use of remote data collection. The main findings were that the game was a viable option to conduct remote data collection, and that the nature and magnitude of consequences can influence formation and maintenance of equivalence classes. The last paper by Vaidya discusses a review of the Stroop literature to ask if the main findings in that literature are interpretable in terms of stimulus equivalence and the notions of class cohesion and class conflict. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic knowledge about emergent relations |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify important variables influencing equivalence class formation (2) how reaction time vary in Stroop experiments (3) how ERPs were influenced by including test trials for emergent relations |
|
Number of Training Trials and Formation of Equivalence Classes |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Linear series (LS) training structure combined with a simultaneous (SIM) training and test protocol have shown to produce relatively higher yields (number of participants who form equivalence classes) compared to combinations of other training structures and training and test protocols. Therefore, we use the LS and SIM to study the effect of number of training trials on the formation of equivalence classes. The present study included 30 adult participants who were trained on 6 conditional discriminations with LS (ABC) and SIM. All stimuli were abstract shapes. The participants were assigned to three different groups, 10 in each group. Group 1 had 18 trials (each trial type presented 3 times) in a block, Group 2 had 36 trials (each trial type presented 6 times) in a block, and Group 3 had 54 trials (each trial type presented 9 times) in a block. The result showed that the yields increased as number of trials (see Figure 1). |
|
Investigation of Magnitude of Reinforcement and Punishment on Equivalence Class Formation Using a Virtual Game |
Alceu R. dos Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Filipe César Carvalho (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: We developed a game to investigate equivalence class formation with remote data collection. The game simulates a labyrinth, with “sample rooms” with a picture (sample) on the only exit room, leading to “comparison rooms”, with pictures on three exit doors (comparisons). The player found diamonds after correct choices, and fell into a pit, losing diamonds, after incorrect choices. 56 adults played the game at home, with remote access to the experimenter’s computer. Group More-Reinforcement (MR) won four diamonds when correct and lost one when incorrect. Group Balanced (B) won one diamond when correct and lost one when incorrect. Group More-Punishment (MP) won one diamond when correct and lost four when incorrect. Participants learned conditional relations which could lead to three equivalence classes, each comprising three abstract pictures. Data collection ended after 10 participants formed equivalence in each group. Group MP showed higher attrition rate and poorer performance in a maintenance test, a week later. Results indicate that the game is a viable option to conduct remote data collection, and that the nature and magnitude of consequences can influence formation and maintenance of equivalence classes. |
|
The Relation Between Equivalence Classes and the Stroop Effect |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The original demonstration of the Stroop Effect found, in part, that participants’ reaction times to name a color (e.g., GREEN) were slower when the color of the ink and the name of the color were incongruent than when they were congruent. The robust effect has been documented numerous times across many laboratories since its original demonstration. Our lab has recently presented some data showing that compounds consisting of elements from different equivalence classes were reacted to more slowly than compounds consisting of elements from the same equivalence classes. These data suggest that the congruent and incongruent compound stimuli might be fruitfully interpreted in terms of class-based conflict or class-based cohesion. In this presentation, we present a brief review of the Stroop literature to ask if the main findings in that literature are interpretable in terms of stimulus equivalence and the notions of class cohesion and class conflict. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Individual Preferences, Reinforcement Systems, and Technology to Increase Engagement in Health and Hygiene Routines |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Joy Houck, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The importance of interventions to teach and maintain hygiene routines has been especially important during the Covid-19 pandemic. Children and people with intellectual disabilities (ID) often demonstrate limited tolerance with, engagement with, and independence in hygiene routines, including toothbrushing, mask wearing and hand washing. Limited active participation in these routines places individuals at risk of adverse health outcomes. During the Covid-19 pandemic, limited participation in these routines could also place others at greater risk of adverse health outcomes. This symposium will present data on novel uses of preference assessments, reinforcement systems, and technology to improve engagement in hygiene routines with typically developing children and adults with intellectual disabilities. Outcomes from these studies demonstrate how adapting widely used procedures can be an effective method to improve many socially significant problems, including currently critical health and hygiene routines. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Hand-washing, Hygiene, Mask Wearing, Toothbrushing |
Target Audience: Audiences should have basic familiarity with common preference assessments, reinforcement schedules and standard measurement practices. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation participants will be able to:
1) Describe common strategies used to increase engagement in hygiene routines for typically developing children and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
2) Describe the importance of increasing independence and engagement in hygiene tasks for typically developing children and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
3) Describe the effects of noncontingent reinforcement without extinction on tooth brushing duration in one study with two participants.
4) Describe how preference assessments can be used to select the least aversive unfamiliar stimulus to improve compliance with hygiene interventions (specifically mask wearing).
5) Describe how preference assessment data can be used to select appropriate starting reinforcement schedules.
6) Describe how a person’s typical environment can be used to determine socially valid terminal reinforcement schedules.
7) Describe methods for thinning reinforcement schedules to align with terminal reinforcement schedule goals.
8) Describe the generalization effects of two different interventions to increase mask wearing.
9) Describe how image analysis software can be used to assess effectiveness of handwashing interventions.
10) Describe the benefits of utilizing technology to assess accuracy of skills in areas such as handwashing. |
|
Effects of the Podcast Chompers® on Toothbrushing Duration by Children |
CATHERINE LEWIS (Texana Center), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Samantha Jean Boyle (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: It is important to establish proper dental hygiene routines in children to prevent cavities and other dental issues. The effects of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) without extinction was used to increase compliance with tooth brushing for two elementary-aged siblings. Specifically, a podcast called Chompers® produced by Gimlet Media was played during treatment. The results showed that the podcast was ineffective in maintaining increased tooth brushing durations for both participants. The addition of a new instruction was also not effective for one of the participants, and the addition of sibling interaction did not lead to a consistent increase in the toothbrushing duration of both participants. |
|
Adapting Preference Assessments and Reinforcement Schedules for Increasing Mask-Wearing With Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
ELIZABETH JOY HOUCK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Danielle Pelletier (University of North Texas), Melanie Bauer (University of North Texas), Aaron Joseph Sanchez (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: People with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often have difficulty in tolerating new or infrequently contacted stimuli (e.g., Fisher et al., 2019; Woodcock & Humphreys, 2009). Limited tolerance for health-related behavior, such as nail cutting, haircuts, and dental cleanings can cause distress for these individuals and their families (e.g., Cavalri et al., 2013). During the Covid 19 pandemic, face masks are a new stimulus that may cause distress for many people, especially those who may not understand the need for a mask. The inability to tolerate face masks could limit safe access to public locations for people with IDD and ASD. Therefore, we evaluated preference for different types of face masks with five adults with IDD and limited verbal communication skills. Using a multielement design, we assessed the duration each participant wore five different face masks and subsequently used reinforcement schedule manipulations to increase mask wearing for all five participants. For all five individuals initial preference assessments proved helpful in determining appropriate, individualized treatment steps for increasing cooperation with wearing a face mask. |
|
Using Synchronous Reinforcement to Increase Mask-Wearing in Young Children and Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
CATHERINE MCHUGH (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Nicole Kanaman (University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas), Ky Clifton Kanaman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) provided the public with recommendations to slow the spread of Covid-19 in 2020, which including wearing a mask in the community. In Study 1, experimenters coached direct-care group home staff via telehealth to use synchronous schedules of reinforcement (SSR; Diaz de Villegas, 2020; Rovee-Collier & Gekoski, 1979) to increase mask wearing for 4 adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. In Study 2, experimenters directly implemented SSR to increase mask wearing for four young children with and without disabilities. Results across both studies showed SSR effectively increased mask wearing (i.e., participants tolerated wearing their mask for increased durations up to 30 min). Additionally, some participants demonstrated generalization to the everyday environment (e.g., in the classroom with their teachers, in community locations). Furthermore, procedural integrity data in Study 1 suggested staff could be coached via telehealth to implement the intervention, and staff surveys suggested the procedures and coaching were socially valid. |
|
Utility of an Image Analysis Method as a Handwashing Measurement Tool |
RACHEL JESS (GoodLife Innovations), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Stacha Leslie (University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Hands are the most common mode of transmission of infection from pathogens. Washing hands with soap and water is the most effective method for decreasing transmission of infection; however, research suggests children do not routinely wash their hands using best-practice methods. Researchers have evaluated various strategies to address appropriate handwashing in children. More research is needed, however, regarding the efficacy and efficiency of teaching and measuring handwashing accuracy and quality in children. One method for assessing handwashing quality is comparing pre- and post-handwashing levels of proxy contamination using image analysis software. Further evaluation of the correlation between handwashing accuracy and hand cleanliness using proxy contamination should be conducted to determine the validity of this analysis method. The purposes of this study were to (a) conduct a retrospective data analysis from a series of studies with children on handwashing errors and handwashing quality using an index of hand cleanliness and (b) examine the utility of an image analysis method as a measurement tool for hand cleanliness. Overall results suggest the most important components of handwashing for increasing hand cleanliness include use of soap, amount of vigor, scrubbing the tops and palms of hands, and duration of scrubbing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Being Prepared for the Unexpected: The Role System Variables Play in Autism Intervention Programs |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention) |
Discussant: Binyamin Birkan (Biruni University) |
CE Instructor: Binyamin Birkan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Autism intervention programs have a number of responsibilities; however, the most important responsibility is to provide effective intervention to the individuals served to produce meaningful outcomes for them and their families. Programs that operate from the science of behavior analysis, and consistently implement systems that ensure the organization operates successfully at every level, are far more effective in producing positive outcomes under varied conditions. The pandemic, that we all faced over the last two years, provided an opportunity to test and analyze the efficacy, and strength, of the systems proposed by McClannahan and Krantz (1993). The papers in this symposium will focus on system variables that promoted continued student skill acquisition, staff development, and parent support and mentorship through a number of unexpected and unusual conditions. Each presenter will share relevant data that have been collected across a number of agencies, nationally and internationally, to support the value of systems and their role in ensuring generalized outcomes under novel conditions. The data obtained during the pandemic period provide us with an opportunity to analyze those system variables and promote the continued use of organizational systems in autism intervention programs. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism Intervention, Program Administration, System Variables |
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for individuals who are responsible for the development and implementation of behavior analytic programs for individuals with autism. Attendees should have a minimum of a MA level education in behavior analysis and experience developing administrative systems for the effective implementation of intervention programs for those diagnosed with autism. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, individuals will be able to: (1) Develop programming goals, implement teaching plans, and measure relevant outcomes to ensure effective intervention to individuals with autism under a variety of conditions including virtual and in-person instruction; (2) Implement staff training and evaluation protocols, as a system variable, to develop new skills in staff delivering intervention services to individuals with autism under a multitude of conditions; (3) Implement effective parent support and mentorship programs as part of an effective intervention program and measure relevant outcomes supporting the effectiveness of the training program under highly individualized conditions. |
|
Ensuring Student Progress During the Pandemic |
Alison Gillis (The Graduate Center/CUNY, New York Child Learning Institute) |
Abstract: Ensuring continued student progress under a wide variety of, and unexpected, conditions is a critical guarantee that any intervention program should provide for students who they serve. The pandemic left many programs scrambling to define and develop methods of ensuring continued student progress and advancement of critical goals and objectives when teachers were no longer able to provide in-person instruction. This presentation will focus on the critical role systems played in ensuring a seamless transition from in-person instruction to virtual instruction. Data on student progress and skill acquisition, collected across sites both nationally and internationally, will be presented for periods of both in-person and virtual instruction to support the value of systems in ensuring effective intervention to individuals with autism under any set of conditions. In addition, the presenters will discuss how virtual instruction led to the development of additional systems and teaching strategies that will be incorporated into the programs in the future. |
|
Staff Training and Evaluation During the Pandemic: Important Lessons
Learned |
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: Developing skillful, creative, and flexible professionals is critically important in ensuring effective educational programming for individuals with autism, as well as the advancement of such programming. Member programs in ASAI are collectively committed to ensuring that staff members have both the professional and clinical skills needed to educate students under whatever conditions present themselves. The shutdown of programs during the pandemic tested those systems that our programs consistently use, which are based on the pioneering work of Krantz and McClannahan. This presentation will share information on how the training and evaluation systems ensured the success of our staff members when educating individuals with autism under new and highly variable conditions. Data from our collective programs, both nationally and internationally, on staff skill acquisition will be presented to highlight the importance of professional development systems, which include critical training and evaluation variables, in dealing with the unusual and unexpected. The information obtained during this period, in addition, has also been used to revise and advance our staff development systems for the future. |
|
Parent Support and Mentorship Under Highly Variable Conditions |
CHRISTINE FRY (Princeton Child Development Institute), Amanda Sawma Freeman (Princeton Child Development Institute), Gregory S. MacDuff (Princeton Child Development Institute) |
Abstract: The pandemic left parents of individuals with autism in a highly vulnerable position. Within days, parents found themselves at home with their children all day long, in the absence of the highly structured teaching conditions that typically surrounded their children, and that they depended on. During this time, the important role that parents play on the intervention team was highlighted more than ever. Evidence quickly mounted during this period that emphasize the very important role that parent support, mentorship, and training play in ensuring effective home programming efforts and preparing parents for situations in which the support system they rely on is not available. During this presentation, data will be shared on the home programming efforts of educational programs, both here in the US and abroad, during the pandemic and the critical effect that they had on ensuring continued effective outcomes for students with autism. In addition, the presentation will discuss the importance of modifying parent support programs, and the system variables associated with such, to ensure an individualized and effective experience for all. |
|
Lessons Learned About System Implementation Under Unplanned and Unique Conditions |
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention) |
Abstract: Although the pandemic presented a whole host of conditions that educational programs, professionals, parents, and students had to adjust to, programs with well-defined and highly developed systems of program operation, staff training, and parent support fared far better than any of us would have expected. This period presented an opportunity for generalization to be assessed for staff, student, and administrative performance across a number of varied conditions. In this presentation, we will highlight the importance of systems both for practicing during the pandemic conditions and returning to in-person instruction thereafter. Data, collected from a number of national and international programs, will be shared on key measures that demonstrate the effectiveness of our systems and how we used the data obtained during this period to feed back into the system and prompt future changes in our practices. System variables must be defined, implemented, and consistently re-evaluated in light of annual data collected on their effectiveness. The presentation will conclude with details on the critical role system implementation plays in ensuring this. |
|
|
|
|
|
Brain Injury Rehabilitation and Applied Behavior Analysis: Recent Research on Delay Discounting, Language Assessment, Staff Training, and Program Evaluation |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B |
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Seth W. Whiting (Louisiana State University Shreveport) |
Discussant: Christina M. Peters (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Karl Fannar Gunnarsson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis has played an important role in the history of brain injury rehabilitation and its development of today´s neurobehavioral services. The first neurobehavioral rehabilitation programs in the United States, Canada and United Kingdom were developed or co-developed by behavior analysts. Despite this rich history and the role of behavior analysis in the development of brain injury rehabilitation less than one percent of all board-certified behavior analysts work within the brain injury rehabilitation field. With this symposium we hope to facilitate an increased interest in this subfield of Applied Behavior Analysis and want to show interested clinicians and researchers that brain injury rehabilitation is a venue for international collaboration and knowledge share. This symposium will present research on topics such as staff training within neurobehavioral rehabilitation programs, program evaluation of Applied Behavior Analysis best practice within neurobehavioral rehabilitation centers, delay discounting and links to challenging behavior in a sample of men with brain injuries, and, verbal behavior assessment of people with brain injuries. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Brain-injury, delay-discounting, OBM, verbal-behavior |
Target Audience: Appropriate for all BCBA and BCBA-D |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify ABA best practice guidelines within neurobehavioral rehabilitation (2) Broadly outline how verbal assessments can be used to assess language deficits in people with brain injuries (3) Understand the implications that challenging behavior has on the rehabilitation process and outcomes of people with brain injuries and how broadly ABA can be used to reduce adverse effects |
|
Program Evaluation of Evidence-Based Applied Behavior Analytic Practice Within Neurobehavioral Rehabilitation Units for Adults With Acquired Brain Injury and Challenging Behavior |
NAZURAH KHOKHAR (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Madeline Pontone (Brock University), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (The National University Hospital of Iceland) |
Abstract: As acquired brain injury rates continue to increase, the ongoing need for efficient and effective treatment within neurobehavioral rehabilitation settings is clear. Some evidence suggests certain treatment components may be very important to incorporate into service delivery models (e.g., multidisciplinary). However, program evaluation literature and the uptake of complimentary intervention strategies, like applied behavior analysis (ABA), in existing neurobehavioral settings remains largely unexplored. The purpose of this project was to: (1) develop and implement a simple, systematic program evaluation informed by best-practices (i.e., research) to assess service delivery models of several neurobehavioral rehabilitation settings, and (2) survey the current use of ABA by participating neurobehavioral agencies. The program evaluation tool was applied to the charts of randomly selected past and current clients (referred to as participants). A secondary research assistant independently reviewed the charts to conduct interobserver agreement across 29% of the charts. Interobserver agreement was 80% (range, 53%-100%). Average program evaluation total percentage score was 33% (range, 4% - 63%), and program evaluation items describing ABA-uptake suggested the incorporation of ABA was low. We discuss service model areas of strengths and areas for improvement as specified by tool outcomes, as well as in relation to quality improvement implications. |
|
Using Behaviour Skills Training Model to Train Acquired Brain Injury Staff to Use Applied Behavior Analysis |
NATHALIE LYNN BROWN (West Park Healthcare Centre), Edith Ng (Toronto Rehabilitation Institute, University Health Network) |
Abstract: Policies and training have traditionally focused on crisis management to respond to challenging behaviors and to decrease incidents of Workplace Violence. However, behaviour is a continuum that progresses from calm, to agitation, to escalation, to de-escalation, to recovery. A focus on crisis management can result in missed opportunities and does not directly lower incidences of behaviour escalation. Hospital units where staff are trained in Acquired Brain Injury (ABI) rehabilitation often have incidents where patients escalate to abuse and/or aggression to staff resulting in staff injury. Use of a preventative approach is well supported in the literature. When taught theory behind Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) preventative strategies, staff still had difficulty in implementing the skills to reduce incidences of workplace violence and aggression from patients. Systemically assisting ABI staff in 2 Greater Toronto Area (GTA) hospitals to respond to challenging behavior in ABI inpatient settings using a BST model of ABA strategies increased interdisciplinary staff’s confidence and ability to respond to challenging behaviors and decrease incidents of Workplace Violence in the ABI Inpatient Rehabilitation Services while building a robust support system of staff who deliver training using the same methodology to incorporate sustainability. |
|
Delay Discounting and Brain Injury: Investigating Stability Across Time, Correlations to Socially Significant Problem Behavior |
KARL FANNAR GUNNARSSON (The National University Hospital of Iceland), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: People with brain injuries often experience deficits of self-control and some engage in challenging behavior. Delay discounting research and brain injury rehabilitation have received limited attention from behavior analysts. Additionally, no investigations have focused on discounting parameters and their association with challenging behavior to date. This study investigated the stability of responses of the Monetary Choice Questioner (MCQ) over time in a large sample of men with brain injuries and compared discounting parameters with the participants´ assessment outcomes on the Questions About Behavior Functions (QABF) and Comprehensive Executive Functioning Inventory Adult (CEFI-A). Results demonstrated that responses on the MCQ were stable over time, that MCQ and assessment scores on QABF were tentatively linked, yet executive functioning was not linked significantly to discounting parameters on the MCQ. Implications of these results are discussed with regards to potential clinical interventions and how future research can improve our understanding of the link between self-control and challenging behavior within brain injury rehabilitation. |
|
Piloting a Function-Based Language Assessment for Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder |
CHRISTOPHER HUY LE (California State University, Sacramento), Dani Leigh Buckley (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University), Shelby Marie Bryeans (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Language deficits are common following neurocognitive disorder (NCD), yet behavior analysts serving this growing population do not have a validated, function-based assessment to guide language programming. Gross, Fuqua, and Merritt (2013) developed and piloted the Verbal Behavior Assessment Battery (VBAB) to evaluate language deficits for older adults with dementia, but researchers have yet to replicate this study or evaluate this tool for adults following acquired brain injury (ABI). We expanded the VBAB to better capture the complex changes that may occur following ABI. We conducted the revised assessment with five adults with severe ABI and matched control participants and found 1) varying deficits across ABI participants, 2) significant differences between the performance of ABI and control participants, 3) acceptable test-retest reliability, and 4) evidence for both functional independence and interdependence of verbal operants. Our discussion will focus on methodological considerations and potential refinement of the assessment for future clinical use. |
|
|
|
|
|
Some Recent Developments Related to Behavior Analyst Licensure: Some Recent Adventures of the ABAI Licensing Committee |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: PCH/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Amego Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The presentation of this symposium pertain to some of the issues addressed recently by the Association for Behavior Analysis International Licensing Committee. The Licensing Committee consults with chapter leaders, upon request, regarding issues pertaining to behavior analyst licensure and credentialing as well as provides resources related to those issues. Issues to be addressed include: features of a profession, status of behavior analysis as a profession, types of behavior analyst certification organizations, comparison of certifications currently available, influence of insurance requirements on provision of behavior analytic services, and opposition to behavior analyst certification with suggestions related to addressing them. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: 1. Mastery of basic behavior analysis principles and procedures 2. Basic knowledge of behavior analyst credentialing procedures 3. Basic knowledge of common procedures for establishment of behavior analyst licensure (or comparable) 4. Basic knowledge of public policy advocacy practices |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, particiapnts should be able to: 1. state 3 typical features of a profession, 2. address whether behavior analysis is a profession, 3. state 3 typical expectations of a behavior analyst certifying entity, 4. state 3 typical features of a profession, 5. state 2 common problems related to insurance coverage of ABA service plans, 6. state 3 common points of opposition to behavior analyst licensure, and 7. state tactics for effectively addressing 3 common points of opposition to behavior analyst licensure. |
|
What is a Profession and is Behavior Analysis One? |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: An ongoing topic of discussion among some people and recognized professions is whether behavior analysis is a profession, particular one independent of other existing professions (e.g., psychology, counseling, education). The answer to that discussion is relevant to decisions regarding establishment of licensure of behavior analysts. The essential features commonly identified with existence of a profession will be reviewed. An overview of historical tends in development of professions will be provided. Those trends include professions evolving and splitting from the from the profession in which it originated or existed very early (such as surgery in England initially being done by barbers, psychology growing out of philosophy which has ancient routes in theology and religion). Another trend has been for some professions to emerge from schisms within their memberships that drifted based upon the practitioner/scientist designations. Whether behavior analysis currently exhibits all or a critical mass of the identified features of a profession will be explored. That exploration will consider whether all components of behavior analysis (i.e., conceptual/theoretical, experimental, applied components) or just the applied component. Implications for regulation and licensing of behavior of the exploration of whether behavior analysis- or at least the applied component- should be considered a profession in its own right analysts will be discussed. |
|
Who’s Certifying Whom? |
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College) |
Abstract: In the last 5 years, several nongovernmental organizations, such as Qualified Applied Behavior Analysts® and International Behavior Analysis Organization™, have joined the Behavior Analyst Certification Board© in awarding various credentials, typically called certification, to individual behavior analysts. A review of readily available information indicates considerable variation on the requirements and nature of the credentials. Given the proliferation of behavior analysis credentials, multiple credentials available in some locations, and a change in international certifications pending 2023, a direct comparison of these credentials would be helpful for persons considering which credential(s) to review both within and outside the United States. In addition, such a review could be helpful to governmental entities (e.g., licensing boards) in considering which credential(s) might be an acceptable foundation for licensing behavior analysts. A systematic analysis of information available online regarding the identifying organizations issuing behavior analyst certification, revealed differences between nature (e.g., some nonprofit, some apparently for profit) and governance of organizations. Additionally, differences were found in the knowledge of behavior analysis expected of certificants, educational requirements (e.g., some requiring masters-level training, some not, for certification as a behavior analyst, per se), supervised experience requirements, nature and specifics of candidate testing, geographical availability of certification, as well as certification costs |
|
Riddle Me This: When is Your Medically Necessary Behavior Goal NOT Your Behavior Goal (Negotiating Insurance Company Requirements for Creating Treatment Plans) |
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), Chanie Rubin (Proud Moments ABA), Aliza Yadlovker (Proud Moments ABA), Aline Kovacs (Proud Moments ABA) |
Abstract: As third party (insurance) payments have become more common in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, behavior analysts have had to learn a new language and paradigm for writing goals. Some insurance companies specify that they will cover only the "core deficits" of Autism Spectrum Disorders, for example. This leads to common goals, such as Activities of Daily Living, seeming to be outside the realm of coverage. This talk will address some of these issues and discuss means of making sure that all goals required by the individual being taught are addressed. |
|
Opposition to Licensure of Behavior Analysts: Who Objects and Why? |
JOHN WALTER SCIBAK (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee) |
Abstract: Licensure protects the public by enforcing standards that restrict practice to individuals who have met specific qualifications in education, work experience, and examination. As a result, the prevalence of occupation licenses has increased dramatically over the past 50 years, with estimates suggesting over 1,000 occupations are regulated in at least 1 state. Given these data, and the fact that licensure has been widely accepted for fields as diverse as physicians, barbers, electricians, and florists, why have people objected to licensure for behavior analysts? Who has been most vociferous in their opposition, what is the basis for their objections, what differentiates behavior analysis from other clinical disciplines, and why have some individuals gone beyond licensure and oppose the practice of behavior analysis altogether? This presentation will review the current state of opposition and suggest strategies to counter these objections. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Trends in the Development of Professional Skills and Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Practices for Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Landon Cowan (Marquette University) |
Discussant: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Landon Cowan, M.A. |
Abstract: The new Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020) requires all BCBAs to engage in professional skills and culturally responsive practices which maximize the effectiveness of their services while treating others with compassion, dignity, and respect; however, resources to guide the training and incorporation of these practices remains limited. This symposium will describe four studies examining practices and future directions for the training of these skills. The first presentation describes a survey which evaluated the strengths and deficits of various professional skills for BCBAs. The second presentation will review potential barriers to effective supervision skills and present data on the utility of an assessment tool to guide BCBAs in their supervision practices and professional development. The third presentation will describe a study evaluating the use of behavioral skills training to teach culturally responsive practices to graduate students. Finally, the fourth presentation will describe a study evaluating procedures to increase the inclusion of content on diversity and culturally responsive practices in behavior analysis courses. To end, the discussant will review the findings in each presentation and consider areas for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, diversity, professional skills, supervision |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in the study and teaching of professional skills and DEI practices. Given that this symposium will offer supervision CEs, we anticipate a large number of attendees (i.e., 100+). |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this symposium, participants will be able to (1) describe the clinical and social significance of teaching professional skills and DEI practices, (2) identify at least one key professional skill and culturally responsive practice relevant to ABA service delivery, and (3) describe at least one research-based strategy for teaching professional skills and DEI practices to trainees. |
|
Professional Skills for Behavior Analysts: A Survey on the Proficiency and Importance of Hard and Soft Skills |
LANDON COWAN (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Individuals seeking certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) require training in both hard and soft skills. Trainees seeking certification complete coursework and a BCBA exam that assess mastery of hard skills. However, training and mastery of soft skills is not as concrete. BCBAs are also expected to maintain these skills throughout their career. Previous research has shown that soft skills are (a) viewed as important by clients and their families but (b) are not consistently demonstrated from those providing services. Research also suggests that BCBA trainees may not consistently receive training on these skills. The current study presents the results of a survey distributed to individuals who supervise BCBAs on the proficiency of hard and soft skills demonstrated by their supervisees. The results suggest future directions for the research and training of professional skills for current and future BCBAs. |
|
Improving the Future of Applied Behavior Analysis With the Assessment and Training of Supervisory Skills |
KIMBERLY MADAR (May Institute), Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College) |
Abstract: The rapidly increasing demand and increased number of BACB certificants in recent years results in many new BCBAs moving into the role of supervisor without the necessary skills and supports. In 2018 the BACB reported that the “most common actionable ethical violation is improper or inadequate supervision or delegation of responsibilities”. It is essential to the sustainability of ABA that we are meeting the needs of all individuals, families, trainees and practitioners. In this presentation we will discuss some of the barriers to ensuring quality supervision and attempts to address them will be reviewed. We will introduce the Supervisory Skills Assessment Tool (SSAT). The SSAT evaluates professional skills such as bidirectionality, perspective-taking and problem-solving. This allows mentors to create individualized competency criteria to ensure scaffolded support and training is provided to new BCBAs prior to independent supervision. Lessons learned from the initial stages of the pilot and next steps will be discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Culturally Responsive Clinical Service Provision in Behavior Analysis Graduate Students |
KENYA MYLES (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amanda King (Endeavor Behavioral Institute, LLC), Ellie Hardesty (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: With the expanding provision of ABA services, it behooves us as a field to evaluate procedures for providing culturally and linguistically responsive services. In the first experiment we evaluated the effects of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and two types of feedback on teaching four graduate students in a Behavior Analysis master’s program to identify five culturally significant domains from hypothetical intake materials. In the second experiment we evaluated the effects of BST, in-vivo probes, and delayed feedback on teaching the same graduate students to respond to caregiver challenges to some feature of the treatment plan. The data show that BST training and feedback are effective in teaching both skill sets. This has important clinical implications in that the training is simple, efficient, and familiar to most trainers and supervisors. |
|
A Pilot Evaluation of a Supplemental Curriculum on Diversity Content in Graduate Course Syllabi |
STEPHANIE ORTIZ (Caldwell University), Melissa Ashley Joseph (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Recent data indicate that there is a lack of BACB certificants from diverse backgrounds (BACB, 2020) and many practitioners do not receive training in culturally responsive service delivery (CSRD). Applied behavior analysis (ABA) graduate programs would therefore benefit from incorporating training on diversity and CSRD. In this study, a pre-post design was used to evaluate the effects of providing ABA faculty members with diversity course objectives and resources tailored to their courses on the presence of diversity and CRSD content in their course syllabi. Six faculty members, who were collectively responsible for teaching courses assigned to control and intervention groups, participated in this study. All participants were provided with a general list of resources related to diversity and CRSD in ABA. Tailored diversity course objectives and supporting resources were only provided for courses assigned to the intervention group. Results indicated that increases in diversity course objectives and resources in syllabi were only observed for courses in the intervention group. Implications for graduate training programs in ABA and future work in this area are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Disparities and Inequities in Early Identification and Treatment for Black Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:30 AM–10:55 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
CE Instructor: Jack Scott, Ph.D. |
|
Disparities and Inequities in Early Identification and Treatment for Black Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Torica L Exume (Florida Atlantic University Center for Autism and Related Disabilities) |
|
Abstract: Racial disparities in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnoses and services exist (Mandell et al., 2007). Black children are diagnosed later, misdiagnosed, and identified with more severe ASD than White children (Jarquin et al., 2011); therefore complicating access to behavior analytic services for Black children. Black children are diagnosed with autism 1.6 years later than White children and are more likely to be misdiagnosed; contributing to reducing the likelihood of beginning behavioral early intervention. Such delay may result in Black children receiving problem behavior intervention rather than behavioral early intervention for autism. In this study, we’ll report findings from focus groups, surveys, and 1:1 interviews from black parents and professionals describing their perspectives on the identification process for Black children. We’ll report data for six Florida school districts on the participation of Black children in ASD programs and describe key impediments for their identification. We conclude with recommendations to assist behavior analysts and those concerned with equitable treatment for Black children in the early identification process. Understanding the identification of Black children through the ASD identification process will inform behavior analysts and professionals in developing culturally sensitive and effective practices to support Black parents through the ASD identification process. |
|
Target Audience: Targeted audience: Intermediate- experience working with individuals with ASD in the home, school, or community setting; experience supervising and conducting screenings, assessments, and evaluations; experience in working in public or private school systems. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Learning Outcome (1): To state three key barriers to the identification of Black children with ASD. Learning Outcome (2) Identify parent-identified barriers to the assessment of a Black child and differentiate them from professionally identified barriers for such assessment. Learning Outcome (3) State three inequities that may accrue to Black children as a result of delayed or incorrect ASD assessment and eligibility determination. |
|
|
|
|
|
Distance Caring: Behaviors of Caring for an Older Special Someone From a Distance in the Times of the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:30 AM–10:55 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Joseph Martin (PENDING) |
|
Distance Caring: Behaviors of Caring for an Older Special Someone From a Distance in the Times of the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JOSEPH MARTIN (Shippensburg University
Shippensburg, PA), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey), Matthew Gross (Shippensburg University) |
|
Abstract: Many people have strong feelings of love, dedication, gratitude, obligation and want to help, to improve the life of an older relative or family friend, a grandparent, family, friend, neighbor, or godparent, but the responsibilities in their daily lives serve as a barrier to beginning to do so. The complexities of this situation are exacerbated by the restrictions of the COVID-19 pandemic. Roles vary from significant day to day daily living assistance to a phone call or card. As one integrates with the current system of care, roles are defined, and change. We discuss support networks, relationships, and resources.The restrictions of the pandemic can be developed into ongoing patterns of more robust future habits of caring. The presentation highlights behaviors facilitate taking the warm desire to do something nice, to the stage of commitment and implementation. We detail approaches to maintaining contentedness, allowing for sense of purpose, being mindful of and respecting preferences and concerns for both care sharer and receiver, developing the system of care sharing adapted to the level of interactions and responsibilities. It can start with a commitment to call or drive once a week, and lead to greater quality of life and sense of purpose for care giver and care receiver alike. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ensuring Best Practices in Group Educational Settings: Review of the Literature and Ongoing Applications to China |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
10:30 AM–10:55 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Helen McCabe (Daemen University) |
CE Instructor: Helen McCabe, Ph.D. |
|
Ensuring Best Practices in Group Educational Settings: Review of the Literature and Ongoing Applications to China |
Domain: Service Delivery |
HELEN MCCABE (Daemen University), Tian Jiang (University of Rochester) |
|
Abstract: This presentation focuses on application of ABA-based intervention methods for children with autism in China, specifically in group settings. A review of the literature demonstrates that ABA--based practices have been shown to be effective in small group settings, and there is a need to further infuse these best practices into settings such as classrooms for children with autism, including in China. The literature review is presented as a foundation and context, and is followed by presentation of two ongoing research studies examining the application of ABA to the Chinese educational context, in general education inclusive classrooms and in specialized programs that serve children with autism and their parents. |
|
Target Audience: Practitioners, researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe two important strategies to use when implementing ABA-based group instruction for children with autism; (2) list two important components of ABA-based group instruction in two diverse settings; (3) compare intervention in clinical and research settings with implementation in the natural environment, such as preschools and schools, including at least one similarity and two differences. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Process Teaches You: Using Information Gained from the Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment to Reach Meaningful Outcomes for Adolescents and Adults With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Mara Vanderzell (Upstate Cerebral Palsy) |
CE Instructor: Mara Vanderzell, Ph.D. |
|
The Process Teaches You: Using Information Gained From the Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment to Reach Meaningful Outcomes for Adolescents and Adults With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARA VANDERZELL (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Brianna Elsasser (State of Michigan), Kelly Marie Gallagher (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Jon Horn (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Erik Jacobson (Upstate Cerebral Palsy) |
|
Abstract: Many researchers have replicated Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills-Based Treatment (SBT) procedures with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder; however, this has typically involved younger children, often who are language able. Currently, there is a gap in the literature involving adolescents and adults with severe disabilities attending residential programs. This presentation aims to discuss the lessons learned from the process of conducting PFA and implementing SBT with adolescents and adults with long and complex learning histories and how the practice has changed based on client performance. In addition, this presentation will also highlight a cultural shift of a school and residential program from its long history of using a caregiving approach with this population to a nationally-recognized program using evidence-based practices focused on safety, dignity, and rapport, to alter the life trajectories of the individuals that it serves. Participants will have the opportunity to view videos of program participants in their analysis and meaningful skill acquisition process as well discuss problems and solutions discovered along the way. |
|
Target Audience: The audience should be familiar with functional assessment, synthesized contingency analysis, and skill-based treatment procedures |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn ways to modify skill-based treatment to meet the needs of populations less frequently represented in the literature 2. Participants will observe videos of adolescents and adults engaging in skill based treatment and learn ways to improve instruction and achieve meaningful outcomes 3. Participants will learn about global outcome indicators that are impacted when skill-based treatment is implemented across a division and agency |
|
|
|
|
|
Addressing Health and Fitness During A Pandemic: Lesson Learned From The Field |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Nicholas Green (BehaviorFit) |
CE Instructor: Nicholas Green, Ph.D. |
|
Addressing Health and Fitness During a Pandemic: Lesson Learned from the Field |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NICHOLAS GREEN (BehaviorFit) |
|
Abstract: The pandemic presented us with a unique environmental challenge to health and fitness behavior change. This event created – and continues to present – new barriers for those individuals who desire improved health outcomes. However, as any health outcome requires meaningful behavior change, applied behavior analysis is well-suited to address common wellness needs. This presentation describes how a telehealth model can provide a means to effective applied practice. A series of case studies will highlight the importance of pinpointing behavior and results, addressing personal bias and ethical concerns, and lessons learned while working with typical adults in an unprecedented time. |
|
Target Audience: Fluency in behavioral interventions, various consulting models, experience with typically developing individuals |
Learning Objectives: Describe one lesson learned from practicing during the pandemic. Describe the difference between a health and fitness leading indicator versus lagging indicator. Describe how mentalisms are often embedded into client goals for health and fitness. Describe why sedentary behavior is problematic for health outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Contribution of School Leaders to the Use of Applied Behavior Analysis in Omani Schools: Towards Enhancing Students' Emotional and Social Learning Outcomes |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Yasser F. Hendawy Al-Mahdy (Sultan Qaboos University) |
|
The Contribution of School Leaders to the Use of Applied Behavior Analysis in Omani Schools: Towards Enhancing Students' Emotional and Social Learning Outcomes |
Domain: Basic Research |
YASSER F. HENDAWY AL-MAHDY (Sultan Qaboos University), Mahmoud Mohamed Emam (Sultan Qaboos University) |
|
Abstract: The development of inclusive education (IE) is arguably the biggest challenge currently facing school systems in Oman. School leadership (SL) was argued to be a determinant of organizational effectiveness and an antecedent of organizational commitment (OC), both of which are two key factors in building models of best practices. The use of ABA has become a mainstream issue due to it benefits to students and school context. Although ABA needs intensive training, yet there are contexts where the number of qualified professionals is very few. In Oman, where school abound with teachers’ complaints of the quality of students’ social and emotional learning outcomes. The current study analyses the contextual enablers and barriers that may affect the infusion of ABA principles and procedures among school teachers and Omani school psychologists as a starting phase to establish a model of best practices of ABA use in schools. The study employs a national framework of human resources and Oman 2040 vision for Omani schools to build up a framework of training teachers on ABA by professionals. The framework includes a training component and an evaluation component for diverse learners, whose outcomes can be measured in relation to school effectiveness. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Modelling to Teach Social and Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Christos Nikopoulos, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CHRISTOS NIKOPOULOS (Autism Consultancy Services, London) |
Abstract: Peer relations serve many important functions in children’s development. Social reciprocity or reciprocal peer interactions occur when children engage in social interactions with one another or when their actions support each other in their relationships. In autism spectrum disorder (ASD), however, reciprocity of social exchange is missing and is manifest as a lack of both social responses and initiations to other people. Over the years, various behavioral strategies have been developed to promote social interactions between children with ASD and their peers for a successful integration in inclusion settings. Video modelling, as one of them, is not only an effective and evidence-based method for developing many social and play skills, but it can also be a practical and efficient tool that is well-suited to the school environment. In this presentation, pertinent video modeling methodologies will be explored and specific suggestions on the effective use of video modeling will be provided. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Graduate students; RBTs; board certified behavior analysts (BCBA); board certified assistant behavior analysts (BCaBA); psychologists; therapists and special educators working in a variety of applied and experimental settings as well as educational and social science settings who are interested in the promotion of social and play skills in children with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the attendee will be able to: (1) name the salient features of video modeling procedures as guided by findings from the literature (e.g., with what ages video modeling can be effective, what intervention goals can be addressed by the implementation of video modeling, in which settings video modeling can be effectively used, etc.); (2) describe different types of video modeling and the advantages and disadvantages of each type when targeting social and play skills in children with ASD; (3) demonstrate step by step different types of video modeling (e.g., video modeling, self-modeling, priming modeling, point of view modeling) that could be designed and implemented. |
|
CHRISTOS NIKOPOULOS (Autism Consultancy Services, London) |
Dr. Christos Nikopoulos is a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst (Doctoral Level; BCBA-D), former member of the Board of Directors of the BACB and of the European Association of Behaviour Analysis (EABA). He has served as a clinician, a University lecturer, an educator, a consultant, a researcher, and an author in the areas of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), intellectual and other developmental disabilities, as well as neurological and behavioural interventions in special education for more than 23 years. He is currently the founder and CEO of Autism Consultancy Services in London (UK) and Riyadh (KSA).
He has obtained international experience in working with children with autism and other developmental disabilities--from 18 months old until adults--as well as their families and has published widely on the topic. Dr. Nikopoulos has co-authored two books and a few book chapters that have become key reference texts on subject of video modelling and autism and he has been chosen to deliver keynote speeches at international conferences quite frequently (more than 90 presentations at international conferences worldwide).
Dr. Nikopoulos has also obtained substantial experience in the administration of a number of assessments tools as well as employing a variety of different behavioural procedures/methods, running home- and school-based intervention programmes in many European and Middle East countries. He is also either the Course Leader or the Lecturer of five BACB Verified Course Sequences (VCS) in Europe.
Finally, due to his research activities and expertise in the area of autism, he has gained the award of Chartered Scientist from the Science Council, he is the scientific advisor for the Research Autism charity, an EU expert reviewer, as well as a reviewer for a number of international journals and governmental agencies. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Nutritional Interventions for Children and Adults with Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
CE Instructor: Jim Adams, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JIM ADAMS (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Children and adults with ASD often have multiple nutritional and metabolic problems, including nutritional deficiencies, food intolerances, oxidative stress, decreased methylation, and impaired mitochondrial function. Many of these problems can be addressed by nutritional supplements and healthy allergen-free diets. A 12 month comprehensive nutritional intervention study was conducted to investigate the effect of combining 6 different nutritional interventions. The study found many benefits, including a 7 point gain in non-verbal IQ (compared to zero in the control group) and an 18 month gain in developmental age (vs 4 months in the control group). This suggests that many individuals with ASD can benefit from a comprehensive nutritional intervention to address underlying nutritional and metabolic problems. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBA’s and other professionals who work with children with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) learn the common nutritional and metabolic problems in children and adults with ASD; (2) understand the effect of comprehensive nutritional intervention on ASD symptoms; (3) learn which nutritional interventions were most important. |
|
JIM ADAMS (Arizona State University) |
James B. Adams, Ph.D., is the Director of the Autism/Asperger's Research Program at Arizona State University. His research focuses on the medical causes of autism and how to treat and prevent it including the areas of nutrition (vitamins/minerals, essential fatty acids, carnitine, digestive enzymes, special diets), oxidative stress, gut problems, gut bacteria, toxic metals, and seizures. He has published over 150 peer-reviewed scientific articles, including over 50 related to autism. He is also the President of the Autism Society of Greater Phoenix, the President of the Autism Nutrition Research Center, the co-leader of the Scientific Advisory Committee of the Autism Research Institute, and chair of the Scientific Advisory Board of the Neurological Health Foundation. He has an adult daughter with autism. |
|
|
|
|
|
Working Together Effectively Through Interdisciplinary Collaboration |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Fumi Horner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Fumi Horner (Bierman ABA Autism Center) |
CHRISSY BAROSKY (Bierman ABA Autism Center) |
MAEVE LONDON (Bierman ABA Autism Center) |
SIMONE PALMER (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers) |
Abstract: Despite many fundamental differences across disciplines and limited validation from empirical research, more and more companies have started offering an “autism treatment package” with ABA, Speech and OT services. In addition, insurance funders and the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts require coordination of care and collaboration with other service providers. However, there are many BCBAs who have never been explicitly taught how to collaborate with other professionals and organizations that do not provide adequate training to foster the collaborative relationship. This panel discussion will first highlight the scope of competence for BCBAs and when to seek other professional’s opinions by outlining the appropriate collaboration processes. The panelists will then analyze the common conflicts between BCBAs and other professionals, identify where the gaps are, and propose some solutions. Attendees will be invited to participate in the discussion to analyze the conflicts and given opportunities to practice solutions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs who practice ABA in schools or multidisciplinary therapeutic environments for individuals with autism. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will identify the scope of competence for BCBAs. Attendees will identify the steps of the appropriate collaboration process. Attendees will Identify examples and non-examples of interdisciplinary collaboration. Attendees will discuss the common barriers and feedback for BCBAs. Attendees will propose some solutions to address the barriers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Motivation and Self-Regulation and Health Behavior Promotion |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Paula Magalhaes, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PAULA MAGALHAES (Universidade do Minho, Portugal) |
Abstract: Health behavior promotion in childhood has been dominated by knowledge-centered paradigms. However, research shows that beliefs about what is healthy have a stronger influence on behavior than factual knowledge. Motivation and self-regulation frameworks highlight the agent role of the individual in controlling the personal, behavioral, and environmental influences that impact one’s behavior. Although individuals may be influenced and regulated by external factors and agents, exclusively relying on external regulation does not allow the individual to develop adaptive competences and skills, such as choosing a healthy snack. The aim of this presentation is to describe how healthy habits in childhood can be promoted, including diet and sleep, through the modelling of self-regulation skills via story-tools/narrative-based programs. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in motivation and self-regulation, and health behavior promotion |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify motivational components of health behavior; (2) describe the core components of empirically supported story-tools/ narrative-based programs to model and promote Self-regulation skills for health; (3) discuss what and how children learn the self-regulation competences for health behavior. |
|
PAULA MAGALHAES (Universidade do Minho, Portugal) |
Paula Magalhães is a researcher at the Psychology Research Center, Universidade do Minho, Portugal. She earned her PhD in Psychology in 2014, focused on the experimental analysis of behavior, with animal models, at the University of Otago, New Zealand, under the supervision of Professor K. Geoffrey White. Since then, she has directed her efforts into an applied psychology research path. In 2014, she was invited to an Assistant Professor position, at Universidade do Minho, and, later on, received Post-Doctoral training at the same university focusing on developing and implementing intervention programs aiming at promoting self-regulation skills via the use of story-tools/ narratives. Her current research focuses on health behavior promotion through self-regulation (e.g., healthy eating, sleep, exercise). She is also interested in the use of Gamification to engage individuals in health behavior interventions. She has already been awarded a research grant as a PI on these topics “In-person and Online Healthy Eating Promotion through Self-regulation: Assessing the Efficacy of a Narrative-based Intervention.” |
|
|
|
|
|
Continuous Assessment of Learner Behavior: Performance Monitoring Tools |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A |
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ji Young Kim (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Ji Young Kim, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Performance monitoring tools can be used to track and enhance the performance of staff and recipients of behavior analytic services. One important dimension of performance monitoring is analyzing the interlocking three-term contingencies between an instructor and a learner which can be achieved using the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy measure (or the TPRA). Another important dimension of performance monitoring is measuring when sufficient learning has occurred, i.e., the use of mastery criteria. Lastly, a decision-tree protocol, which includes but is not limited to, mastery criteria, can be used for making moment-to-moment decisions regarding learner behavior based on continuous data analysis. In this talk, we review data demonstrating how these three performance monitoring tools can aid instructors in making clinical decisions regarding the performance of their learners. These decisions can enhance educational outcomes for both the instructor and the learner and lead to more efficient rates of acquisition across objectives. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): data analysis, mastery criteria, performance monitoring, treatment integrity |
Target Audience: Audience should have basic knowledge of three-term contingencies and the necessary components to an effective learning environment. Basic knowledge of taking data, monitoring performance, and data analysis skills would aid in understanding the material presented herein. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) monitor learner performance using the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy scale and apply the scale within a learning environment as a treatment integrity tool, 2) monitor learner performance using mastery criteria to signal whether sufficient learning on a given objective has occurred, and 3) use a decision-tree protocol to make moment-to-moment decisions and monitor learner performance through continuous data analysis. |
|
Addressing the Feasibility of the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Scale as a Treatment Integrity Tool |
KIEVA SOFIA HRANCHUK (St. Lawrence College), Michael James Williams (Maltby Centre) |
Abstract: We implemented a multiple probe across participants design to analyze the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on teaching assistants’ effective delivery of instruction as measured through their performance on the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) scale. Effective instruction is defined as instruction that is both accurate and fluent. Three adult teaching assistants, newly hired at a kindergarten readiness program that employed the principles of applied behavior analysis, were selected to participate. The participants had no previous experience implementing three-term contingency trials. Dependent variables included two components of the TPRA scale measured pre- and post-intervention: 1) percent of correctly delivered trials, and 2) rate of trial delivery. Results indicated that BST increased the accurate delivery of correct three-term contingency trials by teaching assistants as measured through TPRA scale observations. The intervention also successfully increased the teaching assistants’ rate of trials delivered per minute. |
|
Mastery Criteria as a Performance Monitoring Tool in Educational Settings |
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Teachers College, Columbia University), Kristina Wong (Columbia University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Performance monitoring tools can be used to track and enhance the performance of staff and recipients of behavior analytic services. One important metric are rules for instructors to determine when sufficient learning has occurred that signal the instructor to change or terminate instruction and move on to teaching new behavior. These performance criteria for “mastery”, in fact, have implications for the future behavior of students we serve. In this talk, we review data demonstrating how different performance criteria produce different educational outcomes (e.g., maintenance) and propose a model for using these data to address a fuller range of educational outcomes. |
|
A Decision Protocol for Teachers: A Strategic Science Application to Teacher Training and Performance Outcomes |
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone), JO ANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Training teachers to make effective instructional decisions utilizing procedures rooted in the strategic science of teaching is paramount to accelerating student learning. In this presentation, we will cover the CABAS® decision tree protocol (Greer and Keohane, 2005), which has been applied and expanded upon in CABAS® Model schools for over two decades. Teachers first learn to utilize a set of rules based on the visual inspection of the graphs to signal a decision opportunity to either continue a phase or cease a phase and select a new objective. When instructional problems are encountered, teachers are taught to make higher-level decisions by learning to follow verbally governed algorithms, which involves an analysis of the curriculum and the context for learning. A comprehensive dynamic training package comprised of research-based performance management components (i.e., graph and curriculum checks, decision logs, decision graphs, and verbally governed supervisor learn units) allows for differentiated teacher instruction and the acquisition of contingency shaped and verbally mediated teacher competencies. |
|
|
|
|
|
School-Based Behavior Analysts: Responsive Supports Throughout the COVID-19 Era |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Heather Volchko, M.Ed. |
Chair: Heather Volchko (Old Dominion University; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
TAMLA LEE (Bard College) |
SHEILA WILLIAMSON (Mississippi State University - TK Martin Center; Behavior, Attention, and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC.) |
ELENA GARCIA-ALBEA (EGA Consulting, LLC) |
Abstract: In early 2020, schools across the entire world transitioned from traditional school settings to crisis teaching in virtual spaces due to the global pandemic, coronavirus or COVID-19. During this time, equity gaps in digital resources and access to education became increasingly apparent as socioeconomic status and geographical location strongly influenced whether families were able to support remote access to learning opportunities. Yet, students with emotional and behavior disorders (EBD) tend to experience higher rates of peer victimization, struggle to obtain and maintain positive interpersonal relationships, and battle more mental health problems than other special education students. Students who had already been identified as having splintered skills or gaps in their learning history did not have access to interventions provided in the traditional classroom at the same time that all students were expected to engage in much higher forms of executive functioning skills than previously expected. This panel of school-based consultants will share their own experiences working in the schools throughout the pandemic in terms of challenges, steps for addressing challenges, and resources necessary for doing so. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This session is appropriate for professionals who interface directly with the highly applied school setting. Basic understandings of behavior analysis and varied applications of principles will be assumed as part of this conversation. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn about different forms of education consultation positioned in diverse (e.g., socioeconomic, linguistic, racial) contexts. 2) Participants will learn how behavior analysis is applied individually, class-wide, and at the systems level of school settings based on the presented needs. 3) Participants will learn how Covid impacted the schools and the rising need for multidisciplinary expertise in the schools. |
Keyword(s): behavioral disorders, Covid, education consulting, emotional disorders |
|
|
|
|
|
Addressing Social Issues as Behavior Analysts: Avoiding the Anti-Science Trap |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
Abstract: I think we could all agree it is an exciting time to be a behavior analysts, especially as we broaden our reach beyond just addressing behavioral deficits and excesses in dependent populations. However, as we expand our science in application not just theoretical accounts, we must continue to define and utilize our science and scientific methodology. Doing so may be challenging, but this in the symposium we seek to model and provide examples of doing just that. In the first presentation, we will discuss some of the current challenges facing the field of behavior analysis and provide a way forward. In the second presentation, we will provide a functional analysis of the term discrimination and provide some direction for how to address variables that may contribute to discrimination. The third presentation, will tackle not only the term risk as it applied to our practice of behavior analysis, but also what it means for our practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Context, Discrimination, Risk |
Target Audience: Intermediate: participants should understand how to conduct a functional analysis with respect to concepts and terms |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to operationally define challenges facing the field of behavior analysis and to look at those challenges from a scientific view point. Participants will be able to take a functional analytic viewpoint when discussing sociological terms such as discrimination. Participants will be assess risk with respect to service provision and how to approach risk from a behavior analytic point of view. |
|
Context Matters, Especially During Time of Potential Conflict |
RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Richard Colombo (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Amanda C. Nicolson (Center for ABA), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA), Elizabeth Ashton Benedickt (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Heidi Eilers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current presentation is three-fold: 1) discuss some of the current primary challenges facing the field of behavior analysis, 2) propose a framework to help protect against a potential divide between science and practice, and 3) provide practical resources designed to decrease the likelihood for identified challenges to escalate towards unnecessary conflict. Numerous practice-oriented examples are provided and discussed with respect to a) societal-level stressors (e.g., the pandemic, social injustice, and related implications for ABA practitioners), and b) field-specific stressors (e.g., a recent increase in public opposition to ABA and related potential misconceptions). This presentation will emphasize the importance of relying on the science of human behavior across all professional interactions, especially under conditions of elevated stress. An additional aim of this article is to discuss the importance of ensuring a mutually agreed upon understanding for that which defines “science”. Related practical resources are also included, each designed to mitigate conflict regarding current stressors and related challenges. |
|
Sociological Terms: How Behavior Analysts can remain Scientific When Dealing With Unclear Terms and Data |
RICHARD COLOMBO (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles
Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Treating psychological terms as verbal behavior and analyzing them with respect to environmental determiners was novel in 1945 when Skinner first presented his idea of a functional analysis of verbal behavior (Skinner, 1945). Seventy-six years later, this approach has yet to be fully appreciated even within behavior analysis (Schlinger, 2013). In recent years, terms such as diversity and equity have become increasingly popular, not only in sociology and psychology, but in behavior analysis as well. Analyzing these terms as instances of verbal behavior, could open new lines of research and opportunities for discussion—minimizing the potential for disciplinary redundancy and offering unique data to other disciplines (Kantor, 1953). The purpose of this presentation is to provide a functional analysis of the term discrimination, discuss recent studies on the term |
|
A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Risk |
David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Risk is typically thought of as exposure to dangerous stimuli or loss. It is assumed that we collectively agree on what constitutes risk, but accurately identifying dangerous stimuli and loss appears to be increasingly complex. There are several questions that need to be considered to accurately identify risk as it relates to risk assessment and intervention. Is it possible to have an objective viewpoint that clearly points to what constitutes risk? What are the conditions under which risk occur? What are the conditions under which risk should be avoided? Is it possible to identify behaviors that successfully avoid risk? Is avoiding risk always the best option? Is it our moral and ethical responsibility to engineer conditions that result in humans avoiding risk? These questions will be analyzed and discussed from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
|
|
|
|
New Directions for Animal Labs in Teaching and Research in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA/AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Christina A. Alligood (Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Disney’s Animals, Science, and Environment) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Animal models have benefited behavior analysis for many years by providing controlled research opportunities and by offering students hands-on learning experiences. While the traditional pigeon and rat models are excellent standards, nontraditional models also offer benefits. First, practical considerations related to the cost and housing requirements of pigeon and rat laboratories can sometimes be prohibitive, while novel species may provide a pragmatic alternative. Second, unique models also offer unique learning opportunities for students, both in teaching exercises and in research experiments, that may foster their ability to solve a larger range of behavioral problems. In this symposium, presenters will discuss their experiences with animal laboratories in behavior analysis, with a focus on less common species, education, and student involvement in research. Presentations will discuss coursework, classroom exercises, and student-driven experiments in a diverse variety of taxa, from cockroaches to goldfish to wolves. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): animal, student, teaching, undergraduate |
Target Audience: Instructors of behavior analysis courses. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) incorporate animal exercises into their behavior analysis instruction; (2) understand how student driven research in behavior analysis can be used as a way to integrate teaching and research.; (3) understand challenges and benefits related to working with different species, and how learning to solve those challenges relates to solving challenges working with individuals in applied settings. |
|
Cockroaches as Model Organisms for Behavior Analysis |
CHRISTOPHER ALLEN VARNON (Converse University) |
Abstract: This presentation discusses the use of the orange head cockroach (Eublaberus posticus), a large, flightless, tropical insect, as a model organism for research and teaching in behavior analysis. Insects and other invertebrates are inexpensive, practical organisms that many behavior analysts have considered as alternatives to pigeons and rats when cost and laboratory space requirements become prohibitive. Among invertebrate models, cockroaches offer several benefits. Most notably, they can be easily maintained in controlled laboratory conditions year-round. The generalist nature of cockroaches may also facilitate the development of robust behavioral procedures. Research from my laboratory has shown that the orange head cockroach may be a particularly useful species and has involved several experiments in habituation and respondent conditioning. Variations of these experiments have also been conducted as classroom demonstrations. Additional work on alcohol consumption, intoxication, and the subsequent effect on baseline responses and habituation indicate that this species could also be useful for work in behavioral pharmacology. This presentation will discuss this work, as well as methodological considerations when working with an insect species that, while very capable, is vastly different from organisms traditionally used in behavior analysis. |
|
Lions, and Tigers, and Bears?! How about Rats, and Sea Turtles, and Grey Wolves?! Providing Learning Opportunities Using Animal Models to Teach Behavior Analysis |
Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong) |
Abstract: This presentation highlights the use of animal models in Georgia Southern University’s behavior analysis programs. The presentation will cover two major areas: (1) specific coursework and animal labs at both the undergraduate and graduate level and (2) research endeavors with external partners using unique animal models. In addition, the presentation will highlight a recent project featuring methods to establish concept learning in grey wolves in which student researchers traveled on site to implement multiple aspects of the project. The presenter will share strategies and lessons learned from using animal models as part of educational activities and the benefits of such models. |
|
Toward an Aquatic Animal Learning Lab: Goldfish as a Model for Teaching Basic Learning Principles |
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (Monmouth University) |
Abstract: Classic learning research has shown that goldfish are able to successfully demonstrate basic learning processes in strict laboratory settings; however, despite their cost-effectiveness and relevance as a common companion animal, it is unknown whether the goldfish’s success as animal models of learning would generalize to classroom or educational settings. This study assessed whether goldfish were a successful animal model to demonstrate basic learning principles in an undergraduate Psychology of Learning course across two consecutive semesters. Naive goldfish (N = 16) of various breeds served as subjects for this study. Students in each cohort (N = 32 total) met IACUC-approved training requirements and participated in 10 weekly laboratory exercises focused on various learning procedures with their goldfish and collected behavioral data on goldfish. All goldfish demonstrated successful habituation, counterconditioning, preference and reinforcer assessment and shaping by the end of the 14-week course, with individual-level variability observed in time to reach criterion. These findings demonstrate that learning concepts can be applied to goldfish to provide undergraduate students with hands-on educational activities in the classroom. Future research is needed on quantifying student learning outcomes with animal models as well as evaluating the welfare of goldfish used as animal models of teaching. |
|
|
|
|
|
Syntheses of Verbal Behavior Research |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristina Wong (Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Carli M Heiman, M.A. |
Abstract: Research on verbal behavior covers a wide array of topics, thus systematic reviews of the literature are critical to synthesizing and summarizing the current state of our field. We can use these syntheses to guide future research. The first talk will describe theories used to explain identify component skills for perspective taking. The second talk will review assessments of and interventions to establish the Incidental Naming cusp and discuss the mechanisms underlying these interventions. The third talk will discusses the variety of interventions to increase the emission of vocal mands and collateral effects of the interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): bidirectional naming, mands, perspective taking, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts with a basic background in verbal behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe the components of perspective taking interventions, (2) understand the mechanisms underlying interventions to establish Incidental Naming, and (3) summarize the various types of interventions to increase the emission of vocal mands. |
|
Perspective-Taking: Breaking it All Down |
ALEXIS SHARON VANCE (Hunter College), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Anna Portnoy (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Danielle LaFrance (Elemy Autism Care; Hunter College - City University of New York) |
Abstract: Perspective taking skills are generally considered to underlie more complex social skills and are critical for successful social interactions, such as making and sustaining friendships, pretending, empathy, sharing, conversation skills, detecting deceptive statements, and lying. Traditionally, cognitive explanations have been used to explain deficits in perspective taking. As such, behaviors involved in perspective taking are not clearly operationally defined, making it difficult to identify necessary component skills. From a behavior analytic perspective, perspective taking is like any other behavior; it is learned and amenable to change. Some behavior analysts have attempted to define and identify the behaviors associated with perspective taking; however, despite the strengths of these approaches, the identification of component skills is often lacking. Dependent on the specific theory (e.g., applied perspective taking, stimulus equivalence, relational frame theory) within a behavior analytic orientation, different associated behaviors have been identified as necessary (e.g., deictic frames, false belief, functional social skills). This presentation briefly describes some of the theories used to explain perspective taking, identifies component skills identified in each, and concludes with recommendations for both research and practice. |
|
A Systematic Review of Assessments of and Interventions to Establish Incidental Naming |
CARLI M HEIMAN (Teachers College Columbia University), Aparna Naresh (Teachers College Columbia University), joseph m peysin (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Incidental Naming is the capability to learn the names of things from models and has been shown to lead children to exhibit a rapid expansion in vocabulary. This is because children with Incidental Naming can now learn language from environmental antecedents and engage in both listener (e.g. by pointing) and speaker (e.g. by tacting) behavior in the absence of direct consequences. This presentation will describe how we compiled data on assessments of and interventions to establish Incidental Naming. The review identified 15 total studies. Across studies, we identified 4 different types of assessments as well as variations in whether the experimenters tested the same or multiple sets of stimuli pre- and post-intervention. Regarding interventions, nine studies tested the effectiveness of multiple exemplar instruction and 6 tested other intervention procedures. We identified four overarching types of interventions: rotation of listener/speaker responses, establishing a prerequisite developmental cusp, establishment of new reinforcers, and repeated exposure to the models of object-name relations. We conclude by discussing the intersection of the development of Incidental Naming with other areas that have focused on the conditions under which derived relations occur. |
|
A Systematic Review of Mand Interventions |
APARNA NARESH (Teachers College Columbia University), Enhea Oh (Teachers College Columbia University), Carli M Heiman (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Students with developmental or language disabilities often lack the ability to emit spontaneous speaker behavior. Therefore, explicit instruction is required to increase the emission of verbal behavior. Mands are often the initial vocal verbal operant that is acquired and is important for the development of other verbal operants and social skills. A search on empirical studies was conducted across 2 databases to identify articles related to mand training. Based on specific inclusion and exclusion criteria set, a total of 70 articles were included for analysis. The following systematic review discusses various mand interventions employed to increase the emission vocal mands, general characteristics across the studies reported, specific and collateral effects of the interventions included, and future directions for research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Women in Behavior Science: Observations of Life Inside and Outside of the Academy: Thriving |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Traci Cihon, Ph.D. |
Panelists: EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette), LISE RENAT ROLL-PETTERSSON (Stockholm University), ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University), TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Women behavior scientists advance relevant and valuable perspectives on behavior analysis as a science and practice, perspectives that facilitate high quality training, mentoring, and civic engagement. Many scientists balance their pursuits of academic success with their roles and responsibilities as mothers and family members. However, cultural-level contingencies have not always recognized the contributions of women academicians, particularly when compared to their male colleagues. Yet the discipline has historically benefited from the contributions of many female scholars over the course of the decades. The purpose of this panel is to showcase the perspectives of prominent female behavior scientists who have held successful careers in academia and are contributors to the forthcoming ABAI book: Women in Behavior Science: Observations of Life Inside and Outside of the Academy. This panel is the third of three, focused on the later phases of one’s academic career and addressing topics such as life partners, values, expanding interests, and loss and grief. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior scientists (and particularly) women working in or working toward positions in academic settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe some of the challenges and successes experienced by the panelists, (2) describe at least one way in which these experiences have affected the panelists’ professional and personal development, and (3) identify one way in which the panelists have contributed to reframing cultural-level recognition regarding the contributions of female behavior scientists to behavior science and/or academia |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
LISE RENAT ROLL-PETTERSSON (Stockholm University) |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University) |
TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas) |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding Applied Behavior Analysis Research and Practice to Brain Injury Rehabilitation |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Discussant: Michael P. Mozzoni (Mozzoni & Associates LLC - Applied NeuroBehavioral Services) |
CE Instructor: Anneka Hofschneider, M.A. |
Abstract: Acquired brain injury rehabilitation is a practice area in great need of behavior analysts. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the incidence of brain injury continues to increase, yet less than 1% of board certified behavior analysts report working in brain injury rehabilitation (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, n.d.). This symposium is intended to address this need and will feature three investigations from the experimental and applied realms of behavior analysis related to neurorehabilitation. In the first study, findings from a translational study on equivalence-based instruction via telehealth to re-teach name-face relations will be presented. The second evaluation will focus on staff turnover and accuracy of data collection in two residences for individuals with acquired brain injury. The final presentation will focus on the rapid changeover to telehealth rehabilitation services during the COVID-19 pandemic as well as refusal behavior with telehealth sessions. Discussion of the utility and implications of these evaluations will be presented as a demonstration of the effectiveness of behavior analysis for treatment of individuals with acquired brain injuries. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Equivalence-Based Instruction, Neurorehabilitation, Staff Training, Telehealth |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the parameters of equivalence-based instruction that need to be further evaluated before using the procedure with acquired brain injury survivors; (2) describe the preliminary relationship between staff turnover and data collection accuracy in neurorehabilition settings; (3) describe at least three factors associated with the success of telehealth for acquired brain injury survivors. |
|
Re-Teaching Name-Face Relations Following Acquired Brain Injury: A Pilot Study With Neurotypical College Students |
Christopher Huy Le (California State University, Sacramento), SOFIA ZAMORA DELGADO (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Lucia Orozco (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Deficits in name-face relations are common following an acquired brain injury and can increase secondary consequences of the injury such as depression. Within the behavior analytic literature, equivalence-based instruction has been successful in teaching stimulus-stimulus relations for various populations including individuals with differing disabilities. However, it has been nearly 30 years since researchers have evaluated an equivalence-based instruction procedure to address name-face deficits with brain injury survivors. This pilot study aimed to evaluate a revised stimulus equivalence protocol with five neurotypical college students to allow refinement of our procedural parameters prior to conducting a clinical evaluation with brain injury survivors. Our protocol included multiple exemplar training and errorless learning within a computerized simultaneous matching-to-sample procedure. All participants demonstrated equivalence among name-face relations, passed generalization probes, and maintained skills at a two-week follow-up without the need for remedial training. However, one participant required a few procedural modifications, and an error analysis as well as post-session survey results indicate that researchers should continue refining the parameters of equivalence-based instruction with college students before implementing the procedure with brain injury survivors. Additional modifications for both college students and acquired brain injury survivors are discussed. |
|
Brain Injury and Telehealth: Factors Associated With Success and Lessons Learned |
ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills), Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: Given the abruptness and uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, many organizations pivoted to virtual service delivery. This presentation will briefly review the process of how telerehabilitation was implemented with behavioral patients at a post-acute brain injury rehabilitation facility over a period of nine months. In addition, attendees will be presented with case profiles, behavioral concerns and programming, and factors attributed to success and lessons learned (i.e., differences in function). Data, including participation and refusals with telehealth sessions, will be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Trends in the Assessment and Treatment of Repetitive and Restricted Behaviors |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:30 AM–11:55 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute) |
CE Instructor: Kathleen Ann Quill, Ed.D. |
|
Current Trends in the Assessment and Treatment of Repetitive and Restricted Behaviors |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KATHLEEN ANN QUILL (Autism Institute) |
|
Abstract: Repetitive and restricted behaviors (RRB) are grouped into two general categories: “lower order” and “higher order”. Lower order behaviors are characterized by repeated movements (i.e., stereotyped body movements, repetitive object use, and repetitive self-injury); and higher order behaviors are characterized by cognitive rigidity (i.e., rituals and routines, insistence on sameness, and restricted interests).1
Most behavioral intervention research has focused on the lower order RRB. Studies show that RRBs maintained by automatic reinforcement respond to the use of DRL and self-monitoring systems to decrease behavior. 2 Treatment studies of higher order repetitive behaviors focus on the effectiveness of antecedent-based strategies paired with FCT on the frequency of repetitive behaviors.3 In contrast, there is a paucity of treatment studies targeting behavioral flexibility and adaptability as an outcome measure.
The purpose of this presentation is to summarize current trends in our understanding and treatment of RRB and recommend an expanded functional analysis protocol that could begin to fill a gap in evidence-based treatment. |
|
Target Audience: Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. o Currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify evidence-based treatments for lower-order repetitive and restricted behavior in autism spectrum disorder 2. Participants will identify evidence-based treatments for higher-order repetitive and restricted behavior in autism spectrum disorder 3. Participants will list 5 additional steps to include in a functional analysis of repetitive and restricted behavior in autism spectrum disorder |
|
|
|
|
|
A Behaviorist on Mars: Lessons Learned from an Interdisciplinary Study on Stress Measurement |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
11:30 AM–11:55 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Maeve G. Donnelly, Ph.D. |
|
A Behaviorist on Mars: Lessons Learned from an Interdisciplinary Study on Stress Measurement |
Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University), Hui Wang (Northeastern University), Xuan Li (Northeastern University), Felicia Waldron (Northeastern University), Andrew Dolman (Northeastern University), Holly Jimison (Northeastern University) |
|
Abstract: Recent research has suggested that elevated stress levels can have adverse mental and physical health effects (McEwen, 2008). However, stress can be difficult to study, as the related responses are often covert. The reduction of stress-related responses is an applied endeavor that may be addressed by behavior analysts. Previous studies have relied on the use of self-report or the measurement of physiological responses to study stress. However, self-report may not be entirely reliable, and no single physiological indicator of stress has been identified to date. The current interdisciplinary study investigated the utility of direct measurement of electrodermal activity using wearable technology and self-report among eight participants following stress exposure tests. Results showed that, in general, physiological responses correlated with exposure to stressful situations. In cases with low correlation, self-report provided key information about idiosyncratic characteristics or experiences that may have impacted individual responses. Future directions are discussed regarding both the measurement of stress-related behaviors and the behavior analyst’s role on an interdisciplinary team investigating private events. |
|
Target Audience: Participants should demonstrate mastery of basic principles of applied behavior analysis including principles and terminology. It is also recommended that participants have experience applying the science of behavior to solve socially significant problems in any setting. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List two methods previously used in the literature to measure stress 2. Describe the challenges in measuring stress-related responses 3. Describe one area in the measurement of stress-related responses that future research might explore |
|
|
|
|
|
A Review of Training Applications Via Telehealth to Teach Individuals Implementation of Behavior-Analytic Procedures |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:25 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile) |
CE Instructor: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya, M.A. |
|
A Review of Training Applications Via Telehealth to Teach Individuals Implementation of Behavior-Analytic Procedures |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ESTEFANIA CARLA ALARCON MOYA (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile), Rachael Tilka (Florida Institute of Technology), Lauren Elizabeth Rivera (Florida Institute of Technology), Candace R Fay (Florida Institute of Technology; Acorn Health) |
|
Abstract: The literature on telehealth-mediated ABA service delivery is proliferating to support practitioners in mitigating the adverse effects associated with the sudden need to suspend face-to-face services due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Nonetheless, since the pre-pandemic era, many have argued telehealth may be a cost-effective solution to the shortage of ABA practitioners in rural areas of the United States and internationally. The telehealth model is here to stay, and efforts to inform on best practices are an immediate and ongoing necessity. Thus, this presentation will review the current telehealth literature and compare the effects of different remote training components (e.g., antecedent and consequence-based) and transmission mechanisms (e.g., synchronous and asynchronous) to identify effective and efficient telehealth applications. Findings are intended to inform on best practices associated with telehealth to maximize its effects and best serve individuals in areas with limited access to ABA practitioners. Suggestions for future research will also be provided. |
|
Target Audience: ABA practitioners interested in the Telehealth Service Delivery Model |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the populations and behavior-analytic interventions in which telehealth applications currently have the largest body of evidence of being effective (2) Determine training components and delivery mechanisms commonly used in telehealth applications during consultation and training with caregivers (i.e., professional and non-professional). (3) Identify areas in the ABA service delivery model via telehealth that need further research to expand its reach to populations from various geographical, cultural, and economic backgrounds. |
|
|
|
|
|
Project DATA: Providing Meaningful Education and Support to Families of Young Children with Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Katherine Bateman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rose Nevill (University of Virginia) |
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington) |
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
BONNIE J. MCBRIDE (University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center) |
Abstract: Parents are key stakeholders of intervention and play a critical role in the success of early intervention. This has been particularly true during shutdowns and service delivery disruptions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. To ensure parents are confident and competent in intervening with their child, parent education and support are essential. Project DATA (Developmentally Appropriate Treatment for Autism), a school-based behavioral intervention model, addresses the need for family support through one of its foundational components- technical and social support for families. This support is provided through Family Support Nights hosted by Project DATA teachers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), related service staff, and parent/family advocates. This presentation will discuss family outcomes from a completed multi-site randomized control trial (RCT) of the Project DATA model and discuss our recent approach to providing families with support and education through Family Support Nights using the Project ECHO (Extension for Community Healthcare Outcomes) service delivery model. This model uses a virtual, case-based learning platform to share knowledge, provide support, and create a sense of community membership and belonging. Outcomes and implications of implementation of this model will be explored, as well as a panel discussion focused on areas for future research and intervention. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This presentation is an intermediate instructional level. Thus, attendees should have basic knowledge behavioral strategies and delivery of parent education and support models. |
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) identify the need for effective parent education and support for families of children with autism; 2) discuss issues of sustainability of parent education models; 3) engage in meaningful discussion of further implementations of the Project ECHO service delivery model. |
|
|
|
|
|
Voices from Our Clients: Improving the Cultural Responsiveness of Behavioral Intervention |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University) |
Abstract: This symposium consists of three presentations of papers and a chair introduction. The first two papers in the presentation directly investigate cultural values and adaptations that may be made to increase feasibility and social validity of behavioral health service delivery. The third paper in this symposium focuses more broadly on the potential steps behavior analysis can take as a field to be more humble and responsive to vulnerable populations; providing broad implications and future directions of research from the first two papers. Overall, the objective of all of these papers is to identify and overcome barriers to reaching diverse groups applying our highly effective science. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): culture, diversity, latinx, social validity |
|
Understanding the Role of Cultural Values in Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery from Latinx Families |
MARIELA CASTRO-HOSTETLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno), Ircia Kille (Easter Seals), Lizbeth Vega Lopez (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Abstract: Research in applied behavior analysis (ABA) is starting to explore service delivery to Latinx families with children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; see Rosales et al., 2021). However, there is still limited research focused on experiences with Latinx families receiving ABA services and how to culturally adapt treatments. The purpose of this study was to identify and learn about the cultural and language barriers that Latinx families in Nevada face when accessing ABA services for their children with ASD. We distributed surveys, conducted structured interviews, and focus groups with Latinx families in Nevada. We used qualitative methods to examine family’s experiences when receiving services. Results from the study discuss important Latinx cultural values for practitioners to consider and implications for service delivery for Latinx parents of children with ASD. |
|
Cultural Acceptability of Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder |
KYLAN S. TURNER (Simmons University), Erin Rotheram-Fuller (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Abstract: Training in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for caregivers of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has been shown to decrease problem behavior and reduce parental stress. To date, these trainings have not been extensively studied with non-English speaking populations. The current pilot study examined the feasibility of a 10-session ABA parent training intervention program for monolingual Spanish-speaking parents of school-aged children with ASD. Nine families (n=11 parents) participated in six group and four individual ABA training sessions. Attendance across all sessions was 84.6%. In addition to reductions in parent-nominated target problem behaviors, 78% of the families reported the interventions were acceptable and effective. Significant reductions in caregiver stress were reported from pre- to post-intervention. Adaptations needed for non-English speaking families with children with autism and interventions tailored to cultural expectations to increase social validity are discussed. |
|
Topography Matters: Improving the Social Validity of Behavioral Interventions for the Autism Spectrum Disorder Population |
KATIE NICHOLSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: As a whole, behavior analysts are people with big hearts who want nothing more than to help make other people’s lives better. Yet in recent years, there have been growing claims that behavioral intervention derived from the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) employs harmful practices and may even be abusive, particularly with the Autistic population. We are aware that, in the past, behavior analysts have made harmful statements and used procedures that are no longer regarded as ethical (e.g., Rekers & Lovaas) and the field has spoken out against those practices (e.g., LeBlanc, 2020). Our goal as behavior analysts is to facilitate behavior change that will help clients achieve meaningful life outcomes to become the best versions of themselves (Van Houten, 1988). But some other criticisms leveled against ABA are about practices that enjoy wide empirical support, and it is those practices we would like to address in this paper. As our culture evolves, it is important to periodically reexamine our practices, reaffirm our values, and correct course if needed. This paper will present observations and reflections from clinical experiences as well as supervision of aspiring behavior analysts of clinical practices that we feel warrant further introspection as a field. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Conceptualizing and Intervening Upon "Psychopathology" from a Behavior Analytic Perspective |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC) |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
ANGELA JOYCE CATHEY (Better Living Center for Behavioral Health) |
LUISA F CANON (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions (IEBI)/ ACT to Thrive) |
Abstract: Early in the history of behavior analysis, Skinner (1953;1957) and Ferster (1972) began to consider the context and contingencies that might drive behaviors considered “mental illness.” Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) is the use of behavior analytic methodology to conceptualize and intervene upon behaviors frequently considered “mental illness.” CBA’s development was largely stalled until the turn of the century, as cognitive-behavioral interventions took hold. In recent years, Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and the implications of rule-governed behavior have allowed the subspecialty of Clinical Behavior Analysis to take root (Dougher, 2000). Clinical Behavior Analysis offers the behavior analyst ways to conceptualize and intervene on behaviors traditionally described in terms of ‘mental illness.’ Additionally, Clinical Behavior Analysis may offer psychology a way of unifying traditions and returning to its' roots within behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ACT, Clinical Behavior, RFT |
|
|
|
|
|
The Ethical Debate in the Proposition of Cultural Design |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Camila Muchon De Melo, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CAMILA MUCHON DE MELO (Universidade Estadual de Londrina (Londrina State University)) |
Abstract: Culturo-behavior science has been especially dedicated in the last decades to proposing conceptual tools to subsidize interventions that can produce broader impacts on cultures. Since Skinner (e.g., 1948; 1971) there has been a concern that the planning of cultural practices, or of a culture as a whole, should seek a balance between individual goods and cultural goods. Forward-thinking cultures should consider their strengthening as a value, or as the objective of a planning. However, working with cultural practices poses challenges to behavior analysts. This is because cultural practices involve behaviors of many people, interlocking behaviors, often under the control of very different variables. In the field of ethics, it is discussed that social control is largely exercised by control agencies. Agencies, in turn, when handling cultural contingencies generate strengthening consequences for the institution itself, that is, they often operate only for their own benefit. These are some of the elements of the ethical debate that permeate the tension between the descriptive and prescriptive aspects of radical behaviorism. Therefore, this lecture will have the following objectives: (1) to present the possibility of an ethical system based on the philosophical commitments of radical behaviorism; (2) conceptualize the cultural designs and present the challenges of the designs in its technological and ethical aspects; (3) present a community extension project carried out in a Brazilian city, by volunteer behavior analysts, to face the COVID-19 pandemic--an example of cultural intervention driven by values consistent with a radical behavioristic ethics. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in an ethical issues based on radical behaviorism and interested in cultural designs. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify ethical aspects in radical behaviorism; (2) identify and describe the values present in the Skinnerian ethical system; (3) conceptualize what cultural designs are; (4) identify values that may guide cultural interventions. |
|
CAMILA MUCHON DE MELO (Universidade Estadual de Londrina (Londrina State University)) |
Camila Muchon de Melo is a psychologist with a degree from the State University of Londrina/UEL/Brazil (2000). She holds a master's degree (2004) and a Ph.D. (2008) in Philosophy from the Federal University of São Carlos/UFSCar/Brazil. She participated in a split-site doctoral program (2007) at the University of South Australia, under the supervision of Dr. Bernard Guerin. She conducted her postdoctoral research at the National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Learning between 2009-2012 (INCT- ECCE/UFSCar) while working with Dr. Julio de Rose. She was formerly an associate editor of Acta Comportamentalia (2015-2019) and is currently an associate editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis/REBAC (since 2016) as well as a reviewer for Behavior and Social Issues. She has been an Adjunct Professor in the Department of General Psychology and Behavior Analysis at UEL since 2012. She was the chair coordinator of the graduate program in Behavior Analysis/UEL (master’s and doctoral degree) between 2019-2021, and has been a supervisor since 2013. Since 2020 she has been a member of the Working Group 86/Theoretical Research in Behavior Analysis at the National Association for Research and Graduate Studies in Psychology (ANPEPP/Brazil). Camila carries out research in the areas of epistemology of radical behaviorism and culturo-behavior science. |
|
|
|
|
|
Servicing a Minority Cultural Group as a Black Business Owner |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Arthur Hairston, M.Ed. |
Chair: Arthur Hairston (North Florida Behavior Consultants ) |
SHAWN CAPELL (Covenant 15:16 LLC) |
VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Black Americans have disproportionately been excluded throughout the history of the US. Being a Black business owner comes with various challenges, but when servicing a minority cultural group even more unique challenges arise. As the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) grows so does the need for services to disadvantaged communities such as the Black American community. The stigma paired to mental health within the Black American community has been a long-documented struggle. During these times of Covid-19 the need for ABA within households has increased, but there continues to be a mistrust with the science of ABA within the Black American community. Being a black business owner and servicing a minority cultural group has its pros and cons that should be detailed and offered with solutions to help better service the minority cultural group. During this panel, panelist who are all Black business owners will discuss: · Challenges that have arose when servicing a minority cultural group · Breaking down the steps for effective communication for parent training · Solutions to increasing ABA services within minority cultural groups · Challenges minority business owners face |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target audience is for Intermediate to advance ABA practitioners who currently run, thinking of, or wanting to know more information about servicing clients who are a minority. Using the Principles of ABA and designing behavior skills programs to increase success in our individual practices will be covered. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Know the challenges faced as a black business owner servicing minority cultural group. 2. Know how to effectively communicate to parents during parent training. 3. Know solutions to increasing ABA services within minority cultural groups. |
Keyword(s): Business Ownership, Leadership, Minority |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Assessment and Intervention for Difficult-to-Treat Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Lindsay Lloveras, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Since seminal work by Iwata et al. (1982/1994), researchers and clinicians have adapted functional analyses (FA) to assess and treat a wide variety of forms of problem behavior across many populations and settings. Although treatments derived from FAs are substantially more effective than non-functional, default treatments, there remain behavior disorders that present difficulty for identifying relevant controlling variables. Without precise identification of these variables, it can be difficult to develop effective, function-based treatment. Recently, researchers have begun adapting common FA procedures, to better identify the influence of idiosyncratic variables on problem behavior (e.g., Roscoe et al., 2015). These adaptations present an opportunity to further understand forms of problem behavior for which common FA procedures are insufficient to identify all relevant variables. In this symposium, three presenters will describe experimental analyses of variables related to three difficult-to-treat forms of problem behavior: automatically maintained problem behavior, problem behavior influenced by sleep, and rumination. Each presenter will describe their unique experimental analyses and how these analyses allowed for more precise determination of the relevant controlling variables, which increases the likelihood of effective, function-based treatment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, functional analysis, problem behavior, treatment |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Attendees should have a experience with conducting in experimental analyses and treatments of severe behavior disorders. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to:
1. Describe how a function-analytic approach can be used to assess variables related to difficult-to-treat problem behavior.
2. Describe how to assess, through behavioral and physical measures, the influence of sleep on problem behavior.
3. Describe how an analysis of components of control conditions in FAs can be used to inform treatment.
4. Describe methods to analyze various parameters of food, to determine which parameters most influence rumination. |
|
An Evaluation of the Relation Between Sleep and Problem Behavior in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that children with ASD exhibit less sleep in a 24-hour period than their typically developing peers (Goodlin-Jones, 2008), and increases in problem behavior are associated with sleep deprivation (Goldman et al., 2011). However, there are few studies that evaluate this putative relation using direct measurement of both behavior and sleep. The general aim of this study is to extend the research on sleep and its relation to problem behavior. Using wearable and non-wearable sleep trackers, we collected data on various measures of sleep and compared them to in-clinic daytime problem behavior. Additionally, we conducted structured descriptive assessments (Anderson & Long, 2002) across days to evaluate if changes in sleep change how different establishing operations affect behavior. We will discuss how the social validity of well-established sleep treatments (e.g, Jin et al., 2013) would be greater if the effect of improved sleep on daytime behavior was directly evaluated. |
|
An Analysis of the Play Condition in a Functional Analysis as a Basis for Treatment of Self-Injury Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Hagopian et al. (2015) delineated subtypes of self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement partially based on occurrence of self-injury in the play condition (i.e., subtype one). They also analyzed treatment data with respect to subtypes and found that subtype one is less resistant to treatment than subtypes two and three. For one child with autism with oral-motor self-injury, we conducted a functional analysis and a more fine-grained analysis of engagement in the play condition. The functional analysis indicated that oral-motor self-injury was maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, oral-motor self-injurious behavior was reduced in the play condition. We used this information to conduct a component analysis of the play condition, and we found that combinations of stimuli reduced engagement in self-injurious behavior, with little differentiation across multiple stimuli used in this condition. We then conducted a competing stimulus assessment, both with items used in the play condition and with novel items, and found single stimuli were insufficient for reducing self-injury. |
|
An Evaluation of Variables That Influence Rumination |
AARON JOSEPH SANCHEZ (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Rumination, repeated regurgitation of ingested food, can be a difficult problem to assess and treat. Early research focused on punishment of rumination (e.g., Becker et al., 1978 ) whereas more recent research has focused on the food quantity (e.g., Kenzer & Wallace, 2007). However, there is limited research on the influence of food type on rumination. We analyzed effects of several dimensions of food, including food type and food category, in addition to total quantity and total calories, on rumination with an adult with intellectual disability. Initially, we equated calories across food types, which involved different quantities of food based on food type. We observed that rumination was lower when our participant consumed larger quantities of food. Subsequent analyses suggested a more dynamic interaction between food type and food quantity – at least two foods with different quantities produced low levels of rumination. We will discuss how an analysis of parameters of food could advance effective treatment of rumination. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Development of Applying Behavior Analysis Tactics to Teach Grade Level Contents in General Education Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yifei Sun (Fred S Keller School) |
CE Instructor: Yifei Sun, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model focuses on teaching essential academic and self-management skills and arranging instructions that allow students to become lifelong independent learners. This symposium will present three papers focused on the arrangement of pedagogy and curriculum utilized in our upper elementary CABAS® AIL classrooms. We will discuss how we arranged instruction to maximize student learning for various grade-level topics in Mathematics and English Language Arts given limited daily instruction time. In the first paper, we compared how targeting different geometry relations (i.e., name, image, definition) in instruction affected students’ acquisition of geometrical concepts, which led to significant increase in their testing scores in the domain of geometry. In the second paper, we will discuss how we utilized matrix training to teach students novel vocabulary words in individual or group settings that allowed students to derive meanings for other vocabulary words. In the third paper, we will discuss how a conditioned seeing procedure rapidly improved reading comprehension for our struggling readers. Results of those papers indicated the importance of applying behavioral tactics to efficiently arrange instruction delivery to optimize student learning. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Conditioned Seeing, General Education, Geometry, Vocabulary |
Target Audience: School behavior analysts, general education teachers, special education teachers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Select geometrical relations to effectively teach geometrical concepts; (2) Utilize matrix training to teach advanced vocabulary words involving prefixes and suffixes; (3) Implement conditioned seeing procedure to improve reading comprehension |
|
Which Ones to Teach? How Teaching Different Geometry Relations Affects Student Learning |
YIFEI SUN (Fred S Keller School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University) |
Abstract: We used a reversal design counterbalanced across participants to compare the effectiveness of equivalent-based instruction for geometry concepts. Four fifth-grade students who performed below grade level for geometry participated in the study. We taught four sets of four geometry concepts under two different experimental conditions. For each geometry concept, we outlined six relations between the name, image, and definition of the concept. The independent variables of the study were the two experimental conditions during which teachers taught a selection response (i.e., given the name of the shape, select image) and a speaker response (i.e., given image, tact shape in condition A, and given name, state definition in Condition B) to mastery. The dependent variables of the study were the number of correct responses emitted to untaught relations, and the number of instructional trials and duration required for students to demonstrate mastery of taught relations. We found that all students emitted more correct responses to untaught correspondences after receiving instruction targeting the name-definition correspondence. All students required fewer instructional trials to demonstrate mastery of target relations in a comparable amount or shorter amount of time. All participants demonstrated an increase in geometry performance after the study without receiving additional instructions in geometry. |
|
The Effectiveness of Matrix Training to Teach Vocabulary With Prefixes and Suffixes |
ELLIS SMITH (Teachers College Applied Behavior Analysis), Yifei Sun (Fred S Keller School), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University) |
Abstract: In 2 experiments, we used multiple probe designs across sets of words to examine the acquisition of novel vocabulary words with affixes for 4 elementary school students. In Experiment 1, we used a 3-by-3 matrix combining three prefixes and 3 suffixes into 9 novel vocabulary words. We taught the students the meaning of 3 of the 9 words formed by those prefixes and suffixes in a 1-to-1 setting. We found that upon mastery of the three words, participants also emitted correct responses to 6 untaught words during post-intervention and maintenance probes across all 3 sets of words. The participants also emitted correct responses towards other novel words combining the target prefixes and suffixes with known word parts. In Experiment 2, we systematically replicated Experiment 1 by teaching words formed by a 5-by-5 matrix in a group setting. After mastery of target words, all participants also emitted correct responses to untaught words. Findings of the current studies suggested a more efficient way of organizing and teaching vocabulary words involving prefixes and suffixes. |
|
The Effects of a Conditioned Seeing Intervention on Reading Comprehension for Third Grade Students |
MARY-GENEVIEVE WHITE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), Amanda Arroyo (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Visualization is a skill that helps students to comprehend texts more accurately. When reading, children who “see” the characters, setting, and events as they were reading the text often perform better when answering reading comprehension questions. Skinner referred to the process of seeing and hearing stimuli that are not physically present in the environment as conditioned seeing. We adapted Mercorella's (2017) dissertation protocol to create daily, technology-based conditioned seeing tasks in a general education, third-grade classroom. Participants selected matching images after reading and hearing texts provided at their independent reading level. We slowly increased the rigor of the text in which students accurately responded. Data showed increased accurate conditioned seeing responses for more rigorous texts and increased reading levels across all students who received the intervention. Results suggested a potentially efficient and effective intervention method for teachers to corporate in daily instructions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Some Advances on the Experimental Analysis of Spatio-Temporal Dynamics of Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 152 |
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: A thorough description of the behavioral continuum and how it is affected by contingencies of reinforcement and motivational variables could be accomplished by incorporating the analysis of discrete responses as well as displacement patterns. Studies in EAB usually focus on the rate of a particular response as the primary measure without integrating displacement patterns. Also, usually the contingencies of reinforcement are manipulated in different experimental conditions while the location stimuli presentation remain fixed. In the current symposium, we will describe three studies that seek to advance on the Experimental Analysis of Spatio-temporal Dynamics of Behavior. All studies were conducted with Wistar rats. Study 1 analyzes the function of a stimulus under four different conditions of constancy -variation in space (Fixed or Variable location of a water source) and time (FT or VT schedules) of a signaled water delivery. The second study analyzed the effects of motivational operations on dynamics of behavior under Concurrent Fixed Interval Schedules. The third study seeks to advance the analysis of behavioral dynamics in a conditional-place preference task with aversive stimulation. In all four studies, the integration of discrete and continuous measures of behavior was conducted in terms of the analysis of response rates, routes, distance to the dispenser, time spent in zones, recurrence patterns, entropy, and divergence measures. The implications of the proposed approach for the study of behavior will be described. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral continuum, rats, spatio-temporal dynamics, translational patterns |
|
Does Spatial Variation of Stimuli Presentations Modulate Different Functions of Behavior Under a Similar Schedule Arrangement? |
ALEJANDRO LEON (University of Veracruz), Fryda Abril Diaz (Universidad Veracruzana), Iyanu Torres (Universidad Veracruzana), Victor Quintero Rodriguez (Universidad Veracruzana), Isiris Guzmán (Universidad Veracruzana), Martha Avendaño-Garrido (Universidad Veracruzana), Porfirio Toledo (Universidad Veracruzana), Carlos Hernández-Linares (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: We analyzed behavioral dynamic and the function of a stimulus under four different conditions of constancy -variation in space (Fixed or Variable location of a water source) and time (FT or VT schedules) of a signaled water delivery. Subjects were 12 water-deprived Wistar rats. The apparatus was an enlarged experimental chamber with a water dispenser located at each wall of the chamber. Four different groups of subjects under a different combination of constant and varied location and constant and variable time schedules were conformed (3 subjects per group). A reversal design was used. In the first condition, stimulus-water presentations were delivered according to the programmed contingencies, in the second phase only the stimulus (sound) was presented under extinction, the third phase was a reversal to the first one. Discrete responses (head entries) and displacement patterns varied according to the programmed contingencies. The findings suggest that the stimulus acquires a different function on behavior depending on the temporal and spatial location of stimulus presentation. We discuss the determinants of different behavioral functions controlled by the stimuli presentation and its implications for the analysis of temporal and spatial dynamics of behavior. |
|
Food and Water Deprivation in Rats: Multidimensional Effects on Behavior Under Contingent Schedules of Reinforcement |
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana), Victor Rodriguez (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz) |
Abstract: The effects of food and water deprivation have usually been studied through unidimensional analysis of behavior, typically with measures of response rates, food or water consumption, or changes in “activity”. The effects of the interaction of both deprivation conditions on behavioral dynamics analyzed considering these dimensions altogether are less known. The objective of this study was to evaluate the effects of four different conditions of food and water deprivation on the behavioral dynamics under a concurrent food and water-delivery schedule. Two rats were exposed to one of four deprivation conditions: a) water, b) food, c) water plus food, and d) no deprivation. The experimental sessions consisted of the delivery of a drop of water and a pellet on opposite walls of an extended experimental chamber under a CONC FI 30 s schedule. Discrete responses (lever pressures, head entries to dispensers) and displacement patterns (moment to moment changes in x, y coordinates) were recorded, and analyses derived from this data were conducted (rate of response, distance to dispensers, recurrence, entropy). Different effects of deprivation conditions on the different analyzed dimensions were found. We discuss the results in terms of the modulating function of deprivation conditions on different dimensions of the behavioral continuum. |
|
Spatial Dynamics of Behavior and Conditional Place Preference With Ecologically Relevant Aversive Stimulation |
ISIRIS GUZMÁN (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: In studies developed under the paradigm of Conditional Place Preference (CPP), the experimental chamber is segmented using haptic and/or visual variations and an aversive event is consistently presented in one of the segments (pairing phase). Then, the preference for one of the segments is evaluated. Under this paradigm, arbitrary stimuli (e.g. electric shocks) tend to be used, which could produce high levels of behavioral activation and a consequent interference in the establishment of the conditional aversive function. Also, the predominant measure employed is time in zone, thus ignoring translation patterns that could be sensitive to those contingencies (León et al., 2021). The purpose of this study was to analyze the modulation of the spatial dynamics of behavior, under a CPP paradigm with ecologically relevant aversive stimulation (flooding). Sixteen Wistar rats were assigned to four experimental conditions, according to the number of segment-aversive stimulus pairings (1 to 4). Results show a differential effect of the number of pairings on a) the spatial dynamic of behavior in both segments; and b) the emergence of the conditional place preference. The plausibility and relevance of the measurements and representations proposed and the ecological approach are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Collaborating With Other Professionals: A Discussion of Opportunities and Approaches |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alan Kinsella (Endicott) |
CE Instructor: Alan Kinsella, M.S. |
Abstract: Professionals working in the human services industry have various backgrounds, training, and credentials. The variation of professionals may allow for more specialized treatment in practice areas, but also may create difficulty when working to support individuals. Collaboration between professionals is an expectation for behavior analysts. The purpose of this symposium is a review of various collaboration initiatives aimed at supporting behavior analysts in being good partners with other service professionals. The presenters will describe a model for collaboration between behavior analysis and occupational therapy; a model for training pre-service behavior analysts to learn about collaboration; and the perceptions of allied health professionals toward behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Collaboration, Ethics |
Target Audience: Attendees should be credentialed and have experience working with other professionals. A basic understanding of scope of practice, scope of competence, and collaboration are helpful. |
Learning Objectives: Learners will state behaviors that support collaboration between professionals Learners will state perceptions of allied health professionals toward behavior analysts Learners will state suggestions for training collaboration behaviors for pre service behavior analysts. |
|
A Survey of Behavior Analysts and Allied Health Professionals: Understanding Perceptions of Other Disciplines |
Kristin Bowman (Endicott), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), KAREN ROSE (Horry County Schools/Endicott College), Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Effective collaboration is essential to successful interdisciplinary service provision. This is especially important in autism intervention, where the expertise of several professions is necessary for comprehensive treatment. Collaboration is a challenge in many professional contexts, and does not always proceed smoothly. Barriers include a lack of understanding about other professions, interpersonal injury and feelings of devaluation by members of some professions, and logistical challenges that make it difficult for teams to convene and to communicate. The perceptions of professionals about the conceptual foundations, scientific merit, and worldviews of other fields can impact their impressions of that field’s utility. This can ultimately affect how they value and engage in interprofessional collaboration with professionals from those fields. Within behavior analysis, it is important to both understand how we are perceived by other professionals and how we view those professionals. To learn more about how behavior analysts are perceived by member of other professions, professionals from other disciplines answered questions about their experiences with behavior analysts. In addition, behavior analysts were questioned about their experiences with members from allied professions. In this survey, both sides of the collaboration interaction were questioned, to allow for a fuller discussion of the barriers to effective collaboration across disciplines. Results indicated that collaboration often goes well between behavior analysts and members of other professions. Ideas for fostering better collaboration will be shared. |
|
Bridging the Gap Between Occupational Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis |
KRISTINA GASIEWSKI (The Melmark School), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Interdisciplinary collaboration is challenging, but necessary, to meet the needs of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Among the dyadic interactions in interdisciplinary teams, the relationships between Occupational Therapy practitioners and Board Certified Behavior Analysts are uniquely challenging. The disciplines define evidence based practice differently and approach intervention from different angles. Furthermore, there are fundamental differences in worldview between the disciplines. Both disciplines offer necessary treatment, and successful collaboration between these disciplines is essential for maximizing outcomes. Hence, finding ways to help bridge the gap between these professions, in particular, is essential. Common barriers to developing collaborative alliances include misperceptions of the other discipline, differences in terminology, and unprofessional behavior. This presentation reviews the history and foundational concepts of both disciplines, and the common approaches associated with each. In addition, models of collaboration are discussed, with suggestions for enhancing interdisciplinary communication and treatment. Suggestions are based on the premise that successful collaborative treatment is predicated on an understanding of the value and expertise offered by different disciplines, and requires mutual respect and professional dialogue. |
|
An Example of Teaching Collaboration During Pre-Service Training |
NICOLE BOVIN (The Margaret Murphy Centers for Children), Jennifer Ruane (Melmark), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Collaboration amongst professionals within an interdisciplinary practice model has received considerable attention in recent years, particularly in the field of behavior analysis. Recent publications and practical guidance have highlighted the need for formal training in the area of collaboration during the pre-service (e.g., fieldwork, intensive practicum) experience for behavior analysts. Effective interdisciplinary collaboration has been associated with improved outcomes with clients and colleagues. This presentation provides an overview of a model for teaching collaboration skills to those seeking Board Certified Behavior Analyst certification. The model focuses on teaching future behavior analysts to work effectively with professionals in the fields of speech-language pathology, occupational therapy, physical therapy, and developmental pediatrics. Specific supervision and training activities, as well as future directions for extending the model and developing additional outcome measures will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Write, Dance, Play: Behavior Analysis and Precision Teaching in the Arts |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center) |
CE Instructor: Abigail B. Calkin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applications of behavior analysis and precision teaching to the arts are few and far between, but not for any lack of opportunities and benefits. Our science of behavior offers practices that can help facilitate behavior change in these domains and a precision measurement approach that can detect improvements or pitfalls in elite performance. This symposium examines some innovative behavior-analytic approaches to enhancing outcomes in the realms of creativity and the performing arts. Attendees will explore the application of methods for measuring and improving the process and products of writing, the fluent footwork of dancing, and the precision-oriented practice and expressive performance habits of professional musicians. This intriguing look at the arts through a behavior-analytic lens offers research and practice implications to serve clients in this often-overlooked realm and ultimately sheds new light on the behavioral practices that shape creativity and artistic mastery. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): creativity, performing arts, precision teaching, standard celeration |
Target Audience: Foundational knowledge of the concepts and principles of behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) generate a writing pinpoint to chart on the standard celeration chart; (2) state the components skills of tap dancing; (3) state the components of a behavioral program for classical concert musicians. |
|
Writing on Writing |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Abstract: It is uncommon to find a behavior analytic or a scientific analysis of creativity or of creative behaviors of people in the arts. This talk looks at some thoughts on the processes of creativity, the use of direct instruction to teach writing to high school students, and samples of students' and one adult's writing behaviors. This presentation includes analyses of the author’s writing behaviors across three years while writing a work of creative nonfiction, behavior analysis articles, and many poems. The data analyses of writing a book include daily frequencies, celeration, and variability of behavioral and environmental events all displayed on standard celeration charts. Included are charts of one project that show the processes of writing (generating new ideas, thinking about writing) as well as the written products (words written, edits made) can be analyzed behaviorally. The presentation includes writing samples and charts of the behaviors of writing a book, articles, as well as student writing products. |
|
A Component-Composite Analysis of Tap Dancing: Precision Teaching for the Performing Arts |
MARISELA PALLARES (High Sierra Industries) |
Abstract: Dancing is a complex behavioral repertoire involving a myriad of gross and fine-motor skills. Repertoires that involve complexity of this sort typically develop over the course of many years. Most elite athletes and performers, for example, reach top-flight status after thousands of hours of intensive practice (Erricson & Tesch-Romer, 1993). Though there is an appreciation among dancers of the time investment necessary to become a proficient performer, it is rare to see evidence-based approaches for teaching dance. This talk will describe how a precision teaching (PT) framework was used systematically to build the skills of tap dancers to fluent levels. The study explored the possibility of building a tap-dance curriculum through a component-composite analysis, which suggests that the arrangement of skills in an instructional sequence contributes to the efficiency of learning. Using this approach may be advantageous for dancers and artists alike since it is likely that levels of proficiency may be reached more efficiently, while reducing the opportunity for building “bad habits.” |
|
Practice and Performance Skills for Concert Musicians |
ADAM HOCKMAN (MGH Institute of Health Professions & ABA Technologies) |
Abstract: Modern concert musicians face numerous challenges as they advance in their skill level and career. Most music programs and conservatories offer insufficient training for musicians who wish to develop robust practice, performance, and professional skills that meet the demands of the competitive performing arts environment. Further, the training and support students do receive is often incomplete and only works for specific problems. This talk will review a behavior-based practice and performance skills program inside of an intensive summer institute for young classical musicians. Across the six-week program, students participate in private instrumental lessons, performance and communication classes, chamber ensembles, and public concerts. Additionally, students elect to attend workshops that teach behavior-based practice and performance skills. These sessions combine foundational behavior change concepts and procedures, precision teaching, Goldiamond’s constructional approach, and Mechner’s performance technology into a comprehensive instructional and coaching program that targets the individual performer’s needs. Programmatic data, lessons learned, and a high-level scope and sequence will be reviewed. Individual performer data on the standard celeration chart will also be shared. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Performance Feedback: Preference and Efficacy |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B |
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Cory Toegel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Performance feedback is one of the most common strategies used to improve performance within organizational settings. The present symposium arranges three recent research projects that evaluate the use of performance feedback. The first presentation will discuss laboratory research designed to evaluate the effects of and preference for numerical and narrative variations of performance feedback. The second presentation investigated preference for various feedback modalities (e.g., paper and pencil, verbal feedback). The third presentation evaluated the effects of the number and type of feedback statements provided by a supervisor on participant’s procedural integrity. The goals of this symposium are to bring interested practitioners and researchers up to date with current research involving performance feedback, highlight areas in which performance feedback research is needed, and describe the utility of feedback strategies to enhance the practice of clinical supervisors and the performance of individuals receiving feedback. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feedback modalities, performance feedback, supervisory feedback |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCBA-Ds |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the purpose of performance feedback and its relevance to supervision; (2) describe different methods for delivering effective performance feedback to trainees; (3) describe different methods for assessing trainee preference for various forms of performance feedback. |
|
A Comparison of Narrative and Numerical Feedback for Teaching Clinical Tasks |
CORY TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Alexis Humphreys (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Across 3 experiments, we compared the effectiveness of and preference for different feedback strategies for training undergraduate participants to complete common clinical tasks. Experiments had two phases. In Phase 1 of all experiments, participants received exposure to various forms of narrative and numerical feedback while learning to implement two different types of preference assessments. By the end of Phase 1, all participants mastered the implementation of the assessments. In Phase 2, participants could choose the type of feedback they would receive from the experimenter while learning to implement discrete-trial teaching procedures. In Experiments 1 and 2, participants could choose to receive only one type of feedback: narrative or numerical feedback. Most participants preferred the numerical feedback. In Experiment 3, participants could choose any combination of the various types of narrative and numerical feedback. Although all participants preferred a specific feedback combination, the preferences were not systematic across participants. Given that all participants acquired the skills regardless of feedback type, the results may have implications for permitting choice of feedback type when training clinical skills. |
|
Effects of Feedback Statements Delivered Via Telehealth on Staff Procedural Integrity |
LYNETTE JOHNSON (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The current study contributes to the development of more effective supervision of direct care staff. Effective supervision is an important topic due lack of information regarding the essential components of supervisor feedback. Supervisor feedback is a powerful and effective tool that can be used to increase employee performance. Staff training and staff supervision directly relates to the quality of staff intervention implementation. This study investigated the effects of the number and type of feedback statements provided by a supervisor on participant’s procedural integrity. Participants included two registered behavior technicians (RBTs) who implemented applied behavior analysis (ABA) procedures with children in the home setting. Verbal corrective-corrective (CC), corrective-corrective-corrective (CCC), positive-positive (PP), and positive-positive-positive (PPP), were provided as consequences during the implementation of a receptive identification two-dimensional (2-D) picture card program. Overall, results showed that all conditions increased procedural integrity, with the PPP conditioned producing a slightly greater influence. Research, such as the current study, is needed to identify ways of providing feedback that are most effective in changing behavior that it follows. Feedback is a powerful tool for a supervisor, but like any power, needs to be used correctly and responsibly. |
|
|
|
|
|
Talking the Talk and the Effort to Follow Through: Using Applied Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management to Effectively Coach Employees Within a Company |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Brianna Snyder, M.A. |
Chair: Brianna Snyder (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC) |
HEATHER FRANCISCO (Brett DiNovi) |
KATELYNN WIAMER (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC) |
SARAH BURBY (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC) |
Abstract: In a company that provides Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services, delivery of high-quality treatment to clients should be the terminal and utmost goal. That same company goal now needs to apply to those clinicians who are delivering that treatment to its clients. In a fast pace environment that is ever-changing with policy and standards updates, it’s easy to burn out. Without proper training, employee incentives, leadership opportunities, and opportunities to refine skills through continued education, individuals who receive and depend on behavior consultation and services will ultimately suffer. According to Reed, Hirst and Howard (2013) a critical feature of evidence-based Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) practices is full implementation of empirically validated interventions. Therefore, providing staff with an abundance of opportunities to interact with and support clients is a critical investment of resources for service-delivery organizations. In this panel, panelists will briefly describe and answer audience questions related to research-based strategies for selecting staff for leadership opportunities, developing and evaluating staff training programs for implementation of evidence-based treatment, and implementing effective coaching models and follow-up techniques. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs with 1-2 years experience |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify key principles in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM); (2) implement effective coaching strategies that promote leadership and implementation of evidence-based Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) treatments; |
Keyword(s): Coaching, Leadership, Performance |
|
|
|
|
|
Skinnerian Themes in Psychology |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Michael D. Hixson, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MURRAY J. GODDARD (University of New Brunswick) |
Abstract: Selected writings of B. F. Skinner will be shown to have several, sometimes quite striking, similarities with current psychological research. This includes research supporting Skinner’s position that the environment can alter human behavior outside conscious awareness and research by Daniel Wegner and Emily Pronin supporting Skinner’s warnings that introspection is a common, but flawed, habit in folk psychology. In addition, Skinner’s writings will be shown to be compatible with the critical psychiatry movement and (perhaps surprisingly) some shared worldviews between B. F. Skinner and Noam Chomsky will be outlined. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, psychologists, graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss current research supporting Skinner’s position that the environment can alter human behavior outside conscious awareness; (2) identify similarities between Skinner’s writings with Daniel Wegner’s “illusion of conscious will” and Emily Pronin’s “introspective illusion”; (3) outline how Skinner’s emphasis on the environmental determinants of behavior is shared by the critical psychiatry movement; and (4) articulate some compatibilities in the worldviews of B. F. Skinner and Noam Chomsky. |
|
MURRAY J. GODDARD (University of New Brunswick) |
Murray Goddard is an Honorary Research Professor at the University of New Brunswick in Saint John, New Brunswick, Canada. He received his PhD in 1987 from McMaster University under the supervision of Herb Jenkins, a leading researcher in Pavlovian conditioning and a pioneer in the development of the autoshaping preparation. As a graduate student, Herb Jenkins had also occasionally served as B. F. Skinner’s teaching assistant at Harvard. From 1993-1994, Murray was a Research Scientist at Duke University and was the recipient of a University Merit Award in 1999 and a University Teaching Award in 2002 and 2012. His previous research explored fundamental associative processes in Pavlovian conditioning and was funded by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada. His current research explores similarities between the writings of B. F. Skinner and current research in psychology, the critical psychiatry and critical psychology movements, and the writings of Noam Chomsky. |
|
|
|
|
|
What to Eat, When to Move: Lessons from Hunter-Gatherers |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: HERMAN PONTZER (Duke University) |
Abstract: How many calories do you really burn each day? How does exercise affect yourmetabolism,and does aslowmetabolism mean you'll struggle withyour weight? What is the “natural” human diet? In this talk, we’ll discuss the surprising new research investigating our metabolism – the way we burn energy. Dr. Pontzer will discuss his work with hunter-gatherers, with our great ape cousins, and with populations around the globe, exploring the way our bodies use energy, and how our evolutionary past shapes our lives and our health today. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the impact of exercise on daily energy expenditure; (2) describe the relationship between body size and daily energy requirements; (3) identify key characteristics of hunter-gatherer diet and daily physical activity; (4) understand how activity and diet contribute to weight and obesity. |
|
HERMAN PONTZER (Duke University) |
Herman Pontzer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Evolutionary Anthropology and Research Associate Professor of Global Health at Duke University, investigates how our species’ evolutionary past shapes our lives today. His team conducted the first measurements of daily energy expenditure in traditional hunter-gatherers and in non-human apes, with findings that have challenged the way we think about diet, exercise, metabolism, and health. Dr. Pontzer’s new book, Burn, published in March, 2021. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training Natural Change Agents to Implement Functional Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catharine Lory (Baylor University) |
CE Instructor: Catharine Lory, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Numerous recent advancements have been made in the variation and individualization of functional analysis (FA) protocols to ensure contextual fit with a client’s topography of challenging behavior and natural environment, time efficiency, and feasibility of implementation by natural change agents (e.g., caregivers, teachers, direct support staff). Training natural change agents to implement FA procedures not only empowers them to use behavior analytic techniques to assess and change behavior, it also promotes the sustainability of behavior analytic practices in natural settings.
This symposium presents studies that examined existing practices on training natural change agents to implement FAs and investigated the use of technology to enhance the implementation of FAs in natural environments. The first paper systematically reviewed the quality of current literature and the strength of evidence on training natural change agents to implement FAs with individuals with developmental disabilities. The second paper investigated the use of a wearable technology within a modified FA protocol to explore the relationship between external, observable repetitive behavior and internal physiological responses in young children with autism and developmental disabilities. The third paper examined the use of telehealth as a service delivery model to support caregivers to implement brief FAs with children with autism at home. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): coaching, functional analysis, Telehealth, wearable technology |
Target Audience: BCBAs, direct service professionals, advanced graduate students who are interested in advancing the implementation of functional analyses in natural environments. Prerequisite skills: Knowledge of functional analysis and experience with implementing functional analyses. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe variables that are associated with effective implementation of functional analysis by natural change agents.
(2) Identify factors that impact the effectiveness and acceptability of caregiver-implemented functional analysis.
(3) Discuss the applicability of Telehealth as a tool for providing in-vivo coaching supports for practitioners implementing functional analysis. |
|
Natural Change Agent Implemented Functional Analysis: A Systematic Review and Quality Appraisal |
Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), Christine Drew (Auburn University), Catharine Lory (Baylor University), SARAH DEANGELO (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is the most accurate method for identifying the operant function of challenging behavior. Although trained therapists typically implement FAs, previous research has shown that variables, including the assessment agent, may impact the results of a FA. Given that the assessment agent can impact FA results, there is a need to determine the impact of natural change agent training on fidelity of FA implementation. The purpose of this review was to (a) summarize the available literature on natural change agent implemented FA, (b) determine methods for training natural change agents to implement FAs, and (c) determine the effects of training on change agent implementation fidelity of FA. Thirty-seven studies were identified and evaluated against the What Works Clearinghouse Quality and Evidence standards. Most of the included studies were found to have strong methodological rigor and moderate or strong evidence of effectiveness. Common training components across studies including instructions, modeling, role play, feedback, and coaching. Results suggest these components can be effectively utilized to train parents, teachers, residential staff, and students to implement FA in a variety of applied settings. Recommendations for practitioners and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Integrated Assessment of Repetitive Behavior and Heart Rate Variability Through Functional Analysis and Wearable Technology |
CATHARINE LORY (Baylor University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Brandon Keehn (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Benjamin Mason (Purdue University) |
Abstract: It has been established through decades of research that automatic reinforcement is the most prevalent operant function of repetitive behavior in individuals with autism. Yet there is no established method of manipulating the reinforcing variables of automatically maintained behavior as part of a functional analysis (FA). This is primarily due to barriers in accessing and measuring the automatic reinforcers produced by the behavior. The purpose of this study is to address this gap by using wearable technology to measure the internal physiological responses of children with autism who engage in repetitive vocal or motor behaviors, within a modified FA protocol. Six children with autism who engaged in frequent repetitive behavior participated in the study. Registered behavior technicians were coached via telehealth to implement the modified FA, which consisted of (1) alternating a high-stimulation condition and a low-stimulation condition to evoke different levels of repetitive behavior and (2) using a digital wristband to collect heart rate variability data during each FA session. Study results showed a positive correlation between the duration of repetitive behavior and heart rate variability, which suggests engaging in repetitive behavior produces changes in autonomic arousal. |
|
An Extension of Caregiver-Implemented Brief Functional Analysis via Telehealth Technology |
EMILY PAIGE EXLINE (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Catharine Lory (Baylor University), David Cosottile (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Baylor University), Remington Swensson (Baylor University), Monse Austin (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Families of children with autism may not have access to applied behavior analytic services due to a variety of barriers, such as a lack of available behavior analysts in their geographic region. Telehealth as a service delivery method can help address this barrier, which typically involves behavior analysts coaching a caregiver or direct service staff to implement interventions. While telehealth services can be an alternative solution for overcoming access barriers, delivering challenging behavior assessments and interventions via telehealth require additional considerations. Gerow et al. (2020) developed a decision-making model for implementing brief functional analyses (BFAs) for practitioners who are coaching caregivers via telehealth. This study replicated the BFA decision-making model and procedures described by Gerow et al. (2020) with 18 parent-child dyads. This study aimed to (a) systematically replicate Gerow et al. (2020), (b) identify factors that are associated with the decision to implement additional sessions of the BFA, and (c) examine the social validity of the BFA procedures through a parent survey. We will discuss implications for practice related to the operationalization of target behavior and selection of putative reinforcer in this BFA model, and the acceptability of caregiver implementation of BFAs with telehealth coaching supports. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Going Back to Get Your Ph.D.? How to Incorporate Pro-Social Behavior, Kindness, and Good Organization, All While Having a Family, Working Full Time, or Having a Social Life! |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Danyl M.H. Epperheimer (LittleStar ABA; Hoosier ABA; Southern Illinois University; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
SHANNON ORMANDY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
ROCCO G CATRONE (The Chicago School Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Making the decision to go back to get your Ph.D. is a huge, life-altering decision! You are committing yourself to more student loan debt, not going out and going to bed early! The reasons are endless to receiving your Ph.D. but so are the hurdles. You could be older now with a family, you want to change how behavior analysis is perceived by some, or you have your eye on a promotion. We will break down some of what we think are the critical features of surviving your Ph.D. program: (1) pro-social behavior will be examined as a key component to develop with your cohort; (2) how you organize your time, how you use your dissertation chair, and making time for what is important to you will also be addressed; (3) lastly, we will discuss how, as a field, we are not inclusive of what we fight for every day, and how we begin to incorporate more kindness into behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
Future Directions in Verbal Behavior Research |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D. |
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis) |
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University) |
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Abstract: In his book Verbal Behavior, Skinner (1957) presented a behavior-analytic view of language and cognition in humans. As such, he set the stage for an area of research focused on the explanation and the empirical evaluation of the conditions under which verbal behavior is emitted (Oah & Dickisnon, 1989). In 1991, Sundberg published the article 301 Research Topics from Skinner’s Book Verbal Behavior, calling for the experimental analysis of behavior processes involved in verbal behavior and suggesting a gap in the literature. The years that followed were marked by an increase in verbal behavior research across different topics and populations (De Souza et al., 2017; Sautter & LeBlanc, 2006). Despite the increasing number of verbal behavior studies, many topics are yet to be explored and several others need further investigation. In this panel, members of the ABAI Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) will highlight advancements in the empirical literature and provide directions for future research towards the understanding of verbal behavior processes from a conceptual and applied perspective. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, Speech-Language Pathologists, Psychologists, students in behavior analysis, service providers. |
Learning Objectives: Upon completion of this presentation, attendees will be able to: 1. Discuss one future direction for research in verbal behavior. 2. Discuss a second future direction for research in verbal behavior. 3. Discuss a third future direction for research in verbal behavior. |
Keyword(s): Applied Research, Future Directions, Research Topics, Verbal Behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
Rule-Governed Behavior and Responding to One’s Behavior: Where We Were, Where We Are, and Where Are We Moving Forward |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Carmen Luciano, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almeria, Spain) |
Abstract: Early on, human beings learn to understand, formulate, and follow rules. This process requires learning to relate to and, consequently, derive contents about oneself, others, and the world around as well as to respond to all these contents. That is, the way we think, the emotion we feel, the rules derive and the function they have for responding in particular directions generate specific relational operants throughout multiple exemplars of responding to the own behavior, for good and for bad. This is the core of the analysis of human behavior, the analysis of suffering, and the therapy overcome it. In this context, this presentation aims to describe where behavior analysis was in the last portion of the previous century, where it is now, and where and how it is moving forward. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: All interested in behavior analysis, experimental analysis, the self, rule-governed behavior, relational frame theory, and clinical behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the functional perspective on rules and rule-governed behavior; (2) describe the conditions to learn to relate; (3) describe the conditions to derive thoughts, emotions, and selfing behavior; (4) identify the two functional relational operants of responding to the one’s behavior; (5) identify experimental protocols aimed to analyze selfing behavior, as deriving thoughts and rules about oneself and responding to them; (6) describe the functional principles in moving from ineffective relational operants to effective ones. |
|
CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almeria, Spain) |
Carmen Luciano graduated in 1978 and received her Ph.D. in the Complutense University of Madrid in 1984. She is Professor of Psychology at the University of Almeria since 1994 and at the University of Granada from 1979 to 1993. Her research dedication began on the experimental analysis of language. Her Postdoc Fulbright research stay in Boston University and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, in 1985-86, was centered in studying problem-solving behavior under Skinner’s supervision. This was a critical point in her career as basic researcher. She was involved in the equivalence research, rule-governed behavior and, shortly after, in research of RFT and ACT. Her research lab has been -and it is- conducting basic creative experimental-applied RFT designs for the analysis of analogies, coherence, deictic and mainly hierarchical framing in the context of identifying core components of metaphors, false memories, experiential avoidance, values, defusion, selfing behaviors as responding to the own behavior. She designs brief ACT protocols and teaches ACT focused in analyzing the conditions under which emotions, thoughts, and valued motivation are brought to the present to build flexibility responding.
She is Director of the Experimental and Applied Analysis of Behavior Research Group since 1986, where she has supervised over thirty doctoral theses - some of her students are running their own labs nowadays. She is also Director of the Functional Analysis in Clinical Contexts Doctoral Program in the University of Almeria, and Director of the Master Program in Contextual Therapies in Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology
– MICPSY. Her research has been funded by international, national, and regional public funds. She has collaborated with research groups from different countries, and she has spread the functional analysis perspective in meetings, courses, research presentations, and publications. She is known for her exciting, precise, and creative style while teaching, working with clients, and doing research. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Telehealth Pre-Diagnostic Program for Families on the Waiting List |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:30 PM–12:55 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Layla Khayr (Boston University) |
|
The Telehealth Pre-Diagnostic Program for Families on the Waiting List |
Domain: Service Delivery |
LAYLA KHAYR (Boston University), Eiman Alismail (tbd) |
|
Abstract: The Center for Autism Research (CFAR) at King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Center is a landmark diagnostic and research facility that serves all junior citizens, of all nationalities, suspected to have ASD; this increases the demand on the multidisciplinary team and increases the waiting time. In response to this, this novel, telehealth, educational, and skills training program was designed for parents of children who are on the waiting list for the diagnostic service. The fundamental concept is to invest the waiting time in maximizing children's skills, preventing further complications, and advancing parents’ confidence in applying the strategies. The program consists of eight, 50 minutes sessions, that aim at increasing the parents' insight over ASD basic facts, the parents' significant role in reaching successful diagnosis as a partner in diagnostic service. Second, the parent will be trained on using strategies adopted from evidence-based programs to maximize social communication. Third, and most importantly, the parent will explore their child's potential and neglected strengths. we will share the preliminary protocol, future recommendations that could advance this initiative to be a nationally recognized practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integrating Principles of Behavior Change and Public Health to Change Habits and Combat the Challenges of the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
12:30 PM–12:55 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
CE Instructor: Richard Cook, M.D. |
|
Integrating Principles of Behavior Change and Public Health to Change Habits and Combat the Challenges of the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
|
Abstract: Moreso than in most medical problems and health crisis situations, leaders of many and diverse disciplines repeatedly cite “changes in behavior” as the mainstay of addressing the challenges of the Covid 19 pandemic. Given the lack of preventative, protective, and treatment modalities, the importance of behavior and habit change by individuals and society becomes the most prominent “tool in the box,” and allows for empowerment of individuals, families, organizations, and societies. This presentation highlights ways in which behavioral principles and techniques, especially when integrated with relevant principles of medicine and public health, can, and need to, be applied by clinicians and non clinicians to promote desired behaviors/habits including mask/PPE use (and techniques) and practicing social distancing, as well as remembering to NOT do many things we habitually do like shaking hands and holiday family gatherings. It applies as well to "private" behaviors of attitudes, opinions, knowledge (reality of the illness, safety of vaccines). The current pandemic serves as yet another opportunity for those most skilled in the principles and techniques of the management of behavior and development of habits to showcase the power of the discipline in making substantive desirable impacts on many phases of the COVID 19 pandemic, and the people affected by it. |
|
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss ways to leverage compensatory behaviors of the COVID-19 pandemic into improved baseline approaches in the "post pandemic" world (2) articulate approaches to identify the "behaviors" that become habits related to the most effective measures of preventing spreading and contracting of the Sars COVID-19 virus (3) advise others making COVID-19 pandemic related policies of the approaches of habit identification and development |
|
|
|
|
|
Author Signing |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A; ABAI Bookstore |
Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author! |
|
|
|
|
|
Presenter Meet and Greet |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."
Authors:
- Carmen Luciano (Table 2)
- Tamara Phillips (Table 4)
- Janet Twyman (Table 5)
- Javier Virues (Table 6)
- Jeremy Wolfe (Table 7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Photographs |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more! |
|
|
|
|
|
BPN Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
|
|
1. Amnestic Aphasia and ABA: Naming Intervention in a Patient With Mild Neurocognitive Disorder and Amnestic Aphasia after Cardiac Arrest and Cerebral Anoxia |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Valentina Catania (OASI Research Institute - IRCCS Troina, Italy
), GUIDO D'ANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Simonetta Panerai (OASI Research Institute - IRCCS Troina, Italy
) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Aphasia is a verbal communication disorder that results as a consequence of a brain injury and affects one or more components of the complex process of understanding and producing verbal messages. This damage significantly decreases individuals’ quality of life. Specifically, the main symptom of amnestic aphasia is the anomie, which consists of a marked difficulty in producing names both in denomination tasks and in the context of spontaneous speech. The main therapeutic treatments for post-stroke aphasia consist of approaches based on deficit and functional communication training, which may be combined with pharmacological treatment and non-invasive brain stimulation techniques. In the realm of deficit-based approaches, there seem to be no studies describing interventions on this type of disorder based on the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. The aim of the present study is to test the effectiveness of a naming protocol (Miguel, 2016) in a patient with Amnestic Aphasia, resulting from brain injoury. The results indicate that the participant was able to regain the ability to name common stimuli, across six different categories. These data represent a preliminary effort in outlining strategies based on Applied Behavior Analysis in the context of recovering impaired communication functions following brain damage. |
|
|
|
3. Interest in and Perceived Effectiveness of Contingency Management Among Alcohol Drinkers Using Behavioral Economic Purchase Tasks |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
HAILY TRAXLER (University of Kentucky), Brent Kaplan (University of Kentucky), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Contingency management (CM), one of the most effective and empirically supported treatments for substance use disorders, is not yet widely available. The current experiment integrates behavioral economics and CM to address barriers to widespread dissemination. Behavioral economic purchase tasks were developed to assess interest in CM as a function of treatment cost and perceived effectiveness as a function of abstinence incentive size. Alcohol drinkers recruited from Amazon Mechanical Turk completed behavioral economic purchase tasks measuring demand for CM based on targeted abstinence intervals, treatment effectiveness, and alcohol use disorder severity assessments. Nonlinear mixed effects modeling was used to assess the relationship between individual characteristics and demand for CM. Required abstinence period to earn the financial incentive significantly predicted demand intensity (p < .05) and change in demand elasticity (p < .001). Longer abstinence durations were associated with lower demand intensity and decreased rate of change in elasticity (p < .001). Higher treatment efficacy was significantly associated with lower rate of change in demand elasticity (p < .001). These purchase tasks are currently being assessed for clinical utility in an ongoing clinical trial aimed at reducing alcohol use through remotely implemented CM. These preliminary predictive clinical data will also be reported. |
|
|
|
5. The Effects of Caffeine on Pausing in Multiple Fixed Ratio Schedules |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (Western New England University), Caitlin Tedeschi (Western New England University), Lucias Garcia (Western New England University), Yanella Pallo (Western New England University), Molly McLaughlin (Western New England University), Lliam Christiano (Western New England University), Abigail Bahl (Western New England University), Delilah Hubney (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Caffeine is the most widely used psychoactive substance in the world. Caffeine has a number of positive effects on mood and additionally appears to have behavioral activating effects. Humans, for example, often report caffeine produces feelings of increased energy. Laboratory studies in effort-related choice also show that caffeine can facilitate the choice of high effort options. In the present study, we examine caffeine’s effects on multiple fixed-ratio schedules. Performance on these schedules is characterized by extended pausing. Pausing, moreover, has been shown to be a joint outcome of both prior and impending schedule control. To date, the impact of different sources of control on caffeine’s behavioral activating effects have been unappreciated. Eight rats earned food on a multiple fixed ratio (FR) 4 FR 40 schedule, which yielded four transitions between “rich” and “lean” reinforcement schedules: rich-rich, rich-lean, lean-rich, and lean-lean. The features of the test environment also allow for the recording of several kinetic and temporal properties of behavior, such as force and its integral. In predrug conditions, we replicated the well known finding that rich-lean transitions produce the most extensive pausing. Additionally, kinetic properties of behavior appear due only to current schedule requirements once the pause ends. At present, caffeine tests are ongoing and too preliminary for comment. These will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
|
|
7. Use of social networking sites, addiction and delay discounting among three different sites |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Luan Silva (Universidade Estadual Paulista), Caroline Zambonato (ETEC Rodrigues de Abreu), FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The aim of this research was to investigate the use of social networking sites (SNS) and the relation to impulsivity and SNS addiction symptoms. Due to the wide popularity of SNS In the Brazilian population, especially Instagram (IG), Facebook (FB) and Twitter (TW), users were Invited to complete a delay discounting questionnaire, Bergen Facebook Addiction Scale (BFAS), adapted for each SNS, and some questions about their use of SNS. A total of 100 IG, 54 FB and 66 TW users participated. Overall, data suggested no differences between groups on delay discounting K (Kruskal-Wallis =0.6631, p=0.7178), but indicated less dependence symptoms on FB users according to BFAS (p<0.05 according to Dunn's multiple comparison test). Age was found to be a possible confounding variable, as FB users also were found to be older than the other two groups. Small correlations were found between delay discounting K and use of tobacco and alcohol; BFAS and time spent on SNS; and time spent on SNS and tobacco, alcohol, and other drugs use. Stronger correlations were found among tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use. Results are discussed in relation to the differences and similarities between problematic use of SNS and drug dependence. |
|
|
|
9. Eye-Tracking Analysis: Number of Transitions Between Stimuli in Matching-to-Sample Procedures with Different Number of Meaningful Stimuli |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LIVE BRAATEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The inclusion of meaningful stimuli in conditional discrimination training has been shown to affect emergent responding in a matching-to-sample format (MTS). However, experiments have usually included one meaningful stimulus together with abstract stimuli in the potential stimulus classes, while few studies have included more than one meaningful stimulus. At the same time, previous experiments have looked at the effect meaningful stimuli have on test accuracy and reaction time. In contrast, no previous studies have looked at the effect meaningful stimuli have on eye movements. The present experiment was set up as a between-group design, and the present analysis seeks to investigate how the inclusion of varying numbers of meaningful stimuli with abstract stimuli would affect participants’ eye movements regarding the number of transitions (movement) between stimuli in both training and test for stimulus equivalence relations. Three groups were taught 12 conditional discriminations, learning three 5-member classes, in a one-to-many training structure. Twenty-nine adults participated in the experiment. Preliminary results show that participants in the group with only abstract stimuli had considerably more transitions between stimuli in test for stimulus equivalence than the other two groups, especially at the beginning of training. |
|
|
|
11. Previous Experience with Contingencies May Alter Future Schedule Sensitivity in a Computer Game |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Demonstrating schedule sensitivity in human research is difficult. College students completed a three-component game of concurrent FR and FI schedules, with minimal instructions. Participants reported their strategy. Reports of response number, time, schedule type or value, were considered related strategies. All other participants were considered using unrelated strategies. Previous studies suggested students rarely showed sensitivity to an FR or FI in responding or strategy, although there was more sensitivity to FR contingencies. The current study was to determine if more experience might affect sensitivity. In the first session, the FI Group (n=9) went ‘ghost hunting’ under a Mult Conc FI 15 FI 30; FI 30 FI 10; FI 15 FI 30, while the FR Group (n=10) experienced a Mult Conc FR 35 FR 50; FR 50 FR 20; FR 35 FR 50. All experienced the same second session, a Mult Conc FR 35 FI 10; FI 20 FR 50; FR 35 FI 10. Second-session performance was not significantly different under FI or FR with respect to history (MANOVA- F(6,10) =0.8, p=.594), even though reinforcer rates were somewhat different. For those with related strategies, responding was higher with an FR history, although there was no statistical difference (F(6,10)= 0.6, p=.75). |
|
|
|
15. Comparison of Latency to Correct and Incorrect Responding During Discrete Trial Teaching Using a Virtual Reality System |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
sabrina olivera (University of Miami), Yuan Fang (University of Miami), Mohamad Hammam Alsafrjalani (University of Miami), Mohamed S Abdel-Mottaleb (University of Miami), YAMNA ZAMAN (University of Miami), Kim Grinfeder (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Virtual reality (VR) is a computer interface used to create a multidimensional environment with multiple sensory channels, including visual, auditory, tactile, and sometimes olfactory perception. VR head-mounted visual display (HMD) systems offer advantages of both contrived and natural environments, creating an interactive and immersive experience for the user. Despite the growing research of VR technology application in various fields, there is little information on the effectiveness of VR for skill acquisition in typically developing adults. One area in particular where VR technology may be helpful is in the area of data collection. An automated data collection system may allow us to access to data that is normally difficult to gain access to in traditional paper and pencil data collection systems, such as latency to response during a discrete trial teaching session. As a result, we taught seven typically developing adults a receptive language DTT task in VR. We analyzed latency to correct and incorrect responses in the VR teaching sessions. Results showed that latency of incorrect responses increases from baseline to teaching trials, and latency of correct responses decreases from baseline to teaching trials. |
|
|
|
17. Impact of Episodic Future Thinking on Delay Discounting in Individuals Diagnosed with an Eating Disorder |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Mary Clark (St. Lawrence University), ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting tends to be steeper (i.e. more impulsive) in individuals diagnosed with an eating disorder (ED). Episodic future thinking (EFT) has been used as a method to reduce steep discounting and may be effective in populations diagnosed with EDs. The present experiment utilized a 2 x 2 factorial design to test differences between control participants and participants who self-identified as being diagnosed with an eating disorder, and the impact of EFT within both groups. 164 participants were recruited using Amazon Mechanical Turk. There were 31 control and 48 ED participants in the No EFT condition; there were 27 control and 58 ED participants in the EFT condition. Area under the curve (AUC) data were analyzed using a 2x2 univariate ANOVA. Results revealed a trend toward a significant impact of EFT to reduce discounting, significantly steeper discounting for ED participants, and no interaction on delay discounting rates. Exploratory analysis of gender revealed differential impacts of EFT on delay discounting rates in females and males. Little research been published on effects of EFT on delay discounting in this population. The implementation of EFT tasks in individuals with EDs may have significant clinical value. |
|
|
|
19. Effectiveness of DRA and DRO Implemented at 80% Integrity: A Human-Operant Investigation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ZACHARY JOHN MORAIS (Salve Regina University), Alexander Lucas Houchins (West Virginia University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions are effective at reducing problematic behavior when implemented with high integrity. The extent to which behavioral interventions remain effective when implemented at reduced integrity may depend on the intervention type and integrity level. Even nominally acceptable integrity values may result in increased problematic behavior depending on the programmed intervention. To evaluate this, we conducted a human-operant evaluation of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) implemented at 80% integrity using a within-subject design. Results suggest that DRO resulted in more consistent response suppression relative to DRA when implemented at 80% integrity. Implications for research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
21. Renewal in a Human-Operant Nonsequential Arrangement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHERINE CUCINOTTA (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In ABA renewal, a target response reemerges upon return to the initial context in which the behavior was reinforced. In ABC renewal, the target response previously reinforced in another context reemerges in a new context. Most laboratory experiments employ a sequential arrangement in which each phase is confined to a single context (i.e., Phase 1 in Context A, Phase 2 in Context B, and Phase 3 in Context A). Nonsequential renewal is an alternative approach in which Contexts A and B alternate in the behavior-reduction phase, which may be more representative of the patterns of context experience in many clinical situations (Sullivan et al., 2018). The purpose of the present experiment was to evaluate renewal of target responding in a nonsequential arrangement with college students in a human-operant arrangement. Target responses were reinforced with points during the baseline phase (Context A). During Phase 2, components alternated between baseline conditions in Context A and extinction of target responses in Context B. In many cases, renewal was observed in the test phase in which the target response remained on extinction in Context A or Context C. Future research should explore renewal-mitigation techniques using nonsequential arrangements due to their similarity to clinical arrangement. |
|
|
|
23. A Clinical Comparison of ABC and ABA Renewal |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KYLEIGH MONTAGUE (Marcus Autism Center), Catherine Williams (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Colin S. Muething (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Marcus Autism Center; Emory University) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Renewal is the relapse of an extinguished response following a context change (e.g., home to clinic to school or home to clinic to home). The purpose of this study was to directly compare ABC and ABA renewal of challenging behavior in a clinical setting with autistic children. Challenging behavior was reinforced in context A (baseline), then an alternative response was differentially reinforced in context B (DRA). Next, DRA remained in place while the participant transitioned to a novel context (C; renewal test). Baseline and DRA were repeated. DRA then remained in place while a renewal test was conducted in context A. ABA renewal was observed with two of the three participants and ABC renewal was not observed with any of the participants. This direct comparison of renewal effects may help clinicians prepare for challenging behavior after the child leaves the clinic and enters new and old contexts. |
|
|
|
25. Evaluating Impulsivity under Stress and the Influence of Brief Mindfulness |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
EMILY HERMANN (Missouri State University), Jaelyn Compton (Missouri State University), Grace Tibbs (Missouri State University), Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University), Mamata KC (Missouri State University), Kaylee Liley (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In behavior analysis, momentary impulsivity can be measured using delay discounting measures or Go/No Go (GNG) response sequences. In a GNG arrangement, participants are asked to press a button as quickly as possible when a specific symbol is present and not when any other symbol is present or no symbol is present. Responses that occur in the absence of the target symbol are considered impulsive. Prior research (Paliliunas et al., 2018) demonstrated that a brief mindfulness exercise (5-minutes in duration) could influence momentary impulsivity using a delay discounting measure. We sought to extend this analysis using a GNG procedure. A total of 40 college participants completed the GNG procedure on two occassions. First, the GNG was completed under a simulated stress condition where aversive sounds were randomly presented throughout the procedure. Second, the GNG was completed under a simulated calm condition. The order of the conditions was randomized across the participants. In addition, half of the participants completed the GNG following a brief (5 minute) mindfulness exercise and the other participants listened to a control music sample. Results showed that impulsivity was greater in the stress condition for both groups. In addition, the mindfulness activity appeared to reduce impulsivity in the stress condition compared to the control group. Results have implications for a behavior scientific understanding of mindfulness and interaction of this behavior-behavior strategy with stressful contextual events. |
|
|
|
27. Investigating the Reinforcing Value of Social Olfactory Stimuli in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAY HINNENKAMP (Middle Tennessee State University), Annie Galizio (Middle Tennessee State University), Alex Dunthorn (Middle Tennesse State University), Shelby Stephens (Middle Tennessee State University), Bridgette Huckaba (Middle Tennessee State University), Leilani De Ruvo (Middle Tennessee State University), Emma Kassebaum (Middle Tennessee State University), Jordan Latham (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Stimuli that follow responses and lead to increases in the rates of those responses are classified as reinforcers. Due to the durability and strength of food and water as reinforcers, little research has been conducted to identify alternative stimuli which may also function as reinforcers for nonhumans. Given rodents' keen sense of smell, a plausible stimulus that may function as a reinforcer is odor. The purpose of the present study was to determine whether 4 female Long-Evans rats would nose poke to obtain access to a socially relevant scent when they were not deprived of food or water. During each session, rats were placed in individual operant chambers, each outfitted with an olfactometer connected to two nose-poke apertures on the wall. When a rat placed its nose in the control aperture, the olfactometer delivered a burst of air from an empty jar. When the rat placed its nose in the other aperture, the olfactometer delivered a burst of air from a jar containing bedding from another rat (social scent). Two out of four rats responded more to the social aperture than the control, a preference which persisted even after the positions were reversed. |
|
|
|
29. Olfactory Stimulus Delivery and Removal System for an Operant Chamber. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SOPHIA BELLE KIRKLAND (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Scent-based stimuli in operant chambers are difficult to utilize due to the challenge of quickly removing scent completely from the research environment during stimulus-off conditions. This study’s purpose is to validate a customized olfactory delivery apparatus for use in odor discrimination paradigms.
Previous olfactory discrimination apparatuses require the rat to be in a particular position to smell the odorant, restricting responding. Other studies which used wind tunnel designs had no way of allowing the presentation or removal of the odorant to be controlled automatically contingent on rat behavior. A lever-activated delivery apparatus enables more complex experiments involving scent.
The olfactory delivery apparatus functions by using solenoid valves to control the presentation of scented and unscented air into the operant chamber.
This system works by using an air pump that blows scented and unscented air into an operant chamber. When the rat presses a lever, it activates a solenoid valve that switches the delivery between the scented or unscented air. The poster will present validation data demonstrating the capability of discrimination training using the chamber. |
|
|
|
|
|
PCH Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
|
|
33. Learning to play a Musical Composition: A Window to See, Understand, and Explain Principles of Behavior and Brain/Behavior Interactions |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
Discussant: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Abstract: Learning to play a Musical composition provides a window to see Brain and Behavior Interactions. Eventually the day dreaming piano student realizes that the fingers are playing notes, correctly or incorrectly, and the brain is focused on something else. Understanding the sequences of behavior, at times occurring far faster than one can actually consciously read the music and direct up to ten fingers to strike, and in what sequence, illustrates the brain's acting before the "conscious" thought or the finger strikes the key, as the brain prepares the finger to move to a note, the wrist to change its angle for the next note, without the pianist consciously noting or directing such. Similarly, when one sits down to play a piece of music not played in months or even years, one can watch as deliberate attempts to read the music and slowly strike the correct note, become followed eventually with the other hand playing, and both hands playing faster, than once is consciously directing, as the firing of learned well but long forgotten neural trace pathways increase the robustness of connections (decrease resistance) at the synapses, and subsequently recruit "collateral" neural pathways previously associated with the targeted pathway. Presentation to include examples highlighting these and other principle points, as well as feature fMRI imaging studies associating the behavior of playing a musical instrument with the neural imaging of brain pathways directing it. |
|
|
|
35. Citation Analysis of Empirical and Conceptual Applications of Interbehaviorism in Contemporary Research: 1984-2021 |
Area: PCH; Domain: Basic Research |
Kristina Axenova (Western University), ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University / Western University) |
Discussant: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Abstract: J.R Kantor’s Interbehaviorism, developed in the early 20th century, is a system which is characteristic of a naturalistic foundation to explain all scientific psychology, behavior, and activity. The aim of this citation analysis is to examine the influence of Interbehaviorism between 1984 and 2021; a window of time encompassing contemporary applications since research by Ruben (1984), who evaluated major trends in Interbehavioral psychology between 1937 and 1983. The current analysis focused on peer-reviewed Empirical (experimental) and Non-Empirical (reviews or conceptual) studies citing Interbehavior-related search terms. The analysis was further organized by journal, topic, empirical details (populations, participant demographics, manipulation, measures, results), and country of origin. Databases searched included Web of Science, PsycInfo, and Google Scholar. The analysis revealed 91 articles that met the inclusion criteria. Of these, 10 (10.9%) were Empirical and 81 (89%) were Non-Empirical. The Non-Empirical category included 21 (23.5%) Review and 60 (74%) Conceptual articles. These results shed light on the ongoing nature of the influence of Interbehaviorism on contemporary research. |
|
|
|
37. Defining the Practice of Behavior Analysis According to State Law |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University), Biance Jasmine Ferrucci (Salve Regina University), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina University), Margaret Donovan (Salve Regina University), Mackenzie T Robichaud (Salve Regina University) |
Discussant: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Abstract: The practice of behavior analysis has historically been defined by foundational publications within the field such as Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968). However, recent efforts to establish licensure for behavior analysts across the United States has shifted the power to define the practice of behavior analysis from behavior analytic publications to state laws. Thus, a careful review of the wording and implications of state laws pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis is warranted. The current project reviewed licensure laws for behavior analysts across the 33 states that currently license behavior analysts. Each licensing law was reviewed and coded for its description of the scope and definition of behavior analysis as well as its exclusionary criteria. Two independent reviewers coded each item for each state with a 95% initial agreement across all coded items. The results of the review found many interesting similarities and differences in the state laws, including references to identifying functional relations and producing socially significant improvements, which were identified in 85% and 82% of state laws, respectively. Other similarities and differences, as well as their implications, will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
EDC Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
|
|
39. The Effects of Timed Practice and Instructional Feedback on the Writing Fluency of Adolescents With Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LANQI WANG (University of Iowa), Shawn M. Datchuk (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Writing fluency—the skill of transcribing and generating text with ease—is an essential skill for K-12 students to develop. Students who have deficits in writing fluency may have further difficulties developing advanced writing skills, such as organizing and reviewing. Unfortunately, students with disabilities typically struggle to develop multiple skills related to writing fluency. The purpose of my research is to investigate the effects of a supplemental, academic interventions on the writing performance of adolescents with disabilities. Specifically, the academic intervention entails brief, computer-based timed practices followed by instructional feedback from an instructor. The study used a multiple-probe across participants design and recruited three participants with disabilities. It included two dependent measures: 1) a primary measure, total words written, and 2) a distal measure, correct writing sequences. All of the participants showed improvements in total words written during the interventions (Tau-U = 0.63). But they showed modest results on correct writing sequence (Tau-U = 0.39). |
|
|
|
41. Impact of Coaching on Preschool Teachers' Implementation of Embedded Teaching and Child Outcomes |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Serife Balikci (University of North Carolina Greensboro), SALIH RAKAP (University of North Carolina Greensboro), Sinan Kalkan (Canakkale Onsekiz Mart University), Burak Aydin (Ege University) |
Discussant: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the impact of training plus coaching intervention on preschool teachers’ implementation of embedded teaching practices and the corollary relationships between teachers’ implementation and child learning outcomes. A multiple probe across participants design was employed with 4 preschool teachers and 4 children with autism. Following baseline, teachers participated in a series of training sessions focused on embedded instruction. After the training, the first teacher entered the intervention phase and received coaching support while others implemented embedded instruction based on their learning during the trainings. Once the first teacher reached criterion, the second teacher entered the intervention phase and same procedure were repeated until the last teacher reached criterion. At least two sessions of maintenance data were collected from participants. Results showed that it took 5-10 coaching sessions teachers to reach criterion level of correct implementation of embedded teaching trials. All teachers maintained levels of correct implementation during follow-up sessions conducted 1 to 12 weeks after coaching intervention was over. Participating children with autism learned target skills though embedded instruction and maintained them over time. |
|
|
|
43. Using Cultural Responsiveness Care to Design a Function-Based Treatment Plan to Increase Attendance and Participation for a High School Student During Distance Learning |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MAY CHRISELINE BEAUBRUN (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
Discussant: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: School refusal behavior refers to child-motivated refusal to attend school and/or difficulty attending classes for an entire day. Chronic absenteeism can have an impact on reading proficiency, graduation rates, college attendance, and overall income. A functional behavior assessment can be conducted to determine the maintaining variables of school refusal behavior(s). This present study examined whether function based treatments to address school refusal behavior can be implemented during remote instruction for a high school student attending a self contained charter high school. The student. She resides at a Adolescent & Teen Residential Treatment Program. She has a history of physical abuse, sexual abuse, and severe physical neglect. At the time of this study, schools are closed and providing distance learning due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The treatment package included differential reinforcement of high rates of behavior, non contingent reinforcement, and a high low probability sequence. Data were collected on both attendance and participation. Attendance data are collected as part of each student’s personal record. Participation data were collected by permanent products of assignments completed and submitted via Google Classroom. |
|
|
|
45. Repeated Reading Success at a Juvenile Detention Center |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DAVID LEITCH (Cedarville University) |
Discussant: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The ability to read is fundamental to future achievement in most areas of life, including social and academic success in many instances. Unfortunately, many young people in the juvenile justice system lack basic reading skills necessary to disengage themselves from the legal system. Combine these inherent academic struggles with a disability such as autism, and the issues are multiplied. Identifying interventions which can improve areas such as reading fluency are critical to future goal attainment for these at-risk individuals. In the instant study, a 16-year-old with autism participated in a repeated reading program while confined in a juvenile detention center. After a series of baseline reading sessions in which the youth was administered one minute reading fluency assessments, the student began his participation in the repeated reading phase. A subsequent withdrawal phase was followed by the re-introduction of repeated reading in the final phase. Results of the study indicated a measurable increase in the words per minute rate across the four phases. The results suggest that repeated reading can be an effective intervention within a correctional environment even when working with a student diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
|
47. Internet Counseling on Behavior Management: Is It Effective? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Júlía Hafþórsdóttir (Behavior analysis lab, University of Iceland) |
Discussant: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Research on the effects of online counseling for parents to correct children's undesired behavior has shown success. However, little research has been conducted on its effects on teachers. With advancing technology, the potential to make counseling for teachers at various levels of education available on the internet has developed. This could increase the likelihood that they apply appropriate behavior management methods in their classrooms with guidance from the internet. The aim of the study was to evaluate whether pre-school teachers could take advantage of online counseling available in a behavior management webpage that provides instructions on how to apply empirically developed methods for behavior management. The study asked whether the teachers´ behavior, as well as their students' behavior, would change after they had access to internet counseling. Direct measures were taken of whether the teachers really used the advice they had chosen to follow. The results showed that the undesired behavior of students decreased and the use of teachers' correct reactions to their students' behavior increased after they started using internet counseling on the webpage. Results also showed that teachers used the advice from the internet to some extent. |
|
|
|
49. A Systematic Review of Simultaneous Prompting and Prompt Delay Procedures |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXANDRIA BROWN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A considerable body of research has shown the effectiveness of simultaneous prompting procedures in promoting the transfer of stimulus control. Interestingly, simultaneous prompting and prompt delay procedures are nearly identical, although the former does not include any explicit attempt to transfer stimulus control (i.e., the prompt is never faded). Nevertheless, research suggests that simultaneous prompting is effective, but also sometimes more efficient than prompt delay procedures. This finding is particularly noteworthy as simultaneous prompting conditions may also result in nearly errorless learning since the opportunity to emit errors would be restricted to acquisition probes. The current poster describes a systematic review of comparison studies of simultaneous prompting and prompt delay procedures. Eleven articles across seven behavior analytic and educational journals were identified. Overall, the findings suggest that simultaneous prompting and prompt delay procedures were similarly efficient, although simultaneous prompting was associated with fewer errors and minutes to mastery in approximately 70% and 65% of comparisons, respectively. Additional research is needed to better describe the conditions in which traditional prompt fading procedures are necessary to produce the transfer of stimulus control. |
|
|
|
51. An Integrated Technology to Facilitate Collaborative Behavior Intervention Planning and Implementation in School Settings |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALICE BRAVO (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington), Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington), Jarek Sierschynski (University of Washington Tacoma), Kathleen Meeker (University of Washington), Annie McLaughlin (Annie McLaughlin Consulting, LLC; University of Washington), Elizabeth Kelly (University of Washington), Mischa McManus (University of Washington) |
Discussant: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Students exhibiting challenging behavior are at risk of exclusion from general education settings. Despite well-established strategies for preventing and addressing challenging behavior, educators sometimes struggle to implement effective behavioral interventions.
This poster will describe a web-based application that guides development and implementation of behavior supports for students exhibiting challenging behavior. Integrating Behavior Support and Team Technology (ibestt) moves education teams through the steps of assessment, intervention plan development, and progress monitoring, while facilitating ongoing coaching for educators and educator-family communication. The data described in this poster represent a project phase between the iterative development of the application and an experimental evaluation of the technology using single-case design.
We will share results from a usability test in early childhood settings, emphasizing social validity data. Participants--up to 6 triads of educators, school-based behavior coaches, and caregivers--receive synchronous and asynchronous training followed by 1-3 months of application use. Following usability testing, participants complete a System Usability Scale and researcher-developed questions to provide feedback about acceptability and feasibility (see Figure 1). Preliminary data indicate positive user experiences from families and educators, suggesting the potential for ibestt to serve as a resource to facilitate socially valid behavioral supports in early childhood settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
TBA Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
|
53. The Effectiveness of SAFMEDS Flashcards Instruction Combined With Precision Teaching Measurement Approaches for Improving Content Acquisition in an Undergraduate Special Education Course |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Talia Elizabeth DeWitte (University of South Dakota) |
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: SAFMEDS, an acronym for "Say All Fast a Minute Each Day Shuffle," was coined by Lindsley (1983) as a functional flashcard procedure for building large repertoires of sight words in each content area. This demonstration project evaluated the effectiveness of SAFMEDS on the class wide acquisition and fluency of basic concepts in curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. The perspective of this project was to implement SAFMEDS procedures as a means of teaching college level students to recognize important concepts related to instruction covered in a curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. Second, the instructor wanted to take advantage of the opportunity to model the importance of frequent and daily measurement of curriculum using the SAFMEDS procedure with the class. One university class with 48 students participated in this research. Three individual students from this class display their data and describe the importance of utilizing their data for making instructional changes. The students in the class completed three decks of SAMFEDS across a 10-week period with an instructional aim of 40+ SAFMEDS flashcard correctly identified during a series of one-minute timing. Results from this study replicated the SAFMEDS data paths across three classes and seven decks of SAFMEDS. The monitoring of this procedure was used by the instructor to determine whether the SAFMEDS procedures was effective on a class wide basis for improving the acquisition of key concepts imbedded within the curriculum. Additionally, this daily in class probing of students' performance was a means of modeling appropriate implementation, recording, charting, and evaluation of students' learning pictures. The consistent pattern of celerating data seemed to indicate that this was an effective instructional strategy for the class. Implications and limitations of the current study were also discussed. |
|
|
|
55. Interteaching: Group Discussion Increases Students’ Success More Than the Clarify Lecture |
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHANIE JIMENEZ (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University), Breanna Wuckovich (University of Pittsburgh-Johnstown), Sneha Vuttarapally (University of Pittsburgh-Johnstown) |
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Only two laboratory studies have been conducted to determine the efficacy of interteaching. One demonstrated that those who experienced interteaching scored significantly higher on a quiz than those who read the material or listened to a lecture. The other conducted a component analysis that suggested the group discussion and clarifying lecture components increased quiz scores more than the the prep guide. The goal of the present study was to add to the laboratory literature in this area by parsing out the effects of the group discussion and clarifying lecture on academic success. Four groups answered a 10-question quiz in a pre-test/post-test design. Group 1 read over an excerpt of material and completed a prep guide, group 2 had the addition of a small group discussion over the prep guide, group 3 experienced a clarifying lecture following the completion of the prep guide, and Group 4 completed the prep guide, engaged in a group discussion, then experienced a clarifying lecture. It was hypothesized that the the groups who participated in a group discussion would have higher quiz scores than the two groups who did not. The results suggest that the group discussion component is integral to producing positive academic outcomes. |
|
|
|
57. Effects of Behavioral Skills Training and On-the-Job Feedback on Paraeducator's Implementation of Behavior Support Strategies |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI LUTZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group & The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Paraeducators are often expected to manage student behavior within the school setting yet are often not required to obtain training on how to implement behavior support strategies. An adapted alternating treatments design study was used to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) with and without on-the-job feedback were assessed for two paraeducators working with middle school students. Paraeducators were provided BST on two antecedent-based behavior support strategies followed by on-the-job feedback for one of the strategies. The results demonstrated that BST may be an effective and efficient training methodology for training paraeducators to implement behavior support strategies, while follow-up on-the-job feedback may not be necessary for all paraeducators. |
|
|
|
|
|
CSS Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
|
|
59. Discounting Health Outcomes: A Response to COVID-19 |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Kansas), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Amid the COVID-19 pandemic, federal and local governments have enacted regulations with the intent of maintaining the safety and welfare of citizens. In a behavioral economic framework, engaging in social activities despite warnings from federal agencies that social gatherings carry risk of spreading the disease may be conceptualized as an impulsive choice, in which an immediate and certain reinforcer (social engagement) may be chosen despite probabilistic and delayed punishers (contracting a serious disease or spreading this disease to others). In the present study, we crowdsourced participants from Amazon’s Mechanical Turk to complete combined probability and delay discounting tasks within a disease outbreak scenario in which participants reported the likelihood they would attend a social gathering despite the possibility of contracting a disease. Overall, probability impacted delay discounting but delay had no significant impact on probability discounting. We also manipulated the individual or individuals in the participant’s life who would hypothetically be at-risk of contracting the disease within the discounting task across 5 conditions, which had a small effect on responding. The results of the current study support the usefulness of a behavioral economic framework to examine health protective behaviors amid a pandemic, and highlight several avenues for future research. |
|
|
|
61. Encouraging Pro-Climate Purchasing Behavior through Transformation of Stimulus Function |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
MEREDITH MATTHEWS (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: We are rapidly approaching a climate point of no return (PNR) where recoverability of earth’s climate will concede expenses above current rates of production both domestic and abroad. Although a multi-level approach to solving the climate crisis is undoubtedly needed, some success may be achieved by increasing pro-environmental behaviors at the level of single subjects. Using a multiple baseline across 7 participants, we targeted pro-environmental purchasing behaviors using daily household items such as spray cleaner or a stick of deodorant in a simulated computerized task. Relational training was conducted to establish arbitrary symbols as either climate-helpful or climate-harmful. Following the relational training, participants again completed the simulated purchasing task to determine if they would be willing to spend more money for the climate-helpful products over the climate-harmful products containing the arbitrary symbol. Six of the 7 participants showed a consistent increase in spending on climate-helpful products with individual differences observed within each of the participants’ data. Results suggest that an analysis of relational frames centering around climate change could influence consumer choices with implications for advertisement and policy. |
|
|
|
63. Fatherhood and Probability Discounting: Comparing the Social Context of Parenting Experienced by Men and Women |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
MAGGIE ADLER (Missouri State University), Jessica M Venegoni (Missouri State University), Chynna Brianne Frizell (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: During situations of financial decision-making, men have been found to be less risk-averse than women (Charness & Gneezy, 2011), where greater risk aversion and lower wages for woman, and especially for mothers, is referred to as the "Motherhood penalty". Previous research has established that non-mothers when provided with the hypothetical scenario of having a child show greater probability discounting than under no child conditions, and the same occurs for mothers when presented with the hypothetical scenario of having no children (Venegoni et al., under review). The current study provides an initial comparison between non-mothers and non-fathers when presented with the hypothetical scenario of having children to isolate parenting as a contextual variable that may influence risk taking and risk aversion. Whereas hypothetical mothers showed greater discounting rates in the parenting condition, no significant changes were observed for hypothetical fathers, suggesting that parenting may exclusively influence risk taking in women given the extreme societal pressures placed on women around parenting. Results have implications for a contextual view of parenting, motherhood, and fatherhood from within a discounting framework. |
|
|
|
|
|
OBM Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Fabio Tosolin (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
|
|
67. The Case Manager Model: Supporting Your Teams |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
TIFFANY KRISTIN MRLA (Learning & Behavior Solutions, LLC) |
Discussant: Fabio Tosolin (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Working in the human services field can be mentally, physically, and emotionally demanding, leading to increased stress, poor health, reduced efforts, and ultimately attrition from the field. Behavior analysts are challenged with many competing contingencies in their work. From supervising staff, providing feedback, analyzing data, revising programs, writing treatment plans, supervising students, mentoring others, or most importantly, working directly with the patients, families, and caregivers they serve. As organizational leaders, it is imperative that we identify and implement solutions to ensure the day-to-day work of a behavior analyst maintains their primary focus on the patient over the administrative tasks that come along with the responsibilities of providing behavior analytic services. So, how do we create systems that empower service providers to not only to navigate the stressors, but to excel in the core responsibilities of our work? One solution is the case manager model. This model addresses all of these barriers and can be individualized for your organization based on your values, mission, and vision, regardless of size, while also supporting direct care staff and providing career pathways. For the business-minded participants, this model increases your gross margin while ensuring high quality service delivery and staff retention. |
|
|
|
69. Crew Resource Management as an Organizational Behavior Management Strategy: Applications in Residential Treatment Settings |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon Services), James Sherman (Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: Fabio Tosolin (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Crew Resource Management (CRM) is methodology that was initially developed in commercial aviation to define roles and communication between leaders and crew members, plan and monitor complex chains of behavior, and identify and correct performance errors quickly. Its adoption has increased flight safety dramatically. More recently, CRM has been adopted by surgical teams, oil rig management, and nuclear power plants—all industries that require clear communication, procedural fidelity, and effective problem solving to ensure safe operations. This poster will examine the similarities between CRM and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and discuss CRM’s possible benefits to residential treatment in ABA based organizations. Similar to these other fields, residential treatment programs serving individuals with severe challenging behavior share the need for clear communication, a high level of procedural integrity, and the rapid resolution of performance errors. Examples of how CRM can be used to improve team responses to crisis behaviors, manage unscripted environmental emergencies (e.g. fire emergency drills, vehicle related incidents, power outages), and follow community outing routines will be discussed. Possible directions for research will also be explored. |
|
|
|
71. Error Testing for Submission |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
EDDIE SOH (ABAI) |
Discussant: Fabio Tosolin (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed lacinia nulla sit amet leo dignissim aliquam. Duis tempus diam nec nisl blandit, et molestie ex porttitor. Etiam id congue dui. Nulla ornare justo urna, dignissim dignissim tortor dapibus sit amet. Etiam non mi rutrum, lacinia mi ut, faucibus metus. Aenean pellentesque pulvinar mauris sed placerat. Ut molestie lectus ipsum, sed malesuada augue laoreet at. Duis ut tincidunt metus. Phasellus gravida eu risus sit amet suscipit. Nunc ut tincidunt felis. Aliquam quis augue ut felis viverra vestibulum. Etiam a ligula et turpis mollis tempus. Sed sagittis rhoncus ante eu vulputate. Sed et aliquam diam. Sed consectetur iaculis dolor, a aliquet dui. |
|
|
|
|
|
CBM Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
|
|
73. Biofeedback & Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation: The Impact Of Passive Versus Active Muscle Recruitment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
GABRIEL LUKE ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Approximately 50% of individuals who undergo Total Knee Arthroplasty surgery (TKA) fail to achieve a full functional recovery. Several factors such as severe muscle atrophy and inhibited proprioception contribute to the current gap in recovery. These neuromuscular deficits can be behaviorally conceptualized as resulting from a learning problem. Current physical therapy practices commonly utilize Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation (NMES) to passively activate quadricep muscles. This passive approach does not directly reteach the lost response but can strengthen the atrophied muscle. This study compares the passive NMES approach to an active biofeedback approach using the FlexDot, a surface electromyogram (sEMG) to shape the response among healthy college-aged students. We compare the passive and active approach within-subject, across knees, and across groups while controlling for condition order and leg dominance. Each participant receives both NMES and the shaping procedure. Each condition lasts five minutes and consists of 30 muscle contractions. Each contraction lasts 5 seconds and was followed by a 5-second rest. We compare a pre and post maximal voluntary isometric contraction (MVIC) tests to determine the effectiveness of each condition. Preliminary results indicate that the active approach may be a more effective method to quickly reteach and recruit voluntary muscle contraction. |
|
|
|
75. The use of a behavioral contract to eliminate smoking |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo Metropolitan University), Aina Hay-Hansson (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: A behavioral contract is an agreement between two or more parties and is used to motivate the execution of desired appropriate activities and to-dos. Such agreements can be a clear and structured way to arrange appropriate conditions for behavioral changes. This study examined the extent to which the use of behavioral agreements contributed to the reduction in the number of consumed tobacco cigarettes per day for a participant already in treatment for serious drug addiction. In addition to cutting out drugs, he was motivated to quit tobacco smoke altogether. To gradually reduce smoke, a changing criterion design was used over six weeks. The participant registered the number of smokes per day in a token economy form. Through the economy system, the participant collected tokens and exchanged them in backup reinforcers and finally a bonus reward. The results showed a stable, downward trend with the immediate effect of the behavioral agreement. The participant eliminated his smoking consumption during the intervention phase. Ethical dilemmas and implications from the results are discussed, and also the study discusses whether quitting smoking should be included in substance abuse treatment. Keywords: Behavioral agreements, token economy, termination of smoking, changing criterion design, substance abuse treatment. |
|
|
|
77. Alcohol, Suicidality, and Behavioral Economics: Exploratory Data Analysis of Individuals Seeking Treatment for Alcohol Consumption |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (University of Kentucky), Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine) |
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Suicide is the 10th leading cause of death in the US and the 2nd leading cause of death for young adults. Up to half of all suicide attempts involve alcohol intoxication, and heavy alcohol use is often correlated with suicidal thoughts and behaviors. Decision-making deficits have individually been associated with alcohol use and suicidality, but there has been minimal research on the intersection of these three areas. Screener data from participants recruited for alcohol treatment clinical trials were used in the exploratory data analysis. Alcohol use, monetary discounting, and alcohol demand were compared to reported history of suicide attempts, plans, and current suicidal ideation. Suicidality was positively related to measures of alcohol use and a trend for increased demand intensity for alcohol based on suicidality was identified. Discounting measures did not appear to be related to suicidality or alcohol use. Potential risk factors for suicidality were identified based on alcohol use measures, with emerging evidence for behavioral-economic indices of suicidality. Further research is needed to better understand the relationship between alcohol use, suicidality, and decision-making. This could lead to better identification of those at risk of suicide, as well as potential targets for suicide prevention. |
|
|
|
79. Evaluation of the Healthy Information Thinking Control for Episodic Future Thinking in Individuals with Diabetes |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
JEREMIAH MICHAEL BROWN (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion; Department of Human Nutrition, Foods, and Exercise, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Leonard Epstein (University at Buffalo Jacobs School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences), Warren K. Bickel (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion; Department of Psychology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Jeffrey S. Stein (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute) |
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Episodic Future Thinking (EFT) reduces delay discounting and may have potential as a clinical tool to increase the likelihood of health-promoting behaviors; however, evaluations of EFT in clinical settings require control conditions that match for cue generation and engagement schedules, as well as participants’ expectations of improvement. The Healthy Information Thinking (HIT) control addresses these issues, but it is unclear how this approach translates to individuals with diabetes and obesity when utilizing diabetes-management specific health-information vignettes. To this end, we examined the impact of EFT, HIT, and a no-cue secondary control condition on delay discounting in 396 obese adults with type 2 diabetes recruited using Amazon Mechanical Turk. Participants completed a survey assessing eligibility, demographic characteristics, and were randomized to EFT, HIT, or no-cue control conditions. Following generation of seven EFT or HIT cues, participants assigned to EFT or HIT conditions completed a delay discounting task while imagining EFT or HIT cues; no cue participants completed the task without cues. Preliminary data of 23 participants suggest that the HIT control does not decrease delay discounting relative to EFT in this sample, further supporting its use as a clinical control. |
|
|
|
81. Behaviorally Based Specific Approaches to Improve Interactions and Results of Parent/Teen Homework Assistance |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
EMILY COOK (Bishop McDevitt High School - Harrisburg, PA), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: The experience of a parent helping their teenager with homework can be tremendously helpful and rewarding for both, but can also be fraught. While guidance abounds, the points included in such lists are often excellent concepts, but are lacking the details required for successful implementation to achieve the desired effects. Changes in overt behaviors are often facilitated by changes in component behaviors, including “private” behaviors of attitudes, opinions, and beliefs. It is worthwhile to consider specific influences of “context” as well as those of the role of parent child homework interactions within the parent child “learning history,” as these both influence the homework help setting, and can serve as vehicles to leverage improvements in such relationships. Important behavioral concepts to be addressed will include but not be limited to escape/avoidance prevention, successive approximations and behavioral momentum, remembering to continue to reinforce, and being mindful that reinforcers must be relevant and valued to the targeted individual.
This presentation outlines behaviorally sound strategies for increasing the likelihood of meaningful impact of many worthwhile but behaviorally poorly defined homework help ideas, and includes specific suggestions in antecedents, topography, and consequences for commonly encountered problems. The relevance of the behavioral suggestions to the targeted individuals offered is enhanced by the high school student and parent perspectives of the authors. |
|
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Rebecca Renee Eldridge (Children's Autism Center) |
|
|
83. Relational Classes of Classism: Transformation of Stimulus Function Among Symbols of Social Class |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Hannah Johnson (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Gabe Lopez (Missouri State University), Melody Whitman (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Rebecca Renee Eldridge (Children's Autism Center) |
Abstract: Relational framing can account for the way that people perceive and relate different stimuli to one another. Such stimuli may be symbols that begin as arbitrary and through the process of relational framing procedures become more significant. The purpose of the research study is to utilize concepts from RFT to evaluate how language and symbols of classism are learned and how they affect perceptions toward people based on wealth. A total of 193 college student participants were presented with a preference task with the two arbitrary symbols on a variety of different objects such as transportation, a house, and clothing items. Following the initial task, a relational training procedure was conducted by pairing the arbitrary symbols with stimuli commonly associated with classist stereotypes. Before repeating the measures, a Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure (SPOP) was shown to establish the target relations. Results suggested that the symbols’ functions transferred post training in accordance with the established relational classes. This result occurred consistently with objects that may operate as indicators of status in society (e.g., house, car) but not others (e.g., fence, trash company). Implications for understanding classism and social status from a behavioral perspective are discussed. |
|
|
|
85. Evaluating the Content Validity of ABA Language Assessments |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SYDNEY JENSEN (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University) |
Discussant: Rebecca Renee Eldridge (Children's Autism Center) |
Abstract: Content validity is the degree to which a measure represents all important components of the construct being measures. This validity is portrayed as a percentage of the totality of a given construct representing in an assessment. Language training in the field of behavior analysis is frequently guided by assessments of verbal operant (Skinner, 1957) behavior. This study aims to assess the content validity of behavior analytic assessments in relation to Skinner’s Verbal behavior. Operant components included were echoics, tacting, manding, metonymical tact, magical mand, etc. The three assessments selected for this study were PEAK Relational Training System (PEAK), the Verbal Behavior Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), and the Assessment of Basic Language Learning Skills - Revised (ABLLS-R). Assessments were sorted by identified content categories and percentage of content categories from Verbal Behavior were evaluated. The percentage of content categories varied according to each assessment and all assessments did not contain items for every specific category. Interrater agreement was measured and exceeded 80% and results suggest implications for language training systems. |
|
|
|
87. Evaluating the LIFE Curriculum: The Effect of Relational Training on Stimulus Discrimination in Analogue Behavior Chains |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Discussant: Rebecca Renee Eldridge (Children's Autism Center) |
Abstract: Previous literature has suggested that many complex social and adaptive life skills take the form of behavioral chains. There remains a need for empirical investigations of effective teaching strategies for learners demonstrating challenges on one or more steps within the chain sequence. The current study investigated the effect of relational training on the formation of behavior chains and stimulus discrimination within a behavior chain in both college students and children diagnosed with ASD. Results suggest that relational training may be an effective intervention for the acquisition of behavior chains, and in addressing difficulties with stimulus discrimination in such chains. These data provide important information about the role of verbal behavior on overt behavior chains. Implications for applied research evaluating the effects of relational training on the acquisition of real-life behavioral chains (e.g., social skills and adaptive living skills) is vast. |
|
|
|
89. Rule-Governed Behavior and its Role in Misinformation on Social Media |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
LIZA E. GEONIE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Rebecca Renee Eldridge (Children's Autism Center) |
Abstract: The world is currently experiencing what experts refer to as an “infodemic” (Zarocostas, 2020). With information easily accessible on the internet and rapidly shared via social media, people are quick to share articles and memes that reflect what is occurring in their environments. The easy access to all types of content makes it harder for individuals to distinguish what is accurate information. While there is still not an agreed upon definition of information, Mingers et al. (2018) define it as consisting of data and bearing truthful content. Misinformation is the dissemination of fake news – oftentimes unintentionally (Hameleers & van der Meer, 2019) while disinformation is false information spread deliberately with the intent to mislead and manipulate (Shu et al., 2020). How one interprets what they read and disseminate is impacted by rules established based on learning history and arbitrarily applicable relational responding. Rule-governed behavior determines how individuals will consume and disseminate information based on data-driven and research-driven sources as opposed to seeking out and sharing content based on confirmation bias and political identity. |
|
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
|
|
91. Communicating and Attenuating Pain Using the Zones of Regulation within an ABA Framework |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
ERICKA MULLINIX (Lexington Behavioral Health Services; Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Morgan Scully (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Teaching emotional self-regulation is challenging for care providers. The Zones of Regulation is a curriculum used widely by occupational therapists to teach emotional regulation. No evidence yet to support its efficacy exists. While the Zones curriculum provides guidance on progression of teaching skills and a plethora of teaching materials, there is no standard method of teaching within the curriculum. There is no guidance correcting errors, prompting hierarchy, or standardized instructions. Additionally, challenges in teaching emotional regulation are more pronounced given significant communication barriers. Many individuals with developmental disabilities have comorbid medical issues, including neurological and gastrointestinal complications such as epilepsy and fecal impaction, which can lead to negative emotional responding. Difficulty communicating pain has been reported to lead to lack of medical care, attributions of symptoms to behavioral issues, unnecessary medical care, and invasive medical procedures. This query explores a way to apply the curriculum with an applied behavior analytic framework, and examines if using stimulus equivalence and automaticity of reinforcement by pairing overt indicators of pain (e.g., precursors, overt symptoms of illness) with colors that correspond to the Zones. This might increase the ability to identify and communicate distressing emotions in order to receive appropriate interventions from caregivers. |
|
|
|
93. A case evaluation of contingency contracting combined with acceptance and commitment therapy with a teenager with autism with severe aggression |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LINDSEY AUDREY MARIE DENNIS (Emergent Learning Center), Raymond burke (Apex Regional Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Taylor Janota (Emergent Learning Center), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Morgan Scully (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Identifying and working towards our values can be difficult, and this can be especially true for those individuals with challenging behaviors. The current case study involves a teenager who has high rates of aggression and low psychological flexibility whose value is to gain more access to his community. The purpose of this case study is to provide a synopsis of a 12-week protocol to increase psychological flexibility and decrease challenging behaviors for one teenager with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder, bipolar disorder and who also experiences social-emotional deficits. This student participated in a 12-week intervention which included a contingency plan and multiple intensive ACT therapy sessions across multiple settings and providers. This protocol also included imbedding ACT language at home and throughout his day at school. Results of this case study showed decreased instances of challenging behavior and increased psychological flexibility across two measures: CPFQ and AFQ-Y. Implications of the incorporation of ACT into treatment for those with challenging behaviors and psychological inflexibility are discussed for additional students. |
|
|
|
95. A Parametric Analysis of Condition Lengths in a TBFA |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER LEIGH PETRILLO (Salve Regina University, Pathways Strategic Learning Center), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Andrea Giacobbe (Pathways), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Discussant: Morgan Scully (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Trial-Based Functional Analysis (TBFA) is an experimental analysis consisting of a series of isolated conditions presented naturalistically in the form of trials to identify the function of problem behavior. Traditional TBFA trials are 1 to 2 minutes in length. However, trial lengths of 1 to 2 minutes might not be sufficient for problem behaviors with a delayed onset. The current study extended the existing research on TBFAs by increasing the duration of the trial length to 5-minutes. A parametric analysis was used to analyze the effectiveness of the trial lengths ranging from 1-minute to 5-minutes. The participant was a 14-year-old male diagnosed with ASD. The results of the parametric analysis showed that 70% of target behaviors occurred after 2 minutes elapsed. These findings suggest that utilizing 1 to 2-minute trial lengths were too brief to capture delayed onset problem behavior. IOA was calculated for all assessment trials with 100% agreement across those trials. |
|
|
|
97. Replication and Extension of Outcomes from an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY HANLIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Morgan Scully (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: A competing stimulus assessment (CSA) is a pre-treatment assessment used to identify stimuli that reduce problem behavior through reinforcer competition or substitution. Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015) evaluated a model for subtyping automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB) based on its sensitivity to changes in functional analysis conditions and the presence of self-restraint. The researchers found that the utility of the CSA in identifying effective competing stimuli (ECS) may vary based on subtype with significantly fewer ECS identified for those with the more treatment resistant subtypes, subtype-2 and -3. Augmenting the CSA (A-CSA) by including response promotion and response disruption tactics may be an effective way to identify or establish ECS (Hagopian et al., 2020). The current study replicated Hagopian et al. (2020) with new participants with subtype-2 (N = 5) and -3 (N = 6) ASIB and extended this research to individuals with subtype-1 (N = 13) ASIB. Results indicated that at least one ECS was identified in the free access condition for 84.6% of applications for subtype-1, 60% of applications for subtype-2, and 66.67% for subtype-3. Response promotion and disruption tactics were then evaluated for individuals for whom at least 2-3 ECSs was not identified. Following this, the free access condition was repeated; the number of ECS identified in the repeated free access condition increased for 5 of the 9 applications. Overall, results suggest that augmenting the CSA may not be necessary for most individuals with subtype-1 ASIB and they support the use of the A-CSA as an effective tool for identifying and establishing ECS for individuals with subtype-2 and -3 ASIB. |
|
|
|
99. Assessment of Chewing in Children with Down Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHIARA FERRARI (University of Nevada Reno), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center) |
Discussant: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: The present study provides a component-composite protocol to assess chewing in four children with Down Syndrome. One baseline and four assessment meals were conducted across four textures of foods to investigate bite down, chew, and tongue lateralization as chewing components. Results showed that, at baseline, all participants ate low-textured food but no chewing components were observed. When assessing the components of chewing in isolation, two children displayed low rates of bite down and chew with food while none of the children engaged in tongue lateralization. Further assessment of the prerequisites of each chewing component found that two children displayed low rates of bite down and chew movements without food present in their mouth. In addition, Lateral Tongue Movement was observed for two children and Down Tongue Movement was observed for all children, while none of the children performed Up Tongue Movement. For the two children who did not perform Lateral Tongue Movement, packing was also observed. Possible implications of the findings for chewing interventions and future research will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
101. A Treatment of Problem Behavior Using an Omnibus Mands Assessment: A Demonstration |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SHELBY LYNNE QUIGLEY (Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Valeria Macuare (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Courtney C Hanlin (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brianna Laureano (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: The functional analysis (FA) methodology described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) delineated a set of specific procedures to identify variables that influence the occurrence of problem behavior. When FA results produce undifferentiated outcomes, problem behavior may be multiply controlled (e.g., attention, tangibles, and escape) or maintained by idiosyncratic reinforcement contingencies (e.g., mands function). The present analysis describes the outcomes of an omnibus mands assessment following a number of undifferentiated FAs for a 12-year-old male who engaged in severe problem behavior. Results of this analysis showed that the participant would engage in problem behavior to gain access to adult compliance with mands and/or adult compliance with child-directed play. A treatment evaluation was then created to target this function of problem behavior and consisted of an omnibus functional communicative response, multiple schedule, extinction, non-contingent reinforcement, and positive reinforcement of alternative behavior. Clinical recommendations for practitioners and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
103. Quantitative Analysis of Atypical Antipsychotics and Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN BENSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: Cox et al. (2021) recently outlined a number of analytic methods (i.e., procedures for estimating effect size, conditional rates, and nonparametric partial correlation tests) that may help quantify the relative contributions of psychotropic medication and behavioral interventions on problem behavior among individuals with intellectual and developmental disorders. The purpose of the current study was to examine the generality of these methods by applying these procedures in a novel clinical context (i.e., a hospital-based inpatient unit for severe problem behavior) with two individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. We extended the procedures described by Cox to include a more stringent sample that incorporates cases with more frequent, severe and treatment-resistant problem behavior, cases with medication increases and/or decreases, cases with at least one similar class of psychotropic medication in common (i.e., atypical antipsychotics), and cases with similar functional classes of problem behavior and treatment components. This work remains a proof of concept, but we replicated a number of the preliminary findings from Cox et al. Implications for future research and medication monitoring practices are discussed. |
|
|
|
105. A Transition from Edible to Social Reinforcement in a School Based Setting |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CORY EVAN JOHNSON (Glenwood, Inc.), Emily Brook Longino (Glenwood, Inc.), Lauren Ashley Nordberg (Glenwood) |
Discussant: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: A common criticism of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and a fundamental tenet of assent-based learning is that edible reinforcement is "problematic" (Leaf et al. 2016). The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Ethical Guidelines reference evaluating any harmful effects reinforcers might have on learners, such as sugar and caloric intake from edible reinforcement, which is commonly used in ABA. In our school setting, behavior analysts have evaluated the efficacy of edible, social, and leisure reinforcers on the stability of response rate for adolescent learners, often finding that social, non-edible reinforcers (YouTube videos, sensory toys, and praise) are more powerful than arbitrary edible reinforcement. This contradicts the findings of research by Butler & Graff (2021) where “for all participants, edible items were associated with the highest response rates during reinforcer assessments”. Our reinforcer assessment findings and work by Butler & Graff (2021) demonstrate that reinforcers should be tailored to be learner specific to produce the most desirable rates of responding in the least stigmatizing manner possible. Included data from learners’ reinforcer assessments support the hypothesis that social reinforcers compete with edible reinforcement for a high percentage of individuals served, and that for some learners responding decreases over time when edible reinforcers are used. References: Leaf, J.B. (2016) Applied behavior analysis is a science and, therefore, progressive. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders 46 (2) pp. 720-731. Butler, C & Graff, R.B. (2021) Stability of preference and reinforcing efficacy of edible, leisure, and social attention stimuli. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 54 (2) pp. 684-699. |
|
|
|
107. The Use of Caregiver-Implemented Visual Schedules to Teach Leisure Activities for Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
SUZANNAH AVERY (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Emily Paige Exline (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: Interventions that promote a shift in stimulus control from continuous adult support during instruction (e.g., frequent prompting and socially mediated reinforcement) to an alternative stimulus is important for increasing independence among children with developmental disabilities. Additionally, it is important for researchers to evaluate caregiver-implemented visual support interventions, due to the importance of caregiver-implemented interventions for the generalization and maintenance of treatment effects. The purpose of this poster is to evaluate whether caregiver-implemented visual schedules could be used to promote independent engagement of leisure activities in the home setting and the extent to which participants will continue to engage in the leisure activity when the caregiver was no longer present in the room. One 13-year-old with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. We evaluated the efficacy of the intervention using a multiple probe design across leisure activities. The results indicated that caregivers could teach their child to follow visual schedules to complete leisure activities in the home setting and that participants would continue to engage with the leisure activity after the caregiver is no longer present. Data collection with a second participant is ongoing. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
AUT Monday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Amanda Kwok (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
|
|
111. Evaluation of a Brief Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHANNON WILSON (University of South Florida), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio; University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Anh Nguyen (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Amanda Kwok (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Identifying preferred stimuli and reinforcers is a key component to any successful intervention aimed at increasing appropriate behavior for individuals with and without disabilities (Verriden & Roscoe, 2016). Preference assessments allow for the identification of specific preferred stimuli for each individual, which can then be used in treatment planning. However, Graff and Karsten (2012) found that clinicians do not conduct preference assessments regularly, with lack of time reported as the most common barrier (81.4% of respondents). Previous research has evaluated various formats of preference assessments, including brief versions (e.g., Brief MSWO; Carr et al., 2000) to address that concern. To extend this line of work, the current study evaluated the correspondence between a paired stimulus preference assessment (PSPA; Fisher et al., 1992) and an abbreviated, briefer version. Seven participants were included in this study and results demonstrated high degrees of correspondence across preference assessment formats, with both preference assessments identifying stimuli that functioned as reinforcers. The average time to administer the brief PSPA (M = 6.6 min) was almost half the time to administer a full PSPA (M = 12.9 min), yielding important implications for practitioners. Future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
113. Social Validity of a Function-Based and Parent-Mediated Elopement Treatment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Laura Suzanna Coleman (Marcus Autism Center), CHELSEA MARIE ROCK (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Solomon (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Kwok (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: A common concern impacting the families of children on the autism spectrum is elopement. This behavior may be amenable to treatment using behavioral interventions; however, little is known regarding the acceptability of such interventions by those receiving these services. In a randomized controlled trial, parents of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder were trained by a BCBA to implement a function-based manualized treatment for elopement. We analyzed social validity measures to determine whether there is an association between treatment outcomes and acceptability ratings. We also explored whether the caregivers of participants with multiple identified functions for elopement have different outcomes and social validity ratings compared to those with a single function. Specifically, data were examined for 16 caregivers who completed a Treatment Acceptability Rating Form – Revised (TARF-R) following treatment, where they provided ratings of treatment outcomes and acceptability of the intervention. Both satisfaction with the treatment and satisfaction with the program were favorable, with overall satisfaction with the program tending to be rated higher than satisfaction with the treatment. |
|
|
|
115. Technician-Delivered Telehealth: A Quality Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID RAY GUTIERREZ MIRANDA (Purdue University), John Augustine (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Amanda Kwok (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been shown to address core features related to autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and to promote adaptive functioning for this population (Roane et al., 2016; Makrygianni et al., 2018; Roth et al., 2013). However, the COVID-19 pandemic has led some service providers to provide behavior analytic services through telecommunication platforms (e.g., Zoom and Skype), otherwise known as telehealth service delivery model. One notable telehealth model is technician-delivered telehealth in which service providers directly implement interventions without assistance from parents or caregivers through a telehealth approach. Although there is emerging research showing the potential effectiveness of technician-delivered telehealth model, an evaluation of the literature is necessary to determine whether this telehealth model is evidence-based. The current review applies the Council for Exceptional Children’s (CEC; 2014) quality indicators to evaluate the quality of the technician-delivered telehealth literature and to classify the evidence base. Based on these results, this review then provides recommendations to enhance the quality of the technician-directed telehealth research and practice. |
|
|
|
117. Using Functional Communication Training with Time Delay to Decrease Escape-Maintained Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH MAKENZIE LINDEMANN (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University) |
Discussant: Amanda Kwok (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Numerous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of FCT as a function-based intervention for problem behavior (Carr et al., 1999). Despite the abundance of studies supporting the effectiveness of FCT, there is limited research for such interventions being implemented in integrated school-based programs. The current study evaluates the effectiveness of Functional Communication Training (FCT) based on the results of a brief functional analysis. A brief functional analysis was conducted to determine the function maintaining the problem behavior. The results indicated that the behavior was maintained dually by escape and access to tangible items. An AB design was implemented with a three-year-old boy with autism enrolled in a preschool program that focuses on integration. A Functional Communication Response (FCR) was taught using a most-to-least prompt hierarchy with a fixed time delay to decrease escape-maintained flopping behavior. Following the intervention, the participant was able to emit the FCR spontaneously within 10 seconds of the initiation of a trial and flopping decreased to an 80% reduction from baseline The percentage of nonoverlapping data was 100% suggesting high intervention effectiveness. The findings add to the growing body of literature supporting the use of FCT. Further implications and limitations are discussed. |
|
|
|
119. A Systematic Review of Studies on Social Skills Interventions Using Behavioral Skills Training or Self-Monitoring for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA DEZAYAS (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Amanda Kwok (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: One of the major skill deficits found in individuals with autism spectrum disorder is a lack of social skills. These socials skills range from having conversations, difficulty interpreting nonverbal behavior, difficulty understanding emotions, and difficulty understanding the perspective of others. It is essential that children with ASD receive social skills intervention as early as possible and continue intervention through their middle and high school years given that difficulties in social skills can negatively impact their development and learning. Social skills interventions are imperative for children with high functioning ASD who typically have feelings of loneliness and desire to be involved in social relationships which demonstrates the need for effective social skills interventions The purpose of this review was to summarize the current literature on using behavioral skills training or self-management procedures to teach conversation skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. This systematic review included 13 studies in the final review. The findings of the current review suggest that BST and self-management are mostly successful in teaching conversation skills across a variety of ages and diagnoses. Future research should look at implementing these teaching procedures in school-based settings, assess generalization effects across novel people and settings, and assess maintenance effects. |
|
|
|
121. Informal Support of Immigrant Families With a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Parents' Voice |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MÉLINA BOULÉ (Université du Québec à Montréal), Mélina Rivard (University of Quebec, Montreal), Marie Millau (Université du Québec à Montréal), Céline chatenoud (Université du Québec à Montréal) |
Discussant: Valeria Laddaga Gavidia |
Abstract: Having a child with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) brings lot of joy and learnings everyday for parents but can also bring challenging situations in daily life. This family context can ask a great deal of adaptation ability from parents. Early services and formal support are important and informal support (i.e., family, friends, or community) can have a crucial impact on parents’ wellbeing and ability to adapt. Immigrant families, who have left their family and friends, are more likely to face the diagnosis and intervention trajectory alone. Cultural perceptions and knowledge about developmental disability can also be an obstacle to sharing experiences with their entourage. The current study investigates the discourse and emotions expressed by parents who have a child with ASD when being questioned about their relationship with their family (that stayed in the origin country or not) and their reactions. Their discourse about having a child with special needs and learning to navigate in a new country is also explored. Eighteen immigrant families were interviewed about their experiences of having a child with ASD in a foreign country in an area of Montreal, Canada. Emotional responses were extracted using thematic analysis to explore themes emerging around informal support, perception, and views of family’s entourage regarding the diagnosis of ASD. The findings of this study are essential to guide the support needs of parents during the trajectory of early childhood for families who have a child with ASD. |
|
|
|
123. Training Parents to Effectively and Efficiently Teach Autistic Learners Who Require Very Substantial Supports to Perform Vocational Skills via Telehealth |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BENJAMIN JOSEPH SEIFERT (Central Texas Autism Center/Ball State University) |
Discussant: Valeria Laddaga Gavidia |
Abstract: With the prevalence of autism continually on the rise, more Autistic people will enter the work force. However, research and employment data say Autistic individuals have a difficult time securing and maintaining employment. One of the issues Autistic people face is a lack of effective and efficient vocational training. While Autistic students are afforded a free and appropriate education, many leave school without sufficient vocational training. The one constant in Autistic people’s lives are parents and caregivers. The current research focused on using Behavior Skills Training (BST) teaching parents how to correctly fade prompts when teaching their Autistic children who require vocational skills. Three parent/student dyads were recruited to collect baseline data on a vocational task, go through BST on stimulus control, prompt hierarchy, and prompt fading. A multiple probe design was used collect and analyze data for this research. The study resulted in all the parent participants acquiring and maintaining prompt fading skills and their children progressing on a vocational task faster than teaching as usual. Future research should focus on training educators and vocational coaches how to use and fade prompts in order to teach more vocational skills. |
|
|
|
127. Ethnic Disparities on Early Identification and Access to Services for Black Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University; Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Torica L Exume (Florida Atlantic University Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Maryellen Quinn (Florida Atlantic University; Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Rosemyrtle Louis (Florida Atlantic University; Center for Autism and Related Disabilities) |
Discussant: Valeria Laddaga Gavidia |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a lifelong disorder that affects children and families. Racial disparities affect the rate of identification, access and use of services, and relationship with professionals making these diagnoses. Black children are diagnosed with ASD 1.6 years later, misdiagnosed with a conduct disorder, or identified with more severe ASD than White children (Mandel et al., 2007; Constantino et al., 2020). Black children are more likely to be diagnosed with more severe forms of autism, suggesting under-diagnosis of children with milder forms. Poorly timed ASD identification or failing to identify Black children with ASD will decrease the likelihood of obtaining ABA treatment, especially for early intervention. We conducted focus groups, surveys and interviews with parents and professionals and analyzed data from the Florida Department of Education on six school districts to understand how Black children are identified. We also report on parent and professional perceived barriers to successful identification. Understanding the barriers coupled with our recommendations for overcoming these barriers will inform autism providers, educators, and behavior analysts in developing culturally sensitive and effective practices enabling them to better support Black parents through the ASD identification process and allow these children more equitable access to ABA services. |
|
|
|
129. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Improve the Graduation and Persistence of College Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALI K. MAHAMAT (Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Valeria Laddaga Gavidia |
Abstract: Despite inclusion efforts in higher education in recent years a growing commitment to educational equity among historically underserved students is required. There is limited support for persistence and graduation of college students with learning disability. These groups of students come from a diverse racial and ethnic backgrounds such as historically Black, Latinx and other subgroups that identify as non-white. Herbert et. al (2014) suggested that learning disability such Autism as one group that should be supported. A more systematic, culturally sensitive approach is essential to connect the educational gaps. There is limited research on successful interventions for underrepresented college students with Autism. Behavior Skills Training (BST) is a method to teach students, staff, parents, and anyone else you are teaching a new skill. BST as “a procedure consisting of instruction, modeling, behavioral rehearsal, and feedback that is used to teach new behaviors or skills” (2004, p. 558). This Project utilized a workshop training using behavior skills training, modeling, rehearsing, feedback to teach college students with disability selected skills including time management, self-advocacy, job interview skills and other daily living. Early data suggest that there’s a significant difference in the success of students early in the semester, compared to past graduations rates. 5 out of 8 students showed an increase of overall GPA. 3 students reported increased in social skills. Although this project is currently underway, promising significant outcomes are anticipated. |
|
|
|
131. Effects of Using Telehealth-Based Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Caregivers to Implement the Cool Versus Not Cool Intervention with their Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY DUMPROFF (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University) |
Discussant: Valeria Laddaga Gavidia |
Abstract: This study was conducted to first evaluate the effects on caregivers’ fidelity of the Cool Versus Not Cool (CNC) intervention using remote behavioral skills training (BST) and second, to evaluate subsequent treatment effects when caregivers implement intervention with their child with ASD. The components of behavioral skills training used were instruction, modeling, role-playing, and feedback. Past research has not evaluated the effects of the CNC intervention on children with ASD’s social skills when implemented by their caregivers. Thus, this research was needed to evaluate the effectiveness of remote based BST and the effectiveness of caregiver-implemented CNC intervention. Results suggested that remote-based BST is a useful training strategy to train caregivers and to support caregiver-implemented CNC to improve children with ASD’s social skills. During follow up and generalization conditions across dyads, caregiver and child skills maintained. During generalization, caregiver skills maintained when teaching new social skills for Caregiver 1 and Caregiver 2, but not entirely for Caregiver 3. |
|
|
|
133. Evaluating Virtual Training for Increasing Clinicians' Fidelity of Implementation of the Facing Your Fears Curriculum |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH LUDMILLA BERNIER (Brock Univeristy), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Judy Reaven (JFK Partners, University of Colorado Anschutz Medical Campus), Melissa Susko (Dalhousie University), Julia DeSantis (N/A), Tanya Makela (Lake Ridge Community Support Services), Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University) |
Discussant: Rebecca Anne Receveur (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Evidence indicates that Facing Your Fears (FYF), a group-based cognitive-behaviour therapy, is effective for reducing anxiety and increasing emotion regulation in children with autism. Treatment fidelity, or the accuracy of treatment delivery, is a critical component for sustainable implementation and positive child outcomes. Few studies have focused on clinicians' fidelity implementing FYF or maintenance of accuracy over time. To our knowledge, no research has examined the use of virtual behaviour skills training with self-monitoring for improving clinicians’ fidelity implementing FYF. In a multiple-baseline design across three clinicians, we evaluated the efficacy of the training for increasing fidelity of a target from the FYF curriculum (preparing for and conducting exposures), selected by the clinicians. All clinicians met the fidelity mastery criterion (i.e., 90% across two sessions) within three sessions. Their performance maintained at two-month follow-up and will be reassessed at six-month follow-up. Clinicians also rated their confidence and competence of FYF implementation pre-and post-training, and all clinicians’ ratings increased post-training. Clinicians will reassess their confidence and competence ratings at six-month follow-up. Clinicians reported that the training procedures were acceptable on a social validity measure administered post-training. Incorporating evidence-based training to improve FYF treatment fidelity could optimize training and improve child outcomes. |
|
|
|
135. Teaching Pretend Play Skills to Children With Autism: A Comparison of Different Prompting Strategies |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MADISON SCHALLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Omaha), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha) |
Discussant: Rebecca Anne Receveur (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Children with autism demonstrate delays in pretend play skills, which can negatively affect their ability to form social relationships with peers. The purpose of this study was to compare interventions for teaching children with autism pretend play skills. The interventions evaluated included (a) prompt delay which involved waiting a specified time before physically prompting play actions, (b) instructive feedback in which secondary play targets were presented during the inter-trial interval without providing prompts or reinforcement, and (c) prompt delay with instructive feedback which was combined both procedures. We implemented these interventions in a trial-based arrangement and conducted free-play probes throughout training. We used an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a multiple probe design across sets of play materials to compare the effects of each intervention on the pretend play actions and vocalizations of a 5-year-old girl with autism. She met mastery criteria faster with prompt delay with instructive feedback in the first comparison and with prompt delay in the second. Play actions generalized to free-play probes, but play vocalizations did not. Video modeling with contingent reinforcement was implemented and found efficacious for increasing her vocalizations. Overall, results indicated different interventions were effective in increasing pretend play skills. |
|
|
|
137. An Evaluation of a Caregiver-Led Approach Toward Teaching Vital Prevention Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE FELTY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska-Omaha), Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Rebecca Anne Receveur (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Ruppel et al. (2021) demonstrated the efficacy of an approach with children who exhibited deficits in communication and tolerance skills. Their approach could prevent problem behavior toward similar goals as the Preschool Life Skills program (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007). However, a potential limitation of Ruppel et al.'s approach is the omission of challenging situations (risk factors) shown to influence problem behavior based on the assessment and treatment literature. Given the gaps in Ruppel et al. relative to other prevention programs (PLS), the primary aim of this study was to systematically extend Ruppel et al. by including teaching situations and generality tests that expand the application of prevention skills. Similar to Ruppel et al., caregivers directly implemented all procedures. We evaluated target skills and problem behavior using a multiple-probe design across challenging situations (Horner & Baer, 1978). Behavioral skills training was used to teach caregivers the experimental procedures (Miltenberger et al., 2004). The second aim of this study was to evaluate teaching efficiency by analyzing the data in a trial-by-trial format. Results indicated that children engaged in the target skills during all opportunities following teaching from caregivers. Additionally, some children learned the target skills after only four opportunities (trials). |
|
|
|
139. The Induction of Naming Through Multiple Exemplar Instruction in an Individual With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JULIE M. CRABTREE (Avail Outreach; Bending Birch Behavioral Services), Emma Benington (Bending Birch Behavioral Services), Melissa Martin (Bending Birch Behavioral Services) |
Discussant: Rebecca Anne Receveur (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Bi-Directional Naming (BiN), is a capability that allows an individual to learn novel speaker and listener responses from incidental exposure to unique stimuli and the corresponding name. The speaker and listener responses emerge without direct teaching or reinforcement, which increases rates of skill acquisition exponentially. The naming capability often emerges in neurotypical children between the ages of 2 and 3 but is frequently missing for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Much of the existing literature in this area has demonstrated the effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI), which consists of teaching stimuli across speaker and listener response topographies, in inducing BiN in neurotypical individuals who do not have the naming capability. The current intervention replicated and extended previous research that demonstrated the emergence of BiN through the implementation of MEI in typically developing preschool children (Greer, et al., 2007). Specifically, the effectiveness of MEI in inducing BiN was evaluated in a 10-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who did not previously have the naming capability. Results suggested that, following MEI across speaker and listener responses for three teaching sets, the naming repertoire emerged for the initial, untrained set of stimuli. |
|
|
|
141. Connections Between Autism Spectrum Disorder and Aural Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JADE BERYL WHEELER (University of West Florida), Salvador Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Discussant: Rebecca Anne Receveur (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Hearing disorders can cause problematic symptoms and lower the quality of life for anyone that has them. Individuals with neurodivergence such as Autism Spectrum Disorder are more likely to be born with or develop an auditory disorder at some point in their lives, which can cause further problems in cognitive, social, and emotional development. Research has shown that although there is a definite correlation between autism and hearing disorders, the nature, cause, and identities of the hearing disorders remain generally vague beyond the broad umbrella of ‘auditory processing disorder’. It is pertinent to gather research on the connections to the two diagnoses; to learn and discover ways to accommodate and provide relief, therapy, or assistive technology for individuals with both ASD and auditory disorders. In doing so, many individuals with both broad disorders, concurring or not, will be able to have better development, communication, and social skills, among many other benefits. Research for this poster was found using the online databases available to students of the University of West Florida through John C. Pace Library. |
|
|
|
143. Implementing Group-Based Situational Social Games for Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Randomized Trial |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHONGYING WANG (Nankai University), Miao Yu (Nankai University) |
Discussant: Rebecca Anne Receveur (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Background: Some group-based early intervention program for children with ASD was reported to be effective, such as G-ESDM. The majority of services for children with ASD is still 1:1 implementation (one interventionist to one child) through private practitioners in China, resulting in high cost and many families cannot afford. However, unlike clinical-based therapy settings, preschool programs provide opportunities to play and communication with other peers, hence maximizing learning opportunities and reducing social isolation. Objective: This study aims to investigate the effectiveness of group-based situational social games for preschoolers with ASD. Methods: Thirty-one children with ASD aged between 3 to 6 were recruited and randomly assigned to the experimental group (N = 15, Meanage = 4.85, SDage = 0.74) or the control group (N = 16, Meanage = 4.47, SDage = 0.89) as shown in Table 1. Children in the experiment group were provided an eleven-week group-based situational social games which included eleven social themes plays to guide children to use appropriate social communications skills, twice a week and 60 min each time, besides the regular intervention, 20 hours one-to-one ABA intervention. Children in the control group were provided only the regular intervention. The measure used before and after intervention were the Chinese Version of Psycho-educational Profile - 3rd Edition (C-PEP-3), the Child Autism Spectrum Quotient (AQ), the Social Communication Questionnaire (SCQ) and the Child Autism Rating Scale (CARS). Results: After eleven weeks’ intervention, the results showed that the C-PEP-3 verbal cognition score of the two groups improved significantly post-intervention compared to pre-intervention (P < 0.05) and the C-PEP-3 interpersonal relationship score increased significantly in the week 11 compared to that in the baseline in the experiment group (P < 0.05) but not in the control group (P = 0.077). The total score of SCQ and AQ decreased significantly (P < 0.05) only in the experiment group. Conclusions: The group-based social game interventions for children with ASD are effective in improving children's social communication skills. More research is needed to explore social game themes, optimal duration of intervention, and the maintenance of intervention outcomes. |
|
|
|
145. Clinician Implementation of Task Interspersals With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ISABELLA MASSARO (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Daniela Silva (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Amanda Austin (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Samreen Rizvi (Rutgers University New Brunswick NJ), Michael Romano (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Salvador Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Task interspersal is a procedure often used when teaching individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that involves presenting trials of maintenance tasks before trials of acquisition tasks. This procedure has been shown to be effective in teaching a variety of skills to individuals with ASD (e.g., Chong & Carr, 2005; Pitts & Dymond, 2012) and its general procedures were recently summarized through a survey by Bottini et al. (2019). However, no research has examined the different contexts in which service providers may use task interspersal with individuals with ASD and the procedural variations that may occur across these contexts. The present study surveyed direct care providers to evaluate differences in procedural approaches when task interpersals were used as an antecedent intervention to prevent undesired behavior rather than as a consequence following challenging behavior. Preliminary results from 18 professionals working in the field of ABA indicate that nearly 90% of respondents utilize interspersals antecedently and as a consequence following the occurrence of challenging behavior. Procedural variations were noted between contexts with regard to the ratio of mastered to target tasks, type of reinforcement used, and reinforcement schedule. Results of the survey will clarify interspersal procedures utilized in the field. |
|
|
|
147. Evaluation of Instructive Feedback and Multiple-Exemplar Training as Strategies for Generalizing Tacts Across English and Spanish Responses |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICIO ERHARD (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (University of Texas at Austin), Ross Nesselrode (University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Salvador Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Research has indicated that bilingual learners diagnosed with autism have difficulty accessing culturally responsive interventions. Emerging research has shown that people with autism have benefited from the use of instructive feedback and serial multiple-exemplar training for promoting the generalization of tacts. However, no study has examined the effects these combined strategies have on the emergence and generalization of tacts across multiple languages. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across four participants was used to teach children from heritage language homes tacts in English and Spanish. The study demonstrated that instructive feedback and serial multiple-exemplar training were effective in producing generalization across novel stimulus exemplars in primary and secondary languages for two of the four participants. Additional training components (rehearsal and corrective feedback) were effective in producing the same generalization outcomes with the remaining two participants. Clinical implications are discussed. |
|
|
|
149. Incorporating a Sex Education Package to Decrease Public Masturbation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PORSHA CHARDAI OGAWA (Oaks Integrated Care INC), Amy Ashenfelter (Oaks Integrated Care INC) |
Discussant: Salvador Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Masturbation is defined as the touching and stimulation of one’s own genitals for sexual arousal and pleasure. This may involve the use of hands or rubbing against surfaces and/or the use of objects. Due to the lack of sex education and social awareness those with autism spectrum disorder at times may engage in inappropriate sexual behavior during inappropriate times or while in inappropriate places. Individuals with ASD are especially at risk for sexual abuse, self-harm and causing harm to others when engaging in socially inappropriate behaviors such as public masturbation. Masturbation is part of normal sexual development and should also be expected in individuals with ASD (American Academy of Pediatrics, 1996). Having an intellectual disability does not limit the act of masturbation, instead it is important to ensure individuals receives individualized appropriate sex education and provide adequate support of appropriate sexual behavior (American Academy of Pediatrics, 1996). Participants include one youth residing within a congregate setting diagnosed with ASD. Youth was an 18 years of age female who communicated in four-to-five-word sentences often scripted or prompted. During the time of the study youth was receiving Applied Behavior Analysis services paired with Speech therapy. Applied Behavior Analysis services was provided within the school and social skills groups within the congregate group home. |
|
|
|
151. A Systematic Approach to Pre-Session Pairing and Rapport Building in Programming for Individuals Receiving Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SUSAN FONTENOT MILLER (Butterfly Effects), Molly Ann McGinnis (Butterfly Effects), Ashley Juarez (Butterfly Effects), Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Endicott College, Butterfly Effects) |
Discussant: Salvador Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Empirical evidence supports that pre-session pairing, or rapport building, between a clinician and client can increase clinical outcomes in ABA services. Kelly, Axe, Allen, and Maguire noted the effects of pre-session pairing on decreasing challenging behaviors in 2015 while Shillingsburg, Hansen, and Wright (2018) delineated 9 steps in the pairing process to best support children with Autism for in seat, at a table, discrete trial instruction. Furthermore, Lugo, King, Lamphere, and McArdle (2017) sought to operationally define the behaviors characteristic of pre-session pairing to then train staff to better implement these skills. This presentation explores the systematic approach to training BCBA supervisors and technicians in pre-session pairing and the addition of a “Rapport Building” curriculum to a client’s individualized learning program. The presenters will describe the training of clinicians across skills, review the development of a systematic pre-session pairing program, and compare clinical outcomes between clients whose programs include a systematic approach to pairing and those without. Finally, the presenters will examine the social validity from parents, payers, and technicians to support the pre-session pairing program. |
|
|
|
153. Telehealth Behavior Skills Training for Caregivers of Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY T BATTON (University of Florida), Rachel Eve Kaplan (University of Florida), Kaci Ellis (University of Florida), Carla T. Schmidt (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Salvador Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Access to ABA services is limited due to the number of certificated providers with waitlists nationwide. Access becomes even more limited for families in rural areas. Additionally, navigating schedules for busy families limits availability for services. For these reasons, a telehealth caregiver behavior skills training, the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS), was developed to teach parents to implement behavior analytic procedures with their children. This feasibility study sought to replicate research from the University of Kansas in another state and pilot procedures for future research. This single-subject design included 3 participant families. The participants were caregivers, specifically mothers, of young children (age 3-6 years) with ASD. Caregivers completed pre-assessments, 16 weekly modules with coaching from a certified OASIS coach/RBT, and post-assessments following completion of the program. Preliminary data suggests that parents demonstrated increases in self-efficacy, family quality of life, and knowledge of principles of ABA, as well as decreases in parent stress. |
|
|
|
155. Promoting Effective Focused In-Clinic ABA Treatment for Young Adults with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RICK GUTIERREZ (Easterseals of Southern California), Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California), Shaji Haq (Easterseals Southern California), Ronald Francis Moreno (Easterseals of Southern California) |
Discussant: Salvador Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: The participant in this study is an 18-year-old male diagnosed with autism. He engages in severe self-injurious behavior, aggression, disruptive behavior, and stereotypic behavior. The home environment was not suitable for a functional analysis assessment, in addition, the family also lacks dependable transportation and other resource in order for the participant to access health care, education, and leisure activities. The results show that it is necessary for the clinical team focused on social determinants of health including legal matters, transportation, and access to both insurance and generic resources to promote effective focused in-clinic ABA treatment. |
|
|
|
157. The Effect of Self-Management Strategies Using High Technology on Geography Lessons Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BINYAMIN BIRKAN (Biruni University), Ali İrfan ÇAKA (Binyamin Birkan Academy) |
Discussant: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In this study, the effect of self-management strategies presented to a student with autism spectrum disorder with a high technological device on the achievements of geography lesson was investigated by using a single-subject research design, a multiple probe design across behaviors. For this purpose, a 19-year-old early student who was diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in the study. Three of Turkey's seven geographical regions (Marmara, Black Sea and Mediterranean) were chosen for geography lesson outcomes. In the implementation phase of the research, it was observed that the participant achieved the geography lesson achievements at a level that met the predetermined criteria and could generalize to different conditions. In addition, it was observed that the participant continued the gains obtained in the probes taken in the 2nd, 4th and 6th weeks after the intervention ended. The findings of the study indicate that self-management strategies using high technology are effective on the achievements of geography lessons. Inter-observer reliability data were collected at each stage of the study. Inter-observer reliability data for all phases is between 80% and 100%. |
|
|
|
159. Class-Wide Implementation of Universal Activity Schedules |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY LYNNE BRIGHT (May Institute), Katharine Davies (May Institute), Emily Sullivan (Western New England ; May Institute), Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.) |
Discussant: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Activity schedules are a tool used to teach individuals with autism to engage in a chain of meaningful activities to promote greater independence. The literature shows success of implementation with a variety of individuals in numerous settings. However, implementation of evidence-based practices on a wide scale is a challenge in applied settings. The present study introduced a universal activity schedule package in an intensive behavioral classroom of 6 participants with autism and developmental disabilities ages 17-20, all of whom engaged in severe problem behavior. The package included gaining participant assent, cooperation with 1-5 meaningful activities, and checking in with an adult following schedule completion. The universal activity schedule package was selected from the site’s shared CentralReach program library and data collection occurred entirely using CentralReach. Each participant demonstrated over 90% assent to sessions, quickly mastered between 1-5 meaningful alternative leisure activities, generalized those skills to novel activities and staff, and made progress towards their individual IEP goals. Additionally, staff and parent social validity data suggest the class-wide universal activity schedule package was easy to implement and produced meaningful acquisition of functional skills for each student. These results show the benefits of leveraging electronic databases to disseminate evidence-based practice. |
|
|
|
163. The Effects of a Text Message Script Intervention on Conversational Speech Between Autistic Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Julia Blanco (Claremont McKenna College), MARJORIE H. CHARLOP (Claremont McKenna College), Alanna Dantona (Claremont Graduate University), Catherine Lugar (Claremont Graduate University), Brianna Waterbury (Claremont Graduate University), Jaime Diaz (Claremont Graduate University), Katherine Emery (Scripps College), Rachel Podl (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Autistic children typically display difficulty in making appropriate initiations and responses during conversations. While previous research has shown the benefits of using written scripts to facilitate conversational speech, limited research has been conducted using technology to increase these verbal-social interactions between children. Additionally, some script programs are obvious and perhaps intrusive in a natural context. In the present study, a text message intervention (TMI) procedure using scripted language to teach conversational speech between four autistic children was studied. A multiple baseline design across dyads was used. A text message intervention consisting of “in the moment” contextually relevant scripts sent via cell phone to the autistic children during play sessions was assessed. Results demonstrated an increase in appropriate conversational speech through the TMI procedure and an increase in unscripted speech following the intervention. The participants generalized the behavior across typically developing peers and settings as well as during follow-up. |
|
|
|
165. Addressing Prompt Dependency in the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Tangible Items |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of Missouri), MADISON HALE IMLER (University of Missouri), Danielle Ariana Kelly (University of Missouri) |
Discussant: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The present study extends the results of Gorgon and Kodak (2019) by evaluating the effectiveness of utilizing differential reinforcement, prompt fading, and extended response intervals to address prompt dependency in the treatment of problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items for Scarlett, a 16-year-old female with autism spectrum disorder. During functional communication training, a progressive prompt delay was utilized to fade out prompted functional communication responses. The therapist then found that as the delay to the prompt increased functional communication responses decreased which led the therapist to determine that Scarlett was prompt-dependent (i.e., waiting for the therapist to provide a prompt before responding). In addition to delaying Scarlett’s skill acquisition, her prompt dependency decreased her opportunities for independence. Therefore, a prompt dependency assessment was then conducted to increase independent functional communication responses. During the prompt dependency assessment, we compared the effects of differential reinforcement, full physical prompts, vocal prompt fading, and extended response intervals (no prompt) on independent functional communication responses. The results of the study suggest that the prompt dependency assessment was effective in increasing independent functional communication responses for one individual with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
|
167. Using an Activity Schedule to Increase Appropriate Play Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAITLIN BELTRAN (Millstone Township School District), Jillian Behan (Millstone Township School District) |
Discussant: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disorder characterized by challenges in social skills, repetitive behaviors, and communication. Children with autism often do not follow the typical pattern of play development, particularly in imitative and imaginary play. Play can positively affect academic, social, and cognitive learning. Research has demonstrated that strategies based on applied behavior analysis are effective for increasing appropriate play behaviors; however, there is little research on using activity schedule format to teach appropriate play skills. The current study examined the effects of using an activity schedule with systematic prompting and differential reinforcement to increase appropriate play skills of using toys according to correct function (e.g., arranging toy food on a plate, brushing a doll’s hair). The participant was able to acquire multiple appropriate play skills for varied sets of materials within this context. Generalization with novel instructors and play materials was also observed. Additional research is required to assess generalization to natural play environments. |
|
|
|
169. Use of Token Economy With Response Cost Guided by AIM Cirriculum to Decrease Dangerous Behavior and Increase Adaptive Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jacy Reed-Robles (FABA; Butterfly Effects), CLAIRE SPIELER (Butterfly Effects), Molly Ann McGinnis (Butterfly Effects) |
Discussant: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Research supports the use of token economy systems for increasing desired behaviors in children with autism and also indicates use of response cost can function as effective punisher for undesired or dangerous behavior. Mark Dixon's AIM curriculum includes a daily point system that is intended to combine components of ACT into a functional behavior plan. At this time, there is limited research on the effectiveness of the AIM curriculum, with the exception of a study demonstrating the effectiveness of the curriculum to teach job performance skills to children with autism (Issen, Himan, & Dixon, 2021). In the current study, the AIM daily point system was used as a guide to incorporate engagement in targeted, functional replacement behaviors (adaptive skills) and coping skills, while also effectively punishing high intensity, dangerous behavior via response cost. The hexaflex behaviors were operationally defined for the child and the therapy team, and use of these supplemental skills resulted in the delivery of reinforcement. Additionally, AIM daily activities were used as supplemental activities to target replacement skills such as non-preferred task completion, requesting help, requesting break, and using age-appropriate coping skills. This intervention was used in addition to continued 1:1 instruction of replacement behaviors and supplement skills, and consistent caregiver training, to decrease frequency of elopement, tantrum, and aggression. As a result of the treatment package, all targeted behaviors have decreased to near zero levels and independence with adaptive skills has increased. The full treatment package was successfully faded and the acquired skills are maintaining, and have generalized across several people and settings. |
|
|
|
171. Recent Adaptation to the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA): Performance-Based Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AARON LEYMAN (queens college, CUNY), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Tess Fruchtman (Queens College, City University of New York), Natasha Raghunauth-Zaman (Queens College) |
Discussant: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention for problem behavior often relies on the results of a functional analysis to identify environmental contributors. The interview-informed, synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) is a specific functional analysis format developed to be of practical value among clinicians. Adaptations to the IISCA procedures have since been discussed to further improve acceptability and accessibility by (a) introducing evocative events following periods of calm to reduce dangerous escalation, (b) including moment-to-moment measures of problem behavior to allow for ongoing visual analysis of data, and (c) maintaining measures of positive affect. The format including these adaptations has been termed the performance-based IISCA and has yet to be empirically evaluated. We conducted the performance-based IISCA with six participants who engaged in problem behavior. During the analysis, the reinforcers were presented contingent upon problem behavior and removed following 30 s of calm behavior. Overall, the performance-based IISCA required 8.33 min to conduct and functionally related environmental events were identified without any bursts in problem behavior. In addition, all the participants spent the majority of the time exhibiting calm and engaged behaviors. The results suggest that the performance-based IISCA may be a safe and efficient format for clinicians to consider. |
|
|
|
|
|
BPN Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
|
|
2. Effects of Acute and Chronic Nicotine Administration on Choice of Probabilistic Outcomes |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
KATYA NOLDER (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Risky choice can be operationally defined as the choice for a larger, uncertain reinforcer over a smaller, certain reinforcer. Research suggests smokers engage in more risky or maladaptive decisions when compared to nonsmokers. The relation between nicotine and risky choice could benefit from further investigation, since nicotine is the active substance of tobacco products that maintains tobacco addiction. Acute nicotine administration has been shown to alter risky choice; however, since the everyday smoker uses nicotine repeatedly, more research on chronic administration is warranted and would allow for assessment of tolerance or sensitization of these effects. The present study investigated effects of acute and chronic nicotine administration on risky decision-making in male Sprague-Dawley rats using a probability-discounting procedure. The probability-discounting procedure included discrete-trial choices between a small, certain reinforcer and a larger, uncertain reinforcer. The probability of larger-reinforcer delivery systematically decreased across blocks within each session. Acute nicotine administration dose-dependently increased risky choice, and tolerance to nicotine’s effects on larger-reinforcer choice was observed after repeated 1.0 mg/kg nicotine administration. Nicotine may decrease sensitivity to reinforcer magnitude and probabilities of delivery, but tolerance to these effects may develop after chronic exposure, so these results may have implications for new smokers. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
|
|
6. An Application of Machine Learning to Detect the Presence of Challenging Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SETH WALKER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Walker Arce (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jordan DeBrine (University of Nebraska medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), James Gehringer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
Abstract: In assessing and treating challenging behavior, a significant amount of time and resources are allocated to recording the presence of challenging behavior. Researchers use several different strategies to capture change in behavior over time including permanent product, continuous, and discontinuous methods. One barrier to the use of continuous data collection procedures is that observers must constantly attend to the participant of interest and a second independent observer often simultaneously observes the participant of interest to ensure measurement reliability. One possible solution to resource concerns associated with measurement procedures is to use machine learning models to automate the identification of challenging behavior via video. The primary purpose of this study was to assess the feasibility of using a machine learning model to detect the presence or absence of aggression in the form of hitting. We used a supervised machine learning model trained with a private dataset from one participant consisting of video examples of ‘hitting’ and ‘not-hitting’. To assess the generality of our machine learning model, we tested its performance in identifying novel videos containing hitting. We discuss the implications of our findings and future directions of using machine learning algorithms in behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
8. Effects of Biologically Neutral Outcomes on a Two-Choice Conditional Discrimination Procedure with Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIO SERRANO (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA), Pedro Elio Rey Murrieta (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
Abstract: The present experiment explored the differential outcomes effect using “biologically neutral outcomes”. Two groups of rats were exposed to a two-choice conditional discrimination procedure. Responses to one of two available levers in the presence of one visual stimulus and responses to the other lever in the presence of a second visual stimulus were reinforced with food pellets. For one group, an auditory stimulus was consistently correlated with reinforcer delivery for responses in one lever but not the other. For the other group, the auditory stimulus was or wasn’t presented with reinforcement after either correct response, randomly. Global percentage of correct responses was similar between groups, but rats exposed to the correlated condition showed a bias for the lever that produced food only. Along with previous experiments, the present results question the differential outcomes effect using either biologically neutral or biologically non-neutral outcomes. |
|
|
|
10. What-Where-When Remembering in Rats II: Automated Incrementing Non-match-to-sample Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SOPHIE LORRAINE PINNEKE (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Hawken V. Hass (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Cassondra Giarrusso (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Spencer Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
Abstract: The Odor Span Task has been used to examine control by multiple stimulus properties (e.g., what-where-when components of an event) in rats in an arena setting. The present study extended this research by assessing what-where-when remembering in two distinct contexts using an automated, go-no-go, incrementing non-match-to-sample procedure in five rats. Reinforcement was delivered only for context-novel odor stimuli in each context. Phase 1 included one transition between contexts to measure rats’ discrimination of which odor was presented in which context. Phase 2 increased the number of transitions during the session to two and three context changes. In Phase 3, probe trials were added to control for recent familiarity with odor stimuli. Rats learned to respond to context-novel scents at above chance levels with one, two, or three context transitions during Phases 1 and 2. However, in Phase 3, performance on probe trials comparing item-in-context to familiarity-based responding was indiscriminate, and modifications to the training procedure are ongoing. Developing an automated procedure to study episodic-like remembering in rats would be useful to eliminate possible sources of human error, minimize handling of subjects between trials, control confounding variables, and expand further research on therapeutic approaches for different memory disorders in humans. |
|
|
|
12. The role of conditioned reinforcer and discriminative stimulus in a token reinforcement system |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RICARDO SILVESTRE CAMPOS RIVERA (University of Guadalajara), Cristiano Valerio dos Santos (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
Abstract: On the several functions of the tokens, the roles of conditioned reinforcer and discriminative stimulus have received more attention. Five pigeons were exposed to a second order schedules in a two-component multiple schedule: master and yoked component. In Condition A, tokens were delivered in the master component according to a Variable Interval 15 s (VI 15) and the component ended when four tokens were obtained. In the yoked condition, the tokens were programmed according to the time that they were obtained in the previous master component. In Condition B, the master component was a conjoint VI 30 and a Variable Time 30 s that ended after the delivery of four tokens. The four tokens of the yoked component were response-dependent and programmed according to the time they were obtained in the previous master component. Condition C was similar to A with the differences that tokens were extinguished. Tokens or food were exchanged at end of each component. Results showed an increase in the response rate as function of obtained tokens which suggest a discriminative function and also a relative decrease in response rate of the free-token component but not in the yoked component which supports the idea of conditioned reinforcer. |
|
|
|
14. What-Where-When Remembering in Rats I: Variations on the Odor Span Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAWKEN V. HASS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily Burrell (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rebeca Barba (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Dylan Marshall (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amanda Burke (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
Abstract: Behavior can come under the control of multiple stimulus properties (e.g., what, where, and when components of an event); this has been termed “episodic-like” remembering. We used two procedural variations of the Odor Span Task (OST) to examine episodic-like remembering in rats. In the OST, selection of a session-novel odor results in reinforcement, but odors are not reinforced on subsequent presentations. In the Context variation, three rats were trained on the OST in two distinct apparatuses each day; selection of context-novel odors resulted in reinforcement. In-context probe trials after two context transitions indicated above chance performance even when controlling for familiarity cues. In the Flavor variation, one odor was designated each day as a replenishing odor, while the other OST odors did not replenish after their first presentations. Selection of the replenishing odor was reinforced with a berry-flavored pellet, while other odors were baited with sucrose pellets. Four rats learned which odor was associated with berry (what) each day (when). These procedures show promise as models for testing episodic-like remembering in laboratory rats. Such animal models have important clinical implications for developing treatments for disorders characterized by loss of episodic remembering, such as Alzheimer’s disease. |
|
|
|
16. Repeated Renewal During Dense and Lean Schedules of Differential Alternative Reinforcement: A Human Operant Investigation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RYAN KIMBALL (University of Saint Joseph), Lindsay Day (University of Saint Joseph), Emily Ferris (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), John Silveira Jr. (University of Saint Joseph), Rebecca Karis (University of Saint Joseph) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
Abstract: Operant renewal is a form of treatment relapse that occurs when a previously suppressed response reemerges due to a change in context. Previous research has demonstrated that renewal of target responding may occur despite the availability of differential reinforcement for an alternative response (DRA). Nevertheless, the current literature on renewal presents mixed findings regarding the impact of dense and lean schedules of DRA on the magnitude of renewal. In addition, little is known about the impact of repeated renewal tests. We used a translational approach to study the effects of dense and lean schedules of DRA during repeated renewal tests with undergraduate college students and a simulated computer task. All participants experienced two, three-phase ABA renewal arrangements. In the dense and lean renewal arrangements, we differentially reinforced alternative behavior in Context B and the renewal test in Context A on a VI 3-s or a VI 12-s schedule, respectively. Overall renewal effects were small. Further, the data suggest that although renewal is possible in both arrangements, a slightly higher magnitude of renewal may be more likely with a lean schedule of reinforcement versus a dense schedule. However, the data also suggest that repeated tests may decrease the magnitude of renewal. |
|
|
|
18. An Examination of Within-Session Operant Response Patterns in Mice: Satiation or Habituation? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NICHOLAS L VITALE (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that systematic decrements in operant response rates often observed within experimental sessions are consistent with habituation to the repeated presentation of reinforcers rather than other factors such as fatigue or satiety. One way to test for habituation is to conduct a test for dishabituation, a phenomenon in which a temporary recovery of responding is observed following some brief stimulus change. Dishabituation of operant responding has been demonstrated on several occasions in the literature; however, studies with non-humans have thus far been limited to those using rats and pigeons as subjects. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to attempt to replicate these findings with mice. During baseline, two groups of mice nose-poked for sweetened condensed milk on either a fixed-ratio 4 or variable-interval 15s schedule of reinforcement. For each group, baseline sessions were then alternated with two test conditions and a control condition until each was conducted three times. Test conditions included a 5s tone or flashing of the houselight presented halfway through the session. Control conditions were identical to baseline. Results indicated that dishabituation was not observed for either group. Several methodological considerations for further study of operant dishabituation in mice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
20. Examining Underlying Behavioral Mechanisms and Effectiveness of Cues Paired with Alternative Reinforcement in Mitigating Resurgence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Christopher Podlesnik (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Problem behaviors such as aggression and self-injury are prevalent among children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Fortunately, treatments such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) are efficacious in reducing problem behaviors among children with ASD. However, changes in treatment conditions such as treatment integrity errors can result in resurgence of problem behavior. Surprisingly, there is no systematic research geared toward developing effective techniques to mitigate resurgence during DRA treatments. While previous research has shown that cues paired with DRA treatments (hereafter treatment cues) can mitigate relapse when compared to the absence of such cues, there been no research dedicated toward either (1) understanding the behavioral mechanisms underlying treatment cues or (2) enhancing the effectiveness of cues for DRA treatments in mitigating resurgence. We addressed each of these questions in a series of translational experiments with MTurk participants after demonstrating that treatment cues effectively mitigated resurgence in that population compared to the absence of cues. Results of the present research will contribute to our understanding of behavioral mechanisms contributing to relapse and the development of more effective DRA treatments. |
|
|
|
22. The Effects of Contingency Descriptions on Delay Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
TAYLOR BAKALAR (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Stefanie Upshaw (The New England Center for Children & Western New England University) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting preparations have been used across species to assess the degree to which delays devalue consequences, where the subjective value of a reward decreases with increasing time. Among studies that use these preparations with humans, none assess indifference points in the absence of contingency descriptions (i.e., no prior research with humans has examined discounting of consequences without trial-by-trial contingencies being described to participants). In the current study, two remote experimental arrangements were implemented to assess the effect of these contingency descriptions on discounting in 15 typically developing adults. In Experiment 1, 10 adults selected a delayed or immediate contingency by sending a letter through text to the experimenter, who would send monetary reinforcement through an online application. Delays assessed included 30 s, 15 s, 5 s, and no delay. Contingency description and reinforcer presentation differed across three conditions: reinforcement in the absence of verbal contingency descriptions, reinforcement with verbal contingency descriptions, and verbal contingency descriptions with no reinforcement delivery. Experiment 2 followed the same general procedures, with an added test to ensure that behavior was sensitive to the differential magnitudes manipulated. Across both studies, participants discounted more steeply in the reinforcers only condition relative to conditions including contingency descriptions. |
|
|
|
24. Molecular Feedback to Signal Reduction of an Avoidance Session: Enhanced Molar Control or Conditioned Reinforcement? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JEREMY SAUL LANGFORD (West Virginia University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Catherine Williams (Marcus Autism Center), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Identifying conditions under which behavior is sensitive to molar versus molecular contingencies remains an important topic of study. The present study sought to improve control by a molar contingency by adding molecular feedback. Four rats pressed two levers associated with a single Sidman avoidance schedule; a press on either lever avoided shock. In addition, in some conditions presses on one of the levers reduced the total session duration by 1 min. Moving the session-reduction contingency between the left and right levers had no reliable effect on response allocation. In other conditions, a molecular consequence was added to the session-reduction lever: Each press produced a feedback stimulus. The feedback tended to increase responding on the session-reduction lever. In a control condition in which the feedback was provided without the session-reduction contingency, however, responding still tracked the lever that produced the feedback. Tracking of the feedback stimulus, independent of the session-reduction contingency, suggests that the feedback may function as a conditioned reinforcer. Additional research is underway to address this potential account. These findings illustrate the elusive nature of control by molar contingencies, even when accompanied by molecular feedback. |
|
|
|
28. Molar perspective of the Experiential Discounting Task Between Different Rewards |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SILVIA MORALES-CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos Adrián Jandete (Autonomous National University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting has been studied through animal models and psychophysical adjustment procedures. Many procedures have been developed to assess delay discounting in humans and many of these procedures using diferente rewards. The Experiential Discounting Task (EDT)was developed to assess human delay discounting using primary, secundary and general rewards. In the present study we examined the delay discount and the impulsivity measured through the area under the curve using different rewards. Construct validity was evaluated by comparing the EDT giving a reward with videogame time with an EDT with food reward, time playing videogame and a standard delay discounting task. We stablished 4 evaluations keeping the same delays. Both EDT had poor test–retest reliability and discounting rates obtained with those task were uncorrelated with the other rewards. R square above 75% in the individual. We also measured the value assigned to the reinforcer with an visual analog scale and found the same value in each medition. These findings may suggest that there are not measured variables beyond the stablishment operations and demolition operations. Also the EDT measures point out that a different construct of DT is measured by traditional delay discounting tasks with different rewards |
|
|
|
30. Behavioral Measures of Gain-Loss Asymmetry in Decision-Making and Choice with Food |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARCIA M. VENTURA (Brigham Young University), Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University), Rebecca Lundwall (Brigham Young University), Harold Miller, Jr. (Emeritus Brigham Young University) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The asymmetrically greater effect of losses on behavior, when compared to gains of the same objective value, is a key concept in behavioral economics. This phenomenon, known as loss aversion, results in a preference for avoiding loss rather than pursuing gains, regardless of reinforcement allocation.
Cognitive and behavioral methods are typically used to investigate loss aversion in monetary and other quantitative domains. Instead, we examined gain-loss asymmetry in decision-making and choice with gains and losses of real food.
We used a computer game to directly measure behavioral allocation in 6-ply interdependent concurrent VI VI schedules of reinforcement (gain = +1 food point) and punishment (loss = -1 food point). Points were exchanged for food at the conclusion of daily experimental sessions.
We used the generalized matching law to derive sensitivity and bias parameters. We calculated gain-loss differentials using a pairwise contrast of the bias parameters from gains-only conditions and gains-plus-punishment conditions.
Nine college students (4 females), aged 18-25, completed 8 sessions. As predicted, we found an asymmetrically greater effect of losses relative to gains of food. We also found that gain-loss asymmetry ratios were substantially higher than those typically reported in experiments involving hypothetical or actual amounts of money. |
|
|
|
|
|
PCH Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
|
|
34. Human Rights, Applied Work, and Helping Others in Behavior Science |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Wilson López-López (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana) |
Discussant: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The concept of human rights is central to applied work of behavior scientists, especially of those working closely with communities. However, a technical account of human rights is lacking in the literature. At present, there are multiple cultural behavioristic orientations towards constructing theory on human rights. We argue that a field-oriented analysis of human rights is, therefore, warranted at this point. Specifically, this paper addresses the issue of human rights relying on two recently developed interbehavioral concepts pertaining to cultural events: cultural reaction systems (Fleming & Hayes, 2021), and power and sanction contingencies (Ribes et al., 2016). Our aims are identifying and defining social contingencies involved in the protection of human rights, as well as those involved in their violation. Although we understand social contingencies as those comprising the behavior of two or more individuals, we will depart from a strict Skinnerian perspective of social behavior and culture. Using the Colombian cultural context as an ongoing example, relations between human rights and the role of psychologists in community work will be identified. |
|
|
|
36. Investigating the Acceptability of Interventions Described in Behavior Analytic Jargon |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
HAILEY EVELYN DONOHUE (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: a. Some have argued that behavior analysts have insulated themselves by eschewing the vernacular and adopting idiosyncratic and sometimes counterintuitive technical terms to describe their science and practice. Because of this, behavior analysis plays a minor role in psychology and related fields and effective behavior-change interventions go unused. All told, studies evaluating the effects of behavior-analytic jargon are mixed. Studies that provided technical terms independent of context have produced unfavorable results, whereas studies that have provided technical terms in context have produced positive or neutral results, overall. This study evaluated the effects of behavioral jargon on the acceptability ratings of several applied behavior analysis interventions described in terms of varying target behaviors, populations, and settings. Participants were adults living in the US recruited via Amazon mTurk. In a virtual survey, we presented brief vignettes adapted from published research articles that were described in either jargon or non-jargon versions. All vignettes were rated as acceptable. There were no appreciable differences in the rated acceptability of interventions described with or without jargon based on visual inspection of the graphed data. |
|
|
|
38. A Critique of Colonialism and Modern Aid in Africa: What Would Skinner Say? |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
NICOLE RENEE SMILAK (Endicott College; Encompass International), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Discussant: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In Skinner’s chapter titled The Ethics of Helping People, he states, "By giving too much help, we postpone the acquisition of effective behavior and perpetuate the need for help" (Skinner, 1978, p. 63). Through years of living cross-culturally in various African countries, the first author has seen this demonstrated not only in organizations but also as part of the very fabric of society. The detrimental effects of helping and its impact, as described by Skinner, are especially evident in African countries that were formerly colonized and continue through the delivery of modern aid by western nations. Robust reinforcement contingencies surround the helper and the helped, which creates and maintains a reciprocal dominating/dependent relationship that has stifled growth in the past and continues to do so in the present. Considering that behavior analysis was born in the western world, any dissemination efforts to formerly colonized African countries will perpetuate the power dynamic conceived from colonial 'helping' practices. In this paper, suggestions will be outlined for behavior analysts interested in international dissemination, specifically looking at the role of participatory community development in alleviating colonial relations between these regions. |
|
|
|
|
|
EDC Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
|
|
40. Evaluating Technology-Based Self-Monitoring of Performance with Reinforcement for Students with Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MADELINE ROSE RISSE (University of South Florida), Danielle Ann Russo (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: Students with disabilities often demonstrate difficulty functioning appropriately in classroom settings. Recent increases in the general education placements of students with disabilities have amplified the need for evidence-based interventions. Self-monitoring has been shown to be effective in reducing problem behavior and increasing appropriate social and academic behaviors exhibited by students with disabilities. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of a technology-based SMP with differential reinforcement to increase task completion and reduce off-task behavior in students with disabilities served in general education classrooms. Three students with disabilities in fifth grade, who were served in a general education classroom, participated in the study. A concurrent multiple baseline across participants with an ABC sequence was used to evaluate the intervention outcomes. Data collection is currently ongoing, and complete data will be presented at the convention. It is expected that the implementation of SMP is effective in increasing rates of task completion and reducing off-task behavior for each participant. The improvements in classroom behavior and task completion will maintain even when the reinforcement was faded out and after intervention ended. |
|
|
|
42. Increasing On-Task Behavior with a Self-Management System in a Mainstream Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MIKAYLA CAMPBELL (Utah Valley University), Devin Guinn (Alternative Behavior Strategies - Kids), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University) |
Discussant: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: Self-management in schools involves the personal application of behavior change procedures which produces a corresponding change in desired behaviors. Self-management procedures may offer expectational utility for those with autism given the degree of independence afforded by these interventions. Research has shown the effectiveness of self-management in increasing on task behavior as well as the effectiveness of peer praise in increasing on task behavior in the mainstream classroom. Although research has evaluated the effect of self-management on on-task behavior, further replications are needed to ensure the effectiveness of these procedures. The current study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of self-management in increasing on-task behavior in the mainstream classroom. A self-management system with visual prompts and peer mediation was created for the client while staff took data on his on-task behavior for 2-minute intervals. Additionally, a reversal design was utilized to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Overall, the findings suggest the intervention was effective in improving on task behavior and subsequent modifications to the intervention resulted in improved performance compared to that of baseline. The implications and limitations of the intervention will be discussed. |
|
|
|
44. Chronic Absenteeism in the Special Education Population: Increasing Student Engagement in the Special Education Population |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Stephen Glick (Danbury High School) |
Discussant: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: This presentation identifies the issue of chronic absenteeism in the special education population. It then examines research-based strategies that would help create a positive learning environment, and increase student engagement. Then, the presentation offers an action plan to address this issue. The presentation addresses sustainability by examining the issue of chronic absenteeism in the special education population and then offers solutions to creating a learning environment that will increase and sustain student engagement in the special education population. |
|
|
|
46. Prevalence of Single-Case Design in Special Education: A Survey of Special Education Journals |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SETH KING (University of Iowa), Lanqi Wang (University of Iowa), Brendon Nylen (University of Iowa), Olivia Grace Enders (University of Pittsburgh) |
Discussant: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: Education policy and scholarship have increasingly emphasized the use of high-quality experiments in selecting instruction. Although initially excluded from research evaluations, single-case designs have recently encountered wider acceptance within and beyond education. Growing approval has coincided with a departure from traditional design conventions, however, which may have implications for evidence-based practices. Research performed prior to the emergence of current standards suggests single-case designs represent the majority of experiments in special education. This study describes the relative prevalence of single-case design studies in a wider range of journals than previously examined. An assessment of a random sample of articles (n = 13,146) published in special education journals (n = 34) from 1999-2019 found that single-case design encompasses 55.6% of experiments, with patterns of publication varying based on journal emphasis (e.g., learning disabilities). A description of results is followed by a discussion of the implications for the interpretation of the evidence base. |
|
|
|
48. Supporting the Functional Behavior Assessment Process in Pre-Service School-Based Teams |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
AUDREY KENNEDY (Boise State University), Patricia A. Hampshire (Boise State University) |
Discussant: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs) effectively assess function of behavior and lead to more effective interventions than interventions not based on function (Newcomer & Lewis, 2004). Unfortunately, questions remain regarding school personnel’s ability to obtain knowledge and skills necessary to conduct FBAs and create meaningful behavior change (Scott et. al., 2005). An FBA form was created to guide the FBA process for pre-service school based personnel. A pre/post test design was used in conjunction with the (TATE) Technical Adequacy Training Tool (Iovannone et al., 2015) to compare technical adequacy of FBAs developed with the guiding form, to FBAs developed without the guiding form. Qualitative data was gathered via survey to seek feedback from users regarding their experience with the guiding form through the FBA process. |
|
|
|
50. An Integrated Review of the Literature on Parent Training and Family Involvement |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
EMILY BATON (University of South Florida (USF)), Heather George (University of South Florida (USF)), Laura Kern (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences), Shannon Suldo (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: The relationship built between the educational system and families can be complex yet essential to the child's overall success. An integrated review was conducted to synthesize primary evidence around parent training and family engagement within the school system. The purpose of this review is to illuminate the cross-section between parent training and parental involvement/engagement. Parent training has been recognized as an evidence-based intervention while parental involvement research is a relatively new research topic. Parent training is more commonly found within the community setting, however, the bond between the school system and families have been growing to address children’s problem behaviors. This review seeks to answer the larger question of how parent training bridges the home-school-community communication divide to serve families better. The preliminary database search was conducted across several electronic databases (e.g. ERIC) using text words, database-specific subject headings, and age limits, when available to address parent training, parent engagement, and parental involvement. The initial search yielded 811 articles. After duplicates and the removal of articles, 268 were left for full article screening with five articles remained for the full-text review. The analysis found that, that few articles focus on bridging the home-school connection by incorporating the core principles of family involvement or engagement within their studies parent training methods. |
|
|
|
|
|
TBA Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Tracy Eileen Sinclair (The University of Connecticut) |
|
|
52. Evaluating a Brief Self-Compassion Intervention on Psychological and Academic Wellbeing of College Students |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA M VENEGONI (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Camilla Molica (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Tracy Eileen Sinclair (The University of Connecticut) |
Abstract: Previous research has established that vulnerable populations experience elevated levels of stress and lower overall levels of wellbeing comparatively, such as university students and disability support staff. We sought to evaluate the efficacy of a series of self-compassion and mindfulness training exercises embedded in undergraduate research classes and in work environments on reported levels of psychological flexibility (AAQ-II and CompACT) and self-compassion (Self Compassion Scales). Participants also provided weekly social validity ratings related to psychological and academic wellbeing throughout the study. We evaluated the intervention using a crossover design, where half of the participants completed the training and the other half received study tips. After six weeks, the groups were reversed. Results suggested that mindfulness and self-compassion training increased both self-compassion and psychological flexibility. Similar levels of academic wellbeing were reported in both groups of students, however only the mindfulness and self-compassion training appeared to support psychological wellbeing.These results have implications for supporting flexibility and self-compassion within undergraduate education and within staff training in a non-intrusive low intensity intervention format. |
|
|
|
54. Telehealth as a Parent Training Platform: A Behavioral Development Approach to Autism Intervention |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
SWATI NARAYAN (WECAN ProACT India), Gita Srikanth (ABA India) |
Discussant: Tracy Eileen Sinclair (The University of Connecticut) |
Abstract: Technology has resulted in the emergence of WhatsApp™, and Zoom Video conferencing as competitive alternate training platforms to in-person training sessions. The wide reach of internet based technology has made telehealth an effective and low-cost method of training parents as interventionists using the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The current study aimed at training a parent of a child with ASD to implement and deliver evidence based autism intervention.The outcomes were measured using a gold standard developmental based assessment, the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). The results indicate notable changes in scores on the assessment, acquisition of skills on the part of the child and the parent’s skills in playing the role of the interventionist, coupled with the development of a harmonious and positive relationship between mother and child. Suggestions for further research include using the telehealth model and evidence based parental training for the dissemination of quality services to a larger population. |
|
|
|
56. Beyond Sniffy and CyberRat: Adapting PORTL for Distance Learning and Telehealth Applications |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
MARGARET PAVONE DANNEVIK (Lindenwood University) |
Discussant: Tracy Eileen Sinclair (The University of Connecticut) |
Abstract: This poster will be a tutorial in adapting an in-person operant research lab to a distance learning format so that nontraditional students and teachers can still experience the experimental operant chamber concepts typically limited to animal and in-person lab settings. The poster will also highlight student experiences and social validity of the technique as well as suggest future research in this area. |
|
|
|
58. An Examination of Active Learning in a Graduate Behavior Analysis Course |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University / Western University), Jina Kum (Western University), HANNA E. VANCE (Brock University) |
Discussant: Tracy Eileen Sinclair (The University of Connecticut) |
Abstract: Graduate coursework in applied behavior analysis is profoundly important, given that graduates typically go on to influence the lives of countless individuals via applying behavioral principles to change socially important behavior. Students must receive high quality education to be positioned for the best possible start in their behavior analytic career. We evaluated the influence of the components on course outcomes (i.e., quiz scores, final grades, and social validity) of an online course on “Advanced Topics in Behavior Analysis”. Results indicate that activities that involved active learning are most highly related to greater performance. Specifically, we found a statistically significant relationship between creating more posts in asynchronous online discussion with achieving higher grades (Spearman’s Rho = 0.404; p = 0.002). Conversely, passive learning activities, such as accessing pre-recorded lectures was not significantly related to course grades (Spearman’s rho = 0.207; p = 0.113). This study provides further evidence that active learning strategies must be incorporated into higher education pedagogy. Future directions will be suggested, related to the monitoring of, and setting the occasion for active responding in online coursework. |
|
|
|
|
|
CSS Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
|
|
60. Behavioral Science Meets Public Health |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (University of Vermont), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas), Francesca Ramírez (National University of San Marcos; Instituto Peruano de Orientación Psicológica), Nikol Mayo (National University of San Marcos; Instituto Peruano de Orientación Psicológica), Patricia I. Wright (ProofPositive: Autism Wellbeing Alliance) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Behavioral scientists have posited for years a science of human behavior can improve public health, and a recent special issue in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis has highlighted behavior analytic work in this area. However, formal collaboration between public health professionals and behavior analysis remains scarce, and “public health” is not an option for area of professional emphasis in the profile on the Board Certified Behavior Analyst website, for a program area in conferences, nor is there a public health Special Interest Group. The purpose of this poster is to demonstrate the utility of behavioral science in public health and broaden our scope of practice by exploring the ways that behavioral scientists and public health professionals can collaborate and learn from one another to implement the 10 Essential Services of Public Health to affect population level outcomes. We will provide a behavior analytic conceptualization of the social determinants of health and link this analysis to a Healthy People 2030 objective. We will present future directions related to collaborating with public health professionals and ways behavioral scientists can ethically expand their scope of practice to public health. |
|
|
|
66. Exploring the Effects of Cultural Consequences Identified through a Ranking Task on the Interlocking Behavioral Contingencues of Ethically Self-Controlled Responses |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
CHELSEA CHRISTINA ELWOOD (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Previous literature has defined ethical self-control as a type of individual self-control that also has benefits to the social group and environment. This study explored the effects of cultural consequences identified through a ranking task on the selection of interlocking behavioral contingencies and aggregate products constituting ethically self-controlled responses when participants had pre-existing relationships. Two experiments were conducted to explore these effects. Experiment 1 had two Triads of three participants each recruited from a university-based autism center. Experiment 2 had three Triads of three participants each; participants in Triads 3 and 4 were recruited from a university-based rock-climbing club while participants in Triad 5 were recruited from the same university-based autism center as in Experiment 1. All participants were exposed to a task that involved choosing odd or even rows from a matrix displayed throughout the experimental session. Individual contingencies were programmed in all conditions while metacontingencies were programmed in some conditions. Participants selected the topography of the cultural consequence through a pre-experimental ranking task prior to the onset of the experimental session. A change was made to the experimenter’s verbal behavior in all Operant and Metacontingency conditions for Experiment 2. The results of both experiments indicate that identification of the cultural consequence through a ranking task with participants having pre-existing relationships did have an effect on the continued selection of the cultural consequence across all Triads with quicker selection occurring during Experiment 2. This study extends the current literature on ethical self-control and provides new procedures and designs to further understand the variables involved in the selection of cultural consequences when there is competition with an immediate operant consequence. |
|
|
|
|
|
OBM Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
|
|
70. Literature Review: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Staff Training Procures in Applied Behavior Analysis Organization |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARI L. SCHATZMAN (Eden II Programs) |
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
Abstract: Continuing education and training opportunities allow employees to enhance careers, develop skills and knowledge, and deliver excellent service. Training can fail due to lack of planning and budget restraints (Albernathy, 1999). Sundberg in 2016 stated that staff training is more economic than staff turnover which could cost between 15%-200% annual salary of staff that leave an organization. Therefore it's essential that training and development be critical to both the employees and the organization (Devi & Shik, 2012) Trainings are often wasted because skills and knowledge gained in the training are not integrated on the job and therefore have no impact (Berge, 2008) Medsker & Roberts (1992) point out the the purpose for training might include, but not limited to, promoting change, reducing risk, communication and disseminating knowledge and information, developing and enhancing skills as well as maintaining certification and licensures. The focus of this study is to provide a literature review or evaluating the effectiveness of staff training for individuals working within an applied behavior analysis program. |
|
|
|
72. Quality of Care in a Residential Setting: Measuring and Improving Adherence to Public Health Guidelines for Preventing Spread of Infectious Disease |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MAKENZIE BRIERE (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chelsea R. Fleck (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Emma Jehle (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
Abstract: Facilities that house individuals with autism may house multiple residents within the same location and may include multiple rotations of staff to meet the care and supervision needs of the residents. When infectious disease spread is active within the community, it is imperative to ensure active prevention measures for protecting the health and safety of the residence, and the staff members in these settings. An observation checklist to monitor staff adherence to public health guidelines for preventing the spread of the novel COVID-19 virus was implemented. Based on the outcomes of the checklists enacted, two targets were selected for intervention, a multicomponent intervention package was introduced to increase staff completion of daily temperature-check and hourly surface-sanitizing logs. |
|
|
|
|
|
CBM Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Ciara Gunning (National University of Ireland Galway) |
|
|
74. An Evaluation of a Brief Mindfulness and Values Training on Cyber Bullying Behavior in College Students |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Emily Boduch (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Ellie Bungum (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Katja Nielsen (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Breanna Perron (Minnesota State University, Mankato) |
Discussant: Ciara Gunning (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: Cyberbullying is associated with many negative outcomes for both the bully and the victim (Fahy et al., 2016; Kowalski et al., 2014; Merrell et al., 2008; Quintana-Orts & Rey, 2018). There has been a large research focus on the causes (Barlett & Gentile, 2012; Mehari & Farrell, 2018) and consequences of cyber aggression, but there has not been as much focus on the evaluation of prevention and intervention strategies (Gaffney et al., 2018). One intervention that shows promise for the reduction of cyberbullying behavior is Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), which uses several techniques, including mindfulness and values techniques, to increase psychological flexibility (Christie, Atkins, & Donald, 2017; Villatte et al., 2016; Zarling, Lawrence, and Marchman, 2015). The current study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of a brief mindfulness and values training for reducing the frequency of cyber bullying behavior in college students. Focusing primarily on the mindfulness and values components of the ACT package to determine whether they will be enough to effectively reduce cyber bullying behavior through increased awareness, compassion, and goal-directed behavior. A preliminary analysis of the data showed a decrease in cyber bullying behaviors from pre-test to post-test which continued into the follow-up. |
|
|
|
76. The Term “Social Incentive” in Behavioral Economics: A Discussion of Its Use and Recommendations for Future Research |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
LINDSEY ANNE IVES (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Ciara Gunning (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: "Social incentives” have been cited in the behavioral economic and contingency management literatures as a tool for treating a variety of health behaviors including those related to substance use, medication adherence, and physical activity. When utilized in conjunction with or alternate to monetary incentives, social incentives could mitigate some of the frequently reported concerns regarding the use of monetary rewards (e.g., high economic burden, feasibility of widescale adoption). Given the success of monetary- and voucher-based contingency management programs, it would be advantageous to investigate the viability of social incentive use in addressing health behaviors. While some research has demonstrated promise in its application, the descriptions of ‘social incentive’ have been variable. This is unsurprising when considering unique challenges associated with utilizing social stimuli, particularly given the difficulty of assessing reinforcing value and the reliance on other individuals for its delivery. A discussion of the use of ‘social incentive’ in behavior economic literature is presented and recommendations for a more technological definition in future research are proposed. |
|
|
|
78. Referral and Treatment for Smoking Cessation: Considerations for Clinicians |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALEXANDRA KNERR (University of Florida), Lesleigh Ann Stinson (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Ciara Gunning (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: Cigarette smoking is the leading cause of preventable death in the United States, where an estimated 14% of adults currently smoke (CDC, 2019). Practicing behavior analysts are an untapped resource for treatment referral and in some cases treatment delivery. We review practical considerations for clinicians interested in providing smoking cessation referrals and treatment. We describe recommended procedures for referrals to evidence-based treatment, including the 5 A’s (Tobacco Use and Dependence Guideline Panel, 2008) and Ask, Advise, Connect (Vidrine et al., 2013), and web- and mobile-based cessation programs. We also provide a framework of general contingency management (CM) procedures for smoking cessation and describe common CM variations. We detail important clinical decision points including method of biochemical verification, reinforcer selection, and considerations for use with electronic cigarettes and smokeless tobacco products. Finally, we touch on the ethical considerations regarding scope of competency for behavior analysts interested in practicing in this area. Behavior analysts can use this information to help clients quit smoking. |
|
|
|
80. Combustible Tobacco Byproduct on a Tobacco-Free Campus: A Surrogate Policy Analysis |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), ALLYSON R SALZER (University of Kansas), Joshua Harsin (University of Kansas), Gideon P. Naudé (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Ciara Gunning (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: Recent years reveal a marked uptick in university- and hospital-campus adoption of tobacco-free regulation, a movement promising significant health and environmental benefit. Given the similarities between community-level change agents (i.e., those that might yield meaningful advancement of public health or sustainability-focused policy) and campus policy, demonstration of campus regulation success—in compliance and outcome—via behavior analytic methodology is of notable value. The present study examines combustible tobacco-product refuse accumulation on a large university campus preceding and following enaction of a tobacco-free policy. We collected, counted, and compared tobacco wastes across four sites; behavior analytic involvement from the early planning stages of policy implementation guided intervention efforts (e.g., preliminary surveying among campus faculty, staff, and students as to where smoking most frequently occurred). Statistical testing suited for time-series research designs supplemented visual analysis. Results infer (a) a meaningful and sustained reduction of tobacco byproduct in all locations, and (b) a successful application of behavior analytic methods in evaluating a policy with plausible community benefit. |
|
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
|
|
82. Evaluating the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and Intelligence |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The present study aimed to examine the relationship between derived relational responding and intelligence. Experimenters administered the PEAK-Transformation Pre-assessment, which provides a measure of relational responding, and the WISC-V, which provides a measure of IQ, with 109 participants. All participants were typically developed children between the ages of three and thirteen. The experimenters then conducted a Pearson correlation between the two measures. The results from this study showed a strong, positive correlation (r = .659, p < .05) between total scores for the PEAK-T Pre-assessment and the WISC-V, which suggest relationship between derived relational responding and intelligence. Additional correlations were conducted between each subtest of the PEAK-T Pre-assessment and the WISC-V. The results showed a moderate correlation between the PEAK-T Receptive subtest and the WISC-V (r = .568, p < .05) and a strong, positive correlation between the PEAK-T Expressive subtest and the WISC-V (r = .666, p < .05). Finally, correlations were conducted with each relational frame within the PEAK-T assessment and the WISC-V, which also showed significant correlations between each relational frame and IQ scores. The current findings are consistent with previous research which have examined the relationship between derived relational responding and intelligence. |
|
|
|
84. Evaluating the Effect of Competing Relations Across Dimensions of Physical and Conceptual Stimulus Disparity |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
BRITTANY A SELLERS (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Relational Density Theory poses that a source of nonlinearity of equivalence responding may be imposed by the competing properties of volume and density, where greater volume, or number of relations, may detract from overall network density, or strength of relations (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). Competing relations involving those properties may lead to weaker relational classes or inhibit their formation altogether. In a first experiment, 6 participants were reinforced for correctly demonstrating 32 verbal relations that differed in the number of competing stimulus elements from 0 competing elements (simple stimulus) to 3 competing elements (compound stimulus). Results in a multielement design showed that in most cases, greater correct responding occurred in the simple stimulus condition compared to the compounding elements condition. In a second study, 15 participants completed a similar task with 48 verbal relations with 0, 2, and 4 competing elements. In a within-subjects experimental design, the greatest accuracy occurred in the simple stimulus condition and lowest accuracy was recorded in the most complex stimulus condition. Finally, we graphed the competing relations in a multidimensional model to evaluate stimulus disparity consistent with and RDT account. These results extend prior work on stimulus disparity (Dinsmoor, 1995), suggesting that conceptual stimulus disparity may participate in the development of verbal relations that may weaken the formation of dense stimulus classes. |
|
|
|
86. Relational Density Theory: Analyzing Relational Frames Around Gender and Gender Prejudice |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN ROSE HUTCHISON (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Erinmarie Travis (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ashley Payne (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to apply the concepts from Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, 2020) to the phenomenon of gender stereotyping. We were interested in evaluating college student participants (N=106) relations around gender. The relational volume of relational frames was assessed by using a multidimensional scale to create a geospace of sixteen adjectives. The results showed that the geospace was divided by two distinct gendered binaries, as well as appetitive and negative functions. Participants were then provided with four scenarios about an arbitrary individual, without the use of any gendered pronouns and were asked to rate each scenario across eight descriptor words (i.e., Adventurous, affectionate, aggressive, coarse, emotional, fickle, forceful and prudish). Participants were re-presented with the four exact scenarios; except this time a male or female gender pronoun was used. They were asked to again rate each of the eight descriptor words for all scenarios. Results showed that participant’s responses increased or decreased across adjectives, depending on the pronoun that was used. Implications for relational framing and transformation of stimulus function are discussed, such as how this might affect the way people respond to others and potential barriers, or advantages, that might be imposed on individuals. |
|
|
|
88. Replacing Atypical Vocalizations In A 5 Year Old Boy With ASD Using Mand Training And Word Pairing With Contingent Reinforcer Delivery On All Vocalizations |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Razia Shahzad Ali (Behavior Momentum India), SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Minimally verbal children in the autism spectrum often have only atypical non-speech sounds and in some other cases, extremely limited repertoire of spoken words (Tager-Flusberg and Kasari, 2013). Mulhern and colleagues ( 2017) reviewed a number of studies and found manipulating motivating operations as effective and evidence based practice to increase vocalizations and speech in minimally verbal children with ASD. In the current study, a 5 year old boy emitted atypical vocalizations “aa”, “o” or shouting and screaming to mand for tangibles during baseline. We reinforced all vocalizations with a communicative intent (Koegel, O’ Dell, & Dunlap,1998) and paired the item or activity name once, while delivering manded stimuli or activities. We conducted an average of 117 trials (Range 42-170 trials) in daily 2 hour sessions. Results indicate that the atypical vocalizations were shaped to specific vocals where the vocalizations corresponded to part of the target word, example, “wa” for “water”. In 6 weeks, the student’s specific vocalizations increased from 0% to 20% and atypical vocalizations reduced from 100% to 80%. Collateral therapeutic changes were also observed as reduction in screaming from 53 to 5 during mands. The participant acquired “Yae” ( come), “wee” (wheels), “susu” (pee), “Kho” (open) as specific vocal mands in this period. |
|
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
|
|
90. Treatment of Pica though Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MAGGIE RUCKLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brianna Laureano (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Pica is a life-threatening form of severe problem behavior in which an individual persistently consumes inedible substances (e.g., rocks, feces). Pica is often maintained by automatic reinforcement and is typically treated using a combination of response blocking and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR; Hagopian et al., 2011). In addition to response blocking and NCR, reinforcing alternative behaviors that are incompatible with pica (e.g., discarding inedible objects in lieu of consuming them) may also decrease pica and enhance the social acceptability and long-term maintenance of behavioral treatment (Schmidt et al. 2017). The current study used similar procedures described by Schmidt et al. by using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with response blocking to decrease pica and increase an appropriate, alternative response with a young boy diagnosed with an intellectual disability. The DRA procedure successfully decreased rates of pica and increased appropriate behavior across a number of treatment contexts. Recommendations for practitioners will be discussed. |
|
|
|
92. The Acceptability of Consultative Behavior Analytic Service Provided via Telehealth (Update) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEANNE LATOCHA (Western Michigan University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Kelsey E. Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The rise of COVID-19 made behavior analysts worldwide reconsider best practice for providing behavior analytic services to individuals in need during a global pandemic. Telehealth has become more a widely utilized mode of behavior analytic service delivery since the onset of the pandemic, as telehealth has been shown to be an efficacious alternative to in-person services (Wacker et al., 2013; Suess et al., 2016; Tsami et al., 2019). With many behavior analytic services opting for a telehealth-based mode of service delivery, it is important for behavior analysts to assess the preferences and acceptability of the telehealth services from clients and caregivers (PECC, 2014). The purpose of this project was to analyze the acceptability of consultative behavior analytic services delivered using a telehealth model quarterly across the timespan of a year and three months to assess and treat challenging behavior. Results indicate that the consultative telehealth services have remained generally accepted by caregivers over time and have become gradually more accepted by clients over time. |
|
|
|
94. Identifying Neutral Tasks Using a Latency-Based Demand Assessment and a Single-Stimulus Preference Assessment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELINE WILSON (Salve Regina University, Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Andrea Giacobbe (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Discussant: Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is a reactive strategy that involves prompting an appropriate alternative behavior following the occurrence of problem behavior. Past studies using RIRD have selected tasks arbitrarily or based on incompatibility with the problem behavior. Presenting an arbitrary stimulus following the occurrence of problem behavior could be problematic. If the stimulus is aversive to the client, it could lead to punishment-induced side-effects such as emotional responding, aggression, or an increase in escape and avoidance behaviors. If the stimulus is reinforcing for the client, it could increase the future frequency of the behavior being targeted for redirection. To date, no studies have outlined a method for identifying neutral tasks. The purpose of this study was to assess the utility of a latency-based demand assessment and a single-stimulus preference assessment in identifying a neutral task for redirection. The study participant was a 12-year-old girl with a diagnosis of ASD. IOA data was collected throughout the study with an agreement score of 100%. This method was effective in identifying four of the seven tasks as neutral; these findings highlight the importance of identifying neutral tasks prior to implementing RIRD to avoid inadvertently reinforcing or punishing problem behavior. |
|
|
|
96. Restriction Removal Process |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
GRACE E SYLVESTER (Western Michigan University), Kelsey E. Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Ali Schroeder (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities and/or mental health conditions may engage in behaviors that put themselves and others at risk. As a result, treatment strategies are implemented to keep these individuals safe. If needed, restrictions of the individual’s rights may be implemented which prevent the occurrence of the target behavior (e.g., freedom of movement, restriction of personal items, search of personal property, etc.). Previous research has demonstrated a fading process to systematically remove restrictions when no longer necessary. This study provides further demonstration on the use of a restriction removal process for a client with a freedom of movement restriction. |
|
|
|
98. Evaluating the Effects of a General Video Model on Treatment Integrity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
IVAN DEVEAUX (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
Discussant: Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a general video model on the accurate implementation of a token economy implemented during a) Discrete Trial Instruction (DTI) and b) Natural Environment Teaching (NET). The clinical purpose of the token economy was to manage disruptive behavior during teaching sessions. Prior to the study, implementers had been trained to competency on procedures related to teaching (e.g., prompting, prompt fading, differential reinforcement of independent correct responses) but had not received specific training on implementation of differential reinforcement for behavior reduction. After assessing implementation of the token economy within the context of DRA or DRO interventions, implementers were shown a general video model displaying implementation of each procedure. The general video model included correct and incorrect implementation of each differential reinforcement procedures given both a) an occurrence and b) a non-occurrence of the target behavior. We used a multiple baseline across participants design to assess the effects of the general video model on accurate implementation of the procedures. We monitored treatment integrity covertly via a video surveillance system. Results showed that the use of a general video model improved treatment integrity for both differential reinforcement procedures (across therapists). Additionally, results maintained at a one-month follow-up probe. |
|
|
|
100. An Experimental Analysis of Task Refusal: Examining the Effects of Transitions Between Academic Tasks |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ERNA DOGG PALSDOTTIR (Arnarskóli; Reykjavík University), Atli F. Magnusson (Arnarskoli), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to do an experimental analysis of task refusal around academic demands for one girl with developmental disability. Task refusal was analyzed in two different experimental analyses, the first a demand analysis, testing if the behavior was maintained by an escape from demands and the second a transition analysis, testing if the behavior was the result of the transition context. Task refusal did not occur in the demand analysis, indicating that the behaviour was not maintained by an escape from demands. Contrary, task refusal occurred solely in the second experimental analysis when transitioning from a rich to a lean academic activity. In this case the context of terminating a preferred academic activity and transitioning to a less preferred academic activity was aversive, but not the demand itself. In addition, an embedded break was implemented as an intervention to decrease the task refusal during the rich to lean transition. In a multielement design, an embedded break condition was compared to a no break condition. During the embedded break condition, task refusal was reduced. |
|
|
|
102. Interventions to Address Inappropriate Sexual Behaviours For Children and Young Adults in Special Day Schools |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAYNE VICTORIA LOBLEY (Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: Inappropriate sexual behaviour (ISB), prevalent in children and young adults with a diagnosis of autism or other intellectual disability (ID), is an ongoing issue, with limited available research on interventions to address the behaviours for those whom it challenges and has impact on. These are behaviours that may subject an individual to being at risk of harm, ridiculed, unaccepted in their community, and in danger of receiving legal penalties. School staff, parents, and other professionals often need to intervene when these behaviours take place, with few published experimental designs appropriate for decreasing ISB. Antecedent-based interventions are particularly difficult to find to provide support to those individuals managing these behaviours before they occur in the classroom or in public areas in the school. Over the years, punishment-based interventions have become less acceptable due to ethical considerations, regulations being more rigorous and individual’s rights are also considered.
A systematic review focused on single-subject research methodology studies published over the last 45 years to address ISB, more specifically inappropriate masturbation, inappropriate touch of self and others, and public undressing identified and evaluated 9 studies. Results suggest insufficient research exists for addressing the behaviours in a day school setting. |
|
|
|
104. A Retrospective Analysis of Therapists’ Coaching Behavior When Directing Parents to Conduct Behavioral Assessments and Treatments via Telehealth |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALESIA LARSEN (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Amanda Barrett (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: Research on the delivery of behavioral assessment and treatment via telehealth has focused largely on child outcomes and parent procedural fidelity. By contrast, the behavior of the therapists coaching parents to conduct assessment and treatment has garnered little research consideration. In this study, we conducted a retrospective analysis of behavior therapists’ coaching behaviors when directing parents to conduct functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) with their young children with autism via telehealth. Coaching behaviors for five experienced behavior therapists across seven parent-child dyads were scored using a combination of standardized and novel behavior codes. Therapists displayed more social engagement behaviors than any other type of behavior throughout the study, and rates of antecedent and consequence behaviors shifted across the FA and FCT phases. Results are discussed in relation to therapists’ goals during behavioral assessment and treatment and the implications for training behavioral therapists to coach parents via telehealth. |
|
|
|
106. Behavioral Intervention Using Sufficient Response-Exemplar Training for Improving Articulation in a 4 Yr Old Child with Socio-Pragmatic Language Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SONAM RAMESHCHADRA KOTHARI (Co-Founder- Bombay Autism,
Consultant Pediatric Neurologist, B.J. Wadia Hospital for Children), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Debnayana Chakroborty (Bombay Autism) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: Children with socio-pragmatic language disorders many times co-occur with articulation problems and require intervention for the same. Past studies demonstrated significant improvement in phonological problems using behavior analytic interventions in neurotypical kids (Eikeseth & Nesset, 2003) as well as children on autism spectrum disorder (Aravamudhan & Awasthi,2020). The current study is a replication, on a 4 year old boy diagnosed with socio-pragmatic language disorder with articulation problems of omissions and blends. Three sets of seven blend words (Br, Bl, Sc) were selected for teaching. We used vocal imitation training with within-stimulus prompting, chaining and shaping with 30 teaching trials per session intermixed with known words and serial multiple-exemplar training (S-MET). A multiple-baseline design across-behaviours demonstrated improvement in the articulation of trained words (Br-330 trials, Bl-330 trials, Sc-450 trials) and generalization of correct articulation to untrained words (Br-6 words, Bl-5 words and Sc-4 words) across all three sets. Inter-observer agreement was 100%. We conclude the role behavior principles in articulation training in children with socio-pragmatic language disorder need further study. |
|
|
|
108. Social Economy Status Specific Risk on IQ of 5-Year-Old Children with Attention Problems and Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
SHEOW YUN SIE (Queens College, City University of New York), Priyanka Alluri (Queens College), Emily Nelson (Queens College, the City University of New York), Donato DeIngeniis (Queens College, the City University of New York), Yoko Nomura (Queens College, the City University of New York) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: This study investigated the effect socioeconomic status (SES) has on cognitive function of 5-year-old children who have developmental disabilities (DD) alone or DD with concurrent attention problems. Few studies have explored effects of attention problems and DD on children's cognitive development, particularly within low SES populations. A sample of 154 mother and their children, ages 5 (M age = 5, SD = 3.22) was recruited from a cohort of 350 mothers. Mothers reported children’s DD during a structural psychiatric interview and current attention problems with the Behavior Assessment System for Children; children’s IQ was assessed with the Wechsler Preschool and Primary Scale of Intelligence – Fourth Edition. Two-by-two Factorial ANOVA was conducted to compare the main and interaction effects of having attention problems and developmental disabilities on full-scale IQ; data were then stratified by SES. Only after stratifying by SES did those with low SES reveal a significant interaction between attention problems and developmental disabilities, F (1, 52) = 4.70, p = .04. Children with DD and attention problems had lower IQ for high and average SES while the opposite was true for low SES. Findings reflect the importance of considering attentional difficulties and SES when implementing interventions for DD populations. |
|
|
|
|
|
AUT Monday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services) |
|
|
110. Comparing Low Dosages of ABA Treatment on Children’s Treatment Gain and School Readiness |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Jennifer Koenig (Highland Community Unit School District #5), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Discussant: Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The current study analyzed the data of a one-year pragmatic clinical trial on the effectiveness of a naturalistic implementation of the PEAK Relational Training System in a public-school setting. We accessed student records from two classrooms at the same grade level within one public school. Students’ assignments to these two classrooms were based on their disability and severity. Post-hoc analyses indicated a significant difference in students’ behavior skill level and school readiness skills at the beginning and end of the school year. Significant differences were also found in the amount of PEAK interventions they received in one school year between the two classrooms. All students demonstrated improvements in their performance during the PEAK pre-assessment (p < .001) and the Bracken School Readiness Assessment (BSRA; p < .001). A secondary analysis examined variables that predicted students’ progress and showed that their daily ABA dosage (R2 = .278) and their BSRA performance at the beginning of the school year (R2 = .705) were significant predictors of their BSRA improvement in two models. Implications of applying a low dosage of ABA intervention are discussed. |
|
|
|
112. Increasing Intervals of Mask Wearing for a Child with Autism in School |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Melissa Tapp (University of North Carolina- Charlotte), Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte) |
Discussant: Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Schools around the world experienced monumental changes due to the COVID-19 global pandemic. New guidelines and policies regarding safety measures (e.g., social distancing, masks, cleaning procedures, small class sizes) were put forth to mitigate the spread of the virus and to protect all students, families, teachers, school staff, and community members. One safety recommendation is for all students and staff to wear masks. The coronavirus is spread through the transmission of respiratory droplets, so the spread can be mitigated through the use of masks. Masks are especially critical in circumstances where social distancing is difficult and indoors, which includes school buildings; however, wearing masks may pose some challenges for students on the autism spectrum. Teachers need guidance to address and support mask wearing in their classrooms and school environments. We examined the effects of differential reinforcement on the percent of intervals of mask wearing for a student with autism in school using an AB design with multiple phases. Data indicated the intervention package produced increases in mask wearing for the participant. |
|
|
|
114. Evaluating The Effectiveness of Skill-Based Training on Increasing Skill Acquisition and Decreasing Intensive Physical Aggression in a Six Year Old Boy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELTI OWENS (Acorn Health), Jessica Richardson (Acorn Health) |
Discussant: Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College) |
Abstract: A practical functional analysis (PFA) and skill-based training (SBT) was completed to decrease several severe problem behaviors demonstrated by a 6-year old boy. The results of the PFA showed that the clinicians identified establishing operations and synthesized reinforcement for the child. The SBT data showed a functional relationship between progressing through skill-based training and problem behavior decreasing. |
|
|
|
116. Socioeconomic Status Factors Limiting Applied Behavior Analysis Service Enrollment in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY LITTMAN (University of Central Florida College of Medicine), Leslie Gavin (Nemours Children's Hospital), Andrew Broda (University of Central Florida College of Medicine), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital), Lisa Spector (Nemours Children's Hospital) |
Discussant: Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Introduction:
Accessibility barriers are known to prevent children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) from receiving Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), however socioeconomic barriers have yet to be identified.
Methods:
Demographic data was gathered from caregivers of children with ASD. Children ages 1-8 years with ASD were included. Other neurodevelopmental disorders were excluded. Data analysis compared those receiving and not receiving ABA.
Results:
Of the 444 respondents surveyed, 92.5% were females and 73.6% ages 30-44. A majority of patients from Florida, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey received ABA compared to Delaware (67%, 76%, 75%, 45% respectively), (p<.001). 36% of participants reported annual income =$50,000 [r-ABA 27.37%;n-ABA 44.58%]; 74% had income =$50,000 [r-ABA 74.04%;n-ABA 56.05%],(p=0.027). More caregivers whose highest level of education included high school did not receive ABA [rABA-4.91%;n-ABA 9.55%] compared to those who had a Bachelor degree or higher [r-ABA 53.68%;n-ABA 38.85%],(p=0.003). Work activity included those working full-time [r-ABA 43.86%;n-ABA 43.31%], working part-time [r-ABA 8.77%;n-ABA 12.74%], homemaking [r-ABA 32.63%;n-ABA 28.66%], or receiving disability [r-ABA 2.11%;n-ABA 8.28%],(p=0.049). Logistic regression analysis was performed for income (1.21[1.08-1.37],p=.001), education (1.19[1.08-1.32],p<.001), and work (1.01[0.82-1.24],p=.935)(OR[95% CI],p-value).
Conclusions:
Socioeconomic status including location, income, education, and work activity of the caregiver contribute to children with ASD not receiving ABA. |
|
|
|
118. Evaluating Task Relevance Within a High Probability Sequence in Primary School Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
REBECCA JAYNE FREAKLEY (Woodbury Autism Education and Research) |
Discussant: Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Student success within a classroom setting is largely affected by the ability to actively participate, follow instructions and learn new content. The high probability (or high-P) request sequence is a strategy identified to support individuals with compliance to less preferred tasks (see for example, Mace, Hock, Lalli, West, Belfiore, Pinter & Brown, 1988) with mixed results. Some research has looked at specific mechanics within a high probability request sequence that determines increased likelihood of compliance. One area is the relation of high probability requests to the low probability request, with some research suggesting presenting relevant high probability tasks can increase compliance to low probability tasks (Planer, DeBar, Progar, Reeva & Sarokoff, 2018). Woodbury Autism Education and Research Centre presents their own adaptation of the Planer et al (2018) study with children aged 4 to 12 years, all with a primary diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. An alternating treatment with baseline design was used to determine the effects of relevant and irrelevant high probability tasks on compliance to low probability tasks, as well as reinforcement delivery. Results suggest task relevance and reinforcement should be considered within the high probability request sequence. |
|
|
|
120. Teaching Joint Attention for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Quasi-Experiment Design in China |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YINI LIAO (Sun Yat-sen University), Miaomiao Li (Sun Yat-sen University), Jiaxi Li (University of Hong Kong), Yujia Dai (Sun Yat-sen University), Xinyue Luo (Sun Yat-sen University) |
Discussant: Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often displayed deficits in joint attention, an early emerging ability typically includes responding joint attention and initiating joint attention. The behavior analytic procedure, a most-to-least prompt procedure, is often used to improve children’s joint attention behavior. The level of prompt to be used for children with different abilities remains further explored, and the systematic prompting strategy could be expanded. The present study used a quasi-experiment design to compare an experiment group (20 children at the university’s laboratory) and a control group (20 children received treatment as usual at the community organizations), aiming to examine the effectiveness of prompt procedures for children of different symptoms. The results of study indicate an evidence-based decision-making procedures, and it will help clinicians and parents understand the dosage of interventions of changing a pivotal skill like joint attention. Further discussions were made on how to advance family’s appropriate time and money investments under the Chinese social and economic background. |
|
|
|
122. Effectiveness of Pairing Musical Tones With Physical Stimuli in Discrimination Training for Non-Verbal Autistic Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEX MARIE INGEBRITSON (University of West Florida) |
Discussant: Whitney L. Kleinert (May Institute) |
Abstract: The present study compares the effects of auditory stimuli in the form of two distinct musical pitches when used as extrastimulus prompts during discrimination training for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who exhibit signs of having speech delay. Children with ASD and language delays often have enhanced perception of musical pitch compared to their typically developing peers (Eigsti & Fein, 2013). However, in auditory–visual conditional discrimination, only spoken word or environmental sounds are primarily used (Halbur & Kodak, 2021). A reversal experimental design was used to test the participants’ ability to discriminate between two physical stimuli. In baseline phases, only physical stimuli were used. In intervention phases, two different pitches were played as an auditory cue if the two physical stimuli were non-identical, the same note was played twice for identical physical stimuli. Participants include a 4-year-old female and a 6-year-old male, both are diagnosed with ASD and exhibit speech delay traits. The participants’ accuracy percentage rose by an average of 47.9% in intervention phases, proving that the addition of the musical pitches significantly helped the participants differentiate. Findings suggest that children with ASD would benefit from having additional musical auditory stimuli incorporated into their formal training and assessments. |
|
|
|
124. Effectiveness of Interventions to Teach Intimate Care Skills to Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
MOLLY KATE OSHINSKI (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Patricio Erhard (University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Whitney L. Kleinert (May Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other developmental disabilities often need to be explicitly taught personal hygiene skills. A subset of personal hygiene skills are intimate care skills which include menstrual care, penile care, and washing and cleaning of intimate body parts. The taboo and private nature of intimate care skills has can lead practitioners to avoid teaching these skills which may make individuals with ASD and other developmental disabilities more vulnerable to abuse and other health concerns. Due to the intimate nature of these skills, interventions need to be viewed as socially acceptable by the individuals, caregivers, and practitioners that will be the primary implementers. Teaching intimate care skills can improve independence, quality of life, and overall health. The purpose of this synthesis was to examine and summarize interventions to teach intimate care skills and examine the social validity of these interventions. Interventions fell into four categories including (a) chaining, (b) social stories, (c) lesson packages, and (d) punishment procedures. The results of the reviewed studies indicated improved performance on intimate care skills for participants and a lack of social validity measures utilized throughout the studies. Further discussion includes strengths, limitations, and suggestions for future research. |
|
|
|
130. Using Online Delivery Parent-Mediated Intervention to Reduce Challenging Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ZAKARIA MESTARI (Université du Québec à Montréal (UQAM)), Mélina Rivard (Université du Québec à Montréal (UQAM)), Diane Morin (Université du Québec à Montréal (UQAM)), Jacques Forget (Université du Québec à Montréal (UQAM)) |
Discussant: Whitney L. Kleinert (May Institute) |
Abstract: Offering high-quality data-based intervention using telehealth technology brings new challenges. It is necessary to assess if otherwise efficient interventions could offer similar results via online meeting delivery. This pilot study included three children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) whose families implemented a program targeting challenging behaviors at home while being supervised virtually by professionals. Three psycho-educator from public services received online training on the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce for Young Children (PTR-YC) program. Each of them then acted as a facilitator for each of the families, by guiding them through the program’s steps using weekly virtual meetings. As per the PTR-YC program, 1) families targeted a challenging behavior to decrease and appropriate behavior to increase, 2) took daily data on both behaviors, 3) completed a functional behavior analysis (FBA), 4) chose intervention strategies, and 5) implemented them while being coached by their psycho-educator. All those steps were done using online meeting technology (Zoom or Teams). All three teams completed the 10 weeks program and data were collected using the PTR-YC behavior rating scale. This poster presents those clinical results as well as a brief overview of the clinical record, such as targeted behaviors, results of the FBA, and interventions implemented. |
|
|
|
132. Four Types of Group Contingencies for Behavioral Process Improvement in an Autism Spectrum Disorder Framework |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
Discussant: Whitney L. Kleinert (May Institute) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) organizations that provide services to children with autism commonly apply contingencies to improve performance or behavioral processes. Such contingencies are believed to be especially important for maximizing ABA service delivery quality (ASDQ). For some behavioral processes, group contingencies applied to the behavior of individuals within the process are likely to be more feasible and efficient than individualized contingencies. Historically, behavior analysts have used group contingencies at the operant level of selection, such as independent, interdependent, and dependent group contingencies. However, recent experimental work in culturo-behavioral science suggests the metacontingency, an analogue of the operant contingency at the cultural level of selection, can also control the behavior of individuals in a group. Accordingly, in this paper I describe and compare “group-oriented” contingencies and make a case for conceptualizing the metacontingency as a fourth group-oriented contingency. Next, I provide examples illustrating how leaders in an organization might use operant and group-oriented contingencies for process improvement to promote quality in an ASDQ framework. Lastly, I conclude with a discussion of future research needed to examine potential differences in the effects of different group-oriented contingencies and their utility for promoting ASDQ. |
|
|
|
134. Employing Coordination and Difference Relational Training to Modify Pre-Experimental Racial Biased Repertoire of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOAO HENRIQUE DE ALMEIDA (Londrina State University), Carolina Coury Silveira de Almeida (ABAKIDS), Emanuel Natã (ABAKIDS), Bianca Jeniffer Santos (ABAKIDS), Maicon Almeida (ABAKIDS), Táhcita Medrado Mizael (University of São Paulo) |
Discussant: Abraao Melo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In the RFT perspective, prejudice is built into the language itself and, for this reason, produces implications for human behavior. The objective of the current investigation, still in progress, is to employ relational training to enhance flexibility, reducing racially biased responses. The participants are two children (female ten years old; male five years old) with autism that presented incidentally prejudiced responses during intensive ABA intervention on social playtime. The procedure comprises three different phases. Initially, Phase 1 is a pre-test to attest to these observed biases. Then, phase 2 is relational training, including coordination and difference frames. Finally, phase 3 is a post-test phase that evaluates for changes on these biased repertoires. Meaningless stimuli and drawings of black and white people were the stimuli sets employed in this procedure. At the present moment, the boy is finishing the relational training. The continuity of this procedure will potentially add more information about modifying biased responses in children with autism through relational training. |
|
|
|
136. The Effects of Size Prompts on Stimulus Control During Object Imitation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN ELIZABETH BAUM (Western Michigan University), Sacha T. Pence (Western Michigan University), Victoria E. Risinger (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Abraao Melo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Object imitation is often an early skill area targeted with young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). When teaching imitation, it is important to consider the characteristics of the environment that may come to exert control over the imitative response. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of the size of the target stimulus on acquisition. We compared acquisition of object imitation across three conditions: no size prompts (target stimulus and distractor stimuli were approximately the same size), size prompts (target item was larger than the distractor stimuli), and a control (no formal teaching was conducted). Currently, one four-year old female Hispanic student diagnosed with ASD is participating. She mastered the targets in the no size prompts condition first. Correct responses increased in the size-prompt condition to high, but variable, levels of accuracy. Correct responses increased to moderate levels in the control (despite no formal training during these sessions). We will discuss how to develop imitation training to ensure stimulus control of the model, rather than various aspects of the stimuli. |
|
|
|
138. A Comparison of Intraverbal Instructive Feedback With and Without a Picture Delivered via Telehealth |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BREANNA KATHLEEN ANDERSON (California State University Stanislaus), Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus) |
Discussant: Abraao Melo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) promotes acquisition of secondary targets without direct intervention, which may lead to more efficient instruction. In previous IF studies, intraverbal IF was delivered with the picture from the primary target present; therefore, acquisition of secondary targets may be partially controlled by the presence of the picture. The present study compared intraverbal IF with and without a picture delivered via telehealth to 3 children, 5 to 6 years of age, who were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the tact to intraverbal (TI) condition the participant tacted a picture (primary target) and then the researcher delivered intraverbal IF (secondary target). In the intraverbal to intraverbal (II) condition, the participant responded to an intraverbal (primary target) and then the researcher delivered intraverbal IF (secondary target). The data indicate that the TI condition resulted in faster acquisition of primary and secondary targets and the II condition resulted in slower acquisition of the primary targets and limited acquisition of the secondary targets. These results suggest that the presence of a picture may facilitate acquisition of secondary targets for some children with ASD. Future research should examine the characteristics of learners for whom intraverbal IF may be an effective instructional tool. |
|
|
|
140. Applying the Good Behavior Game to Enhance Children's Engagement in Virtual Programming |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLAIRE CARRERA (The University of Scranton), Dana M Gadaire (The University of Scranton), Erin Dunleavy (The University of Scranton) |
Discussant: Abraao Melo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Throughout the Covid-19 Pandemic, virtual programming replaced clinical and educational services for millions of children worldwide. Whether virtual adaptations adequately substituted for live programming in largely unknown (Daniel, 2020; Hoffman & Secord, 2021). Many students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) struggled with this disruption given deficits in motivation, engagement, and/or interpersonal skills needed for optimal virtual learning (Hurwitz, Garman-MaClaine, & Carlock, 2021; Manning et al., 2021). We sought to enhance the effects of virtual programming for these children using an interdependent group reinforcement contingency.
The Good Behavior Game (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969) has been used extensively in schools to reduce disruptive behaviors incompatible with learning. We sought to evaluate this intervention to increase pro-social behavior (i.e., engagement) in a virtual learning format.
Twelve participants participated in a virtual social skills program. We used a changing criterion design over the course of 8 weekly sessions to evaluate changes in engagement (vocal and typed) relative to changing reinforcement criteria. Results indicated that total (group) engagement increased in direct relation to programmed reinforcement criteria. Individuals with low levels of engagement at baseline experienced the most pronounced increases over time. |
|
|
|
144. Teaching Identification and Reciprocation of Complex Emotions to Individuals Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RONALD FRANCIS MORENO (Easterseals of Southern California), Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California), Khiela Vejerano Achurra (Easterseals of Southern California), Shayna Kennedy (Easterseals of Southern California), Jonathan-Alan Gonzalez (Easterseals of Southern California), Kayla Briseno (Easterseals of Southern California), Natalie Beyer (Easterseals of Southern California) |
Discussant: Abraao Melo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism often experience difficulties identifying emotional responses of others and themselves. They are unable to identify emotions, which leads to lack of understanding of social situations and appropriate ways to reciprocate social interactions. Past studies and current common practices focus on tacting “emotions” by looking at pictures or real persons exhibiting various facial expressions. This present study uses a five phase approach to teach individuals diagnosed with autism to identify and respond to complex emotions. The five phases targeted different components such as identifying facial expression, verbal behavior, and body gestures, responding to emotions exhibited by the other person, identifying the context (antecedent and consequence) of the emotions and if the person is still experiencing the emotion in a different context, and generalizing to a natural learning environment. The results suggest that the all fives were required in order for the participants to identify and respond to complex emotions. |
|
|
|
146. Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions Provider Utilization of Telemedicine Before and During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BETUL CAKIR-DILEK (University of Minnesota Twin Cities), Quinn Oteman (University of Minnesota), Anne Floyd (University of Minnesota), Phuong Tran (University of Minnesota), Nicole Berning (Minnesota Department of Human Services), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), Adele F. Dimian (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: The Covid-19 pandemic has forced service providers to pivot to using alternative service delivery models such as telehealth. Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) are an applied behavior analytic approach that can be effective for teaching skill acquisition for individuals with autism. There is limited research on service providers’ use of telemedicine to deliver EIBI. The purpose of this study was to examine how EIBI autism specific service providers in the state of Minnesota used telemedicine for service provision prior to and during the pandemic. An online survey was distributed in 2019 to EIBI autism providers (n=50) to evaluate how and where providers were using telemedicine and to assess supports. EIBI telemedicine billing claims from 2020-2021 by county were also evaluated to assess the trends by county type (e.g., rural, urban). Descriptive and statistical analyses indicated that 36% of providers used telemedicine prior to the pandemic and a statistically significant increase in billing in 2020 was observed. Overall, billing differed by county type [F(4,718)= 32.5, p< .001] with Urban counties having the most claims and Rural having the least. More research is needed to assess what the barriers and facilitators are for utilizing tele-based services and if the trends are equitable. |
|
|
|
148. Online Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Training With Parents of Children With Autism During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SADAF KHAWAR (Montclair State University/Helping Hands ABA, P.C), Chana Tilson (Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Helping Hands ABA, P.C.) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: The current study used telehealth to deliver Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) training for parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) during the Covid-19 pandemic which had promising results. ACT has been effective with parents in the in-person format (Blackledge & Hayes, 2006; Gould et. al., 2017) and via telehealth (Thorne, 2018). Nine parents of children with ASD completed a six week online ACT parent training delivered asynchronously. Each session included specific topics and exercises which included: (a) values identification; (b) present moment awareness; (c) defusion; (d) the matrix (moving toward/away); (e) committed action; and (f) self-care. Pretest and posttest measures were completed by the participants which assessed depression (Beck, 1996; BDI-II), emotion dysregulation (Gratz and Roemer, 2004; DERS); parental stress (Abidin, 1995; PSI-4-SF), psychological flexibility (Bond et al., 2011; AAQ-II), and child behaviors (VABS-3, Maladaptive Behavior Domain; Sparrow et al., 2016). Paired sample t-tests revealed that depression [t(8) = 4.28, p = 0.003, d = 4.44], parental stress [t(7) = 3.60, p = 0.009, d = 1.42], and psychological flexibility [t(7) = 2.55, p = 0.038, d = 7.35] improved post-intervention, while statistically significant decrease was not noted for emotion dysregulation and child internalizing and externalizing behaviors. |
|
|
|
150. A Constructional Approach to the Treatment of Food Aversion |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW M MILLER (Conestoga Behavioral Services, LLC), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: Food aversion is common phenomena characterized by a change in eating behavior exhibited through food refusal, avoidance, and adverse physical responses such as nausea, gagging, and vomiting (Marnanova, 2019). There is considerable evidence that food aversion is classically conditioned (Bernstein and Borson, 1986; Garcia et al., 1955, Garcia and Koeling, 1966) and that reflexes are directly susceptible to operant control (Marcucella, 1981). Common treatment methods include escape extinction, which often includes invasive physical procedures such as non-removal of the spoon (NRS) (Ahearn et al., 2001). Other studies have avoided extinction procedures and have focused on shaping food acceptance using positive reinforcement (Bernal, 1972; Koegel et al., 2012), however the literature is relatively void of food aversion treatment utilizing program-intrinsic reinforcement that is free of superimposed contingencies and coercion. The following case study is a preliminary analysis of a Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974) for the treatment of full/complete food aversion in a 14-year-old with autism in a hospital setting. |
|
|
|
152. Promoting Effective Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment for a Young Adult Diagnosed With Encopresis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHAJI HAQ (Easterseals Southern California), Frank Ammirato (Easterseals of Southern California), Lana Ranch (Easterseals Southern Calfornia), Angela Yen (Easterseals of Southern California), Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: Social determinants of health that influence the delivery of ABA treatment were identified and targeted for a 20-year-old male diagnosed with autism disorder, ADHD, anxiety disorder, disruptive mood dysregulation disorder, insomnia, and encopresis.Prior to starting of ABA treatments, the clinical teams focused on issues such as housing, transportation, legal matters, and access to other health professionals. The results suggest an effective ABA treatment for encopresis is only possible when all of these conditions are addressed. |
|
|
|
154. A Rapid Screening Tool for Identifying Comorbid Psychiatric Symptoms in Children and Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL E WILLIAMS (Butterfly Effects, LLC), Emily Hooker (Butterfly Effects, LLC), Thomas Thompson (Butterfly Effects, LLC) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: Comorbid psychiatric disorders are observed in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) at substantially higher rates than those found in typically developing peers. The most common comorbid psychiatric disorders are attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and anxiety (including general anxiety disorder, phobias, panic disorder, and post-traumatic stress disorder). The symptoms of these disorders could diminish the effectiveness of therapeutic treatment via applied behavior analysis (ABA), aimed at addressing the core symptoms of ASD (i.e., social and communication deficits, repetitive/restrictive behaviors). Identification of behavioral symptoms associated with comorbid psychiatric disorders for clients receiving treatment for ASD assists in differentiating matters related to scope of practice for board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) and aids clients/caregivers who may benefit from referrals to other providers as part of a multidisciplinary approach to treatment. Secondly, this research highlights the value of ABA treatment for behaviors associated with conventional psychiatric conditions, which could benefit clients as well as the field of behavior analysis. A rapid screening survey instrument was developed to administer at initial assessment to caregivers of clients with a diagnosis of ASD and at subsequent reviews to identify and track the presence of behaviors consistent with comorbid psychiatric symptoms. Results will provide data on initial presentation and the progression of behavioral and/or psychiatric symptoms with ABA treatment and collaborative care as necessary. |
|
|
|
158. Responses to Anxiety-Related Problems of Students with Autism in School Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
CELAL PERIHAN (Idaho State University), Madison Weeden (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the responses of teachers to anxiety-related problem behaviors of students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in school settings. Special education teachers and school psychologists completed the TRAC Teacher Responses to Anxiety in Children in Autism Spectrum Disorder (TRAC; Allen & Lerman, 2017) and the TRAC-ASD (TRAC-Autism Version) questionnaires for students with and without ASD. Cohen’s d will be calculated as an estimate of effect size and then paired t-tests will be used to compare teachers’ and school psychologists’ responses to anxiety-related problem behaviors in school settings. Initial findings showed that most of the participants, including school psychologists, response significantly differently to anxiety problems in children with or without ASD. Initial findings note that teachers are likely to overlook anxiety symptoms of children with ASD compared to typically developing children. Implications will be discussed. |
|
|
|
160. Behavior Skills Training to Increase Parenting Skills of Adults with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE WHEELER (Texas Tech University), Jennifer Hamrick (Texas Tech University; Burkhart Center), E Amanda DiGangi (Arizona State University), Nikkolina Prueitt (Texas Tech University; Burkhart Center) |
Discussant: Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting) |
Abstract: It is often the case that individuals with developmental disabilities do not receive adequate sexuality education during their formative years (Schaafsma et al., 2017), yet there is still an underlying desire for relationships and marriage (Healy et al., 2009). Thus, the purpose of the current study is to determine if Behavior Skills Training (BST) combined with the use of infant simulators increase parenting skills of adults with developmental disabilities. Participants were recruited from a post-secondary vocational center serving young adults aged 18-30. Three participants with ASD, aged 22, 23, and 21, provided informed consent and assent to participate in the study. Participants engaged in a simulated parenting experience using an infant simulator. Baseline was collected using the infant simulator data collection system on specific parenting skills as determined via the infant simulator software. Following baseline, BST was conducted on each parenting skill (i.e., burping, diapering, rocking, and feeding). Data following the BST intervention was collected again using the infant simulator data collection system. Preliminary results indicate an increase in parenting behaviors across feeding and diapering as well as a decrease in mishandling behaviors. |
|
|
|
162. Integrating Professional Skills in the Outpatient Treatment of Problem Behaviour in Italian Public Healthcare System: A Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
RITA DI SARRO (Health and Disability Integrated Program, Mental Health Dept., Public Local Health Unit, Bologna), Niccolò USL Varrucciu (Public Local Health, Bologna), Ingrid Bonsi (Cadiai Cooperativa Sociale), Giulia Papa (Cadiai Cooperativa Sociale), Guido D'Angelo (DALLA LUNA - BARI) |
Discussant: Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting) |
Abstract: Outpatient treatment of problem behavior in public health system can be challenging, requiring the integration of medical, clinical, and behavior-analytic professional skills. The present case study describes a possible course of action when functional analysis results seem inconclusive or unstable, requiring further efforts in order to highlight possible underlying variables. An adolescent with autism and intellectual disability was referred for aggression, Self-Injurious Behaviors (SIBs) and screaming. Despite the implementation of a functional analysis and a treatment based intervention, outcomes were unstable, suggesting the need of further assessment and of a medical consultation. For this reason, three different functional analyses were carried out and a different pattern of data emerged each time. Namely, problem behavior was not observed in the first analysis, while access to rituals and attention were identified as most likely functions, respectively in the second and third functional analysis. Also, a psychopathological assessment was completed. The pharmacological treatment was changed, coherently with the psychopathological diagnosis. At the same time, the behavioral treatment was adjusted. This led to a significant improvement of the treatment outcomes, in terms of a dramatic reduction (0% per session) of problem behavior and increase of alternative responses (i.e, manding). This case study represents a preliminary effort to adopt an interdisciplinary approach in the outpatient treatment of problem behavior in public healthcare system. |
|
|
|
164. Between a Rock and a Soft Place: Examining a Parent Education Program for Cultural Relevance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARATESSA MEANS (University of San Francisco) |
Discussant: Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting) |
Abstract: This poster presents the findings of a qualitative study on the perspectives of Mexican American parents of children with Autism. The study is based on document analysis of an evidence-based Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) parent education curriculum followed by a focus group discussion with three mothers of children with Autism. The analysis is based on the Ecological Validity Framework (EVF), which is used to find congruence between the cultural properties of a therapeutic intervention and those of the population served. The results of the study confirm that Mexican American families have had mixed experiences with Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs. The results suggest that there is much to do in order to bring cultural relevance to ABA parent education programs. Finally, results also indicate a need for cultural competence in educators and clinicians in order to support children with Autism and improve their family quality of life. |
|
|
|
166. Functional Behaviour Assessment and Functional Communication Training to Reduce Challenging and Self Injurious Behaviour |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RHYS JONES (Jigsaw CABAS school), Ellie Tidy (Jigsaw CABAS School), Maria Rossi (Jigsaw CABAS School), Hannah Burcombe (Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Discussant: Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting) |
Abstract: Behaviour that challenges (BTC) and self-injurious behaviour (SIB) are more likely to occur in children that are diagnosed with Autism spectrum disorder (ASD), compared to typically developing children (Rzepecka, McKenzie, McClure & Murphy, 2011; Minshawi et al., 2014). The present research used an ABC design to evaluate the effectiveness of a Functional Behaviour Assessment and Functional Communication Training (FCT), in order to reduce a participant’s BTC and SIB. The participant attended a CABAS® day school and was 15 years of age at the start of the study. For baseline data, the number of BTC and SIB was recorded daily. Prior to the start of the study staff were provided with a study session on how to run a Functional Behaviour Assessment (FBA) and completed the Functional Assessment Screening Tool (FAST) and Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) to assess the function of the behaviours. Results of the study suggested that the function of the participant’s SIB and BTC was sensory and researchers then used FCT to teach the participant to mand for deep pressure, or ‘squeezes’ with a PEC. Overall the results of the study showed a reduction in the amount of SIB and BTC the participant emitted throughout the school day. |
|
|
|
170. Use of Noncontingent Reinforcement with Complimentary Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior to Address Aggression in Autistic Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DOMINIK LIA KELLER (The May Institute), Shannon Marie Dieringer (Ball State University), David E. McIntoch (Ball State University), Maria Hernandez (Ball State University), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) to reduce aggression in Autistic children. The study also investigated how NCR may effectively schedule thin while still maintaining low levels of aggression. Aggression is a behavior that impacts 53% of Autistic individuals and decreases their quality of life (Fitzpatrick et al., 2016; Mazurek et al., 2013). Preference assessments were conducted to ensure appropriate reinforcers were utilized for the functional analyses. Additionally, a functional analysis was conducted with participants to assess the function of their aggression. Following the assessments, baseline levels of aggression were established, and NCR was implemented. NCR resulted in significant reduction in both participants. Schedule thinning was then initiated. Although differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) was hypothesized to be necessary to maintain low levels of aggression during schedule thinning, neither participant met the criteria for DRA to be used. This study extended the research by showing the effectiveness of NCR and maintain the reduction as schedule thinning occurred, making it a feasible treatment for clinical use. Suggestions for future investigations on the use of NCR in clinical practice, the social validity of NCR, and the impact DRA may have when combined with NCR are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Passport Prize Drawing |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
2:45 PM–3:00 PM |
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A |
Pick up your exhibitor passport at the Registration Desk or ABAI Exhibit Booth. Visit the exhibitors indicated on the passport and have each square initialed. Enter the daily prize drawing by dropping your complete passport in the metal drum at the ABAI Exhibit Booth. Prize drawings will take place at the ABAI Exhibit Booth on Sunday at 2:45pm and Monday at 2:45pm. Must be present to win. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behaviorally Based Approaches to Addressing Cell Phone Use, Misuse, Abuse, and Overuse: A Teenager's Perspective of What Works and Doesn't |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:25 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Emily Cook (Bishop McDevitt High School Harrisburg, PA) |
CE Instructor: Richard Cook, M.D. |
|
Behaviorally Based Approaches to Addressing Cell Phone Use, Misuse, Abuse, and Overuse: A Teenager's Perspective of What Works and Doesn't |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Matthew Gross (Shippensburg University), EMILY COOK (Bishop McDevitt High School
Harrisburg, PA), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
|
Abstract: While cell phones have become an essential part of teenage life, even expected by teachers. They are a vehicle of wasted time, social stressors, and distraction, but are also essential for needed family communication , studying for tests, and completing homework. Standard behavioral and public health principles and techniques can be used in a methodical fashion to help the teenager develop habits to better self regulate usage. This presentation highlights use of behavioral momentum, successive approximations, differential reinforcement, token economies, the Premack principle, basic reinforcement and punishment, as well a public health fundamental that the most effective interventions are those which require the least amount of effort on the part of the targeted individual |
|
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1.articulate advantages of teen cell phone use and note behaviors of site selection and patterns of usage to which the teen can develop a habit of emitting 2. articulate reasons to NOT threaten to take cell phone away from teen 3. outline key discussion points and lead a discussion with a teenager regarding development of habits cell phone use behavior that are healthy, safe, and productive, and still relevant to the reality of patterns of teenage cell phone use |
|
|
|
|
|
The Importance of Independence and Interdependence in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
ANYA K. SILVER (QSAC; Hofstra University) |
PETER F. GERHARDT (The EPIC School) |
ROBERT LARUE (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: One of the greatest challenges faced is promoting independence in the individuals we serve so that they can live the best quality of life possible. Independence is an essential life skill for the individuals we serve and is often an area of focus when developing goals. However, the sometimes overlooked area of interdependence may be an even more crucial skill for success in daily life. Individuals with autism may attempt to behave independently when they actually would be better served by accessing others to help them to solve a problem. Interdependence is a way in which we can achieve our goals and solve problems but includes others in the solution. This panel will focus on the importance of both independence and interdependence in adults with autism spectrum disorders. Independence and interdependence will be discussed and defined. Specific examples will be used to highlight skills of independence and interdependence. There will be a discussion regarding the assessment and observation of adults with autism in the areas of independence and interdependence. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts; Special Educators |
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define independence vs interdependence. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify a minimum of 2 observation-based assessment tools related to independence and interdependence. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify goals to be implemented for behavior change in the areas of independence and interdependence. |
Keyword(s): Adults, Independence, Interdependence |
|
|
|
|
|
Autism Spectrum Disorder and the DSM: Who is Captured Under the Autism Spectrum Disorder Umbrella and Who Has Been Left Out in The Rain? |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Gloria Satriale (Mission to Education Children with Autism (MECA)) |
MARIA LEARY (Autism New Jersey) |
Abstract: The introduction of the DSM-5, in May of 2013, represented a radical overhaul of the diagnostic criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Previous attempts to describe ASD across multiple diagnostic categories were eschewed because of poor diagnostic clarity due to limited homogeneity within and across subcategories (Rosen, et al., 2018). Unfortunately, availability of resources for potential successful treatment could be limited based on these previous diagnostic criteria. Initial concerns regarding these changes were focused on those who had been diagnosed previously with Asperger’s syndrome. However, it was found that 91% of individuals previously diagnosed would continue to fall under the revised ASD diagnosis, and the vast majority of those not covered met the diagnostic criteria for the newly described Social Communication Disorder (Huerta & Lord, 2012). But what about the impact of the DSM-5’s changes to ASD diagnostic criteria on those falling on the opposite end of the ASD spectrum? Has the current DSM-5 delineation of diagnostic criteria misrepresented the affected population as a homogenous sample rather than representing the disparate clinical presentations of the spectrum itself? This panel will discuss the wide ranging impact of the DSM-5’s ASD diagnostic criteria on treatment, funding and legislation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Diagnostic Criteria, DSM-5, Funding, Severe Autism |
|
|
|
|
|
Augmentative and Alternative Communication in Clinical Settings: A Discussion on Clinical Outcomes |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions) |
CE Instructor: Daphne Hartzheim, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) consists of techniques that range from low-tech (e.g. picture exchange systems) to high-tech (e.g. communication devices) systems. These systems are useful in teaching non-vocal client’s functional communication skills. Although research supports the use of AAC systems in teaching verbal behavior, the implementation of high-tech devices poses a challenge to Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) due to a lack of knowledge, experience and understanding of how the devices can be implemented to reach communication goals. The purpose of this symposium is to demonstrate how the proper use of AAC devices can increase verbal behaviors, reduce challenging behavior and increase functional communication for nonvocal or minimally vocal children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The first speaker will present an overview of AAC systems and common features of such systems. The speaker will also present a single case study of the implementation of an AAC device to reduce challenging behavior. The second speaker will present a single case study on increasing vocalizations with the implementation of a high-tech AAC system. The third speaker will focus on a single case study in which the participant was able to increase verbal behaviors with a change in how AAC was utilized. Implications for AAC in everyday clinical settings will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): alternative modalities, behavior reduction, FCT, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Applied Behavior Analysts, Behavior Analytic Practitioners, Researchers, Educators |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) describe the difference between at least two AAC systems; (2) list at least two benefits of implementing AAC as a method of functional communication with minimally vocal individuals; (3) explain how AAC can be implemented in a clinical setting to increase verbal behaviors in non-vocal individuals. |
|
Brief Overview of Augmentative and Alternative Communication and its Impact on Reducing Maladaptive Behavior |
Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Anika Hoybjerg (Endicott College; Autism and Behavioral Interventions), MIRANDA THORNLEY (Autism and Behavioral Intervention) |
Abstract: The aim of this presentation is to give the participants a brief overview of AAC systems and some of the most common programming features of high-quality systems. The features that will be discussed include grid/button sizes, button feedback, and organization. The author will also discuss rationales for getting a designated speech-generating device funded as opposed to using a device for supplemental use. The aim of the single case study was to reduce maladaptive behavior in an 8-year-old female with the use of an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) system. Prior to implementing an AAC system, the participant was engaging in aggression towards staff, self-injurious behavior, property destruction, and public urination. She demonstrated no functional communication. She was able to imitate words but did not use words independently. Data will be presented that demonstrates the decrease in maladaptive behavior with the inception of the AAC system. Use of the system was generalized to multiple settings with multiple people. Results indicate that AAC was successful in increasing functional communication, reducing maladaptive behavior, and growing manding and tacting repertoires. |
|
Use of Augmentative and Alternative Communication to Supplement Vocal Verbal Behaviors in a Minimally Functional Communicator |
CASEY BARRON (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Anika Hoybjerg (Endicott College; Autism and Behavioral Interventions) |
Abstract: The aim of this single case study was to increase the use of vocal mands in a young male with autism spectrum disorder. The participant was selected for this intervention due to his inability to functionally communicate his wants and needs using vocal communication. While he did demonstrate some vocal abilities at baseline, he often required multiple prompts to mand. An augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device was implemented as a supplemental way to mand for preferred activities and items. The AAC application, SnapCoreFirst, was loaded onto an iPad that was used while in the clinical setting. Pages with a 4x4 grid were created that included symbols of his preferred activities and items. Errorless teaching was implemented to teach navigation to those pages and buttons. Data collected from December 2020 to January 2021 shows an average of 24 spontaneous vocal mands per day and 5% accuracy using the sentence starter “I want” (January 2021). By August of 2021, the client's vocal mands stayed consistent with an average of 24 mands and sentence complexity accuracy increased to 91%. The results from this case study indicate that using an AAC system to supplement communication can have a favorable impact on vocal communication. |
|
Increasing Skill Acquisition of Verbal Operants With the Use of a Communication System |
BLAKE R INOUYE (Utah Valley University; Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Anika Hoybjerg (Endicott College; Autism and Behavioral Interventions) |
Abstract: Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) is a viable option for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who do not develop vocal speech. Research indicates that about 30% of individuals with ASD remain non-vocal throughout their life. Implementing AAC properly can influence skill acquisition and the formation of relational frames of an individual. The aim of this single-subject case study was to increase rate of skill acquisition in a non-vocal adolescent who uses an AAC device. The participant was included in this study because he had a history of using AAC to communicate. However, communication was not efficient and skill acquisition occurred at a slow rate. At baseline, the participant was spelling out tacts and intraverbals to the communication partner. During Phase 1 of the intervention, the participant was taught to use symbols to tact and produce intraverbals. Phase 2 of the intervention included generalization of the use of a variety of verbal operants into a more naturalistic setting with new communication partners. Data will also be collected on potential relations that were incidentally taught during this process. The results of this study indicate that with the proper implementation of AAC, non-vocal individuals can substantially increase skill acquisition and learn relational frames in the process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics Approaches to Improve Care for Seriously and Critically Ill Patients |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
CE Instructor: Scott Halpern, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SCOTT HALPERN (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Six decades of research on human decision making has revealed how sensitive our choices are to the ways in which options are framed. A key insight from this line of scholarship, which is typically referred to as behavioral economics, is that the influence of nudges – or intentional framings of options so as to make certain choices more likely – is greatest when people lack deep-seated or well-ordered preferences among the options. Most of us know, for example, whether we prefer vanilla or chocolate ice cream, or at least the situations in which we prefer one or the other, and so are unlikely to be nudged to choose differently. But unlike ice cream selections, seriously patients’ (and their family members’) choices about end-of-life care are made infrequently, and typically without receiving feedback about how choosing one way versus another makes us feel. For these reasons and perhaps others, research over the past decade has shown that these high-stakes, seemingly preference-sensitive decisions are in fact quite strongly influenced by the ways in which options are framed. This talk will begin by differentiating among behavior change strategies that differ in their likely effectiveness and threats to autonomous choice, and will then explore how behavioral economic concepts are being used by the speaker and others in efforts to improve the quality of serious illness care in the U.S. Examples from ongoing and recently completed randomized trials will be presented, and the ethics of consciously “nudging” certain end-of-life decisions will be considered. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Any clinicians who may engage with seriously ill patients |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate among behavior change strategies that differ in their likely effectiveness and threats to autonomous choice; (2) describe how behavioral economic concepts are being employed in efforts to improve serious illness care; (3) evaluate the ethics of consciously “nudging” certain end-of-life decisions. |
|
SCOTT HALPERN (University of Pennsylvania) |
Scott D. Halpern, MD, Ph.D. is the John M. Eisenberg Professor of Medicine, Epidemiology, and Medical Ethics and Health Policy at the University of Pennsylvania, and a practicing intensive care doctor. He is the founding Director of the Palliative and Advanced Illness Research (PAIR) Center, which generates evidence to advance policies and practices that improve the lives of all people affected by serious illness. His awards include the American Federation for Medical Research’s Outstanding Investigator Award for the best scientist in any field under the age of 45, the Association of Clinical and Translational Science’s Distinguished Investigator Award, and the Arthur K. Asbury Outstanding Faculty Mentor Award. He is an elected member of the American Society of Clinical Investigation and the Association of American Physicians, and serves on the Editorial Boards of the Annals of Internal Medicine and the American Journal of Bioethics. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dismantling Oppressive Practices in Clinical and Academic Supervision: How to be a Disruptor |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Anita Li, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University) |
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
DANYELLE SHARELLE GOITIA BEAL (Loving Hands Family Support Services) |
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: With diversity, equity, and inclusion becoming more of a trend than a value, it is imperative that behavior analysts self-reflect and commit to actions that disrupt oppressive practices in the field. The panel will focus on how behavior analysts can mentor and supervise underrepresented supervisees and students, with a specific emphasis on empowering them and guiding them to recognize their strengths independent of the validation of those in power. The panelists will also discuss how to utilize and leverage one’s own privilege to further these efforts to dismantle oppressive mentorship and supervision. Understanding that lived experiences are data, the panelists, who identify as women of color, will discuss how their own behaviors were shaped as a result of being oppressed in these systems (i.e., educational institutes, clinical settings, mental and behavioral health) and will share strategies to disrupt such systems. Audience members will be encouraged to participate and share their own lived experiences to contribute to this important conversation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and engage in self-reflection; (2) identify behaviors that promote disruption; (3) identify behaviors that empower underrepresented clinicians and students. |
Keyword(s): compassion, disruption, self-reflection, supervision |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring the Topic of Pay-Equity, Including the Discussion of Strategies at Micro and Macro Levels |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Joshua Garner (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative) |
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent publications have yielded concerns of gender- and race-based pay gaps and potential pay inequities within the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA; Li et al., 2019; Vance & Saini, under review). Equipped with a unique understanding of behavior-change processes, behavioral practitioners are well-suited to challenge organizational practices that may be contributing to pay inequities. A progressive response may involve identifying interventions that help to diagnose pay equity issues, mitigate their impacts, and prevent escalation of inequities. Therefore, the purpose of the symposium is to conceptualize the topic of pay-equity as well as introduce and discuss micro and macro-level interventions. The status of such interventions within ABA will be reviewed in addition to future action items on this topic. Collectively, the authors of this symposium hope to empower its audience members, generate discussion about pay practices within the field and set the occasion for enhanced equity processes in ABA. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): "pay audit", "pay-equity", "social justice", "unionization" |
Target Audience: RBT, BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define pay-equity; (2) identify at least 3 strategies that may promote equitable pay practices; and (3) categorize these strategies based on who should enact them (i.e., individuals, organizations, or larger systems). |
|
Using an Organizational Behavior Management Framework to Better Understand Promotion and Compensation Practices as Part of a Strategy to Address Equity Concerns |
(Theory) |
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: A familiar pattern continues to play out across time and organizations, where organizational representatives and PR departments pledge to bring about diversity, equity, and inclusion in the workplace. Unfortunately, such vows are easily made and then superficially fulfilled with minor changes in policy statements. New challenges arise and attention is shifted to the next challenge, but the needs of diversity, equity, and inclusion remain unfulfilled at a more meaningful level, thus the past becomes destined to repeat in the future. To break such a cycle of social injustice, a comprehensive and lasting strategy is needed to do business differently. This is particularly important when it comes to the allocation of resources, such as hiring decisions, promotion, and pay. Although such change is difficult and painful, Organizational Behavior Management has several tools and techniques that can help guide the transformation, including pinpointing what equity actually looks like, creating executive training to lead fundamental changes, developing meaningful compensation systems, providing coaching and support for the important but neglected parts of an organization, and building feedback systems for the retention of diverse talent. This talk will outline some of the issues with typical organizational practices and provide guidance for new approaches. |
|
Behavioral Health Practitioner Perceptions of Micro-Level Pay Equity Strategies |
(Applied Research) |
HANNA E. VANCE (Brock University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Emily Guertin (Brock University) |
Abstract: In a field where behavior-change processes are highly accessible, behavior analysts are truly capable of impacting pay practices. This very idea prompted the initiation of the current study which involved defining pay-equity strategies in terms of succinct, behavioral actions, that both individuals and organizations can engage in to enhance pay-equity practices. Further, the study involved the collection of social validity data across behavioral health practitioners more broadly, on the perceived willingness to engage in these strategies, and the perceived effectiveness of each. Such survey data indicated that all presented strategies were rated favorably by all behavioral health practitioners in both willingness to participate (range of M = 5.21 to 6,01; Table 1), and anticipated effectiveness (range of M = 4.88 to 5.85; Table 2). |
|
Unionization and Worker Cooperatives: The Power of the People |
(Theory) |
JOSHUA GARNER (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative) |
Abstract: According to Marx (1867), achieving liberty, equality, and democracy in society requires the removal of all economically exploitative relationships. This is not easily achieved, as it is difficult to foster system-level changes while acting as an individual. However, acting in solidarity with other members can have significant impacts on workers in the field of behavior analysis. Specifically, unions and worker cooperatives can help behavior-analytic workers experience greater degrees of freedom (Goldiamond, 1965, 1974, & 1976), while also removing inequities in the workplace. This presentation will provide an overview of unions and worker cooperatives as well as the advantages these organizational structures offer. |
|
|
|
|
|
Until Earth and Heaven Ring: How Academicians Can Recognize and Help Dismantle Systemic Racism in Child Health |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: RAY BIGNALL (Nationwide Children’s Hospital) |
Abstract: Structural racism is one of the most pervasive and impactful social paradigms in American life, and often works in tandem with systems of inequality to drive social factors that adversely affect child health. Understanding the influence of racism on these unjust systems can aid individuals in narrowing health disparities. First, individuals should acknowledge a shared definition of racism as a “system of structuring opportunity and assigning value based on the social interpretation of how one looks… that unfairly disadvantages some… unfairly advantages others, and saps the strength of the whole society through the waste of human resources.” Next, an identification of these systemic inequities should be made, with throughlines drawn connecting social adversity with poor health outcomes. Finally, intentional and evidence-based strategies should be employed to counteract these adverse influences in both health care and society, and these interventions studied to gauge efficacy and direct resources. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Healthcare providers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define racism, and overview its historical context and systemic nature in medicine and society in the United States; (2) briefly highlight a few of the racial/ethnic health disparities we see in pediatrics, link them to structurally racist and unjust systems that perpetuate these disparities; (3) discuss changes academicians and health care leaders can make to help dismantle systems of inequality and promote health equity and justice in medicine and society. |
|
RAY BIGNALL (Nationwide Children’s Hospital) |
O. N. Ray Bignall II, MD, FAAP, FASN is Director of Kidney Health Advocacy and Community Engagement in the Division of Nephrology and Hypertension at Nationwide Children's Hospital, and Assistant Professor of Pediatrics at The Ohio State University College of Medicine. A graduate of Howard University and Meharry Medical College, Dr. Bignall completed his general pediatrics residency, clinical fellowship in nephrology, and NIH post-doctoral research fellowship at Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center. As a physician-advocate, Dr. Bignall’s work addresses the social determinants of child health, kidney disease, and transplantation through community-based scholarship, engagement, and advocacy. He is an appointed Fellow of the American Society of Nephrology (ASN); the Founding Chair of the ASN’s Health Care Justice Committee; and serves as a member of the Council on Medical Legislation for the National Medical Association. Dr. Bignall is a recipient of the American Academy of Pediatrics Community Access to Child Health (CATCH) Award; a John E Lewy Fund Advocacy Scholar of the American Society of Pediatric Nephrology; and was named a 40 Under 40 Leader in Minority Health by the National Minority Quality Forum and the Congressional Black Caucus Health Braintrust. Twitter: @DrRayMD |
|
|
|
|
|
Training Professionals to Increase Engagement in Essential Workplace Practices |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda Austin (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Austin, Psy.M. |
Abstract: All professional settings require the implementation of specific practices to ensure ideal functioning of the organization, produce optimal client outcomes, and even maintain employee well-being. However, the extent to which these practices are performed in the workplace may be variable. Professionals across a variety of applied settings have expressed a desire for more extensive training, describing their initial training experiences as “inadequate” (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015; Freeman et al., 2014). The use of an organizational behavior management (OBM) approach to training has been successful in enhancing staff performance across a multitude of domains and settings (e.g., table busing times, Amigo et al., 2008; EpiPen administration in schools, Whiting et al., 2014). This symposium will introduce three studies that utilized training methods to promote engagement in essential workplace practices. We will begin by presenting a study that examined the use of video modeling and experimenter feedback to train teachers to implement classroom management strategies. We will then discuss a study that used behavioral skills training (BST) to promote the recruitment of supervisor praise. Finally, we will review a study that examined the use of goal setting and graphic feedback in increasing time allocated to educational programming in ABA classrooms. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): feedback, training, video modeling |
Target Audience: Supervisors, administrators, training coordinators |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Provide examples of essential workplace practices and their potential impact on organizational, employee, and client outcomes; (2) List three training methods that can improve staff engagement in essential workplace practices (3) Describe potential benefits and drawbacks of using organizational behavior management interventions in applied settings, as demonstrated in three studies |
|
Learning Classroom Management Skills With Video Models and Feedback |
AVNER FRAIDLIN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Evidence-based classroom management strategies are a neglected area in teacher training programs. As a result, newly certified teachers are inadequately trained in classroom management strategies (Freeman et al., 2014) and identify this area as a major reason for leaving the profession (Ingerson et al., 2018). Stevenson et al. (2020) urged teacher training programs to provide future educators with practice opportunities and high-quality feedback on the use of behavioral classroom management strategies. This study evaluated the impact of an online video modeling (VM) and experimenter feedback (EFB) training on accuracy of implementing a classroom management strategy with nine graduate students and one undergraduate student with experience in school settings. Participants’ performance was variable across experimental phases. In the VM condition, some participants’ performance improved while others’ initially increased but did not maintain. In the EFB condition, performance improved across all participants and maintained for most. Description of the training package, advantages, and considerations for using the training to teach others classroom management strategies will be discussed. |
|
Registered Behavior Technicians Recruiting Praise from Supervisors |
AMANDA KAZEE (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Burnout is prevalent among direct care staff serving autistic clients. This study examined if registered behavior technicians (RBTs) can effectively recruit praise from their supervisors, with collateral impacts of increased supervisor delivered praise statements received during treatment sessions as well as increased treatment fidelity during discrete trial training (DTT) sessions. A multiple baseline design across three participant dyads (i.e., supervisor and RBT) was used to evaluate the impact of behavioral skills training (BST) targeting RBT praise recruitment on relevant dependent variables related to praise (i.e., RBT recruitment of praise, supervisor response to recruited praise and corrective statements, overall total praise). Pre- and post-intervention assessment of dependent variables included: treatment fidelity, the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI-HSS) and Job Satisfaction Survey (JSS). Based on visual analysis of praise-related dependent variables, RBTs trained to recruit praise from their supervisors increased RBT recruitment of praise. In addition, supervisor response to recruited praise and corrective statements, as well as total praise increased across all dyads. Treatment fidelity consistently increased after RBTs were taught to recruit praise. No participants met criteria for “burnout” according to the MBI-HSS at any point in the study. Job satisfaction stayed within the “satisfied” range for all participants pre-and post-intervention. |
|
Increasing Time Allocated to Educational Programming in the Classroom Using Graphic Feedback and Goal Setting |
DEBRA PAONE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Amanda Austin (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Hyein Lee (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: For many learners on the autism spectrum, the amount of time allocated to behavior analytic instruction impacts the acquisition of new skills and progress towards individualized education program (IEP) goals. Three classrooms in a center-based applied behavior analysis (ABA) program were targeted for an intervention that evaluated the effects of graphic feedback and goal setting on the percentage of time allocated to educational programming. Baseline data were recorded to measure time allocated to educational programming during work sessions. After stable baselines were obtained, graphs that displayed the amount of time spent on educational programming, functional routines, breaks, and waiting were reviewed with classroom staff. Staff were asked to set a goal, to be met within one month, to increase the time allocated to educational programing during instructional time. Graphic feedback was shared with the teachers on a weekly basis. Initial results demonstrated an increase in the percentage of intervals with educational programming following feedback sessions across two classrooms. Daily feedback resulted in an increase in percentage of intervals with educational programming for the third classroom. This study provides evidence that graphic feedback and goal setting may help maximize staff’s use of instructional time in the classroom. |
|
|
|
|
|
ABAI Accreditation: Program Coordinators' Experiences |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
CE Instructor: Jenna Mrljak, Ph.D. |
Panelists: JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: ABAI’s accreditation system has been around for decades with more programs seeking accreditation over the past few years than ever before. As interest and the need for accreditation grows, we invite you to learn about the process and experiences from the perspective of a few program coordinators. The panelists’ programs represent a range of accreditation experiences. This session is designed for program coordinators and those interested in recognition and accreditation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College) |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
|
|
|
|
|
Operant Conditioning to Combat Addiction, Unemployment, and Poverty |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (California State University - East Bay) |
CE Instructor: Shrinidhi Subramaniam, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Over 37 million people in the United States lived in poverty in 2020. Poverty is a top risk factor for premature mortality and can exacerbate other health conditions like drug addiction. There is a clear relation between poverty, unemployment, and addiction. Addiction is more prevalent in unemployed than employed individuals and employment predicts positive treatment outcomes in people with addiction. Two evidence-based approaches to combat addiction and poverty are to: 1) treat addiction using incentives to promote drug abstinence (a proximal intervention), or 2) address poverty with education and job-skills training (a distal intervention). In this presentation, I will highlight behavior analytic research merging a proximal and distal approach to treat addiction in unemployed adults living in poverty. These studies evaluated the effectiveness of wage supplements to increase competitive employment and promote drug abstinence; assessed job readiness in this population; and incentivized job readiness activities during the search for employment. Interventions that promote full-time, steady employment can help improve socioeconomic position and have the added benefit of removing barriers to addiction recovery. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysis students, practitioners, and researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the relation between unemployment and addiction; (2) describe how incentives promote drug abstinence and employment; (3) list the essential features of an operant antipoverty program. |
|
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Dr. Shrinidhi Subramaniam is an Assistant Professor in Psychology at California State University, Stanislaus and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Dr. Subramaniam received her PhD in Psychology from West Virginia University and completed a postdoctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. She teaches courses in applied behavior analysis, research methods, ethics, and addiction treatment, and mentors graduate students in their thesis research. Dr. Subramaniam’s research applies behavior analytic principles to solve problems like addiction, unemployment, and poverty in her community. Currently, her lab is evaluating the feasibility of a contingency management program to engage residential substance use disorder patients in continuing care. In addition to this work, she has published over 20 manuscripts and chapters across broad research interests. These publications include clinical studies evaluating the effectiveness of behavioral interventions like incentives and education, and basic and translational studies exploring processes underlying human decision making such as choice and temporal learning. Dr. Subramaniam is an Associate Editor for The Psychological Record, is on the editorial board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and serves as the Board Secretary of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior. She is the Association for Behavior Analysis, International’s 2022 winner of the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences Early Career Impact Award. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling in Italy as a Strategic Model for Service-Design Innovation |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Fabiola Casarini, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: FABIOLA CASARINI (Errepiu R+ Association) |
Abstract: For over a decade, CABAS was implemented in Italy by several learning centers that aimed to test the effects of education as a social innovation tool. We found that this model can provide schools and health services with an evidence-based system to design interventions that are both effective and efficient. Also, it greatly contributed to maintaining treatment integrity for children and adults with autism spectrum disorder during the COVID-19 pandemic. During these challenging times of economic and health crisis across the world, consequences for failing to design early and efficient ABA treatments were being highlighted by researchers. In addition, all countries in terms of reaching the “sustainable development goals” (SDGs) for fighting educational poverty, can do so only by providing people with a disability with individualized proper interventions. CABAS was able to offer help with identifying criteria for effective behavioral interventions, with particular attention to highly critical groups, such as people with autism. Luckily, the science of teaching provides researchers all over the world with a system to measure education. A growing number of research findings show that CABAS is among the most cost-effective educational model in the world. Moreover, its implementation across all age groups and for both special and general education, suggest that it is a cross-cultural, flexible tool for different contexts. Therefore, in Italy, we implemented it as a tactic within social, health and school services, for individuals with and without disability, from 18 months to adulthood. We found that the implementation of such a comprehensive model of education fits the need for sustainability of welfare systems drastically different from those in the United States. CABAS® was first replicated in Italy in 1991 and further expended through a great deal of applied research across various fields and disciplines. International replications are paving the way for further research and trans-disciplinary analysis of its effects, using longitudinal measurements and both criterion and norm-based data. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: ABA master and Ph.D. students, school directors, supervisors, service managers, community health advocates |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify indicators of educational poverty; (2) list five CABAS components; (3) describe CABAS as a model and a tactic. |
|
FABIOLA CASARINI (Errepiu R+ Association) |
Fabiola Casarini, Ph.D, BCBA, founded the first Italian Fab Lab for Education and is currently serving as Scientific Director for a network of CABAS(R)-based learning and research centers. She is President of "Errepiu R+" Association for the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis in Italy. She is the President of the Verbal Behavior SIG for AARBA (Italy Associate Chapter of ABAI) and one of the founders of ADC Italia, the national Association for Board Certified Behavior Analysts. She taught in several ABAI VCS courses trained dozens of doctoral students and professionals in the field. She promoted initiatives to fight educational poverty in Italy and she was awarded the Sustainable Innovators Award from Emilia-Romagna Region, in 2020, because of her initiatives for children during the Covid-19 pandemic. She has been a consultant for schools and publicly funded centers, also conducting workshops to raise awareness of science-based education. In 2018 she co-authored the first Italian book about the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis in Schooling, "Strategie Educative CABAS" with her mentor, R. D. Greer. |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring the Role of Autoclitics in Developing Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Thom Ratkos (Berry College) |
|
I Think This is the Title: Evoking Descriptive Autoclitics in Adult Subjects |
Domain: Basic Research |
THOM RATKOS (Berry College) |
|
Abstract: The text Verbal Behavior was an extension of basic principles to largely untested areas. While there is a rapidly growing body of research and effective practice based on Skinner's approach, there remains large portions of the text that describe functional relationships which have not been demonstrated. The least studied verbal operant, the autoclitic, describes a great variety of responses which serve to modify some other primary verbal response. In an experiment, participants were exposed to visual stimuli that were minimally, moderately, or heavily distorted. Participants emitted autoclitics (e.g. "I think it's a ___") to modify their tacts of the visual stimuli under control of the salience of the stimuli. These empirical results will be examined in comparison with Skinner's interpretation of the functional control of autoclitics described in Ch 12 of Verbal Behavior and alongside a review of recent and historical work on autoclitics that appears to define them topographically rather than functionally. |
|
Relational Autoclitics and the Topology of Morphological and Syntactic Verbal Responses |
Domain: Theory |
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: A series of papers at ABAI annual conventions in recent years offered interpretations of Skinner's relational autoclitic of order (Dlouhy, 2016-2021; Skinner, 1957). These interpretations argued that an relational autoclitic of order (RAO) is an operant that sequences verbal responses. The positions of responses in the sequence evoke specific autoclitic effects on the listeners. As such, RAO operants are useful for a behavior analytic account of syntactic phenomena as they account for consistent sequences of complex verbal responses, classes of sentential constituents, and classes of responses that occur in specific positions. Although the RAO seems to provide a behavioral analytic account of syntax, it must be noted that morphological responses (words) may be complex and emitted within consistent sequences of responses (affixes) that evoke autoclitic effects. This paper will argue that complex morphological responses are products of operants similar to RAOs, and discuss the interplay between morphological and syntactic responding that accounts for syntactic topological classes. Examples from several languages will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
HAL 9000 or R2-D2?: Accessibility of Advanced Data Analytic Techniques for Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University) |
Discussant: Brent Kaplan (University of Kentucky) |
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With modern computers, there is an ever-increasing promise for the ability to conduct complex data analyses that are designed for behavior analysts and the types of data we collect. However, many of these useful techniques remain out of the grasp of the average behavior analyst because the techniques do not exist as a functional tools and are just promises. A wholly different behavioral repertoire related to data analysis and computer programming is necessary to translate the promises into functional tools. The goal of this symposium is to highlight the growing effort within behavior analysis to develop useful data analytic tools and applications for ourselves. Topics will cover efforts to analyze behavioral data in relation to environmental variables outside of the behavior analyst’s control (e.g., client medications), neural network computing to analyze multiple baseline data, methods to develop decision support systems for functional analysis, and development of a system for charting of single-subject design data that can be easily extended to support advanced statistical analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): computing, data analysis, statistics |
Target Audience: Attendees should be aware of pharmacotherapy and should have knowledge of multiple baselines and functional analyses. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe some new methods to analyze behavioral data, 2) list some of the benefits of computer aided data analysis, and 3) compare and contrast traditional visual analysis with computer aided data analysis. |
|
Demonstrating an Analyses of Clinical Data Evaluating Psychotropic Medication Reductions and the ACHIEVE! Program in Adolescents With Severe Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
ALISON COX (Brock University), Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (AmethystABA), Llio Eiri (Aran Hall School), Tim J. Dyer (Aran Hall School) |
Abstract: Researchers report increasing trends in psychotropic medication use to treat problem behavior in individuals with intellectual and developmental disability, despite some controversy regarding its application and treatment efficacy. While a substantial evidence-base exists supporting behavioral intervention efficacy, research evaluating separate and combined interventions (i.e., concurrent application of behavioral and psychopharmacological interventions) effects is scarce. This talk demonstrates a series of analysis using the clinical treatment data of four adolescent males who engaged in severe problem behavior to retrospectively explore separate and combined intervention effects. First, we calculated individual effect sizes and corresponding confidence intervals. The results indicated larger problem behavior decreases may have coincided more often with behavioral intervention adjustments compared to medication adjustments. Second, a conditional rates analysis indicated surges in problem behavior may not have reliably coincided with medication reductions. Spearman correlation analyses indicated a negative relationship between behavioral intervention phase progress and weekly episodes of problem behavior compared to a positive relationship between total medication dosage and weekly episodes of problem behavior. However, a non-parametric partial correlation analyses indicated individualized, complex relationships may exist between total medication dosage, behavioral intervention and weekly episodes of problem behavior. Although our conclusions are tentative, we will discuss many potential clinical implications, as well as rationale for behavioral researchers and practitioners to consider applying creative analytic strategies to evaluate separate and combined interventions effects on problem behavior to further explore this extremely understudied topic. |
|
Artificial Neural Networks to Analyze the Results of Multiple Baseline Designs |
(Applied Research) |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Since the start of the 21st century, few advances have had as far-reaching impact in science as the widespread adoption of artificial neural networks in fields as diverse as fundamental physics, clinical medicine, and psychology. In behavior analysis, one promising area for the adoption of artificial neural networks involves the analysis of single-case experimental designs. The purpose of our study was to compare the predictions produced by an artificial neural network with more traditional methods of analysis. To this end, we trained a new model using 100,000 samples generated with a Monte Carlo simulation to analyze multiple baseline graphs and compared its outcomes with those produced by visual raters and the dual-criteria method. Using artificial neural networks improved power by more than 15% whereas Type I error rate remained consistent across all three methods. Our results suggest that researchers may use artificial neural networks to develop novel models to analyze the outcomes of single-case experimental designs. |
|
Automating Functional Analysis Interpretation II: Better Approximating an Expert Human Rater |
(Applied Research) |
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Georgia Southern University), Alison Cox (Brock University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) has been an important tool in behavior analysis. The goal of an FA is to determine problem behavior function (e.g., access to attention) so that treatment can be designed to specifically target causal mechanisms (e.g., teaching a socially appropriate response for attention). Behavior analysts traditionally rely on visual inspection to interpret the results of an FA. However, existing literature suggests interpretations can vary across clinicians resulting in poor interobserver agreement (Danov & Symons, 2008; Ninci et al., 2015). To increase objectivity and address interrater agreement across FA outcomes, Hagopian et al. (1997) created visual-inspection criteria to be used for FAs. Hagopian and colleagues reported improved interobserver agreement but limitations of the criteria were noted. Therefore, Roane et al. (2013) addressed these limitations when they created a modified version. Cox and Friedel (2020) described a computer script designed to automatically interpret functional analyses based on the above-mentioned criteria. In that study, the authors noted several instances where the script provided incorrect interpretations because an experienced interpreter would ignore the strictness of the criteria. Here, we outline further refinement of the script to produce more accurate FA interpretations. |
|
Integrating Visual and Statistical Analysis With R: Fast, Efficient, Pixel-Perfect Charting with the fxl R Package |
(Applied Research) |
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Applied work in Behavior Analysis is moving towards regularly integrating quantitative metrics in the design, delivery, and evaluation of behavioral interventions. Efforts in this area are constrained by the tools available to practitioners. Whereas commercially available spreadsheet software supports robust charting capabilities, only the most basic types of computations are supported. Furthermore, this approach cannot be fully automated and places significant demands on the analyst. The approach presented here leverages the capabilities of the free, open-source R program to support both quantitative as well as the existing charting conventions (e.g., style, formatting) expected of commercially available spreadsheet software. The combination of which is a toolset that supports both visual analysis and the integration of robust statistical methods (e.g., multi-level modeling). This paper ends with a discussion on the importance of statistical consultation and training and exploration of free and open-source alternatives to commercial software packages. |
|
|
|
|
|
On Incorporating Trauma-Informed Care into Applied Behavior Analytic Research and Practice |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town) |
CE Instructor: Adithyan Rajaraman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Trauma-informed care (TIC) can be defined as a proactive, universal approach—taken by practitioners and organizations—to appropriately support and avoid re-traumatizing individuals who may have experienced trauma. Researchers and clinicians from various human service disciplines have articulated commitments of TIC and argued for their adoption into service delivery models. Although rationales provided in such arguments seem relevant to applied behavior analysis (ABA), discussions surrounding TIC have only recently taken shape in the ABA literature, and an evidence base and technology for practical application of TIC has not been adequately developed. In this symposium, we progress toward bridging this divide by: (a) defining trauma-informed care; (b) describing a rationale and framework for its incorporation into behavior-analytic research and practice; (c) detailing multiple examples of TIC in ABA research and practice; and (d) providing preliminary empirical data on the effects of trauma-informed procedures on socially important behaviors purported to be relevant to trauma. In recognizing the importance of a robust evidence base to the adoption of potentially novel procedures (and the current paucity thereof), presenters in this symposium will share survey, clinical-case, and experimental data in an attempt to illustrate what TIC in ABA research and practice might look like. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Ensuring Safety, Promoting Choice, Trauma, Trauma-informed Care |
Target Audience: The target audience for this CE event includes any behavior analysts who conduct research or practice in service of addressing behavioral challenges exhibited by individuals with and without intellectual/developmental disabilities, and is particularly relevant for those who provide care to individuals who have experienced trauma. Content is designed to be consumable to beginning behavior analysts, although certain intermediate topics (e.g., a behavior-analytic conceptualization of trauma) will be discussed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define trauma and trauma-informed care (2) Describe the core commitments of trauma-informed care as they relate to applied behavior analysis (3) Describe multiple examples of how trauma-informed care could be incorporated into ABA-based services to contribute to positive treatment outcomes across a range of socially important behaviors (4) Articulate several reasons why an increased emphasis on trauma-informed care in ABA is both timely and warranted |
|
A Framework for Trauma-Informed Applications of Behavior Analysis: What Might it Look Like? And Do We Really Need It? |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), HOLLY GOVER (Ivymount School), Anthony P. Cammilleri (FTF Behavioral Consulting), David R Donnelly (In Private Practice), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Despite a growing acknowledgement of the importance of understanding the impacts of trauma on therapeutic approaches across human service disciplines, discussions of trauma have been relatively infrequent in the behavior analytic literature. In this session, we delineate some of the barriers to discussing and investigating trauma in applied behavior analysis and describe how the core commitments of trauma-informed care could be applied to behavior analysis. We also provide data from a survey of 447 behavior analysts across the globe, which shows that although most reported working with individuals who had experienced trauma or were at high risk for such experiences, many fewer felt confident in their knowledge and skills for working with these types of clients. We discuss the implications of the findings on future research and practice, and consider how increased attention to a trauma-informed framework might benefit clients and the behavior analysts who serve them. |
|
Applications of Trauma-Informed Care to the Assessment and Treatment of Food Selectivity via Promoting Choice and Client Assent |
HOLLY GOVER (Ivymount School), Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Trauma-informed care, although widely recognized for its importance to human services, has yet to fully integrate into applied behavior analysis. Rajaraman et al. (2021) described what that integration could look like on a universal scale. In this presentation, we discuss what a model might look like when applied to the assessment and treatment of food selectivity. Food selectivity is a pervasive problem and affects up to 45% and 80% of individuals with and without disabilities, respectively. Food selectivity and mealtime problem behavior have primarily been treated through differential reinforcement and various forms of escape extinction. Escape extinction, while efficacious, may result in increased aggression, gagging, or vomiting and, therefore, may not be feasible to implement under some conditions. Through various case examples, we discuss a model, consistent with the commitments of trauma-informed care, in which mealtime problem behavior was assessed and treated without evoking severe problem behavior or emotional responding. Treatment components included multiple choice-making opportunities, including the opportunity for participants to participate or leave the treatment context at any point. Treatment sessions consisted of children self-feeding with no physical prompting or physical management on the part of the therapist. Implications for practitioners and future research will be discussed. |
|
Ensuring Safety While Building Skills: A Preliminary Telehealth Investigation of a Trauma-Informed Behavioral Intervention |
ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), HOLLY GOVER (Ivymount School), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: Ensuring safety and trust when providing therapeutic services is a core commitment of trauma-informed care. This commitment has implications for the assessment and treatment of dangerous problem behavior in that different approaches to intervening upon problem behavior may be associated with differential levels of experienced safety and perceived trust. One example of a potential violation of perceived trust pertains to the physical management of individuals exhibiting problem behavior. During this presentation, after providing a behavior-analytic conceptualization of the constructs of safety and trust, we share findings from a survey that returned 716 responses, from behavior analysts across the United States, regarding their experiences and opinions on the use of physical management procedures in ABA practice. Findings suggest that there are varied opinions regarding the safety and feasibility of such procedures, with a majority advocating for reduced use in everyday practice. We connect these findings to an evaluation of a systematic replication of the enhanced choice model of skill-based treatment—initially described by Rajaraman et al. (2021)—that importantly avoids the use of physical management, and that was delivered via telehealth consultation. Survey and single-subject data are discussed in the context of exploring trauma-informed processes for addressing dangerous problem behavior. |
|
Lessons from the Field: Applying and Adapting Behavior-Analytic Strategies for Children With Histories of Abuse and Neglect |
BARNEY GEORGE HUXTABLE (The Behaviour Clinic), Laura Anne Neal (The Behaviour Clinic), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: Children and adolescents who have experienced substantial abuse and neglect typically require input from a range of professionals to support effective assessment and intervention. Unfortunately, behavior analysts have not always been considered key players on those multidisciplinary teams. Although there may be many reasons for that, in our experience, one prevalent concern is that behavior analytic approaches are unsuitable for children who have experienced traumatic events. In this presentation, we will describe how behavior analysis has been integrated into treatment delivery models for supporting a range of children and young people who have experienced substantial abuse and neglect. Through the presentation of data-based case studies, we will describe how behavior-analytic strategies were selected and applied based on the client’s unique trauma histories, as well as the adaptations we made to ensure the strategies were trauma-informed, client-centered, and capable of being maintained in the clients’ homes. We also will describe some of the challenges in integrating behavior analysis into social services in the United Kingdom, as well as suggesting specific strategies for overcoming those obstacles. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Integrated and Multidisciplinary Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of Angelman Syndrome |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Patrick R Progar (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
Discussant: Kelly David (Foundation for Angelman Syndrome) |
CE Instructor: Patrick R Progar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium was to report on an integrated and multidisciplinary approach including prominent parent involvement to reduce several challenging behaviors, such as biting others, bruxism, and covering ears with hands in a 3-year-old girl diagnosed with Angelman Syndrome but to also collaborate with other professionals and her parents in skill acquisition goals such as puzzle building, correct use of her communication device, and feeding herself. An FBA was conducted which showed that some behaviors were socially maintained whereas other behaviors were maintained by automatic reinforcement. All target behaviors were reduced substantially, and a number of skill acquisition behaviors increased dramatically. For example, Charlie has begun to independently feed herself with a fork and has demonstrated success in toilet training. The results suggest that working collaboratively with allied disciplines such as speech therapy, feeding therapy and occupational therapy as well as fully integrating parents in the process is likely to produce optimal outcomes for individuals with Angelman Syndrome. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core features of Angelman's Syndrome and distinguish it from autism spectrum disorder; (2) describe when an augmentative communication device is preferred over other communication options; (3) list several strategies to increase collaboration efforts across multiple disciplines. |
|
A Speech and Language Pathology Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of Angelman Syndrome |
KRISTY DAVIES (Speech Language Associates) |
Abstract: A core deficit of Angelman's Syndrome involves delays or lack of meaningful speech production. Thus, alternatives to verbalizations are a priority from a speech and language pathology perspective. Providing communication to CC was the utmost priority for the team. Hence, the Speech and Language Pathologist with extensive Augmentative Alternative Communication (AAC) training immediately began a longitudinal investigation to find the most appropriate means of AAC for Charlie. An ongoing evaluation encompassed Charlie’s speech language sessions for nearly a year. Allowing the “not settling” approach and not accepting the “one size fits all,” Charlie’s AAC journey included unaided and aided approaches, and low tech, mid tech and high-tech options before accepting what approach worked best for her at that time and allowing future growth. The conclusion of the AAC evaluation process granted her access to symbolic communication, which she did not have prior to this process. With symbolic communication now in her life, she is able to comment, label people in her life, request desired items and direct actions. She is learning how to request cessation, assistance and recurrence. With the continued natural therapeutic approach, she will continue to learn more language functions and will feel pragmatically fulfilled in her life. |
|
An Applied Behavior Analytic Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of Angelman Syndrome |
GINAMARIE MASCO (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Gabrielle Cooper (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Alyssa Kinkade (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Morgan White (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Heidi Light- Giglio (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Patrick R Progar (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to conduct a functional assessment and develop behavior reduction and skill acquisition goals in a 2-year-old female diagnosed with Angelman Syndrome. Angelman Syndrome is a rare neurogenetic disorder characterized by balance issues, motor impairment and most individuals do not speak. A number of target behaviors were identified following a functional behavior assessment, including behaviors such as biting others, covering ears with her hands, and bruxism. Numerous skill acquisition behaviors were targeted as well, including teaching the participant to use an augmentative communication device. The results have been overwhelmingly positive, with most target behaviors at or near zero while her use of the communication device continues to improve over the past several months. The positive results are likely due to a strong collaborative relationship with other providers (e.g., speech, occupational therapy, feeding therapy) and her parents. The results are discussed in terms of applied behavior analysis focusing on the core features of Angelman’s syndrome. |
|
Angelman Syndrome: A Parent's Journey |
JENNIFER CUTLER (Parent), Matthew Cutler (Parent) |
Abstract: We learned about our daughter Charlie’s diagnosis of Angelman syndrome before her second birthday. We had known she was delayed, but never imagined such a rare diagnosis for our healthy baby girl. Once we found out our daughter had Angelman syndrome, we started reaching out to other parents who have children with Angelman syndrome (via Facebook) to learn from their experiences. The most consistent answer was “more therapies when they were young.” So, I researched all the therapies available, and ABA came up. She is thriving because of our incredible team and the fact that they work together towards common goals. Speech, Occupational, Feeding, Physical, ABA, and school therapists are all part of Charlie’s team. She is now physically stronger and more stable, her fine motor skills are improving as she is almost able to color and use utensils independently, and she is now using two or three words in a sequence on her talker. This is a marathon, not a sprint. Everyone communicates regularly, and we pivot based
on Charlie’s needs and focus. Right now, Charlie gets all the therapies (over 20 hours per week) and we will continue on this path guided by Charlie, and her amazing staff. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Basic and Applied Research in Delay Discounting |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 152 |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the process of how a subject compares values and chooses between immediate and delayed consumption of a reward. This concept is important in studying self-control and impulsiveness in decision making. This symposium consists of two presentations that examined delay discounting and potential treatments in rats and two presentations on recent research in substance use and behavioral addictions in humans. The first study evaluated the use of a delay of gratification task for rats and found that prior learning history impacted outcomes. The second study evaluated the use of Finasteride as a possible treatment for rats with a history of alcohol as a reinforcer. The third study was a systematic review of empirical studies that evaluated interventions for delay discounting and alcohol use with human participants. The fourth study was a meta-analytic review that synthesized delay discounting research across a variety of behavioral addictions, from substance use to chronic smartphone use. These presentations will be followed by a discussion on future research directions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): addiction, alcohol use, delay discounting |
Target Audience: Participants should have prior knowledge on basic research related to delay discounting and choice making. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the implications of experimental behavioral inhibition research on human behavior; (2) Describe novel treatments in experimental delay discounting research; (3) Identify interventions that have been effective at decreasing delay discounting and substance use in humans; (4) Apply previous research on delay discounting and substance use to various behavioral addictions. |
|
Delay of Gratification in Rats |
JEREMY HAYNES (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Some impulsive behaviors can be characterized in terms of choices for smaller-sooner outcomes (e.g., $50 now) over larger-delayed outcomes (e.g., $100 in 1 year). Patterns of such intertemporal choices can predict many socially significant health behaviors among humans. One often overlooked aspect of intertemporal choice is whether an individual will maintain their preference for a delayed outcome after choosing it. That is, when offered the opportunity, will individuals defect on their choice of a larger-delayed outcome? To further explore this aspect of intertemporal choice, we developed an increasing-delay delay of gratification task for rats that has allowed us to study the conditions under which a rat will or will not wait for a delayed outcome after choosing it. Across multiple studies, we found that prior experience has substantial effects on whether a rat will wait for a delayed outcome; experiences that could be relevant to the conditions in which people will wait for a larger-delayed outcome after choosing it. We discuss the results of these studies in terms of theories regarding delay of gratification as well as their relevance to socially significant human behaviors such as substance abuse. |
|
Effects of a Novel Treatment on the Relative Efficacy of Food and Alcohol Rewards in Rats |
ROBERT SCOTT LECOMTE (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas, Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment) |
Abstract: Alcoholism and alcohol misuse carry significant ramifications at both individual and community health levels. Consequently, the need for exploration of effective treatments for Alcohol Use Disorders (AUD) remains a priority among researchers and granting agencies alike. Of note, behavioral economics can help inform and evaluate novel treatments and their behavioral outcomes. To provide such evaluations, the current study involved 20 Long Evans rats (10 male, 10 female), responding for food and alcohol rewards during concurrent progressive ratio sessions. First, the relative efficacy of alcohol and sweetened condensed milk was evaluated in food deprived rats. Next, half of the rats received daily doses of Finasteride. The initial results showed significant reductions in alcohol consumption among the animals receiving doses of Finasteride. Behavioral economic switch-points between food vs. sweetened condensed milk, and food vs. alcohol rewards were then assessed in addition to operant analyses to further evaluate pharmacodynamic effects. Results will be described. |
|
A Systematic Review of Delay Discounting and Alcohol Use Interventions in Humans |
ASHA FULLER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: In daily life individuals make a variety of decisions with short-term and long-term impacts. When an individual repeatedly chooses the immediate, smaller reward instead of the later, larger reward, this is termed delay discounting. Delay discounting has been associated with a variety of health outcomes from risky sexual behaviors to substance use. Individuals with chronic substance use have a higher likelihood of valuing the smaller, immediate reward than individuals who never or occasionally use substances. The purpose of this systematic review is to present an overview of delay discounting and alcohol use interventions for humans over the past 30 years. Medications, behavioral interventions, therapies, and working memory trainings have all been used to attempt to decreasing alcohol use and delay discounting. Results indicate that medications, behavioral interventions, and working memory training have all demonstrated positive treatment results. Limitations and recommendations for future research in delay discounting and alcohol use interventions will be discussed. |
|
Delay Discounting in Established and Proposed Behavioral Addictions: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis |
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Kansas), Sarah Brassard (McMaster University), Iris Balodis (McMaster University), Laura Martin (University of Kansas Medical Center), Michael Amlung (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Steep delay discounting, or a greater preference for smaller-immediate rewards over larger-delayed rewards, is a common phenomenon across a range of substance use and psychiatric disorders. Non-substance behavioral addictions (e.g., gambling disorder, internet gaming disorder, food addiction) are of increasing interest in delay discounting research. To synthesize the published research in this area and identify priorities for future research, we conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis of delay discounting studies across a range of established and proposed behavioral addiction categories. For studies with categorical designs, we found statistically significant, medium-to-large effect sizes for gambling disorder and IGD. Categorical internet/smartphone studies were non-significant. Aggregate correlations in dimensional studies were statistically significant, but generally small magnitude for gambling, internet/smartphone, and food addiction. Heterogeneity statistics suggested substantial variability across studies, and publication bias indices indicated moderate impact of unpublished or small sample studies. These findings generally suggest that some behavioral addictions are associated with steeper discounting, with the most robust evidence for gambling disorder. We discuss the implications of these findings, highlight behavioral addiction categories with smaller effect sizes or categories with too few studies to be included (e.g., compulsive buying), and identify key areas for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Productivity and Well-Being in University Settings: Psychological Flexibility Assessment and Training to Help Faculty and Students |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chynna Brianne Frizell (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University) |
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: University students and faculty experience distress that professors and faculty colleagues are the first to observe. Typically, it is the failure to keep up with assignments that alerts others to these emotional and well-being issues. In some cases, professors and supervisors can assess and then address these matters with psychological flexibility instructional methods such as Acceptance and Commitment Training. Other times, counselors may need to be asked to conduct further assessments and more intensive interventions. In this symposium, four talks related to university well-being and productivity will be presented. The first talk addresses the relationship between burnout, self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and work-related quality of life for university faculty. The second examines the utility of a values-based self-management assessment and intervention strategy for supporting college students. The third presentation is an evaluation of an ABA ACT functional analysis and intervention strategy in a college setting. The fourth paper involves the same ABA ACT functional analysis and intervention approach using a procedure to control for sensitivity, specificity, discriminant, and predictive utility of the functional analysis in a graduate school context. Dr. Thomas Szabo will then discuss the development of functional assessment and psychological flexibility interventions in ABA and the four papers presented herein. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, College education, Psychological flexibility, Wellbeing |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, and faculty |
Learning Objectives: (1) describe the relationship between psychological flexibility and burnout in faculty; (2) discuss values-based self management in university settings; (3) describe the use of functional analysis within ACT intervention for college students |
|
Evaluating the Relationship Between Burnout, Self-Compassion, Psychological Flexibility, and Work-Related Quality of Life for Faculty in Higher Education |
AYLA SCHMICK (Missouri Southern State University) |
Abstract: Within the past year there has been a significant uptick in mental/emotional distress and burnout among college students. These increases warrant a strong response by institutional leaders to assist faculty as they are considered the “gatekeepers” of student mental health. While many studies have evaluated student burnout, very few studies have evaluated those factors for the individuals who are there to support them, the higher education faculty. Due to this, the current study examined the relationship between burnout, self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and work-related quality of life in 50 faculty members of higher education institutions. Moderate to strong correlations were found between the Teacher Burnout Scale (TBS), Self-Compassion Scale-Short Form (SCS-SF), Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ-II), and Work-Related Quality of Life (WRQoL). Results of this study suggest that participants with higher scores of burnout showed lower levels of self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and work-related quality of life. Implications, limitations, and future research will be discussed. |
|
Using Values-Based Self-Management to Support College Students' Wellbeing: Assessment, Intervention, and Social Validity |
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The college experience can include significant levels of stress as well as mental health and behavioral challenges for many students, and college counseling centers are experiencing increased demand for services, creating an opportunity for innovative and flexible approaches to support the wellbeing of college students (Center for Collegiate Mental Health, 2016). Behavior analytic approaches to intervention such as self-management, self-control, and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) have demonstrated utility in supporting adaptive behavior among numerous populations, including students in college settings and a synthesis of these approaches have utility in meeting the demand for services. Values-Based Self-Management (VBSM) is one such approach that is designed to support students in developing self-management skills and psychological flexibility while monitoring progress toward a behavioral goal. Evaluations of a remote-delivered VBSM intervention for undergraduate students were conducted to examine the effect of the VBSM approach on participants’ self-monitored progress toward a behavioral goal and various measures of self-reported psychological wellbeing. Approaches to assessment of both overt and covert behavior change, ACT-based self-management intervention, and the evaluation of social validity among participants will be discussed, highlighting the importance of including measures of change in participants’ private verbal behavior in addition to overt behavior change. |
|
Brief Acceptance and Commitment Training Functional Analysis With University Students: Addressing Interfering Thoughts and Making Progress |
LARISA SHEPERD (Endicott College), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University) |
Abstract: During their academic careers, university students face numerous challenges and sometimes those challenges interfere with students' progress in their degree programs. Nationally, the four and six year graduation rates for undergraduates are 33% and 58%, respectively. Only 57% of Ph.D. students complete their degree. Direct contingencies, including grades, may be necessary but are sometimes insufficient to maintain the response patterns necessary to complete course and degree requirements. When direct contingencies are ineffective or insufficient to address interfering behavior, an effective approach might be to identify the influence of private behavior (e.g., thoughts) and match intervention to the nature of the identified influence. This investigation aimed to examine the effects of a systematic descriptive assessment followed by a functional analysis of private events and matched intervention on the interfering behavior of two PhD students and one undergraduate student. The process and results of the functional analyses of verbal behavior and intervention effects will be presented and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Brief Acceptance and Commitment Training Functional Analysis for Graduate Students: Controlling for Sensitivity, Specificity, Discriminant, and Predictive Utility |
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University), Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: An assessment is sensitive when it captures positive instances of a moderator accurately and specific if it accurately captures negative instances of a moderator. The former is associated with predictive validity and the latter with discriminant validity. In the current study, we evaluated these attributes of the Brief ACT FA with graduate students who were failing a class despite numerous interventions. Descriptive assessment was conducted, and the results were tested using a brief experimental ACT FA. In the Brief ACT FA, experimenters contrived verbal abolishing and establishing operations in an alternating treatment design. The Brief ACT FA was conducted using text messaging to rule out the possibility of inadvertently cuing participants to respond in characteristic ways based on the tone and cadence of the experimenter’s voice. Also during the Brief ACT FA, both hypothesized and non-hypothesized ACT repertoires were evaluated for their respective levels of influence. In all three participants, hypothesized ACT variables were verified and non-hypothesized variables eliminated. The ACT intervention that followed, based exclusively on the variables identified in the FA, resulted in successful behavior changes. Results will be discussed regarding specificity, sensitivity, discriminant, and predictive validity of the Brief ACT FA and future studied will be suggested. |
|
|
|
|
|
Enter Interbehaviorism: Examining the Applied Utility of an Interbehavioral Philosophy |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The implications of the philosophical underpinnings of behavior analysis have, of late, increasingly become a point of interest for behavior analytic practitioners in the context of their applied work. Despite this increasing interest, practitioners may continue to benefit from increased opportunities to engage with these concepts that have robust applied utility. One such philosophy of behavior science that has garnered a recent increase in attention is that of J.R. Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1924). Kantor’s approach to analyzing behavior is naturalistic, and dismisses many assumptions that other approaches operate within. In this symposium, we will discuss key behavior analytic concepts from an interbehavioral lens, and examine how approaching these concepts differently could be beneficial in applied settings. The aim of the symposium is to demonstrate how Interbehaviorism can increase a clinician’s sensitivity to responding occurring within sessions potentially even over other modern philosophies of behavior science, including Radical Behaviorism and Functional Contextualism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Function, Interbehaviorism, Learning History, Psychological Event |
Target Audience: -Basic competency in philosophical concepts of Radical Behaviorism (as a prerequisite to contrasting RB conceptualizations with Interbehaviorial conceptualizations). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the differences between the Interbehavioral Field Construct and Skinner’s three-term contingency. (2) Identify the potential drawbacks to causal constructs (including contingencies) in applied practice. (3) Identify the differences between the use of the term "function" from an Interbehavioral perspective, and the use of the term "function" from a traditional Radical Behaviorial perspective. (4) Identify two benefits of conceptualizing learning history as part of the current interaction for applied practice. |
|
Orienting Toward the Entire Organism: Unit of Analysis From an Interbehavioral Perspective |
BRAD MICHAEL PARFAIT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: As philosophical systems, Skinner’s Radical Behaviorism and Kantor’s Interbehaviorism both approach behavioral science as a natural science focused on the interactions among aspects of context and behavior. However, the two philosophies diverge decisively with respect to how they conceptualize their respective subject matter (i.e., behavior) in terms of its units. Perhaps Interbehaviorism’s most distinctive feature is the integrated-field approach from which its subject matter is characterized. From an Interbehavioral perspective, the subject matter of behavior analysis is interbehavior and the primary unit of analysis is the Interbehavioral Field, a.k.a., the psychological event (Kantor 1959). According to Kantor, the interbehavioral field is composed of five co-occurring, participatory factors: stimulus function, response function, history of interbehavior, setting factors (or immediate circumstances), and the medium by which the stimulus is contacted (Lichtenstein, 1984). This presentation will (1) review the Interbehavioral Field as the unit of analysis in behavior analysis, and (2) propose implications for practitioners both within and outside of the therapeutic setting. |
|
Does Causality Help or Hinder Our Clinical Agenda?: An Interbehavioral Perspective |
MICHAEL C MAY (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University), Janani Vaidya (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Brad Michael Parfait (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Historically, notions of causality have been central to the natural sciences’ endeavor of explaining respective phenomena of interest. This agenda of identifying causal relations has continued in behavior analysis and carried over into its applied domain. Despite Skinner’s call to abandon mechanistic notions of causality as a means of explaining human behavior, the contingency relation promulgated within his philosophical system has continued to function as a linear causal construct. While the contingency relation has facilitated progress in the behavioral sciences, is this search for causality useful to the practitioner? The present paper enumerates the potential problems resulting from continued reliance on notions of causality within clinical contexts and offers a robust alternative drawn from the JR Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1924). Building upon Kantor’s own criticisms of the validity of causal relations outside of tight experimental conditions, the paper will critically examine the utility of causal relations in the context of applied practice with a particular focus on clinical behavior analysis. Have we gone far enough in diminishing reliance on causal notions in applied behavior analysis, or is it time that we as behavior analysts dispensed with causal constructs altogether? |
|
Conjunction Junction, What’s a Function?: Function from an Interbehavioral Perspective |
EVA LIEBERMAN (Western Michigan University), Janani Vaidya (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Function is arguably one of the most important concepts involved in behavior analysis. In everyday contexts, “function” refers to the natural or intended purpose of an event. Applied to behavior, then, the function of a behavior is its effects. This orientation is part of what distinguishes behavior analytic explanations of behavior from mentalist ones. While behavior analysts may traditionally use function as an explanation of behavior, we offer an alternative perspective. Rather than explanatory, an interbehavioral approach would suggest that “function” serve as a descriptor of behavior, and a term that refers to the observable, bidirectional relationship between stimulus and response (Fryling & Hayes, 2011). Building upon the discussions of units of analysis and causality in the previous papers in this symposium, this paper will approach function in terms of functional relationships, inclusive of co-occurring response functions and stimulus functions. This presentation will also discuss how an interbehavioral perspective on function might be applied in intervention contexts. |
|
The Past is Present: An Interbehavioral Approach to Learning History |
HEATHER VOLCHKO (Old Dominion University), Mary Abbott (Mary Abbott Therapy Services), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Learning history and the role it plays in our behavior has been conceptualized differently throughout the history and development of psychology. While cognitivistic conceptualizations of learning history focus on the mediating role of structural constructs like memory, the traditional behavior analytic account has treated learning history in terms of past contingencies of reinforcement coming to bear on present behavior via changes in the biology of the organism (Skinner, 1974). Whether in the form of memory, or hypothetical biological changes to the organism, both treatments of psychological history appeal to hypothetical unobservable constructs to explain how events of the past come to influence behavior in the present. . The current paper considers these dominant approaches in contrast to the treatment of learning history from an interbehavioral perspective - that is, as an aspect of the interbehavioral field. This paper will further explore how approaching history as part of the psychological present (Hayes, 1992) might inform intervention, with a particular emphasis on educational contexts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interteaching: What We Can Learn from Recent Research in Higher Education |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University) |
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus) |
CE Instructor: Catherine M. Gayman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interteaching is a pedagogy that has growing empirical evidence supporting its efficacy. The method was initially described by Boyce and Hineline in 2002, and since then over 40 studies have been published investigating its effect on learning outcomes. Overall, the method has been found to increase student exam scores, increase student participation during class, and lead to more positive course evaluations. This symposium will start off with a review of the basic components of interteaching. The first presentation will summarize a study in which the discussion component was compared in an online undergraduate course against a traditional essay style online discussion. The second presentation will describe a study that compared an interteaching style discussion to posting to an online discussion board in a graduate level behavior analysis course. The third presentation will review results of a study that investigated the quality points component of interteaching in an online undergraduate course. The fourth presentation will summarize a study that evaluated the quality of preparation guides used in and online course. These four presentations will provide a sampling of the recent research being conducted on interteaching. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Interteaching, Online instruction, Pedagogy |
Target Audience: Course instructors and/or fieldwork supervisors |
Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, participants should be able to: 1) Identify and describe the basic components of interteaching; 2) Describe two studies that evaluated the discussion component of interteaching in an online format; 3) Summarize a study investigating the quality points component of interteaching; 4) Describe a study that investigated the quality of the preparation guide. |
|
Evaluating the Discussion Component of Interteaching in an Online Asynchronous Class |
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Stephany Hammock (Troy University), Sherwhonda Taylor (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effect of using different online discussion styles in an alternating treatments design across three sections of an online, nine-week asynchronous Psychology of Learning class. All three components were taught using the interteaching method. One component used an interteaching-style discussion, the second component used an essay-style discussion, and the third component was a control condition with no discussion. Although there were no significant differences in exam scores across discussion type, F(2,184) = .241, p = .78, the majority of participants scored higher on weekly exams (70.11%) and questions from the final (74.60%) following either the interteaching or essay discussion. In addition, of the students who reported a preference, a plurality rated interteaching as both their preferred teaching method (47.62%) and the one they learned the most from, 60.87%. The present findings suggest that the style of discussion may not be essential in an online asynchronous discussion format. |
|
Comparative Effects of Using Interteaching and Discussion Boards in a Graduate Single Case Design Course |
BRENNA R GRIFFEN (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Cody Lindbloom (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: Since the climate of higher education instruction has shifted from students taking on-campus instruction to online instruction, an evaluation of evidence-based practices for online learning is needed. One promising practice, interteaching, involves students reviewing course materials prior to pairing with a peer to explore the content together through the answering of preparation guide questions and the discussion of aspects of the content which were and were not clear. Not only have past researchers found this practice to be effective in promoting higher quiz and examination scores, but studies have also shown that students prefer using interteaching. Similarly, the usage of the discussion board has shown to increase academic performance. In fact, desirable outcomes such as positive interactions among peers and the promotion of student engagement have occurred through the usage of online discussion boards. This study used a single case reversal design to compare interteaching and posting to an online discussion board to determine their effects on content acquisition and preference of those graduate students enrolled in a behavior analysis course. Although the results of the study indicate similar effectiveness for both conditions, interteaching was generally more preferred than posting to the online discussion board. |
|
An Examination of Quality Points in Interteach in a College Course |
KAREN O'CONNOR (Trinity Christian College), Brandon C. Perez (Trinity Christian College), Sara Baillie Gorman (Trinity Christian College), Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County), Jessica Clevering (Trinity Christian College) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effect of using quality points as a component of interteach. Participants were undergraduate students enrolled in two course sections of an introduction to applied behavior analysis (N=54). The study used a multi-element design. The first half of the semester both sections participated in interteaching without quality points. During the second half, students had the opportunity to earn quality points based on an established criterion. The quality points condition was randomized and alternated between sessions. Students were surveyed regarding interteach prior to quality points and at course completion. Visual analysis of the multielement data indicate that quality points did not increase student quiz performance in one section and potentially increased student quiz performance in the second section. Additional statistical analyses will be conducted to examine group differences and to examine patterns related to the number of quality points earned. The current results suggest that quality points may not improve student performance on quizzes. The majority of students reported high levels of acceptance of interteaching and a preference for quality points. The present findings suggest that quality points may be a socially valid component in interteaching; however, may not be a necessary component of this method. |
|
An Evaluation of the Development of Preparation Guide Used During Interteaching |
JAMES L. SOLDNER (University of Massachusetts Boston), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The preparation guide component of Interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002) is intended to guide students through a reading assignment and consists of a range of questions based on the principles of Bloom’s Taxonomy (Saville, et al., 2011). To date, only one prior study has evaluated the impact of the preparation guide component of interteaching. Canello-Malone et al. (2009) evaluated the effects of answering vs. student-generated questions on student performance, showing only slightly higher quiz scores when students were required to generate questions. The present study was designed to further examine the preparation guide component of interteaching in two sections of an online course. An alternating treatment design with counterbalancing was employed to evaluate the effects of “high-quality” compared to “low-quality” preparation guides on weekly quiz performance. “Low-quality” prep guides were designed to include the first three levels of Bloom’s taxonomy; whereas the “high-quality” prep guides were deigned to include all six levels. All other components of interteaching as described by Boyce and Hineline were implemented across all class sessions. Findings indicate student performance was similar for both conditions across seven quizzes. Implications of these results will be discussed as well as suggestions for future research on this topic. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Joint Attention Skills in Children With Cortical Visual Impairment |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:25 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Avery Keith (Brock University) |
|
Acquisition of Joint Attention Skills in Children With Cortical Visual Impairment |
Domain: Applied Research |
AVERY KEITH (Brock University) |
|
Abstract: The emergence of joint attention is a critical point in children’s social and language development. Research shows the efficacy of various behavioural teaching strategies in increasing responses and initiations of bids for joint attention among children with autism spectrum disorder. The use of gaze-based behaviours has been the predominate method of evaluating the attainment of joint attention, as a marker of social engagement and awareness of others’ attention. Although children with visual impairment have difficulty perceiving how others’ attention is directed towards stimuli, they are assumed to acquire joint attention through alternative sensory modalities. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of a parent-implemented behavioural teaching strategy via telehealth to teach joint attention to children dual-diagnosed with visual impairment and other co-occurring disorders. Two children under 6-years-old with cortical visual impairment and their caregivers participated in a behaviour skills training procedure using a multiple baseline design. This study will report on the findings from pre to follow-up changes in the children’s engagement in joint attention. The results of the study are expected to provide valuable information about effective caregiver-implemented behavioural teaching strategies to increase joint attention responses of children with visual impairment and other co-occurring disorders. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Behavioral Interventions for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder Delivered via Direct Telehealth |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Julia Ferguson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many applied behavior analytic service providers for autistics/individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have had to transition from in-person service delivery to providing services through telehealth – directly or otherwise. Much of the telehealth research in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has focused on training other individuals through telehealth to implement in-person ABA-based procedures. More research is needed to guide best practices for behavioral interventions delivered via direct telehealth. This symposium includes three studies that evaluated behavioral interventions (i.e., the Cool versus Not Cool™ Procedure, instructive feedback within a dyad arrangement, and discrete trial teaching) for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD delivered via direct telehealth. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): DTT, Instructive Feedback, Social skills, Telehealth |
Target Audience: The target audience is practicing behavior analysts (e.g., BCBA, BCaBA, RBTs) and those providing intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and describe some conditions under which behavioral interventions for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD delivered via direct telehealth may be effective; (2) identify and describe at least three behavioral interventions for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD that can be effectively delivered via direct telehealth; (3) identify and describe at least two skills that can be effectively targeted through behavioral interventions delivered via direct telehealth. |
|
Evaluating the Cool versus Not Cool™ Procedure via Telehealth |
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: Autistics/individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) commonly display qualitative impairments in social behavior that commonly result in the use of interventions directly targeting the development of social skills. The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the need for effective social skills interventions that can be delivered via telehealth. The Cool versus Not Cool™ procedure has continually been documented as effective within the literature. However, its reported use has been limited to in-person delivery. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of the Cool versus Not Cool™ procedure conducted via telehealth to teach three children diagnosed with ASD to change the conversation when someone is bored. The results of a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants demonstrated that all three participants reached the mastery criterion in four to eight sessions. Responding generalized to another adult for two of the three participants and all three participants maintained correct responding. Social validity measures indicated the skill was important to teach, the intervention was acceptable and effective, and the telehealth format was an acceptable replacement for in-person intervention for these three participants. |
|
Maximizing Behavioral Intervention Delivered via Telehealth for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Maddison J Majeski (Autism Partnership Foundation; University of North Texas), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, many applied behavior analytic service providers have had to quickly change how they provide services for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and transition away from in-person service delivery. One way in which behavior analysts have adapted is to provide services directly through telehealth. This study sought to evaluate the effects of instructive feedback in a dyad arrangement during discrete trial teaching delivered via telehealth to teach tact relations to six children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. During all sessions all participants and the experimenter were located in different physical locations. Results of a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design demonstrated that all participants learned their primary and secondary targets. Five of the participants acquired the observational primary and secondary targets without direct teaching. Areas of future research and clinical implications are discussed in the context of telehealth service delivery during the COVID-19 pandemic and in general. |
|
A Comparison of Direct Telehealth and In-person Discrete Trial Teaching When Teaching Expressive Labels |
Kandice Knopp (Autism Partnership; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), CHRISTINE MILNE-SEMINARA (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Recent behavior analytic research has demonstrated that the provision of applied behavior analytic services via direct telehealth can be an effective teaching modality for some learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Historically, teaching procedures based on applied behavior analysis, including discrete trial teaching (DTT) have been provided and evaluated via in-person delivery. This study sought to compare the implementation of DTT via direct telehealth to DTT implemented in-person within and across participants. Specifically, this study evaluated the two delivery modalities in terms of skill acquisition, maintenance, efficiency, and learner responding during teaching sessions. Results of an adapted alternating treatments design nested into a multiple baseline design demonstrated that all three participants diagnosed with ASD met the mastery criteria for the expressive labels taught. Areas of future research, participant prerequisite skills, and clinical implications will be discussed in the context of these results. |
|
|
|
|
|
Operational Benchmarks in the Autism Industry |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Rohit Verma (Bixpli) |
LANI FRITTS (Bixpli) |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education) |
JONATHAN MUELLER (Ascend Behavior Partners) |
Abstract: The industry for providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services to individuals with disabilities has traditionally been challenging, but even more so recently due to COVID-related exposure risk. For most providers, achieving high levels of operational efficiency has become a critical component in maintaining viability. To that end, it is critical for ABA companies to keep track of and maintain a few key operational metrics to maintain viability. We review benchmarks of these operational metrics, and discuss implications on viability. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): KPI, Metrics, Operational Benchmarks |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alyssa Rojas (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Alyssa Rojas, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers that involve the assessment and treatment of automatically reinforced behavior. In the first paper, Kacie McGarry will present a literature review summarizing treatment approaches for automatically reinforced stereotypy for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) in the past 7 years. Results of the literature review showed punishment-based procedures were overall more effective at decreasing stereotypy. There was also an increasing trend in evaluations comparing effectiveness of treatments but few studies conducting maintenance, generalization, or schedule thinning within the evaluation. Implications for best practices and future research will be discussed. In the second paper, Katie Haggerty will present a study describing a process to subtype automatically reinforced stereotypy based upon functional analyses and prescribe treatments based upon the subtype. Results of the study were consistent with previous research on automatically reinforced self-injury. In the third paper, Mary Llinas will present a study comparing different schedules of noncontingent access to matched stimuli during the treatment of automatically reinforced stereotypy. Results showed that continuous access to competing items and activities was necessary to decrease stereotypy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, environmental enrichment, stereotypy |
Target Audience: Target Audience is BCBAs, Behavior Analysis Students, Direct Care staff working with individuals with ASD and related disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe research trends for treatment evaluations for automatically reinforced stereotypy (2) Discuss how functional analysis methodology can be used to subtype stereotypic behavior and describe the different treatment approaches based upon subtypes. (3) Describe competing stimuli assessments and how different schedules of access to competing stimuli affect levels of automatically reinforced stereotypy. |
|
Recent Research Trends in the Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy: A Review of the Literature |
KACIE MCGARRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: In this literature review, we review studies from January 2014 to May 2020 that aimed to reduce lower-order stereotypy, defined as restrictive and repetitive behavior. Studies included in the present review were those in which (a) a functional behavior assessment identified automatic reinforcement to be the maintaining variable (b) direct observation and measurement of (c) stereotypy was conducted to (d) evaluate an intervention to reduce lower-order stereotypy. Studies that met the criteria for inclusion were evaluated along with a number of dimensions related to publication characteristics, subject and setting characteristics, quality of operational definitions, treatment categories, and the efficacy of treatment. Results of this literature review found the non-reporting of demographic and treatment variables led to ethical confounds and the inability to evaluate the relationship between demographic variables and treatment effects. This presentation will review demographic variables, treatment considerations, and future research considerations. |
|
Subtyping Stereotypy and Delineating Effective Type-Based Treatment |
KATHERINE HAGGERTY (Stride Autism Centers), Michael E. Kelley (University of Scranton), Justine Henry (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in automatically reinforced stereotypic behaviors, which are repetitive in nature, lack variability, and persist over time with no identifiable social function. We adapted subtyping procedures designed for self-injurious behavior to categorize stereotypy based on behavioral patterns generated in a competing items assessments and pairwise functional analysis. In Study 1, we demonstrated the efficacy of retrospective subtyping for stereotypy. In Study 2, we demonstrated the efficacy of prospective subtyping for stereotypy as a guide for treatment selection. In Study 3, we tested the predictive validity of the prospective subtyping for stereotypy by implementing targeted interventions for two of three participants. Results of Studies 1 and 2 were consistent with past research on automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior. Results of Study 3 demonstrated an effective, data-based approach to treatment selection for automatically maintained stereotypy. |
|
A Comparison of Continuous, Dense, and Lean Schedules of Noncontingent Access to Matched Competing Stimuli to Reduce Stereotypy |
MARY LLINAS (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Joseph Walz (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Noncontingent or response-independent access to matched, competing stimuli has been shown to be effective to decrease automatically maintained challenging behavior. Despite research on its effectiveness, various schedules of noncontingent access to matched competing stimuli have not been directly compared. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of and preference for continuous, dense (fixed-time 30 s), and lean (fixed-time 60 s) schedules of noncontingent access to matched competing stimuli to decrease automatically maintained stereotypy exhibited by two children with autism. We also conducted a within session analysis of the lean condition to examine possible mechanisms responsible for the effects of the procedure. The results showed that the continuous schedule was most effective and most preferred to reduce stereotypy for both participants. A social validity measure indicated that the participant's caregivers approved of and preferred the continuous schedule. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Risk-Driven Approach to Applied Behavior Analysis Across Ages: Implications for "Medical Necessity" |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
CE Instructor: Rachel Taylor, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the “gold standard” for service provision aimed at helping young children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, the increased attention to this population may be detracting from the value associated with taking an ABA approach to support individuals of all ages, across a range of diagnoses. Further, the shift to define ABA as medically necessary for individuals diagnosed with ASD (APBA, April 10, 2020) requires effective patient, provider, and payor collaboration, and recent publications have highlighted the need for structured approaches to decision-making based in analytical ethics to support this transition. Accordingly, APBA released guidelines directing practitioners to provide services based on individualized risk exposure requiring a more patient-informed approach to care. The purpose of the current presentation is to outline a collaborative risk-driven approach designed to help guide practitioners to make ethically informed decisions regarding ABA service delivery, regardless of setting, age, or severity. Considerations regarding a potential divide between science and ABA-based service delivery will be addressed, including misconceptions about that which defines our professional and ethical obligations; specifically, how our related responsibilities extend far beyond particular ABA-based clinical programming procedures, necessitating constant empirical evaluation of the overall continuity of care for a given individual (e.g., placement, transition, community-based activities, and more). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how ABA services need to be adjusted for individuals across a range of ages and diagnoses; (2) describe the benefits associated with adopting a risk-driven approach to ABA service delivery; (3) identify the defining features of “medically necessary” services and related implications for ABA-based practice across both crisis and non-crisis scenarios; (4) identify several common misconceptions regarding ABA-based practices and procedures and discuss crucial considerations related to established BACB ethical requirements. |
|
RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Dr. Rachel Taylor (formerly Dr. Tarbox) has supported individuals diagnosed with neurodevelopmental
disorders for more than 20 years. She started her career working in several prestigious institutions
including the New England Center for Children and the Kennedy Krieger Institute at Johns Hopkins
Hospital. She is the former Co-Director of Research and Development for the Center for Autism and
Related Disorders (CARD) and the former Chief Clinical Offer for Intercare Therapy, Inc.. Dr. Taylor has
also held several academic positions including founding Department Chair for the ABA Masters and PhD
programs at The Chicago School of professional Psychology Los Angeles, and Faculty member in
Psychology at the California State University Los Angeles and Channel Islands. Dr. Taylor is as an
Advisor to the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, Scientific Council member for the Organization
for Autism Research, and former Executive Council member for the International Association for
Behavior Analysis (ABAI), in addition to her longstanding service on the Board of Directors for the
California Association for Behavior Analysis (CalABA), most recently as the 2020 Conference Chair. Her
interests include 1) protecting against a potential divide between science and practice and 2)
demonstrating how ABA produces socially significant improvements regardless of age or diagnosis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Instruction: Useful Applications for Teaching Graduate Students |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kendra Guinness (Regis College) |
CE Instructor: Kendra Guinness, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will outline three lines of research that used asynchronous behavioral instruction to teach graduate students skills needed in order to be successful students in behavior analysis. These study demonstrate the utility of asynchronous behavioral instruction to teach graduate students how to enter practicum data on their fieldwork tracker, how to correctly use Association Psychological Association (APA) formatting, and teaching graphing conventions. By using behavioral instruction to teach APA formatting, participants increased their accuracy in APA citations across trained and novel exemplars. After using behavioral instruction to teach correct data entry for fieldwork, all participants scored above the mastery criterion in their completion of both their daily fieldwork logs and monthly form. Finally, behavioral instruction and checklists were helpful in teaching graduate students to use correct graphing conventions. Limitations and areas of future research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): APA citations, behavioral instruction, graduate students, graphing conventions |
Target Audience: professors and/or supervisors and those teaching graduate students |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to (1)Use behavioral instruction to teach correct graphing conversions. (2) Use behavioral instruction to teach correct data entry on fieldwork forms. (3)Use behavioral instruction to teach correct APA formatting for graduate students |
|
Effects of Behavioral Instruction and Feedback Checklists on Graphing Conventions |
KENDRA GUINNESS (Regis College), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University), Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Graphing is a complex but critical skill for behavior analysts. We evaluated the effects of conceptual training modules based on behavioral instruction and feedback checklists on verbal behavior about graphing conventions and adherence to graphing conventions with graduate students in behavior analysis. In Experiment 1, conceptual training increased the accuracy of verbal behavior about graphing conventions, though both participants achieved criterion in the absence of instruction for some skills. When graphing adherence failed to meet criterion, feedback checklists were implemented, which resulted in criterion performance. In Experiment 2, the checklists were provided as the primary intervention. Two out of four participants reached criterion for graphing adherence and verbal behavior with this intervention alone, while the remaining two participants reached criterion after a combination of checklists and conceptual training. This evaluation highlights the utility of a sequential approach to training the component skills of a complex repertoire while assessing skill acquisition at the level of the individual learner. |
|
Teaching American Psychological Association Citations Formatting Using Behavioral Instruction |
JACQUELYN MACDONALD (Regis College), Kendra Guinness (Regis College), Ryan Atkinson (Simmons University
Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated the use of an asynchronous, computer-based programmed system of instruction to teach graduate students to accurately cite references using APA formatting. Nine master’s students in ABA participated. Participants were taught to complete in-text and full reference citations in a concurrent multiple probe across skills design for 7 participants and a concurrent multiple probe across participants design for 2 participants. Most participants did not correctly use APA citation formatting when probed in the baseline condition. Following training, participants increased their accuracy in APA citations across trained and novel exemplars. Two participants’ data showed limited functional control due to increases in baseline. One participant required an additional visual checklist to reach mastery criterion for one skill. Participants reported increased confidence with APA citations formatting following training and overall satisfaction with the training. Limitations to the current study and future uses of behavioral instruction as a technology will be discussed |
|
Training Graduate Students to Enter Practicum Data Using Behavioral Instruction |
RYAN ATKINSON (Regis College
Simmons University), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to assess the effects of asynchronous behavioral instruction on correct practicum fieldwork data entry. This was conducted in two phases. Phase 1 targeted the completion of daily practicum fieldwork activities, whereas Part 2 focused on the completion of monthly fieldwork forms. Participants were twenty graduate students beginning their practicum experiences in pursuance of their BCBA credentials. The majority of participants did not reach the mastery criterion in baseline after only reviewing the practicum resources provided by the BACB for both phases. After undergoing training, all participants scored above the mastery criterion in their completion of both their daily fieldwork logs and monthly forms. Limitations and areas for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preparing Pre-Service Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Clare Liddon (University of Dayton) |
Discussant: Clare Liddon (University of Dayton) |
CE Instructor: Clare Liddon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As the demand for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) continues to grow, the need for high quality training across modalities grows with it. Performance feedback is an integral tool to an effective training environment. When providing training and supervision for pre-service behavior analysts, feedback is used to shape the skillsets of future clinicians. This symposium will include two presentations that will review the effects of feedback across modalities during training for pre-service behavior analysts and will conclude with discussion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): parent training, performance feedback, supervision |
Target Audience: The target audience for this is practitioners and professors that contribute to the training of pre-service behavior analysts and/or to the training of individuals seeking BCBA certification. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe performance feedback and its impact on the training of preservice behavior analysts overall; (2) describe effects of a remote format on feedback efficacy for parent training; (3) describe the effects of delayed versus immediate feedback on implementation of evidence-based interventions. |
|
Effectiveness of Immediate versus Delayed Performance Feedback on Accurate Implementation of an Evidence-Based Intervention |
Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Remington Michael Swensson (Baylor University), NICOLE OGUINN (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Treatment fidelity is the extent to which essential intervention components are implemented accurately and consistently. This is an important component to implementing evidence-based practices for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, as higher levels of treatment fidelity are directly related to improved outcomes and strength of the intervention. Therefore, it is important to identify methods to promote and maintain high levels of treatment fidelity among practitioners implementing behavior analytic interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the relative effectiveness of immediate and delayed performance feedback on the implementation of interventions incorporating compound schedules of reinforcement (i.e., multiple and chain schedules). Specifically, we provided immediate feedback for implementation of one of the compound schedules and delayed feedback for the implementation of the other compound schedule. We randomly assigned feedback to compound schedules ensuring an equal number of pairings across the participants. Participants were graduate students enrolled in a verified course sequence and completing supervised field experience. The results indicate that both immediate and delayed performance feedback effectively increased the fidelity of implementation, however participants did report a preference for immediate performance feedback. |
|
Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Remote Performance Feedback on Accurate Implementation of Parent Coaching |
Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Student- Baylor University), REMINGTON MICHAEL SWENSSON (Baylor University) |
Abstract: The supervision of field experiences is an indispensable component of Board-Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA®) training. During the supervised field experience, supervisors regularly provide performance feedback to trainees for the purpose of improving fidelity of implementation of various assessments and interventions. Emerging evidence supports the efficacy of using telepractice to train teachers and parents to implement interventions, but no study has evaluated the effectiveness of the remote performance feedback among individuals completing BCBA® training. We used videoconference equipment and software to deliver remote performance feedback to seven participants enrolled in a graduate program and completing supervised field experience. Remote performance feedback was provided regarding participants’ implementation of caregiver coaching. The results indicate that remote performance feedback increased the correct implementation of caregiver coaching. These preliminary results indicate the efficacy of remote supervision and performance feedback. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluations of Clinical Contexts and Interventions Impacting Staff Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology ) |
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four applied studies that evaluate contexts impacting staff behavior, including implementation of client programming and work attendance, in clinical settings. The first paper by presented by Mary Lewis will discuss the effects of staff implementation of self-monitoring on discrete trial instruction (DTI), specifically intertrial intervals. The second paper by presented Kamila Garcia Marchante will discuss the effects of data collection type (i.e., continuous vs. discontinuous) on treatment integrity of discrete trial instruction. The third paper presented by Kacie McGarry will discuss the effects of data collection type (i.e., continuous vs. discontinuous) on staff behavior (e.g., learning opportunities, client engagement, praise statements) during discrete trial instruction. The last paper presented by Paula Antonelli will discuss a goal setting intervention to decrease RBT call outs. We will welcome Dr. Corina Jimenez-Gomez to present a summary and discussion of each of the papers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): continuous data, discontinuous data, self-monitoring, staff management |
Target Audience: intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) discuss the effects of self-monitoring on rate of DTI
(2) state the differential effects of data collection system on staff behavior and treatment integrity
(3) discuss the effectiveness of goal setting and incentive systems on RBT call outs |
|
Effect of Self-Monitoring on Inter-Trial Intervals During Discrete Trial Training |
MARY LOUISE LEWIS (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachael Tilka (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a common tool within a treatment package, but rarely evaluated as a sole intervention. This intervention is cost effective and requires little to no supervisor involvement. Discrete trial training (DTT) can be a difficult program to implement fluently. However, accurate implementation can lead to a decrease in intertrial intervals (ITI) as well as problem behavior and an increase in learning opportunities for clients. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of registered behavior technicians using self-monitoring to increase their rate of trials, which could also lead to a decrease in intertrial intervals. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to assess the effects of self-monitoring on ITI duration while implementing DTT in an ASD clinic. Results showed an increase in the rate of trials due to self-monitoring and a decrease in intertrial interval duration for both participants. In the future, self-monitoring may be a valuable tool for direct staff employees implementing complex programs. |
|
Assessing the Impact of Data Collection System on Treatment Integrity |
KAMILA GARCIA GARCIA MARCHANTE (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Franchesca Izquierdo (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Elaine Espanola (University of Miami), Brandi Burton (University of Miami) |
Abstract: : Several factors have been shown to impact treatment fidelity (e.g., training, competing contingencies). One competing contingency that could impact treatment fidelity is data collection system (i.e., continuous or discontinuous). Researchers have suggested that the demand to collect continuous data during discrete trial instruction (DTI) may result in degraded integrity. Despite the advantages of continuous data, researchers have suggested that such advantages should be weighed with the potential cost of degraded levels of integrity. The purpose of this study was to assess treatment integrity of implementation during DTI when therapists were collecting data continuously versus discontinuously (i.e., first trial only). Preliminary data show that treatment integrity was often higher when therapists were collecting trial-by-trial data compared to first-trial-only data. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Continuous and Discontinuous Data Collection on Staff Behavior During Discrete Trial Instruction |
Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), KACIE M MCGARRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Marcus Autism Center), Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology), Julianne I Fernandez (Florida Institute of Technology; Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: Several studies have evaluated the effects of different data collection systems on efficiency and effectiveness of skill acquisition programs for individuals with autism and related disabilities. Fewer studies have evaluated the effects of the data collection system on staff behavior. Lotfizadeh, Herron, and Poling (2019) compared the frequency of learning opportunities during continuous (trial-by-trial) and discontinuous (first trial only) data collection. Results showed that therapists implemented a greater number of trials during the continuous data collection condition. The purpose of our study was to extend these findings by comparing the effects of continuous and discontinuous electronic data collection methods on both number of learning trials and quality of staff interaction (i.e., orientation to student, praise and reinforcer delivery). Results show that while number of trials was relatively consistent across both data collection systems, discontinuous data resulted in a higher quality of staff-student interaction. Implications for student outcomes and staff preference will also be discussed. |
|
Goal Setting to Decrease Registered Behavior Technician Call Outs |
PAULA ANTONELLI (Behavior Basics, Inc), Victoria Ryan (Behavior Basics Inc.) |
Abstract: Frequent callouts of registered behavior technicians providing direct therapy for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and mental health diagnoses have negative impacts on clinical organizations, staff, and clients’ overall treatment consistency and therapeutic progress. Many organizations within the human service field experience the negative impacts of callouts and strain this causes on other staff. The current study set out to decrease registered behavior technician callouts by creating a standard criterion for attendance for staff’s preferences to be honored (i.e., schedule preferences and approval of non-medical time off requests) and to be eligible for a performance-based merit increase at set review times. The current study was able to increase staff daily attendance for scheduled sessions and maintain above 90% for five consecutive months without providing additional monetary incentives. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Telehealth: Examples of Application |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark) |
Discussant: Sean D. Casey (Heartland Feeding) |
CE Instructor: Sean D. Casey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Technology has been leveraged to improve life conditions for many individuals. The use of technology to improve educational, behavioral, and medical conditions is often referred to as telehealth. Behavior analysts have experience providing supports in telehealth models that span several decades. The applications include educational instruction, reduction of challenging behavior, feeding, training, and much more. The COVID-19 pandemic created a context for professionals to implement telehealth based models to safely provide continuity of care. The purpose of this symposium is to review general considerations of telehealth (e.g., definition, technology, practice guidelines), review outcomes of behavior analytic telehealth service delivery models (e.g., feeding; outpatient university clinic), and discuss social validity of a behavior analytic telehealth service delivery model. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Service Delivery, Telehealth |
Target Audience: Intermediate Audience Experience with telehealth models, varied service delivery models, and populations with help with application of information presented. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will state the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) definition for telehealth and compare to other discipline specific definitions (e.g., medicine). 2) Attendees will state at least four considerations for implementing a behavior analytic telehealth service model. 3) Attendees will describe the application of a behavior analytic telehealth model to support individuals with an identified feeding disorders and receiving outpatient services. 4) Attendees will state social validity factors associated with behavior analytic telehealth services. |
|
The Effects of Transition to Telehealth Delivery of Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
VANESSA CALHOUN (Behavior Change Institute), Joy Pollard (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC), Christan Ann Griffin (Behavior Change Institute), Joseph Baker (Stanford University) |
Abstract: New telehealth service delivery models have emerged during the COVID-19 pandemic to address access barriers, including a direct telehealth service model of ABA services. Recent research has suggested that direct delivery of ABA treatment via telehealth can be successful for some patients (DiGennarro Reed, 2020; Ferguson et al., 2020; Pollard et.al, 2020). Telehealth service delivery models benefit families by facilitating patient choice and timely access to care in both rural and urban communities. In this session, we will review data from patients who transitioned from in-person delivery of ABA services to direct delivery via synchronous videoconference. We will also review how we addressed challenges with implementing different telehealth service delivery models. Case studies and video examples of clients receiving direct ABA treatment via telehealth will be presented to demonstrate different models of direct telehealth service delivery outlined in the Council for Autism Service Providers Telehealth Practice Parameters. |
|
Efficacy of and Unexpected Benefits in the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal Using a Fully Virtual Treatment Model |
JENNIFER E. DAWSON (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC), Dena Kelly (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC), Desiree Noelle Heckers (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC), Brittany Ann Doan (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC) |
Abstract: The efficacy of the behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding disorders is well documented in the literature. In addition to the intensity of the procedures often utilized in treatment, the time commitment from the family is typically immense. Most treatment programs, and hence most research, are conducted in structured clinic or hospital settings, most often utilizing trained therapists as the feeder, at least in the initial phase of treatment. Generalization to parents and other family members as well as to other environments, is critically important in the maintenance and continuation of gains. Given the amount of research in this area and the well-established treatment protocols used in clinical practice, the effectiveness of conducing intensive feeding protocols entirely via a telehealth model was questionable. This talk will present data from over 25 individuals whose entire intensive feeding treatment was conducted via telehealth between the months of April 2020-August 2021. Child gains were on par with in-person treatment while parent fidelity and acceptability were high. Additional, outcomes observed include increased client attendance in follow up visits, decreased cancellations, and a decrease in the use of extinction based procedures. |
|
A Comparison of Behavioral and Social Validity Outcomes Across Distinct In-Vivo and Telehealth Behavioral Treatment Models |
MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), David P Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Researchers at the University of Iowa have shown that behavioral assessment and treatment delivered via telehealth is feasible (Wacker et al., 2013), effective (Lindgren et al., 2020), and efficient (Lindgren et al., 2016) in treating challenging behavior displayed by young children with autism. Results from these studies have shown that there is little difference in child behavior or parent acceptability between telehealth and in-vivo models when using the same treatment (Lindgren et al., 2016). However, some clinical care models utilize very different types and degrees of assessment and treatment, which may impact the outcomes achieved. To further understand outcomes related to differences in services we compared outcomes for matched samples (age, gender, developmental level) from two distinct service delivery models that utilized different service modalities (in-vivo versus telehealth) and different timing and dosage of treatment (intensive outpatient versus weekly therapy) for young children with autism that use the same assessment and treatment approach (i.e., functional analysis and functional communication training). Our results show that, on average, both models provide effective treatment with high parent satisfaction. We discuss the results in relation to (a) how to systematically expand telehealth services, and (b) how to further evaluate treatment by treatment delivery interactions. |
|
The Social Acceptability of Consultative Behavior Analytic Service Provided via Telehealth |
JESSICA DETRICK (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Kelsey E. Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Leanne Latocha (Western Michigan University), Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: “Telehealth” can be defined as the use of audio-visual transmission of information using videoconferencing and broadband internet (Machalicek et al., 2016). The demand for services to be implemented via telehealth has increased due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Research has demonstrated that a telehealth model of behavioral consultation is effective for implementing assessment and treatment services within behavior analysis (Machalicek et al., 2016; Wacker et al., 2013). However, as behavior analysts we are obligated to assess client and stakeholder preference for services (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). We collected data on the social acceptability of our consultative behavior analytic services delivered using a telehealth model at approximately quarterly intervals via descriptive surveys for one year. Survey data were collected from both caregivers and clients. In this presentation, we will review the results of our social acceptability surveys, which indicated that our services remained generally accepted over time. We will review issues encountered with telehealth services, as well. Finally, we suggest a hybrid model for delivering telehealth services as a “best-possible solution.” |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Behavioral Safety |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavioral safety is one of the most mature and efficacious applications of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) in industrial workplaces. Built on the foundation of behavior analysis, behavioral safety attempts to prevent harm and reduce human suffering by targeting risk and intervening upon environmental factors related to safe behaviors. This symposium will report on recent advances in behavioral safety that discover and analyze at-risk behavior in workplaces in the petroleum, chemical and human services industries. The first presentation presents a data-based case study of an established behavioral safety program changing their process to garner more participation in their workforce by better identifying behavioral risk in the workplace and. The second study reviews another data-based case study examining a behavioral safety implementation in the human services industry (during a pandemic). The third presentation introduces a behavioral analytic approach to workplace incident analyses to better understand the causal variables associated with the events surrounding an injury. The final presentation outlines the limitations of current pinpointing methods in behavioral safety offering specific criterion to develop discriminant pinpoints more capable of finding risk. Our discussant is Dr. Nicole Gravina whose career features decades of research and practice in behavioral safety. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Safety, Discriminant Pinpointing, Incident Investigation |
|
The Next Generation of Behavior-Based Safety: Identifying Risk |
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Univeristy of Florida), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: We will present a case study of MESA's employee-led behavior-based safety (BBS) program. MESA established its BBS program in 1997. Since then, they have continuously evolved their program to increase safe behaviors and decrease injuries. The Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, a not-for-profit organization that provides its seal of approval to world-class BBS programs, has accredited MESA's program since 2015. Despite its efficacy over the years, MESA has pivoted its BBS program to emphasize identifying risks relevant to each workgroup rather than using a static generic observation card. This presentation will provide an overview of the BBS process, introduce MESA, and showcase their new program. |
|
Human Services in the Age of a Pandemic: Using Behavioral Safety Programs to Protect Essential Workers and Students |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia), Trang Doan (Faison Center) |
Abstract: Human services organizations fall under what the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) calls “health care and social assistance”. In 2018, OSHA reported 5.6 injuries for every 100 full-time employees in healthcare and social assistance jobs—a higher rate than the average of 4.2 injuries for workers across all private industries. Now, many human service organizations, already dealing with significant injuries, have had to operate consistently during the COVID-19 pandemic. Many human service settings necessitate close contact with clients, many of whom may be resistant to the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). This presentation highlights an organization-wide behavioral safety program in a private school that serves students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. During the behavioral safety program there were a variable but continuous number of safety observations. The percent of safe behavior in the classrooms approached 100 percent at the conclusion of data collection. More importantly, there were no documented COVID-19 infections traced to the school. |
|
Exploring the Benefits of a Behavior-Based Incident Analysis: The Behavior Incident Analysis in Action |
NICHOLAS MATEY (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Incident analyses typically follow workplace accidents and injuries, and many times are even required by law. These analyses include summarizing the accident and creating a plan for how to avoid similar mistakes in the future. This talk will describe the traditional approach to incident analyses and introduce a behavior analytic version (i.e., the Behavioral Incident Analysis [BIA]) that we believe can result in higher quality outcomes. The BIA is a guided process that walks practitioners through an incident analysis by asking questions that may not come up in traditional analyses. We will discuss how the BIA creates a better understanding of the causal variables associated with the incident, as well as suggests effective behavioral solutions that will prevent similar incidents in the future. |
|
Contrasting Response Class and Discriminant Behavioral Pinpoints: Building Criteria to Better Find and Analyze Risk |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Matthew M Laske (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The process of pinpointing has been widely applied to reduce employee injuries in industry by targeting safe and at-risk work behaviors within behavioral safety processes based on the science of behavior analysis and OBM methods. The core components of behavioral safety include (a) risk analysis and pinpointing, (b) direct observation, (c) performance feedback, (d) trending and functional analysis, (e) behavior change interventions, and (f) evaluation of effects. In each of these components, accurate and clear pinpoints are essential for the process to discriminate the behaviors and systems related to risk and injury. This presentation will compare and contrast general pinpointing identifying broader response classes vs. pinpointing that discriminate more specific operants in the context of their environment. We will propose criteria based on the behavior analytic literature for discriminant pinpoints and provide data showing efficacy in helping observers find risk. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Systemic Applications in Promoting Well-Being and Cultural Humility in Medical Education |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University) |
CE Instructor: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Medical education has addressed implicit biases associated with burnout, cooperation and equitable patient care in classroom settings, but there is evidence that in some cases, simply teaching about cultural differences may only reinforce some negative stereotypes. Based on the alarming epidemic pertaining to burnout in medical education and practice, and high frequency of medical errors that are products of team dynamic, medical schools are developing curricular elements that increase resiliency, self-compassion, and empathy towards diverse patients to combat these effects. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has received the attention of medical educators and professionals as an effective approach for management of burnout and implicit biases inhibiting cooperation and patient care. Research has demonstrated ACT has positive outcomes in a wide variety of settings with a wide variety of populations including: mental health and innovation, stigma, stress, burnout, sick leave, physical and psychological well-being, absenteeism, college performance, and worksite distress. This symposium will provide an overview of applied research pertaining to implicit behavioral assessment and ACT with the focus on medical education. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): cultural humility, implicit bias |
Target Audience: Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavioral systems analysis and implicit behavioral assessment. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1) Understand the conditions under which implicit biases are most likely to occur, 2) Understand the role behavioral scientists can have with respect to interdisciplinary work in healthcare settings, 3) Understand the construct of cultural humility and how it relates to Acceptance and Commitment Training, implicit bias, and patient care. |
|
Utilizing Behavior Scientific Measurement to Assess Medical Student Clinical Engagement With a Standardized Patient |
(Applied Research) |
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton), Donna West (University of Nevada, Reno), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Neda Etezadi-Amoli (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The practice of medicine is inherently stressful and social. To be truly effective as a healthcare provider, one must not only know how to healthfully manage the psychological stressors of the current U.S. healthcare system - which has been noted as being a breeding ground for burnout - but one must also be able to continuously and humbly adapt to the ever evolving cultural climate the healthcare system is a part. Ideally, in a way that ensures each patient is treated with dignity, respect, and equity. In order to ensure healthcare providers are equipped with the repertoires required to sustain healthy and culturally humble repertoires in medicine, medical educators should continuously and systematically examine the impact their curricula have on healthcare student performance. In 2016, our research group began to systematically introduce a series of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) sessions as a mandatory component of students’ medical curriculum. The current study explored one wing of this research, by exploring the relationship between measures of implicit bias, psychological flexibility, and clinical engagement during a standardized patient encounter with third-year medical students. Preliminary results and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
Examining the Relationships between Psychological Flexibility, Implicit Burnout, and Cooperativeness Among Medical Students |
(Applied Research) |
GREGORY S. SMITH (University of Dayton), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Smith (Western Michigan University), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine) |
Abstract: As part of our longstanding interdisciplinary collaboration with the University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine (UNR Med), we have focused on longitudinal measurement in a variety of domains of implicit biases identified as important by medical school administrators. Implicit bias has been a means of assessing change over time in domains related to student wellness and diversity issues. Additionally, we introduced an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) curriculum to promote student well-being, psychological flexibility, and resilience to well-known stressors of medical training. This presentation examines a particular slice of the overarching interdisciplinary work with a focus on longitudinal implicit measures of burnout and cooperation, which is viewed as a crucial component in naturalistic medical settings (e.g., a doctor’s willingness and ability to delegate to and depend on other members of the healthcare team). These longitudinal assessments are considered in the context of corresponding assessments of psychological flexibility (i.e., Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II [AAQ-II]) before and after implementations of ACT, stratified by students identified as “at-risk” by the AAQ-II and a comparison of healthy controls, in order to understand the complex relationships among these variables and the impact of the ACT curriculum over time |
|
Exploring Effects of an Acceptance and Commitment Training-Based Cultural Humility Training With Medical Students |
(Applied Research) |
KIAN ASSEMI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Anayansi Lombardero (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Donna West (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Cultural humility was originally introduced by healthcare providers as an alternative to cultural competence. While cultural competence was conceptualized as an outcome, cultural humility was considered a lifelong ongoing process. Cultural humility refers to a psychological posture in which self-reflection, self-critique, taking the role of a life-long learner, identifying, and intervening on power imbalances, and non-paternalistic partnerships with clients are embraced. Medical practitioners work with patients from a wide variety of cultural backgrounds and work in highly stressful environments. It is important practitioners have the tools to best treat their patients, mitigate their own biases, and acquire the skills to establish a healthy rapport with patients from different backgrounds. As such, an online Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) based cultural humility training module was developed for medical students enrolled in a medical Spanish elective in order to aid in the establishment of such a repertoire. A recently developed Cultural Humility Multidimensional Scale was identified as the primary dependent variable to assess participants’ cultural humility repertoires before, after and several weeks following the training. The preliminary data including the aggregated pre and post scores of the Cultural Humility Multidimensional Scale demonstrate the positive impact of ACT on participants’ target skills. |
|
Measuring the Social Validity of an Acceptance and Commitment Training-Based Wellness Curriculum With Medical Students |
(Applied Research) |
DONNA WEST (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Annelise Dankworth (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic literature has highlighted the importance of social validity as a source of consumer feedback pertaining to the goals, procedures, and effects of behavioral interventions. This study examined the utility of social validity in the development of an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) curriculum in medical education. While ACT has been shown to be efficacious in higher education settings, there is still a need to ensure those receiving ACT find it socially valid. Medical students are a unique population given their heightened and chronic levels of stress. Therefore, medical students’ buy-in and engagement with ACT is critical to its experiential impact as related to their stress management, psychological flexibility, and patient care skills over time. Given the complexity of the medical training systems and stressful nature of medical students’ experiences throughout their education, their feedback pertaining to the quality, duration, and timing of ACT is critical to its success as a training program. This study’s primary goal was to determine the social validity of an ongoing ACT-based wellness curriculum for first year medical students at a Western U.S. medical school and will provide insight on the aspects of the ACT curriculum students perceived as most beneficial. |
|
|
|
|
|
Task Force on Contingent Electric Skin Shock: Update and Invitation for Members to Share Viewpoints |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Panelists: DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The ABAI Executive Council has appointed a task force to study the use of contingent electric skin shock in the treatment of problem behavior. The members of the task force will summarize their work to date and welcome the viewpoints of invited guests as well as members of the audience. |
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas) |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Eye Contact to Children With Autism Through Parent Training Via Telehealth: Using Shaping Without Prompting in Social Play |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:25 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Dag Strömberg (Stockholm University) |
CE Instructor: Dag Strömberg, M.S. |
|
Teaching Eye Contact to Children With Autism Through Parent Training Via Telehealth: Using Shaping Without Prompting in Social Play |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Lise Renat Roll-Pettersson (Stockholm University) |
|
Abstract: Deficits in eye contact are a common feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) which has been found to negatively affect learning opportunities. Previous research has shown shaping without prompting to be effective in teaching eye contact to children diagnosed with ASD (Fonger & Malott, 2019). The current collaborative study between Behavioral Momentum, India, and Stockholm University, Sweden, evaluated the effects of a shaping procedure, implemented by parents trained and supervised via telehealth, to teach two preschool-aged children with ASD to make eye contact in naturalistic social play interactions. A multiple baseline design across settings was used. For each child, eye contact was taught in three different child-preferred play settings where the parent was a necessary component. The target behavior, eye contact, was divided into five successive learning phases. Both children acquired eye contact for a duration of 1 to 2 seconds across several settings without direct prompting. Results suggested a high degree of social validity, as measured by the participating parents' self-reports as well as indices of happiness observed in the two children. Furthermore, this study confirms that when cultural aspects are taken into consideration telehealth can be used to train and supervise parents across geographical regions. |
|
Target Audience: Participants should have a working knowledge of the practical application of behavior analysis with clients. Participants can include BCBAs, teachers, psychologists, special education teachers and speech language pathologists. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe why eye contact is a socially significant behavior for children with autism; (2) Describe how shaping can be used to improve eye contact in children with autism; (3) Describe how indices of happiness can be used to measure social validity. |
|
|
|
|
|
How to Dramatically Grow Your Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy Practice Through Leveraging Social Media |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: William Tim Courtney (BrightKyte) |
PAUL SYMONS (Kitewire Consulting) |
PEDRO CARDOSO (Kitewire Consulting) |
BRIAN ELLIS (Kitewire Consulting) |
Abstract: This panel will discuss how to leverage facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn to acquire new patients, registered behavior technicians, and board certified behavior analyst. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
Physical Activity, Drinking, and Smartphone Use During a Global Pandemic: Investigating Variables That Impact Choice Behavior Related to Health and Wellness |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Meghan Deshais, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many Americans struggle to consistently make choices that support their health and wellness under optimal conditions. Those choices become even more challenging when people are faced with increased stressors, limited resources, and social isolation, things that many people experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic. The three presentations in this symposium all focus on behaviors impacting people’s health and were conducted during the COVID-19 pandemic. In the first presentation, researchers assessed the effects of adding motivational interviewing to a client-led behavioral coaching intervention to increase physical activity. In the second presentation, researchers evaluated the effects of a tele-health delivered contingency management + deposit contract intervention on problematic smartphone use with individuals who reported experiencing negative side effects of smartphone use. In the third presentation, researchers analyzed the relationship between alcohol consumption and other variables in a large sample of adults using the Reinforcer Pathology model, a behavioral economic model of addiction. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): choice, health, wellness |
Target Audience: Practitioners, Researchers interested in health behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the effects of a contingency management and deposit contract intervention on problematic smartphone usage in college students; (2) explain the impact of adding motivational interviewing to a client-led behavioral coaching intervention on physical activity; (3) discuss how the COVID-19 pandemic offered an opportunity to evaluate all three components of the reinforcer pathology model. |
|
The Effects of Behavioral Health Coaching Plus Motivational Interviewing on the Physical Activity of Healthy Adults |
RYLEY ACREA (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Health coaching (a client-centered approach to improve health outcomes) shows promise as a preventive strategy to reduce the burden of illnesses caused by physical inactivity. One component of health coaching that warrants more research is motivational interviewing. The current study used a multiple baseline across participants design to determine the effects of adding motivational interviewing to a client-led behavioral coaching intervention to increase physical activity. All participants took more steps during intervention compared to baseline, and three of four participants met their daily goal more often during the Behavioral Coaching plus MI phase compared to the Behavioral Coaching phase alone. The current study provides a method for evaluating the effectiveness of MI as part of a behavioral intervention and suggests that MI might be facilitative when added to a behavioral intervention. |
|
A Preliminary Evaluation of the Effects of a Contingency Management and Deposit Contract Intervention on Problematic Smartphone Use With College Students |
DEVIN JUNE WILLIAMS-BUTTARI (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Problematic smartphone use (i.e., use that impedes the user’s daily functioning or results in harmful consequences) is a growing public health concern (Busch & McCarthy, 2021) that could be addressed via behavioral intervention. We recruited six college students who reported experiencing negative side effects of smartphone use and who sought to decrease their daily problematic smartphone use (PSU). The effects of a telehealth delivered contingency management (CM) + deposit contract intervention on smartphone use was evaluated. During the CM + deposit contract condition, participants deposited $40 and had the opportunity to earn back their entire deposit by meeting daily smartphone usage goals. To promote adherence to research procedures, participants also had the opportunity to earn a $20 cooperation bonus. During the intervention, three of six participants met their daily smartphone usage goals in 100% of sessions. For all participants, lower levels of PSU were observed during intervention relative to baseline. These findings provide preliminary evidence that CM +deposit contract interventions could be a viable, low-cost approach to addressing PSU. |
|
The Behavioral Economics of Lockdown: An Examination of Depression and Drinking to Cope as Reinforcement Pathology During Summer, 2020 |
MATTHEW J DWYER (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Some have suggested modeling drinking to cope with depression during the COVID-19 pandemic through a behavioral economic model of addiction, known as Reinforcer Pathology (RP). RP models are said to be comprised of three parts: (1) high reinforcer demand, (2) steep discounting of delayed rewards and (3) low levels of engagement or access to alternative reinforcing activities. These three components are said to contribute to problematic alcohol use. However, studies rarely include measures of all three components in a single study, and previous studies evaluating engagement with alternative reinforcing activities have been limited in scope, focused primarily on college students. Furthermore, RP has not been used to identify the behavioral mechanisms of drinking to cope with depression during the pandemic and its associated lockdown requirements. These early restrictions imposed in response to the pandemic presented an opportunity to evaluate the RP model. The goal of this study was to investigate how engagement in valued activity, in a general online population, mediates the relationship between alcohol use and depressive symptomology during COVID-19 restrictions. Participants (n = 820) were recruited from social media websites between June and July of 2020 who endorsed past month alcohol use. For this first stage of analyses, the relationship between engagement in valued activities, depression, and alcohol use were modeled. Results supported behavioral activation mediating the relationship between depression and alcohol use, suggesting preliminary support for the RP model, however additional analyses comprising the other components of the RP are still in progress. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Trends and Advances in Research on Safety Skills Training |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida ) |
CE Instructor: Rasha Baruni, M.S. |
Abstract: Children may encounter a variety of safety threats which can lead to fatalities. Although parents and caregivers must always strive to keep environments safe, children must receive safety skills training so that they learn to engage in safety responses should they encounter a safety threat. This symposium will present three papers on current research related to safety skills training. Two presentations focus on interventions to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) safety skills and one presentation discusses critical features in the safety skills literature. This discussion paper is the first presentation and it outlines critical features in the literature that have emerged related to best practices for assessing and training safety skills and provides recommendations for practitioners. The next presentation describes an evaluation of generalization-enhanced behavioral skills training (BST) to teach children with ASD poison prevention skills. The final presentation describes a BST program with prompts to teach children with ASD to respond to bullying statements. As a whole, these presentations will highlight recent advances in safety skills research, and considerations for best practice related to teaching safety skills to children. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, prevention, safety skills |
Target Audience: Practitioners, researchers, and students who work with neurotypical children and children with developmental disabilities and use behavioral skills training to teach safety skills. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the main critical features that have emerged in the literature; (2) Identify how behavioral skills training was implemented to teach poison safety skills to children diagnosed with autism; (3) Discuss why teaching children to behave discriminatively towards different topographies of bullying may be important. |
|
Critical Features in Teaching Safety Skills to Children |
RASHA BARUNI (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Children may encounter safety threats from the physical environment (e.g., firearms or poisonous substances) or from the behaviors of others (e.g., abduction or sexual abuse lures). Such encounters may result in injury or death if children do not learn skills to respond safely. Research over the last 35 years has investigated approaches to assessing and training safety skills. This paper reviews critical features that have emerged in the research related to best practice for assessing and training safety skills. We emphasize the importance of in situ assessments, effective training approaches, the need for data-based decision making, strategies for enhancing generalization and maintenance, accessibility of training programs, and approaches to training different populations. Following a discussion of each critical feature presented in this paper, we provide recommendations for practicing behavior analysts. |
|
Using Generalization-Enhanced Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Poison Safety Skills to Children With Autism |
ELLIE MOROSOHK (Adapt and Transform Behavior), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: It is important for children to learn safety skills, especially involving dangerous stimuli such as medicine that can be found in almost every household. This study examined a generalization-enhanced behavioral skills training package to teach children with autism poison safety skills. Three children ages 4- to 10-years-old received generalization enhanced BST to teach the safety skills required when they found pills. In situ assessments were conducted both in home and in the clinic to examine whether the skills generalized to the natural setting. All children engaged in the safety skills following training. The results of this study indicated that generalization enhanced BST is an effective method of teaching poison safety skills to children with autism. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder How to Respond to Different Topographies of Bullying |
MAYA FALLON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christine Felty (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Emily Ferris (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), Kortlyn Tawney (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katlyn Altic (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at risk for bullying (Zeedyk et al., 2014). Bullied children are at risk for physical injury, social and emotional distress, self-harm, depression, anxiety, and death (Center for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC], 2020). The prevalence of bullying and its impact on a child’s quality of life make effective interventions to teach responses that may increase their emotional and physical safety warranted. Stannis et al. (2019) evaluated Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and in-situ training (IST) to teach four adults with intellectual disabilities appropriate responses to bullying statements. Similar procedures have yet to be evaluated with children with ASD. In addition, Stannis et al. (2019) taught one set of responses for various topographies of bullying. Bullying could be described as having subcategories that differ in degrees of severity or danger. The difference in the degree of danger may warrant the child to respond differently. We extended Stannis et al. (2019) by evaluating BST and textual prompts in teaching children with ASD to respond to instances of unkindness and threats of physical or material harm. Furthermore, we assessed the social validity of our target responses and teaching procedures with caregivers and the child when applicable. |
|
|
|
|
|
Changing Choice: Explorations on Effective Soft-Commitment Procedures and Effects of Aversive Stimulation on Self-Control |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 152 |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Impulsive behavior is the preference of a smaller sooner (SS) reinforcer over a larger later (LL) reinforcer; the opposite is self-control behavior. Impulsive choice characterizes many behaviors posing significant risks to public health (e.g., substance abuse and pathological gambling). Despite major advances in our field towards understanding factors that affect impulsive preference (e.g., fading, framing, and priming procedures to reduce delay discounting), there is still a need to continue identifying relevant variables and strengthening procedures that reduce impulsive choice. The first presentation will examine commitment (behavior emitted at a time prior to the choice point that eliminates or reduces the probability of impulsive behavior), its two types (strict and soft), and will explore a framework for the development and evaluation of effective soft-commitment procedures. The second presentation will analyze the findings of an experiment that tested the effects of noncontingent visual aversive stimulation on human self-control. It will also compare these findings with previous research that has shown that other forms of aversive stimulation (intense noise and cold water) increase impulsive behavior. The last presentation will build on the second, discussing the findings of a study that explored the effects of mild noncontingent aversive stimulation (electric shocks) on self-control and preference reversal of Wistar rats. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aversive control, commitment, preference reversal, self-control |
Target Audience: It is ideal that participants in the audience have a basic understanding of the overall behavior analytic approach to choice, including the notion of self-control behavior and delay discounting. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to... (1) Differentiate soft and strict commitment in self-control, and theoretical and methodological approaches to understand them. (2) Differentiate self-control and impulsive behavior, and the experimental methodologies implemented in behavior analysis to study them. (3) Define delay discounting and some procedures to measure it. (4) Name the effects of aversive stimulation on self-control behavior of human and rodents reported on related research |
|
Toward effective soft commitment procedures |
ALVARO A. CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Abstract: As the procedures for improving self-control outside the lab are still far from successful compared to those that researchers use in the lab, identifying what makes them effective in natural environments is a priority. Self-control entails forgoing temptations or immediate smaller sooner rewards, SSR, to pursue larger later and frequently more abstract rewards, LLR. The more valued immediate junk food and sedentary lifestyle, the addictive substances, or the social non-productive life, among others, prevent people from having a happier and healthier life in the future. In the lab, commitment is the successful procedures’ key component, and two commitment procedures exist: strict and soft. Strict commitment works in simple ambivalence situations wherein preventing the future contact with temptations is possible, while soft commitment works when in complex ambivalence situations wherein it is impossible to prevent the future contact with more abstract temptations. The value reversals that the hyperbolic delay discounting models predict account for the effectiveness of the strict procedure, but it is insufficient to account for the effectiveness of the soft procedures, which seems to depend on pattern building, bundling, and substitution. The purpose of this presentation is to examine a framework for the development and evaluation of effective soft commitment procedures. Some pilot data support the framework partially. |
|
Effects of Non-Contingent Aversive Visual Stimulation on Choice Behavior |
KAREN VIVIANA HENAO BARBOSA (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Abstract: Exposure to some types of non-contingent aversive stimulation, such as high-intensity noise, decreases self-control behavior. As human and nonhuman animals frequently face different forms of aversive stimulation, it is crucial to understand how other types of stimulation alter self-control choices. This study evaluated how much non-contingent aversive visual stimulation decreases self-control responses on Colombian college students compared to the results obtained with aversive noise and cold pressure pain. A standard program presented one button on the left side and another on the right side of a computer screen. One of the buttons delivered 2-points (impulsive alternative - SS) immediately. A 16 s waiting time followed. The other button delivered 10 points after a 16 s delay (self-controlled alternative - LL). In a non-contingent matching to sample trials procedure, geometrical figures were the sample while IAPS images depicting mutilated humans with the geometrical figure (correct comparison stimulus) superimposed on them was the comparison stimulus. Participants solved a delay discounting task before and after the self-control choice task. The k and AUC values did not indicate how some participants behaved, and non-contingent exposure to aversive visual stimulation only generated an impulsive choice pattern in the short term. |
|
Self-Control and Preference Reversal in Wistar Rats Exposed to Noncontingent Shocks |
CAMILO HURTADO-PARRADO (Southern Illinois University), Julian Cifuentes (University of Birmingham, England), Alejandro Segura (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento (CEIC)) |
Abstract: Green and Estle’s (2003) procedure was systematically replicated to explore the effect of non-contingent shocks on self-control and preference reversal of Wistar rats. Subjects chose between a smaller-sooner (SS) and a larger-later (LL) reinforcer. Eight of the rats also received concurrently 0.5-s shocks of 0.25mA in a 60-s random time schedule throughout all phases of the experiment. During baseline, rats chose between SS = 2 pellets after a 0.5-s delay and LL = 4 pellets after a 6-s delay. Most rats slightly preferred LL at the start of this phase. Except three non-shocked subjects, rats increased their LL preference across sessions, with shocked rats showing an overall higher increase. In phase 2, delays were added systematically only in the LL option until each animal showed a steady SS preference (number of pellets in SS and LL was not changed). The amount of time added until rats showed SS preference varied across subjects (6 to 36 s). Shocked rats overall showed more responding on LL throughout the different increments in delays. In phase 3, systematic increases in SS and LL of 5-s, 15-s, and 25-s were implemented to reverse the rats’ preference from the SS option to the LL option. Subjects exposed to shocks showed greater preference for the LL option across all the delays. Our findings overall are not aligned with the previously-reported increase of impulsive behavior under contingent and noncontingent aversive stimulation. For example, humans exposed to aversive noise and immersion of hands in cold water increased their responses in SS (Flora et al., 1993, 2003). Also, noncontingent aversive tone disrupted fixed-interval responding of rats, increasing unnecessary responding (Reed, 2011). The distribution of non-contingent shocks pre and post reinforcement on each option (SS and LL) was explored as a potential explanation (e.g., higher rate of shocks delivered after reinforcement in SS). |
|
|
|
|
|
Suggestions for Establishing and Maintaining Research Productivity at Small Universities |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University ) |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University) |
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University) |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption University) |
Abstract: Sciences thrive when they receive contributions from a wide variety of perspectives and research groups. Therefore, it is critical that the field of behavior analysis supports all early-career behavior analysts who are interested in conducting and publishing behavior analytic research. However, researchers working outside of traditional research programs may experience obstacles and difficulties in establishing and maintaining research agendas. This panel discussion will help prepare potential researchers by focusing on the challenges faced by researchers working at small universities. The panelists will consist of three tenure-track faculty of different small universities who have a history of successfully traversing the nuances of research in small universities. Each panelist will talk about the obstacles they faced when beginning their research and provide advice for those aspiring to conduct research in similar settings. Time will be given to allow for questions and discussion with the audience. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Early-career behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) establish a system for conducting research at small universities; (2) create and manage research collaborations; (3) identify funding and resources options for research. |
Keyword(s): Mentorship, Professional Development, Research Productivity |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Positive Classroom Environments and Repertoires to Facilitate Cooperation and Eliminate Problem Behavior Deceleration Procedures |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Adopting a constructional approach to building repertoires increases cooperation amongst students and eliminates the desire to focus on targeting the deceleration of “problem” behavior. With reluctant learners for whom school has been a generally aversive experience, increasing the frequency of positive reinforcement can pay significant and extensive dividends. This symposium will describe and illustrate three different efforts to improve the learning environments of typical and near-typical students, as well as learners with developmental disabilities. First, Jason Guild and Kathy Fox will describe the application of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction to a novel population of students learning functional living skills and classroom readiness repertoires. Next, Justin Halton will describe how supervisors at the Judge Rotenberg Center increased coaching of classroom teachers to enhance academic instruction and increase the use of positive reinforcement procedures. Finally, Hannah Jenkins will detail how she modified the Good Behavior Game to reduce aversive procedures in order to increase the frequency of positive reinforcement and increase cooperation amongst students. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): building repertoires, classroom management, cooperation, instruction |
Target Audience: behavioral educators, teachers, behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe, define, and illustrate the Good Behavior Game. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe and illustrate how to teach classroom readiness skills. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe and illustrate how to use teacher coaching to increase positive reinforcement procedures. |
|
The Mystery Behavior Game: Turning the Good Behavior Game on its Head |
HANNAH JENKINS (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game has historically been used as a positive punishment procedure that creates cooperation through competition between groups in a single classroom. Using punishment procedures can influence students to make quick and short-lasting changes in behavior. To create long-lasting effects, the presenter modified the Good Behavior Game to use natural positive reinforcement at high rates for multiple behaviors. Following eight core design principles of governing groups, as defined by Ostrom, the students agree upon values, expectations, rewards, and punishments. Subsequently, the Good Behavior Game is switched from delivering a punisher for breaking a rule to accessing reinforcers for meeting expectations. Students now have multiple ways in which they can access reinforcement for multiple behaviors. Whereas the original game punished “talk-out” and “out-of-seat” behaviors, the Mystery Behavior Game rewards a variety of appropriate behaviors simultaneously during instruction and independent/partner activities. Community building occurs during the Mystery Behavior Game when students encourage each other to meet expectations individually and in groups. Data reveals substantial positive effects of the Mystery Behavior Game on increasing pro-social behavior and decreasing disruptive behavior. |
|
Generative Instruction at New Story Schools of Ohio |
JASON GUILD (New Story Schools Ohio), Kathy Fox (New Story Schools) |
Abstract: Effective instruction should be available to all students, regardless of their disability. New Story Schools Ohio (Formerly Haugland Learning Center), located in Columbus, Ohio serves students with autism and other disabilities ages 5-21 in grades K-12. Eleven years ago, our collaboration with Morningside Academy began in our K-8 ASPIRE program leading to tremendous gains, including its students averaging more than one year’s grade level equivalency growth in the subjects of reading, writing, and math for six straight years. As our school has grown, we looked to bring elements of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) to the rest of our students who would not have traditionally fit into the ASPIRE program. Our data show that the initial results for students working on classroom readiness and functional living skills have been very promising. The introduction of elements of MMGI has increased group participation, decreased behaviors of concern, and reduced the number of staff needed to support the students. This presentation will focus on the steps taken to apply MMGI to novel situations and new learners and the achievements of those students. |
|
Monitoring and Evaluating Classroom Performance Through Teacher Coaching |
JUSTIN HALTON (Judge Rotenberg Center), Casey Gallagher (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: Effective classroom management and quality instruction are two of the most desired attributes for any educational environment. At the Judge Rotenberg Center, a residential educational program for students ages 7-22 with severe disabilities and behavioral challenges, we have built procedures aimed to monitor and improve classroom management and instruction in the classroom. From March-September 2021, teachers did not receive the regularly planned observations and feedback due to Covid-19 related concessions. Upon returning to our previous practice, we wanted to take the opportunity to evaluate the effectiveness of our coaching system as it relates to teacher and student performance. Following baseline observations and data collection scheduled for October 2021, we will implement our coaching plan with an average coaching rate of 1x/week for each teacher over the next several months across all 20 classrooms at the Judge Rotenberg Center. Our data shows that increased rates of elicited responses from students and increased teacher praise statements may be attributed in part to teacher coaching. This study will help inform our future efforts to create learning environments with high rates of student responding and teacher praise. |
|
|
|
|
|
Optimizing Reading Instruction: From Research to Practice |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Emily Messiah (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Robin Kuhn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: According to the International Literacy Association (2021), “Children have the basic human right to read.” Implementation of effective and efficient reading intervention is necessary to ensure all learners become competent readers better able to participate in society (UNESCO, 2021). Research identifying effective and efficient reading interventions has been translated into reading curricula, which have been adopted and implemented across various educational settings. The first presentation in this symposium will provide an example of how to improve reading using a behavior-based teaching strategy: TAGteach. The second presentation will review the evidence supporting various methods of reading instruction and discuss one approach that integrates Direct Instruction (DI) and Precision Teaching (PT) with Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to optimize reading gains: Celeration Education. The third presentation will use illustrative case examples to demonstrate how to teach reading using Celeration Education. Individualized instruction will be emphasized across learning profiles as a necessary component for maximizing fluent decoding and reading comprehension. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will: (1) state how to investigate the use of TagTeach to improve reading fluency; (2) describe various behavioral approaches to teach reading and their supporting evidence; (3) specify how Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching can be combined to teach reading within service delivery. |
|
An Evaluation of TAGteach to Improve Oral Reading Performance of Nonsense Words With College Students |
(Applied Research) |
PIERCE TAYLOR (Rollins College), April Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Reading is an important skill that behavior analysts are well equipped to teach. TAGteachTM offers a promising systematic technology for behavior analysts and non-behavior analytic teachers to improve oral reading performance. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of TAGteach as an intervention to decrease reading errors and increase oral reading fluency with nonsense text. Baseline performance on a passage of nonsense text was established and target utterances were determined for intervention. TAGteach was introduced to teach participants the correct pronunciation of nonsense words. Generalization and maintenance of performance were also assessed. The number of errors was high and fluency (i.e., speed of correctly reading the passage) was low during baseline but both improved following the TAGteach intervention. These results suggest TAGteach effectively promotes reading acquisition and improving fluency, although its use should be examined in educational settings and with existing languages. |
|
From Project Follow Through to Celeration Education: The Evolution of Effective Reading Interventions |
(Theory) |
KYLENE CAQUELIN (University of Kansas), Christopher Topham (Celeration Education), Emily Messiah (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: What are best practices in reading instruction and how are they informed by research? This presentation will briefly review the research supporting various reading interventions through a behavioral lens to include methods designed to produce fluent, accurate decoding and strong comprehension. Direct Instruction (DI; Engelmann & Carnine, 1982) and Precision Teaching (PT; Lindsley, 1971/1990) will be discussed in depth (Binder & Watkins, 1990; Johnson & Street, 2004; Tucci et al., 2004), along with other methods of reading instruction that are compatible with Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Celeration Education’s service delivery model successfully combines DI and PT with ABA to teach reading and will be discussed in relation to the reading curriculum and practices that informed its development and refinement. A detailed description of the model, including adaptations made for remote service delivery, will be provided to guide in the implementation of service from referral and intake, through ongoing assessment and intervention, and data-based decision-making. |
|
Individualizing Instruction: The Child Knows Best |
(Service Delivery) |
EMILY MESSIAH (University of Kansas), Christopher Topham (Celeration Education), Kylene Caquelin (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: All learners have different baseline reading repertoires, learning histories, and motivators. Individualizing instruction to meet the unique needs of each learner is essential for ensuring successful, efficient learning. According to Haughton et al. (1992), active student involvement in the form of “personal aims, curriculum options, and shared decision making” (p. 33) is one of seven elements necessary for optimal outcomes. The other six elements address invested instructors teaching pinpoints of component and composite skills to fluency across multiple learning channels. Instructors carefully scope and sequence curriculum and measure progress using the Standard Celeration Chart. Through illustrative examples, two cases will be presented showcasing beginning readers and fluent readers with a focus on comprehension. Additional adaptations will be considered for remote learning, learning channel differences, special populations, and caregiver involvement. Celeration Education’s service delivery model individualizes reading intervention through effective integration of Direct Instruction (DI), Precision Teaching (PT), and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) within Haughton et al.’s guiding framework. |
|
|
|
|
|
Going "Soft": Exploring Compassion, Mindfulness, and the Therapeutic Relationship in Applied and Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jessica Auzenne (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Luisa F Canon (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions (IEBI)/ ACT to Thrive) |
CE Instructor: Luisa F Canon, Psy.D. |
Abstract: Relationship variables such as mindful presence and compassion, though often dismissed as “soft skills,” are critical to the quality and effectiveness of applied and clinical behavior analysis. The job of a behavior analytic practitioner is to identify, critically analyze, and intervene upon relationships between context and behavior, so that they can promote meaningful change. To the extent that the practitioner is part of the context in which all this takes place, the practitioner-client relationship cannot be extracted from the analysis. In this way, the behavior analytic practitioner’s skills with regards to mindfulness and compassion have immense practical value. In this symposium, the presenters will explore these important variables in the therapeutic relationship and present methods for fostering and measuring such components. The first paper presents a conceptual behavioral analysis of compassionate behavior, along with practical implications for behavior analysts. The second paper presents a multiple baseline study across practitioners on the effects of process-based notetaking on clinical behavior analyst mindfulness and subjective alliance. Finally, the discussant will offer thoughts and invite commentary with regards to relationship variables and the therapeutic context provided in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe components of a behavioral definition of compassionate behavior; (2) Describe potential benefits of clinical behavior analytic approaches to in-session psychotherapeutic processes, such as alliance; (3) Describe the value of mindfulness and compassion as variables in the therapeutic relationship |
|
Beyond Experimental Control: Toward a Behavioral Definition of Compassion and Applications for Behavior Analysts |
HANNAH KAPLAN-REIMER (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), including clinical behavior analysis, is fundamentally a pro-social practice aimed at helping individuals by expanding their repertoires to be more meaningfully effective. However, ABA has faced criticism for lacking certain qualities of compassionate practices such as warmth and flexibility. Recently, perhaps in partial response to these criticisms, more attention is being paid to how we might foster such practices in the field. Though various definitions and descriptions of compassion have been suggested, having a concise, but comprehensive, functional definition of compassion, or compassionate behavior, would be useful in planning, executing, and training such practices effectively. This paper will provide a brief review of definitions of compassion, with particular attention to the utility of extant definitions of compassion in the behavior analytic literature. In addition, we will propose a functional definition of compassionate behavior in terms of the motivating, establishing, or augmenting functions it has for the recipient’s appetitive repertoire. Finally, we will explore implications of this working definition in terms of recommendations for evoking compassionate behavior in behavior-analytic practice, particularly when working with autistic people, their families, and their therapists. We will conclude with suggestions for further areas of research and development. |
|
Trust the Process: Examining the Effects of Process-Based Note Taking on Therapist Perceptions of Alliance and Therapist Mindfulness |
ABBEY WARREN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Psychotherapy research has identified the therapeutic alliance between client and therapist as the prototypical integrative variable of therapy due to its importance across all treatment modalities (Wolfe & Goldfried, 1988) and the degree of impact it has on therapy outcome (Jordan, 2003). While most commonly explored outside of behavior analysis, clinical behavior analytic approaches such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) include explicit incorporation of the therapeutic alliance as a fundamental aspect of the contingencies necessary for clinically-relevant learning. A next step in this line of research involves the identification of therapist behaviors that positively impact the development and strength of alliance. For example, the extent to which a therapist exhibits “mindful” behaviors during a therapy session predicts the strength of the alliance. Process-based approaches to therapy emphasize mindfulness and related constructs as clinical processes of change. This study employs a single-case design to monitor the use and effects of process-based note taking across a small sample of therapists. Using a multiple baseline design, effects on therapist mindfulness and therapist perceptions of alliance will be examined in comparison to a baseline phase without the use of process-based note taking. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Demystifying the Motivating Operation |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C |
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc. ) |
Presenting Authors: : CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Motivating operations (MO) are antecedent variables responsible for the transitory effects of reinforcing consequences. The MO concept helped behavior analysts focus on environmental, rather than organismic variables when trying to predict and control someone’s wants and needs, as MOs can be defined, observed, measured, and manipulated. The MO also served to stimulate research and allow clinicians to better understand behavioral functions in clinical settings. Despite its obvious utility, the MO is a complex and controversial concept involving multiple origins, effects, and functions. The purpose of this talk is to describe the different types of MOs, differentiate between motivational and discriminative effects, and address some of the most common misconceptions about the concept regarding the utility of the value-altering effect, the direct nature of its control over behavior, its private nature, the multiple functions of MOs, and the need for the different types of Conditioned MOs. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; graduate students; licensed psychologists |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the two main effects of the MO and why they should be separate; (2) describe the different types of conditioned MOs and their relevance for practice; (3) describe and be able to respond to some of the main criticisms of the MO concept; (4) describe different ways to manipulate MOs; (5) describe the indirect effects of the MO and learn to recognize them. |
|
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Dr. Caio Miguel is a Professor of Psychology and Director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He is also an adjunct doctoral advisor at Endicott College, MA. He is the past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and a former Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Miguel's research focuses on the study of verbal behavior and stimulus control. He has given hundreds of professional presentations around the world, and has had 90 manuscripts published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish. He is the recipient of the 2013 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences at Sacramento State, the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by ABAI, the 2019 Award for Excellence in Teaching Verbal Behavior, the 2019 Alumni Achievement Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University, and the 2020 Jack Michael Award for Outstanding Contributions to Verbal Behavior. He is the co-founder of Verbale - a firm that provides behavior-analytic consultation all around the world. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: A Multidisciplinary Approach to Data Science |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Stephanie Valentini (University of Kansas) |
DAVID J. COX (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
JACOB SOSINE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
ELIZABETH GARRISON (Temple University) |
Abstract: This panel, presented as part of the ABAI Professional Development Series, explores novel applications of behavior analysis and multidisciplinary approaches to data science. Data science is a field that relies on scientific methods to understand and analyze information using data. Behavior analysts can leverage data science tools and techniques to strengthen analyses, more accurately describe and predict behavior, measure intervention effects, manage large data sets, and improve decision making. Data science has immediate and direct implications for practitioners and researchers conducting applied, translational, and experimental analyses. For those who have not received formal training, these topics can be intimidating. The goal of this panel is to increase accessibility by providing the audience with basic information about what data science is as well as an opportunity to ask questions to seasoned scientists. Behavior analysts, students, practitioners, and researchers interested in learning more about coding, machine learning, and/or managing large data sets are invited to come to this informational question and answer session! |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Coding, Data Science, Machine Learning, Multidisciplinary |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Address: Some Thoughts About the Future: Science, Culture, and Values |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D. |
|
Presidential Address: Some Thoughts About the Future: Science, Culture, and Values |
Abstract: In his seminal paper “Some Thoughts About the Future” (1986), Skinner delineated directions that he thought were critical for the experimental analysis of behavior to take in order to thrive in the future. Now seems to be a fitting time to reflect upon the ways in which behavior analysis as a discipline can flourish in the years ahead, particularly in light of the world’s recent sociocultural challenges. Skinner long envisioned that the science of behavior would mature sufficiently to be effectively applied at the level of a culture, where mechanisms of selection could be implemented in ways that supported the well-being of all members and the longevity of the group. I contend that a science of cultural behavior may be well poised to promote cultural change if synthesized with the research program and conceptual framework supplied by relational frame theory (RFT), and applied methods drawn from these innovations that help create a science of intentional change. In this presentation, I explore how cultural practices are selected and transmitted not only by direct-acting contingencies, but also due to the influence of verbal stimulus functions, or indirect acting contingencies. I provide examples from such diverse topics as political propaganda or rhetoric and prejudice and stigma. I further explore how acceptance and commitment training (ACT), scaled up and applied at a systems level, may be able to alter the functions of verbal stimuli so that cultural practices consistent with a community’s shared values can be established. Planning for the future requires a behavior analytic conceptualization of values, which has been traditionally defined as the reinforcers that maintain a culture’s practices. Challenges persist in arranging contingencies whereby people value not only the well-being of others but their culture’s future as well. RFT helps behavior analysts appreciate valuing as a verbal process, whereby statements of values enhance the efficacy of reinforcers for behaviors consistent with those values. This approach can help us develop a technology for promoting shared or collective values among communities of people, to include, for example, celebrating diversity, promoting the well-being of others, and caring about the future. Although the primary purpose of this address is to serve as a call to action for the broad-scale application of RFT and ACT to propel a behavior analytic science of cultural change, I conclude by suggesting that the discipline itself engage in something akin to values clarification to ensure that our field adapts to changing circumstances and shifts paradigms so that the field itself has longevity. We may not have time to waste. |
|
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago) |
|
Ruth Anne Rehfeldt received her Ph.D. from the University of Nevada, Reno in 1998, and is a professor at the Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago and Director of the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders. Dr. Rehfeldt has contributed both basic and applied research that is impressive for its bench-to-bedside translation in the area of derived stimulus relations. Particularly noteworthy is her applied work demonstrating the effectiveness of interventions based on derived stimulus relations for learners ranging from young children to persons with disabilities to graduate students. Her work has contributed to the understanding of complex forms of human behavior, focusing on verbal behavior, rule governance, observational learning, stimulus equivalence, and perspective-taking. Dr. Rehfeldt has also served on a number of editorial boards and was editor of The Psychological Record for more than a decade.
|
|
Target Audience: All convention registrants are welcomed and encouraged to attend. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Chair: Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Presenting Authors: |
Report of JEAB activities and issues. Q&A |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Chair: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for next year’s convention. The Clinical SIG is looking to provide a network for practitioners and researchers working in the field of mental health within ABAI. Everyone is welcome to attend and build this subfield of behavior analysis even more. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Clinical, Mental Health |
|
|
|
|
|
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis (NABA) Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Chair: Megan McGrew (Impact ABA Services) |
Presenting Authors: |
Mission: The continuing mission of the Nevada Association of Behavior Analysis is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice. |
Keyword(s): Nevada |
|
|
|
|
|
Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis Annual Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 207 |
Chair: Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi (ULEZI, LLC; Pivot 2 Inclusion; Capella University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis Annual Business Meeting |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Chair: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the care, treatment, welfare, and understanding of animals and their behavior. Our mission is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. The AAB SIG has many resources available to our members, and hosts a members’ meeting at the annual ABA convention. Our members include academics, researchers, practitioners from various fields, and consumers. We welcome anyone who is interested in learning more about and contributing to this growing field. |
Keyword(s): animal training, animal welfare, enrichment, human-animal interactions |
|
|
|
|
|
Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Chair: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (California State University, Chico) |
Presenting Authors: |
The mission of the Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues Special Interest Group (TPC-SIG) is to develop interest, support efforts, and promote advances in theoretical, philosophical, and conceptual issues in behavior analysis specifically and the sciences generally with respect to our understanding of our subject matter. It is open to anyone interested in the scientific foundations of behavior analysis and its relations to other versions of behaviorism, the fields of psychology, and to other fields of science. From methodological issues of basic, applied, and clinical research to explanatory practices involving complex human behavior, the implications of such issues reach every aspect of behavior analysis as a basic and applied science. This meeting will be devoted to future organization and activities of the SIG. |
Keyword(s): Conceptual issues, Philosophical issues, Theoretical issues |
|
|
|
|
|
Open Educational Resources Special Interest Group Hybrid Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 206A/B |
Presenting Authors: |
The Open Educational Resources SIG aims to promote the adoption, creation, and dissemination of open educational resources in behavior analysis. We do this by providing educational events and opportunities to teach about the value of low-cost educational, training, and research resources. We also build community, providing a forum for OER creators to collaborate on new projects and highlight amazing new resources, reducing the individual workload required to create and manage OERs. We also work to disseminate news about OER and the empirical benefits of these resources within and beyond our membership. Join us for our annual business meeting to review the activities and accomplishments of the SIG and to strategize a path for the next 1-3 years. This session may be offered synchronously with an online business meeting. Visit www.OpenBehaviorSig.org for more information! |
|
|
|
|
|
Closed Meeting: ABAI Publication Board |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
7:00 PM–8:30 PM |
Westin Boston Seaport Mezzanine Level: Executive Boardroom |
Chair: Donald Hantula (Temple University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the business of the ABAI journals and publisher with Editors, Associate Editors, and publishing representatives.. |
|
|
|
|
|
ABAI Social |
Monday, May 30, 2022 |
8:00 PM–11:55 PM |
Westin Boston Seaport Level 1; Pavilion & Grand Ballroom |
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago) |
Join your friends and colleagues for one last night of music, dancing, and celebration! |
|
|